THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


A  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF 
ORIGINAL  NARRATIVES     ' 

OF  TRAVEL  AND  •••!'": 

ADVENTURE 

1800  - 1865 


By 

HENRY  R.  WAGNER 


SAN  FRANCISCO 

JOHN  HOWELL 

1921 


PREFACE 


This  book  was  first  printed  in  the  summer  and  fall  of 
1920  here  in  Berkeley  while  I  was  in  New  York.  Owing  to 
an  unfortunate  misunderstanding  it  finally  appeared  with  a 
very  great  number  of  errors  and  quite  a  few  copies 
passed  into  circulation  before  I  saw  it.  I  immediately  stopped 
the  sale  but  as  I  am  lead  to  believe  that  there  is  really  a  de- 
mand for  the  volume,  I  have  concluded  to  reprint  it,  taking 
advantage  of  the  opportunity  to  add  a  few  items  and  also  to 
amplify  somewhat  and  rewrite  the  notes  of  some  of  the 
numbers. 

With  few  exceptions  I  only  describe  books  containing 
personal  experiences  of  the  authors,  as  my  aim  is  to  present 
the  fact  and  fiction  of  the  period  between  1800  and  1865  as 
written  and  printed  during  the  same  period. 

The  notes  contain  in  most  cases,  partial  digests  of  the 
contents  of  the  book  described  and  frequently  reference  to 
other  works  covering  the  same  ground  printed  after  1865,  al- 
though in  general  I  have  made  no  attempt  to  make  a  com- 
plete bibliography  of  the  subject  but  only  one  of  original 
editions.  In  the  case  of  the  rarer  books  I  have  also  noted 
where  copies  can  be  found,  it  being  understood  that  the  others 
are  accessible  in  any  large  library. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  the  book  is  designed  principally 
for  the  use  of  collectors,  I  should  have  been  pleased  to  give 
some  indication  as  to  market  values,  but  owing  to  the  rapid 
advance  in  the  value  of  all  western  books  except  the  com- 
monest, and  the  present  somewhat  chaotic-estate  of  the  market, 
I  have  not  felt  competent  to  adventure  in  this  field.  In  recent 
years  we  have  seen  extraordinary  advances  in  the  value  of 
books,  prints,  pictures,  and  generally  all  objects  which  appeal 
to  collectors,  and  in  no  field  has  this  advance  been  more  re- 
markable, nor,  some  people  would  say,  more  exaggerated 
than  in  that  of  books  on  the  "West."  For  a  long  period 
these  books  were  entirely  neglected  and  books  which  now 
bring  $100  twenty-five  years  ago  were  unsalable  at  $1.50. 
The  high  prices  now  being  paid  will  no  doubt  bring  to  light 
more  copies,  but  on  the  whole,  my  experience  indicates  that 
those  which  can  now  be  called  rare  will  continue  to  be  so  to 
the  end  of  time.  Certain  books  which  were  published  and 


^47634 


circulated  in  literary  centers  like  London,  New  York,  and 
Cincinnati  in  the  forties  and  fifties,  have  survived  in  consider- 
able number  but  the  paper  covered  pamphlet  issued  for  reasons 
of  local  authorship  or  local  pride  in  some  out  of  the  way  place 
in  the  West  was  issued  in  a  limited  number  to  start  with  and 
went  into  the  waste  paper  basket  in  most  cases  very  shortly. 
Furthermore  the  very  small  commercial  value  which  most  of 
them  had  at  the  time  when  they  were  printed  and  for  a  long 
time  afterwards  did  not  conduce  to  their  preservation. 

No  general  historical  work  of  which  I  have  any  know- 
ledge attempts  to  cover  in  any  comprehensive  manner  this 
period.  The  two  most  important  books  dealing  with  the 
period  before  the  gold  rush  are  "Chittenden's  Fur  Trade"  and 
"W.  I.  Marshall's  Acquisition  of  Oregon."  For  the  subse- 
quent period  there  is  nothing  except  Bancroft's  Works.  These 
latter  are  very  uneven  in  character ;  the  volumes  relating  to 
Colorado,  Wyoming,  Montana,  Idaho  and  Utah  being  the 
least  useful  and  most  fragmentary  of  any  of  Mr.  Bancroft's 
works.  His  history  of  California  contains  very  important  and 
extended  references  to  the  early  overland  expeditions.  Mr. 
Bancroft  collected  an  immense  amount  of  material  relating  to 
this  early  period  which  still  remains  in  manuscript  in  the  Ban- 
croft Library.  Undoubtedly  he  made  use  of  it  in  writing  his 
history  and  therefore  it  is  to  be  doubted  whether  the  publica- 
tion of  the  many  diaries  and  reminiscences  would  prove  any 
substantial  contribution  to  our  knowledge  of  the  period.  The 
Missouri  Historical  Society  and  Kansas  Historical  Society 
also  possess  considerable  material  still  in  manuscript  of 
great  interest  and  their  publications  contain  much  of  prime 
importance.  The  same  can  be  said  of  the  publications  of  the 
Historical  Societies  of  Montana,  Oregon  and  South  Dakota, 
and  also  of  the  annual  publications  of  the  Oregon  Society  of 
Pioneers.  The  New  York  Historical  Society  possesses  a  con- 
siderable portion  if  not  all  of  the  records  of  the  American  Fur 
Company's  operations  on  the  upper  Missouri.  A  large  number 
of  the  books  of  Ft.  Union  are  there,  books  of  account,  letter 
books,  etc.,  together  with  a  large  mass  of  correspondence 
which  to  my  knowledge  has  never  been  examined,  or,  if  at  all, 
only  casually.  The  Archives  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  in 
London  probably  contain  the  greatest  amount  of  material 
relative  to  the  Northern  Rocky  Mountain  region,  but  so  far, 
very  little  work  has  been  done  on  them.  Agnes  C.  Laut  has 
made  some  explorations  therein  and  extracted  some  valuable 
documents;  especially  the  journals  of  Peter  Skeene  Ogden  of 


his  expeditions  into  the  Snake  River  country,  subsequently 
published  in  full  by  the  Oregon  Historical  Society.  Just  as  I 
am  writing  this  I  have  received  the  latest  contribution  to  Fur 
Trade  literature,  "Journal  Of  A  Fur-Trading  Expedition  On 
The  Upper  Missouri  1812-1813"  By  John  C.  Luttig  Clerk  Of 
The  Missouri  Fur  Company  Edited  By  Stella  M.  Dm  mm,  St. 
Louis  Missouri  Historical  Society,  1920.  A  goodly  portion  of 
miscellaneous  information  will  be  found  in  the  notes  to  Dr. 
Elliot  Coues'  editions  of  Pike,  Lewis  and  Clark,  Alexander 
Henry  and  Jacob  Fowler,  the  various  notes  to  the  reprints  of 
western  books  by  R.  G.  Thwaites  and  in  those  by  W.  B. 
Douglas  to  the  reprints  by  the  Missouri  Historical  Society  of 
James  and  Wislizenus. 

References  to  Sabin  are  to  Sabin's  Dictionary  of  Books 
relating  to  America  and  to  Raines  to  Raines'  Bibliography  of 
Texas.  The  references  to  Hasse  are  to  Adelaide  R.  Hasse's 
Reports  of  Explorations,  etc.  Washington,  1899,  a  very  useful 
work. 

The  abbreviations  used,  I  think,  in  all  cases  can  easily  be 
understood  without  the  necessity  of  making  a  list,  but  I  may 
say  that — 

P.  P.  signifies  privately  printed. 

P.  P.  W.  signifies  printed  paper  wrappers. 

HENRY  R.  WAGNER, 
Berkeley,  California,  March,  1921T 


TTxe 

PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


MACKENZIE,  ALEXANDER 

Voyages  From  Montreal,  On  The  River  St.  Laurence, 
Through  The  Continent  Of  North  America,  To  The  Frozen 
And  Pacific  Oceans ;  In  the  Years  1789  and  1793.  With  A 
Preliminary  Account  Of  The  Rise,  Progress,  And  Present 
State  Of  The  Fur  Trade  Of  That  Country.  Illustrated 
With  Maps.  By  Alexander  Mackenzie,  Esq. 

London :     Printed  For  T.  Cadell,  Jun.  .  .  .  M.  DCCC.  I. 

4°  Half  title,  title,  pp.  VIII;  CXXXII ;  412;  Err.  (2); 
3  maps,  portrait  Mackenzie. 

Maps: 

Map  of  America  between  latitudes  40  and  70  north,  and 
longitude  45  and  180  west,  exhibiting  Mackenzie's  Track 
from  Montreal  to  Ft.  Chipewyan. 

Map  of  Mackenzie's  Track  from  Ft.  Chipewyan  to  the 
North  Sea. 

Map  of  Mackenzie's  Track  from  Ft.  Chipewyan  to  the 
Pacific,  1793. 

After  a  preface,  pp.  (III)-VIII  there  follow  CXXXII  pages 
of  a  General  History  of  the  Fur  Trade  and  examples  of  the 
Knisteneaux  and  Algonquin  Tongues  and  Chipewayan  language. 
This  account  of  the  fur  trade  constitutes  the  first  printed  account 
of  the  development  of  this  trade  in  the  Northwest  by  the  North- 
west Company.  According  to  J.  B.  Tyrrell  it  was  written  by 
Roderick  Mackenzie.  However,  very  considerable  information 
had  been  obtained  in  the  United  States  regarding  the  Northwest 
territories  and  the  fur  trade  from  Peter  Pond,  a  native  of  Con- 
necticut, who,  in  1773,  embarked  in  the  trade  and  opened  the 
Athabasca  country  in  1778.  Pond  returned  to  the  United  States 
before  1795  and  at  the  time  of  the  discussions  over  Jay's  treaty 
in  1795  he  appeared  as  an  authority  on  northwest  affairs.  Pond's 
journal  was  still  in  existence  some  years  ago  and  its  publication 
was  begun  in  Journal  of  Am.  Hist.  Ass.  Vol.  1  1907  pp.  89  and 
357,  but  was  discontinued  for  some  reason.  Pond's  map  in  Hud- 
son Bay  archives  in  London  and  Kohl  Coll.  Lib.  Cong.  Also  see 
Canadian  archives  for  1890. 

Mackenzie  was  the  first  white  man  to  cross  the  continent 
according  to  our  best  knowledge  and  his  journal  of  this  expedi- 
tion from  May  9,  1793  to  his  arrival  at  the  Sea  July  30,  1793,  and 

11] 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


return  to  the  fort  on  the  Peace  River  August  24,  is  of  surpassing 
interest. 

The  fine  engraved  portrait  of  Mackenzie  is  after  a  painting  by 
T.   Lawrence.  1 


MACLAURIES,  MR. 

A  Narrative,  Or  Journal  Of  Voyages  And  Travels 
Through  The  North-West  Continent  Of  America ;  In  The 
years  1789  And  1793.  By  Mr.  Maclauries. 

London :    Printed  For  J.  Lee,  .  .  .  1802. 

12°  2  p.  1.,  91  pp. 

This  must  be  an  extract  from  Mackenzie.  I  have  never  seen  a 
copy  of  it.  Collation  above  from  Lib.  Cong.  copy.  2 

PERRIN  DU  LAC,  M. 

Voyage  Dans  Les  Deux  Louisianes,  Et  Chez  Les  Nations 
Sauvages  Du  Missouri,  par  les  Etats-Unis,  1'Ohio  et  les 
Provinces  qui  le  bordent,  en  1801,  1802  et  1803;  Avec  un 
apergu  des  Moeurs,  des  Usages,  du  Caractere  et  des 
Coutumes  religieuses  et  civiles  des  Peuples  de  ces  diverses 
Contrees.  Par  M.  Perrin  Du  Lac. 

A  Paris,  Chez  Capelle  Et  Renand,  Libraires — Commis- 
sinnaires,  rue  J. — J.  Rousseau.  Et,  a  Lyon,  chez  Bruysset 
-  aine  et  Buynand.  1805. 

8°  Half  title  and  title,  leaf  of  dedication,  X  of  preface, 
479  pp.  text,  map,  and  plate  of  the  Mammoth. 

Map: 

Carte  Du  Missouri  Levee  ou  Rectifiee  dans  toute  son 
Etendue,  Par  F.ols  Perrin  du  Lac  1'An  1802. 

In  Chapter  24  Perrin  du  Lac  gives  an  account  of  a  trading 
expedition  up  the  Missouri  to  the  Kansas,  up  the  Kansas  240 
miles  and  return  and  up  the  Missouri  to  the  Riviere  Blanche,  leav- 
ing St.  Louis  May  18,  1802,  and  returning  there  September  20th. 
Besides  the  Osages  and  Kansas  Indians,  he  visited  the  Otoes  on 
the  Platte,  and  the  Republican  Pawnees  farther  up  the  same 
river.  He  says  there  was  an  old  fort  of  the  "Company  of  the 
High  Missouri"  opposite  the  mouth  of  the  Platte.  Continuing  up 
the  Missouri  they  found  the  Mahas.  At  the  L'Eau  qui  Court  (3 
miles  distant)  they  found  the  Poncas.  At  the  Riviere  Blanche 
they  found  a  village  of  Cheyennes  of  120  men,  most  of  whom  he 
says  had  never  before  seen  a  white  man. 

In  chapters  25  and  26  he  gives  an  account  of  the  Missouri  fur 
trade  in  which  he  says  the  traders  go  only  to  the  Ricaras;  and 
that  the  Mandans,  Cheyennes  and  Minnetares  participate  very 
little  in  the  trade,  receiving  most  of  their  goods  from  other 


JOURNAL 

or 

VOYAGES  AND  TRAVELS, 

1H1OUGB 

T*i  XORTH-WF.ST  CONTINENT 

or 

flmerita; 

tllK     VI   VRS     178!)     AND     1795. 

Mr.  MACLAURIES. 


LONDON 

F»1N  11^ 

LLt,    N*.   12,    King  Stioct,   Co»ent   Gardcm. 


r.ntfr,    l*t,    St.   Martut't 

!.   'Of:  ./     tJC.J. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Indians.  Chapters  29-40  contain  an  extensive  account  of  the 
Indians  of  the  Upper  Missouri,  including  the  Mandans,  Sioux, 
Gros-Ventres  and  Cheyennes.  He  places  the  Cheyennes  chiefly 
on  the  Cheyenne  River,  which  he  says  rises  in  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains and  speaks  of  the  Kiowas  as  their  allies  hunting  the  same 
country.  Also  refers  to  the  Assiniboines  and  the  Yellowstone 
River.  He  says  in  chapter  24  that  he  obtained  most  of  his  infor- 
mation on  this  subject  from  on  old  French  trader  who  accom- 
panied him,  an  old  employee  of  the  "Company  of  the  High  Mis- 
souri," who  had  gone  up  the  river  farther  than  any  one  else  and 
had  passed  many  years  there.  This  man,  under  a  promise  of  re- 
ward from  the  Spanish  Government  officials,  for  information  on 
unknown  nations,  had  presented  various  memoirs  of  real  value, 
but  as  happened  to  all  s;milar  memoirs,  his  labors  were  lost  for 
lack  of  attention  to  them. 

Perrin  du  Lac  claims  to  have  extracted  the  most  essential 
details  from  those  memoirs  in  the  archives,  his  informant  prob- 
ably being  Pierre  Menard. 

The  map  in  this  book  is  the  earliest  published  map  of  the 
trans-Missouri  region  which  can  be  said  to  display  even  the 
faintest  resemblance  to  accuracy.  As  the  track  of  Jacques 
Mackay  to  the  bad  lands  of  Western  Nebraska  during  his  expedi- 
tion of  1796  is  laid  down  on  it,  it  is  fair  to  assume  that  Mackay's 
map  which  we  have  evidence  to  prove  existed  in  manuscript  at  this 
period  formed  the  basis  for  this  portion  and  the  upper  Missouri 
part.  Mackay  knew  the  river  by  personal  knowledge  to  the  old 
Mandan  village  and  Frenchmen  had  been  as  far  as  the  Yellow- 
stone and  perhaps  farther  long  before  1800.  In  French  and 
Spanish  writings  of  the  last  half  and  the  end  of  the  18th  century 
there  are  many  conflicting  statements  as  to  the  distance  up  the 
Missouri  which  the  French  had  gone.  The  official  knowledge 
seemed  to  extend  only  to  the  Mandan  Village,  but  it  is  quite 
obvious  that  in  reality  the  traders  knew  much  more.  About  the 
time  of  the  cession  of  Louisiana  or  perhaps  earlier,  Jefferson  ob- 
tained possession  of  a  manuscript  map  of  the  upper  Missouri,  no 
doubt  Mackay's  map  and  no  doubt  Lewis  and  Clark  had  a  copy 
of  it. 

Lewis  Houck  in  the  History  of  Missouri  has  collected  a  number 
of  documents  relative  to  the  "Company  of  the  High  Missouri" 
and  its  efforts  to  monopolize  the  fur  trade  of  which  Jacques 
Glamorgan  was  the  moving  spirit.  See  article  by  F.  J.  Teggart 
in  the  report  of  the  Am.  Hist.  Ass.  for  1908  entitled  "Notes 
Supplementary  to  any  edition  of  Lewis  and  Clark"  for  Mackay's 
map.  3 

LEWIS  AND  CLARK 

Message  From  The  President  Of  The  United  States, 
Communicating  Discoveries  Made  In  Exploring  The  Mis- 
souri, Red  River  And  Washita,  By  Captains  Lewis  And 
Clark,  Doctor  Sibley,  And  Mr.  Dunbar ;  With  A  Statisti- 
cal Account  Of  The  Countries  Adjacent.  February  19, 
1806.  Printed  by  order  of  the  Senate. 

City  Of  Washington :    A.  &  G.  Way,  Printers,  1806. 


4 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

8°   171,   (7)  pp.;  folding  tables  facing  31,  35. 
Map: 

Map  of  the  Washita  River  in  Louisiana  from  the  Hot 
Springs  to  the  Confluence  of  the  Red  River  and  the  Mis- 
sissippi laid  down  from  the  Journal  and  Survey  of  Wm. 
Dunbar,  Esq.,  in  the  year  1804,  by  Nicholas  King. 

This  map  which  is  very  rare,  was  republished  in  "Documents 
Relating  to  the  Purchase  and  Exploration  of  Louisiana.  Boston, 
1904." 

The  above  is  the  first  issue. 

It  also  appeared  shortly  after  or  at  the  same  time  with  the 
same  imprint  and  same  title  except  in  place  of  "Printed  by  order  of 
the  Senate"  it  contains  "Read  and  ordered  to  lie  on  the  table." 
This  edition  is  collated  by  Coues  as  in  171  pp.,  3  leaves,  and  by 
Sabin  as  in  180  (8)  pp.  and  Map.  I  think  Sabin  in  error  but 
possibly  the  map  was  only  put  out  with  some  copies  of  this  second 
issue,  as  very  few  copies  of  the  map  exist. 

Also  New-York:  Printed  By  Hopkins  and  Seymour,  And 
Sold  By  G.  F.  Hopkins,  1806,  in  128  pp.  and  folded  leaf. 

Also  Natchez:  "With  an  Appendix  by  Mr.  Dunbar."  Printed 
by  Andrew  Marschall,  1806 — 8°  174  pp.  (not  seen).  Only  one  copy 
of  this  Natchez  edition  has  appeared  in  ten  years  to  my  know- 
ledge. 

There  is  very  little  of  Lewis  and  Clark  in  this  work  but  abundant 
and  valuable  information  regarding  the  trans-Mississippi,  much  of 
it  the  first  reliable  and  authentic  information  imparted  to  the 
Americans  regarding  this  region;  especially  can  this  be  said  of 
the  Sibley  and  Dunbar  narratives.  4 

GASS,  PATRICK 

A  Journal  Of  The  Voyages  And  Travels  Of  A  Corps  Of 
Discovery,  Under  The  Command  of  Capt.  Lewis  And  Capt. 
Clarke  Of  The  Army  Of  The  United  States,  From  The 
Mouth  Of  The  River  Missouri  Through  The  Interior  Parts 
Of  North  America  To  The  Pacific  Ocean,  During  the  Years 
1804,  1805  &  1806.  Containing  An  authentic  relation  of  the 
most  interesting  transactions  during  the  expedition, — A 
description  of  the  country, — And  an  account  of  its  inhab- 
itants, soil,  climate,  curiosities  and  vegetable  and  animal 
productions.  By  Patrick  Gass,  One  Of  The  Persons  Em- 
ployed In  The  Expedition.  With  Geographical  And  Ex- 
planatory Notes  By  The  Publisher.  [Copy-right  Secured 
According  To  Law]. 

Pittsburg,  Printed  By  Zadok  Cramer,  For  David 
M'Keehan,  Publisher  And  Proprietor  .  .  .  1807. 

12°  VIII;  (2)  11-262  pp. 

A  Life  of  Gass  was  published  by  J.  G.  Jacob  in  Wellsburg, 
Va.,  1859.  280  pp.  Port.  Gass  and  3  plates. 


DISCOVERIES 


MA?F     IS    ESPL 

1  II  M  1  :  S  O  U  II  I  ,  R  t  u  R  I  VER 
AND  WASHIFA, 


3V 


AND 

\VtLLlAM  DUNBAR,  E 

WITH 

v  STATISTICAL  ACCOUNT 

OF    THfc 


N  "\ItlEi  AD)\CLN'i 


WITH  AN  APPENDIX  BY 


NATCHEZ 

BY  ANDREW 
1806, 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Mathew  Carey  evidently  bought  the  copyright  of  this  book  as 
he  reprinted  it  and  published  it  in  1810  and  successively  with  new 
dates  on  the  title  page  each  year  to  1812,  perhaps  later.  The 
material  was  identical  with  the  original  except  that  Carey  in- 
serted six  plates  but  the  pagination  is  the  same  in  spite  of  the  fact 
that  it  was  reprinted.  I  have  a  copy  of  the  1812  issue  called 
"Fourth  Ed."  not  seen  by  Coues  which  contains  a  leaf  of  "Review 
of  this  work"  next  the  title,  V-X  of  preface  and  then  11-262,  the 
leaf  of  half  title  being  omitted.  It  contains  at  the  beginning  a 
small  folding  map  entitled  "Louisiana"  which  I  have  not  seen 
mentioned  by  any  bibliographer,  and  the  plates,  while  the  same, 
have  been  recut.  5 


HENRY,  ALEXANDER 

Travels  And  Adventures  In  Canada  And  The  Indian  Ter- 
ritories, Between  The  Years  1760  And  1766.  In  Two  Parts 
.  .  .  By  Alexander  Henry,  Esq. 

New- York:  Printed  And  Published  By  I.  Riley  .  .  . 
1809. 

8°  VI  (2),  330  pp.  (1)  of  Errata,  portrait  of  Henry. 

Owing  to  the  infrequent  occurrence  of  the  portrait,  I  conclude 
many  copies  were  issued  without  it. 

Henry  went  to  the  northwest  in  1765,  and  while  there  spent 
most  of  his  time  on  the  Saskatchewan  with  the  Assiniboine 
Indians. 

The  principal  and  best  authority  on  the  history  of  the  North- 
west after  Henry's  time  is  "David  Thompson's  Narrative"  edited 
by  J.  B.  Tyrrell  and  published  in  Toronto  by  the  Champlain 
Society  in  1915.  It  comprises  the  period  between  1784  and  1812. 

Besides  being  a  fur  trader,  Thompson  was  the  astronomer  of 
the  Northwest  company  after  he  joined  it  in  1797  and  made  a  map 
of  the  territory,  the  accuracy  of  which  has  been  highly  praised  by 
all  subsequent  explorers.  The  map  was  a  kind  of  continuous 
performance,  new  discoveries  being  plotted  on  it,  but  it  was 
finished  in  1814  and  still  exists  in  the  archives  of  the  Government 
of  Ontario.  It  was  reproduced  on  a  somewhat  reduced  scale  by 
Tyrrell  in  his  edition.  It  formed  the  basis  of  Arrowsmith's  maps 
of  the  northwest  territory  from  an  early  date  but  the  earliest 
publication  of  it  under  Thompson's  name,  to  my  knowledge, 
appears  in  "Papers  relative  to  the  exploration  of  the  Country  be- 
tween Lake  Superior  and  the  Red  River  Settlement."  London, 
1859.  However,  Tyrrell  says  the  Canadian  government  published 
it  in  1857  but  I  have  not  seen  it. 

Previously  Elliott  Coues  had  made  use  of  these  journals  of 
Thompson,  preserved  in  manuscript  in  the  Canadian  archives  in 
editing  the  journal  of  Alexander  Henry,  Jr.,  a  contemporary  of 
Thompson.  Coues'  work  was  published  as  "New  Light  On  The 
Early  History  Of  The  Greater'  Northwest.  The  Manuscript 
Journals  Of  Alexander  Henry,  Fur  Trader  of  the  Northwest 
Company  and  of  David  Thompson,  Official  Geographer  and  Ex- 
plorer of  the  same  Company  1799-1814  Exploration  and  Adventure 
among  the  Indians  on  the  Red,  Saskatchewan,  Missouri  and 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Columbia  Rivers  Edited  with  Copious  Critical  Commentary  By 
Elliott  Coues,  Editor  of  "Lewis  and  Clark,"  of  "Pike,"  etc.,  etc. 
In  3  vols.  N.  Y.  Francis  P.  Harper,  1897." 

The  Alexander  Henry  of  Coues  was  the  nephew  of  the  Henry 
of  Henry's  Journal  and  wrote  a  much  more  interesting  narrative. 

Masson  in  "Les  Bourgeois  De  La  Compagnie  Du  Nord-Ouest 
Recites  de  Voyages,  Lettres  et  Rapports  Inedits  Relatifs  Au 
Nord-Ouest  Canadian.  Publics  Avec  une  Esquisse  Historique  et 
des  Annotations  Par  R.  Masson.  Quebec,  1889  and  1890,"  has 
printed  a  number  of  documents  bearing  on  the  history  of  the 
northwest  during  the  period  of  the  supremacy  of  the  Northwest 
Company,  including  F.  A.  Larocque's  Journal  1804-1805  of  a  visit 
to  the  Mandans;  Charles  Mackenzie's  narrative  of  four  trading 
expeditions  to  the  Missouri,  1804,  1805,  1806;  Mr.  Simon  Fraser's 
journal  of  a  voyage  from  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  the  Pacific 
Coast,  1808;  Reminiscences  of  Roderic  McKenzie;  Letters  of  W. 
F.  Wentzel;  Extracts  from  the  Journal  Of  James  McKenzie,  1799 
and  1800;  Letters  of  George  Keith,  1807  to  1817;  and  Autobiog- 
raphical Notes  of  John  McDonald  of  Garth,  1791-1816.  6 

LEWIS  AND  CLARK 

The  Travels  Of  Capts.  Lewis  &  Clarke,  By  Order  Of  The 
Government  Of  The  United  States,  'Performed  In  The 
Years  1804,  1805,  &  1806,  Being  Upwards  Of  Three  Thou- 
sand Miles,  From  St.  Louis,  By  Way  Of  The  Missouri,  And 
Columbia  Rivers,  To  The  Pacifick  Ocean ;  Containing  an 
Account  of  the  Indian  Tribes,  who  inhabit  the  Western  part 
of  the  Continent  unexplored,  and  unknown  before.  With 
Copious  Delineations  Of  The  Manners,  Customs,  Religion, 
Etc.  Of  The  Indians.  Compiled  From  various  authentic 
sources  and  Documents  To  Which  Is  Subjoined,  A  Sum- 
mary of  the  Statistical  view  of  the  Indian  Nations,  from 
the  Official  Communication  of  Meriwether  Lewis.  Em- 
bellished with  a  Map  of  the  Country  inhabited  by  the 
Western  tribes  of  Indians,  and  five  Engravings  of  Indian 
Chiefs. 

Philadelphia:  Published  By  Hubbard  Lester  .  .  .  1809. 
Price— 1  dollar  62y2  cts. 

12°  XII,  13-300  pp.,  map,  5  plates. 
Map: 

Map  of  the  Country  Inhabited  by  the  Western  Tribes  of 
Indians.  The  frontis  piece  "Sioux  Queen"  was  engraved  by 
W.  R.  Jones  and  presumably  the  other  plates. 

This  is  the  publication  which  so  aroused  the  ire  of  Dr.  Coues, 
and  is  usually  referred  to  as  a  counterfeit  publication.  It  contains 
copious  extracts  from  Carver  and  Mackenzie,  but  some  of  it  is 
taken  from  Gass's  narrative.  With  this  latter  exception,  the  only 
thing  about  the  Lewis  &  Clark  expedition  except  what  already 
had  been  published  in  the  message  are  the  two  letters  of  Capt. 


Clark,  dated  Ft.  Mandan,  April  2  (1804)  and  St.  Louis,  23  Sept., 
1806. 

I  have  made  some  efforts  to  discover  if  or  where  these  letters 
had  been  previously  printed,  but  without  success;  they  probably 
both  appeared  originally  in  some  Western  newspaper. 

The  principal  part  of  Capt.  Clark's  letter  to  his  brother  is 
embodied  in  an  article  in  "The  Navigator,"  Pittsburgh,  1808,  6th 
edition,  in  "A  Brief  Account  of  the  Missouri  River"  and  it  is 
there  quoted  as  if  well  known. 

It  was  reprinted  with  the  map  re-engraved  and  without  the 
plates  in  the  same  year  in  London  in  8°  IX,  309  pp.  The  "Anec- 
dotes" were  also  omitted.  In  1812  and  1813,  it  was  re-printed  in 
Philadelphia  and  Baltimore  in  an  inferior  manner,  without  the 
plates  and  map,  but  with  portraits  of  Lewis  and  Clark  in  the  1812 
edition  and  three  new  woodcuts  in  the  1813  edition.  7 


PIKE,  Z.  M. 

An  Account  Of  Expeditions  To  The  Sources  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi, And  Through  The  Western  Parts  Of  Louisiana, 
To  The  Sources  Of  The  Arkansaw,  Kans,  La  Platte,  And 
Pierre  Jaun,  Rivers ;  Performed  By  Order  Of  The  Govern- 
ment Of  The  United  States  During  The  Years  1805,  1806, 
And  1807.  And  A  Tour  Through  The  Interior  Parts  Of 
New  Spain,  When  Conducted  Through  These  Provinces, 
By  Order  Of  The  Captain-General,  In  The  Year  1807.  By 
Major  Z.  M.  Pike.  Illustrated  By  Maps  And  Charts. 

Philadelphia :  Published  By  C.  &  A.  Conrad  &  Co.,  etc. 
John  Binns,  Printer.  1810. 

8°  Port.  Pike,  title,  with  copyright  on  reverse,  2  leaves  to 
the  public,  one  leaf  ded ;  Part  I,  105  pp.  of  Journal,  5  leaves 
of  Met.  Ob;  Part  II,  pp.  107-277,  blank  leaf,  1  leaf  Met. 
Ob. ;  Appendix  to  Part  I,  65  pp.  with  recapitulation  on 
reverse,  Table  C  to  face  page  40,  and  F  page  66;  Appendix 
to  Part  II,  53  pp.  with  table  to  face  page  53,  entitled  a 
Statistical  Abstract,  etc. ;  Appendix  to  Part  III,  87  pp. ;  2 
charts  and  4  maps. 

Maps  and  Charts: 

Falls  of  St.  Anthony. 

Map  of  the  Mississippi  River  From  Its  Source  to  the 
Mouth  of  the  Missouri,  Reduced,  etc.  By  Nich.  King.  Eng. 
by  Francis  Shallus,  Phila. 

The  First  Part  of  Capt.  Pike's  Chart  of  the  Internal  Part 
of  Louisiana.  Reduced  etc.,  by  Anthony  Nau. 

A  Chart  of  the  Internal  Part  of  Louisiana,  including  all 
the  hitherto  unexplored  countries  by  Capt.  Pike. 

Map  of  the  Internal  Province  of  New  Spain,  by  Capt 
Pike. 


A  Sketch  of  the  Vice  Royalty,  etc.,  etc.,  of  New  Spain. 

Pike's  explorations  formed  part  of  a  fairly  comprehensive 
scheme  of  Jefferson  to  obtain  accurate  information  regarding  the 
new  purchase.  A  number  of  expeditions  were  sent  out  and  means 
taken  to  obtain  information  from  various  sources.  Dr.  Samuel 
Latham  Mitchell,  Senator  from  New  York,  was  most  active  in 
promoting  Jefferson's  aims  and  secured  much  valuable  information 
of  which  much,  if  not  all,  was  published  by  him  in  his  magazine, 
the  "Medical  Repository,"  published  in  New  York.  There  are  some 
earlier  references  but  the  important  ones  began  in  Vol.  VI  of  the 
first  Hexade  1803. 

In  No.  3  an  account  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Sheep  by  Duncan 
McGillivray  with  a  plate;  at  page  462  an  account  of  Arrowsmith's 
map  of  1796;  at  page  489  observations  by  John  Pintard,  respecting 
Louisiana  during  a  visit  to  New  Orleans  in  1801.  Second  Hexade, 
Vol.  I  (1804)  172,  "Review  of  an  Estimate  of  Commercial  Advant- 
ages by  way  of  the  Mississippi  and  Mobile  Rivers  to  the  Western 
Country;  Principles  of  a  Commercial  System;  and  the  Commence- 
ment and  Progress  of  a  Settlement  on  the  Ohio  River  to  Facili- 
tate the  same;  with  a  statement  of  Facts.  Nashville,  McLaughlin, 
1799."  12°  70  pp.  (apparently  by  Zachariah  Cox.) 

Page  289,  Review  of  Ellicott's  book — Review  of  "Account  of 
Louisiana."  Copy  of  Dr.  Mitchell's  report  as  chairman  of  Com- 
mittee on  commerce  and  manufactures  authorizing  Lewis  and 
Clark  Expedition,  Feb.  18,  1804. 

"Information  concerning  Louisiana:  From  a  communication  to 
Dr.  Mitchell  by  the  Hon.  Thomas  Sandford  of  Ky.,  the  materials 
collected  by  Major  H.  (Z.)  M.  Pike  and  written  at  Kaskaskias 
August,  1803."  In  this,  Pike  speaks  of  communication  with  the 
Pacific  via  the  Missouri  and  of  walking  to  Santa  Fe  in  15  or  20 
days.  "Further  information  concerning  upper  Louisiana;  in  a  letter 
from  Hon.  John  Smith,  Senator  from  Ohio,  to  Dr.  Mitchell,  dated 
Wash.,  March  8,  1804."  In  this,  Smith  quotes  Joseph  Baird  who 
said  he  had  been  1050  miles  up  the  Arkansas,  speaks  of  the  salt 
mountain,  and  gold  and  silver  mines  on  the  Arkansas  and  Red 
Rivers.  Then  follows  (by  Smith?)  an  account  of  the  Missouri, 
the  topography,  the  Big  Bend,  the  Falls,  information  apparently 
from  a  manuscript  map  in  the  possession  of  a  high  government 
official  which  showed  the  Miss. -Mo.  river  system,  the  Missouri  as 
2200-2300  miles  long,  the  Platte  interlocking  with  the  sources  of 
the  Rio  Grande  as  1200-1400  miles  long.  Smith  also  quotes  from 
a  Mr.  C.  (Glamorgan?)  who  said  he  had  ascended  the  Missouri  15 
years  before,  higher  than  anyone  before  or  since.  On  page  421  of 
this  volume  is  a  claim  that  Louisiana  extends  to  the  Pacific  Ocean. 

Vol.  II  (2nd  Hexade)  1805.  Page  73  an  account  of  a  pamphlet 
containing  a  charter  dated  Nov.,  1804,  of  the  "Mississippi  Society 
for  the  acquirement  and  dissemination  of  useful  knowledge."  No. 
4,  page  434,  Dunbar's  expedition  up  the  Washita. 

Vol.  Ill,  1806.  Description  of  the  Hot  Springs  by  Joseph 
Macrery  of  Natchez  from  notes  of  a  Major  E  taken  in  the  summer 
of  1804.  No.  3,  305,  account  of  the  Journey  up  the  Washita.  The 
review  says  the  map  was  completed  in  Washington  by  King  and 
engraved  in  Philadelphia  by  Wm.  Kneass.  Id — Description  of 
certain  parts  of  Louisiana  by  Anthony  Soulard,  Surveyor  General 
of  Upper  Louisiana  in  a  letter  to  J.  A.  Chevalie  of  Richmond 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


translated  by  Dr.  Mitchell.  In  this  Soulard  says  he  had  ascended 
the  Missouri  about  600  leagues.  He  says  particles  of  gold  have 
been  found  in  the  river  bottoms  and  thinks  tin,  copper  and  silver 
will  be  found.  (Letter  dated  St.  Louis,  March,  1805.) 

Id. — Trudeau's  (J.  B.  T.)  description  of  the  upper  Missouri.  Dr. 
Mitchell  borrowed  the  manuscript  of  this  from  Nicholas  Boilvin  in 
Washington  in  the  winter  of  1805-6.  It  was  evidently  a  treatise 
on  the  upper  Missouri  Indians  inscribed  to  the  Governor,  but 
Mitchell  quotes  what  the  Cheyenne  Indians  told  Trudeau  about  a 
visit  to  the  Western  slope  of  the  Rockies.  The  writer  (Mitchell?) 
says  it  was  so  similar  to  McKay's  narrative  that  it  was  not  neces- 
sary to  translate  any  more.  Later  appears  an  account  of  Lewis' 
Map  by  Mitchell,  who  says  it  had  been  drawn  by  King  and  shown 
to  Congress  but  would  not  be  published  till  Lewis  and  Clark 
returned.  Mitchell  says  that  when  the  Osage  Indians  were  in 
Washington  in  1806  during  the  winter  they  made  for  him  a  chalk 
map  on  the  floor  and  they  also  made  one  on  a  buffalo  robe  for 
Jefferson.  He  also  quotes  an  extract  from  a  letter  from  John 
Sibley  to  Calvin  Jones,  M.  D.,  dated  Natchez,  July  10,  1804,  on  the 
country  and  its  products  near  the  Red  River.  Sibley  tells  a  fine 
story  about  the  town  of  Laberdie  settled  in  1662  by  De  La  Salle, 
of  some  of  his  descendents  living  there,  and  Frenchmen  wearing 
engravings  of  Louis  XVI.  He  also  speaks  of  San  Antonio  as  140 
years  old,  "Should  the  western  limits  of  Louisiana  extend  to  the 
Rio  Grande,  etc." 

Vol.  IV,  27-36  (1807).  "Extract  from  the  manuscript  Journal  of 
James  McKay,  Esq.,  relative  to  his  travels  in  the  Interior  parts  of 
North  America,"  contains  some  observations  on  the  trade  of  the 
country  and  routes  by  which  the  whites  penetrate  it  to  hold  com- 
mercial intercourse  with  the  North-western  Indians.  McKay  de- 
scribes the  approach  from  the  northwest  by  the  Assiniboine  and 
says  he  went  to  the  Mandans  in  1787  in  17  days.  In  1795,  in  the 
service  of  the  Spanish  King,  he  went  up  the  Missouri  to  open  up 
a  route  to  his  Majesty's  domain  on  the  Pacific  and  remained  there 
till  the  present  year  (1797).  His  headquarters  were  with  the 
Mahas  and  he  speaks  of  sending  Evans  up  the  river,  and  also 
gives  extracts  from  Evans'  journal.  He  calls  the  Mandan  village 
111  West  Long,  and  47°  48'  North  Latitude. 

In  No.  2  there  is  a  review  of  the  message  on  the  Lewis  and 
Clark  expedition  and  No.  3  some  notes  on  the  journey. 

No.  4,  pp.  376-389.  "An  account  of  a  voyage  up  the  Mississippi 
River,  from  St.  Louis  to  its  source,  made  by  Lieut.  Pike  of  the 
U.  S.  Army,  in  the  years  1805  and  1806.  Compiled  from  Mr.  Pike's 
Journal;  with  a  map  of  the  River  from  its  Junction  with  the  Mis- 
souri to  its  source.  Washington  (1807)  8°  68  pp" — extracts  only. 

No.  4,  Discoveries  in  the  high  latitudes  of  North  America.  No. 
1,  Mr.  Hearne's;  No.  2,  Meares;  No.  3,  Vancouver;  No.  4,  "The 
following  account  of  Russian  and  Massachusetts  enterprise  along 
the  West  Coast  of  North  America  was  drawn  up  and  communi- 
cated to  Dr.  Mitchell  by  Jacob  Crowninshield  of  Salem." 

In  the  Medical  Repository,  Vol.  IV  above,  will  be  noted  Pike's 
narrative  of  his  first  exploration.  This  pamphlet  of  which  I  have 
a  copy  without  any  date  or  place  of  imprint  has  the  same  title  and 
contents  as  given  by  Dr.  Mitchell  except  that  it  does  not  contain 
any  mention  of  a  map.  I  presume  the  map  was  not  published  till 


10  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


1810  with  Pike's  book.  Dr.  Coues  says  Pike  did  not  write  this 
pamphlet. 

Together  with  this  pamphlet  was  published  "An  Account  of  the 
Red  River  in  Louisiana,  drawn  up  from  the  Returns  of  Messrs. 
Freeman  and  Custis  to  the  War  Office,  in  the  United  States,  Who 
Explored  the  same  in  the  year  1806."  8°  63  pp.,  2  folded  tables 
n.  d.,  n.  p.  but  undoubtedly  printed  in  Washington  or  Philadelphia 
in  1807.  Both  are  extremely  rare  and  must  have  been  printed  in 
extremely  small  number.  They  were  issued  together  as  can  be 
seen  by  the  way  they  are  sewed  together  in  the  copy  in  the  Ban- 
croft Library. 

Freeman  and  Custis  were  accompanied  by  a  military  contingent 
under  command  of  Lieut.  Sparks  who  also  wrote  an  account  of  the 
expedition  but  I  do  not  now  remember  where  I  saw  it.  The  party 
went  as  far  as  the  old  Caddo  Villages  where  they  were  stopped  by 
a  force  of  Spanish  cavalry  and  obliged  to  turn  back. 

Dr.  Herbert  E.  Bolton  discovered  in  the  archives  of  Mexico 
most  of  the  papers  which  were  confiscated  by  the  Spanish  authori- 
ties at  the  time  Pike  was  captured,  and  these  were  reprinted  in 
the  American  Historical  Review  for  July,  1908.  Unfortunately,  the 
most  important  one  of  all,  Pike's  diary,  was  not  found  with  the 
rest  of  the  documents  and  its  present  whereabouts  is  unknown. 

Dec.  16,  1808,  a  committee  of  Congress  appointed  for  the  pur- 
pose of  inquiring  what  compensation  ought  to  be  made  to  Capt. 
Pike  and  his  companion  recommended  that  compensation  ought  to 
be  made,  but  apparently  Congress  took  no  further  action,  as  in 
1846  Amos  Holton  brought  before  Congress  the  case  of  Mrs.  Clara 
H.  Pike,  widow  of  Gen.  Pike,  her  petition  praying  compensation, 
etc.,  in  which  Holton  asserts  no  compensation  had  ever  been 
granted.  The  petition  was  referred  to  a  committee  in  the  Senate 
on  Military  Affairs,  which  committee,  through  Mr.  Benton,  sub- 
mitted a  report  Jan.  15,  1846,  recommending  that  the  same  com- 
pensation be  granted  to  Mrs.  Pike  as  Congress  had  allowed 
Messrs.  Lewis  &  Clarke. 

In  1895  Dr.  Elliott  Coues  published  a  new  edition  of  Pike's 
expeditions  with  critical  notes,  a  memoir  of  Pike  by  Dr.  Coues 
himself,  and  a  bibliography  of  Pike's  works  and  works  relating  to 
Pike. 

While  Dr.  Coues  gives  in  this  the  pedigree,  life  and  death  of 
nearly  every  obscure  person  mentioned,  he  nowhere  has  anything 
to  say  about  Dr.  John  H.  Robinson  who  was  probably  the  real 
head  of  the  expedition.  Pike,  somewhere,  calls  him  a  military 
protege  of  Wilkinson.  I  wonder  what  became  of  his  account  of 
this  expedition?  He  was  afterward  mixed  up  with  the  Mexican 
revolution  and  later  wrote  some  pamphlets  on  Latin-America 
politics.  8 


[CUTLER,  JERVASE] 

A  Topographical  Description  Of  The  State  Of  Ohio,  In- 
diana Territory,  And  Louisiana.  Comprehending  The  Ohio 
And  Mississippi  Rivers,  And  Their  Principal  Tributary 
Streams :  The  face  of  the  country,  soils,  waters,  natural 
productions,  animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral ;  towns,  vil- 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 11 

lages,  settlements  and  improvements :  And  A  Concise  Ac- 
count Of  The  Indian  Tribes  West  Of  The  Mississippi.  To 
Which  Is  Added,  An  Interesting  Journal  of  Mr.  Chas. 
Le  Raye,  While  a  captive  with  the  Sioux  nation,  on  the 
waters  of  the  Missouri  River.  By  A  Late  Officer  In  The 
U.  S.  Army. 

Boston :  Published  by  Charles  Williams.  J.  Belcher, 
Printer.  1812. 

12°  VI,  sheet  Errata,  7-219  pp.  (app.  205-19);  5  plates. 
Plates : 

View  Of  Cincinnati  on  the  Ohio  (after  a  sketch  by 
Cutler). 

Cabree  or  Missouri  Antelope  (after  a  sketch  by  Cutler). 

Rocky-Mountain  Sheep. 

Man  of  the  Flat-Head  Nation. 

Woman  of  the  Flat-Head  Nation,  and  a  child  with  its 
head  in  the  Frame. 

Valuable  for  the  Le  Raye  Journal  which  begins  on  page  158 
and  continues  to  page  204.  This  expedition  began  at  the  French 
village  on  the  Illinois,  started  up  the  Missouri  Sept.  21,  1801,  and 
was  captured  by  the  Sioux  in  October  on  the  Osage  River.  As 
a  captive  of  this  band  of  Sioux,  reached  the  Missouri  again  Dec. 
2nd  at  the  mouth  of  the  Little  Pioux  River.  Spent  the  winter  at 
the  mouth  of  Sioux  River  and  in  March  proceeded  to  the  Ricaras. 
A  French  trader  named  Pardo  had  accompanied  them  from  the 
Osage  and  obtained  permission  from  the  Sioux  to  take  La  Raye 
on  a  hunting  expedition  up  the  Missouri  with  the  Grosventres,  his 
wife  being  a  daughter  of  the  Grosventre  chief.  On  June  5th  at  the 
lower  Mandan  village.  July  3rd,  party  left  for  the  Yellowstone, 
where  they  spent  the  summer  and  winter.  He  says  they  went 
west  from  the  Grosventre  village  to  a  river  called  Road  River 
which  they  followed  down  to  the  Yellowstone  at  a  point  he  thought 
about  100  miles  above  the  mouth,  in  the  Crow  Country.  Then  up 
the  Road  to  Crooked  River  and  up  that  river,  finally  up  the  north 
branch.  Crossed  over  to  the  Bighorn  and  then  down  that  river 
to  its  mouth.  In  May,  1803,  visited  the  trading  post  on  the 
Assiniboine  and  in  June  crossed  over  to  St.  Peter's  River.  Re- 
turned and  spent  the  winter  at  the  Ricara  village  with  some  St. 
Louis  traders.  9 


AMERICAN  ENTERPRISE 

In  the  issue  of  May  13,  1813,  the  Missouri  Gazette  of 
St.  Louis  published  a  short  account  of  the  return  trip  of 
Robert  Stewart,  Ramsey  Crooks,  and  Robt.  McClellan  from 
Astoria  to  St.  Louis.  From  these  same  parties  was  ob- 
tained a  fuller  account  of  the  outgoing-  journey  of  the  Hunt 
Party  which  left  St.  Louis  in  March,  1811. 


12  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


The  account  was  republished  under  the  above  title  in  Niles 
Register  of  June  26,  1813,  and  afterwards  in  Brackenridge's  Views 
of  Louisiana,  1814,  pp.  297-302. 

I  do  not  find  any  more  extended  account  of  these  two  remark- 
able journeys  until  Mr.  Irving  printed  in  his  Astoria  a  full  account 
of  both  from  journals  in  the  possession  of  Mr.  Astor,  probably 
that  of  Hunt  for  the  outgoing  trip  and  Mr.  Stuart  for  the  return. 

There  is  in  the  N.  Y.  Public  Library  a  copy  of  Stuart's  original 
diary  of  this  journey.  10 


BRACKENRIDGE,  H.  M. 

Views  Of  Louisiana ;  Together  With  A  Journal  Of  A 
Voyage  Up  The  Missouri  River,  In  1811.  By  H.  M. 
Brackenridge,  Esq. 

Pittsburgh,  Printed  And  Published  By  Cramer,  Spear 
and  Eichbaum,  .  .  .  1814. 

8°  304  pp. 

In  the  introduction  Brackenridge  says  he  went  to  St.  Louis  in 
the  spring  of  1810  and  published  during  the  ensuing  winter  a  series 
of  essays  descriptive  of  the  country,  presumably  in  the  Gazette. 
These  form  part  of  the  "Views"  in  the  present  work.  In  the 
spring  of  1811,  at  the  solicitation  of  Manuel  Lisa,  and  with  the 
desire  to  join  his  friend  Bradbury  who  had  just  gone  up  the  river 
with  Hunt's  party,  he  started  with  Lisa  and  his  party  from  St. 
Charles  (April  2nd.) 

June  2nd,  they  overtook  Hunt's  party  near  Cedar  Island.  They 
went  as  far  as  Lisa's  fort  just  beyond  the  Mandan  Village,  arriving 
there  June  26th,  and  remained  till  July  6th.  On  the  return  with 
Bradbury  he  remarked  that  they  made  1440  miles  in  a  little  better 
than  14  days. 

In  the  appendix  (No.  7)  occur  "Extracts  from  the  account  of  a 
Journey  from  Fort  Clark  on  the  Missouri,  to  the  Salines  on  the 
Arkansas,  by  Mr.  Sibley."  Also  (No.  8)  "American  Enterprise," 
our  No.  10.  At  page  89  in  the  "Views"  he  begins  an  account  of 
the  fur  trade,  which  consists  principally  of  Lisa's  operations,  in- 
cluding the  expedition  to  the  Yellowstone  in  1807,  formation  of  the 
Missouri  Fur  Co.  and  the  second  expedition  to  the  forks  of  the 
Missouri.  (For  about  all  that  is  known  of  Manuel  Lisa,  see 
Judge  W.  B.  Douglas'  sketch  of  him  in  the  Mo.  His.t.  Soc.  Coll., 
Vol.  Ill,  Nos.  3  and  4). 

A  second  edition  of  the  journal  separate,  revised  and  enlarged 
by  the  author  was  published  in  Baltimore  in  1816  by  Coale  and 
Maxwell  in  12°  VIII,  246  pp.  The  narrative  in  some  places  is 
rewritten  with  the  inclusion  of  a  few  additional  anecdotes,  but  in 
the  main  it  is  the  same. 

Henry  M.  Brackenridge  was  educated  partly  in  Missouri  before 
the  cession  and  gives  an  interesting  account  of  early  times  there 
in  "Recollections  of  Persons  and  Places  in  the  West,"  first  pub- 
lished in  Philadelphia  in  1834  in  12°  244  pp.  but  more  commonly 
known  in  the  Philadelphia  edition  of  1868.  He  also  published 
several  books  and  pamphlets  on  South  America  and  Western 
America  affairs  besides  numerous  articles  in  the  newspapers.  For 
another  work  similar  to  his  "Views  of  Louisiana,"  see  Major  Amos 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  13 


Stoddard's  "Sketches  Historical  and  Descriptive  of  Louisiana," 
published  by  Mathew  Carey  in  Philadelphia  in  1812  in  8°  VIII, 
488  pp.  11 

LEWIS  AND  CLARK 

History  Of  The  Expedition  Under  The  Command  Of 
Captains  Lewis  And  Clark,  To  The  Sources  Of  The  Mis- 
souri, Thence  Across  The  Rocky  Mountains  And  Down 
The  River  Columbia  To  The  Pacific  Ocean.  Performed 
During  The  Years  1804-5-6.  By  order  of  the  Government 
Of  The  United  States.  Prepared  For  The  Press  By  Paul 
Allen,  Esquire.  In  Two  Volumes. 

Philadelphia :  Published  By  Bradford  And  Inskeep  .  .  . 
1814.  .  .  . 

8°  XXVIII,  470;  IX,  522  pp.     Map  and  5  charts. 
Maps: 

Map  of  Lewis  &  Clark's  Track  across  the  western  portion 
of  North  America. 

Fortification  [opposite  Bonhommie  Island.] 

Falls  and  Portages. 

Great  Falls  of  Columbia. 

The  Great  Shoot  or  Rapid. 

Mouth  of  the  Columbia  River. 

In  1893  Elliott  Coues  republished  this  edition  in  three  volumes 
and  a  volume  of  Index  with  3  maps,  extensive  critical  notes,  and 
a  bibliography.  Dr.  Coues  had  access  to  the  original  journals  and 
was  thus  able  to  supplement  somewhat  the  narratives  as  prepared 
by  Mr.  Biddle.  The  maps  consist  of  a  copy  of  the  map  originally 
published  with  the  1814  edition,  a  new  map  of  the  route  of  Lewis 
and  Clark,  prepared  by  Elliott  Coues  for  comparison,  and  finally 
a  copy  of  the  map  made  by  Mr.  Lewis  at  the  Mandan  villages  and 
which  was  copied  and  elaborated,  no  doubt,  by  Nicholas  King  in 
1806.  King's  original  map  exists  in  the  Government  archives  but 
had  never  been  printed  previously  except  in  reduced  form  in 
"Science,"  Nov.  4,  1887. 

The  original  Journals  of  the  Expedition  were  printed  by  Dodd 
in  New  York  in  1904-1905,  in  7  vols.  and  Atlas,  edited  by  Dr. 
Thwaites. 

Floyd's  Journal  was  also  discovered  and  printed  by  Am.  Anti- 
quarian Society,  Proceedings,  1894 — pp.  225-252.  (Sep.  printed  in 
30  pp.  Edited  by  James  D.  Butler). 

The  book  was  put  out  at  $6.00  per  set  in  boards,  some  or  all 
printed  and  Dr.  Coues  says  1417  perfect  copies  were  issued.  See 
his  edition  for  an  interesting  lot  of  documents  relative  to  the 
formation,  printing  and  issue  of  the  book.  12 

BRADBURY,  JOHN 

Travels  In  The  Interior  Of  America,  In  The  Years  1809, 
1810,  And  1811;  Including  A  Description  Of  Upper 


14  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Louisiana,  Together  With  The  States  Of  Ohio,  Kentucky, 
Indiana,  And  Tennessee,  With  The  Illinois  And  Western 
Territories,  And  Containing  Remarks  and  Observations 
Useful  To  Persons  Emigrating  To  Those  Countries.  By 
John  Bradbury,  F.  L.  S.,  London,  Corresponding  Member 
of  the  Liverpool  Philosophical  Society,  .  .  . 

Liverpool :     Printed  For  The  Author  .  .  .  1817. 

8°  XII,  9-364  pp.     Slip  Errata. 

Second  edition,  London,  1819,  with  a  map  and  XIV,  17-346  pp. 
Both  the  book  (1819  ed.)  and  the  map  are  very  scarce.  The  map 
is  entitled  "Map  of  the  United  States  of  America;  comprehend- 
ing the  Western  Territory  with  the  course  of  the  Missouri.  En- 
graved for  Bradbury's  Travels."  The  preface  to  this  edition  states 
that  Bradbury  has  returned  to  the  United  States  after  the  publi- 
cation of  the  first  edition  and  was  then  living  in  St.  Louis.  The 
map  is  after  one  of  Melish's. 

Bradbury  was  a  botanist  and  came  to  America  to  collect  speci- 
mens and  spent  some  time  in  St.  Louis  and  vicinity.  He  joined 
Hunt's  party  to  ascend  the  Missouri  with  Thomas  Nuttall,  a  young 
Englishman,  and  also  an  enthusiastic  botanist.  He  made  only  a 
short  stay  and -returned  down  the  river  with  Brackenridge. 

Pages  17-20  he  gives  Colter's  story  from  his  own  lips,  Colter 
having  arrived  at  St.  Louis  in  May,  1810. 

In  the  appendix,  p.  222,  appears  an  account  of  Stewart,  Crooks 
and  McClellan's  trip  from  Oregon  to  Missouri,  reprinted  from  the 
Gazette,  the  article  entitled  "American  Enterprise."  13 

[SANTA  FE  PRISONERS] 

Message  From  The  President  Of  The  United  States, 
Transmitting  In  Compliance  With  A  Resolution  Of  The 
House  Of  Representatives,  Of  The  10th  Instant,  Informa- 
tion Relative  To  The  Arrest  And  Imprisonment  Of  Cer- 
tain American  Citizens  At  Santa  Fe,  By  Authority  Of  The 
Government  Of  Spain.  April  15,  1818.  Read,  and  ordered 
to  lie  upon  the  table. 

Washington  :     Printed  By  E.  De  Krafft.     1818. 

8°  23  pp. 

In  reference  to  the  cases  of  McKnight,  Baird  and  others,  also 
Auguste  P.  Chouteau  and  Jules  De  Mun.  Contains  a  letter  from 
De  Mun  to  William  Clark,  St.  Louis,  Nov.  25,  1817,  detailing  the 
experiences  of  the  Chouteau  party  which  left  Missouri  September 
15,  1815. 

McKnight,  Chambers  and  Baird  went  into  the  Spanish  prov- 
inces in  1811  or  1812  and  were  arrested  and  confined  in  Santa  Fe 
for  some  time.  Afterwards  they  were  sent  to  Chihuahua,  although 
I  think  Chambers  was  for  some  time  at  Arispe.  They  were 
released  after  Mexico  attained  her  independence.  A  James  Baird, 
probably  the  same,  appears  as  the  author  of  a  Memorial  dated 
October  26,  1826,  made  to  Alexander  Ramirez  of  El  Paso,  protest- 


15 


ing  against  the  invasion  of  New  Mexico  by  a  large  band  of 
American  beaver  trappers.  Baird  at  this  time  was  apparently 
living  in  El  Paso  and  claimed  to  have  been  fourteen  years  a  resi- 
dent of  New  Mexico,  occupied  as  a  beaver  hunter.  For  a  copy 
of  this  complaint  and  the  expedition  of  Ceran  St.  Vrain  against 
which  Baird  was  complaining,  see  the  Southwestern  Historical 
Quarterly  for  January,  1916. 

In  the  statement  and  proof  in  the  case  of  Chouteau  and  De  Mun 
appear  as  signers  the  famous  Etienne  Provott  and  Joseph  Bis- 
sonet,  the  latter,  no  doubt,  Long's  guide  in  1820.  De  Mun,  in  his 
letter,  gives  some  account  of  the  movements  of  Philebert  who  it 
seems  had  gone  to  the  mountains  in  1814.  14 

FRANCHERE,  GABRIEL 

Relation  D'Un  Voyage  A  La  Cote  Du  Nord-Ouest  De 
I'Amerique  Septentrionale,  Dans  Les  Annees  1810,  11,  12, 
13  et  14.  Par  G.  Franchere,  Fils. 

Montreal:     De  L'Imprimerie  De  C.  B.  Pasteur,  1820. 

8°   284  pp.,  including  title,  and  half  title. 

As  the  original  is  very  scarce,  it  is  usually  known  by  the 
translation: 

Narrative  Of  A  Voyage  To  The  Northwest  Coast  Of 
America  In  The  Years  1811,  1812,  1813,  And  1814  Or  The 
First  American  Settlement  On  The  Pacific  By  Gabriel 
Franchere  Translated  And  Edited  By  J.  V.  Huntington. 

Redfield  .  .  .  New  York   1854. 

12°  376  pp.,  3  plates. 
Plates : 

Astoria  as  it  was  in  1813. 

View  of  the  Falkland  Islands. 

Entrance  of  the  Columbia  River. 

Franchere  went  out  with  the  Astor  party  in  the  Tonquin  and 
came  home  overland.  His  book  forms  the  basis  of  Irving's 
Astoria,  together  with  Ross  Cox's  Narrative. 

In  the  sale  of  J.  B.  Learmont's  copy  of  this  book  at  Andersons, 
1917,  in  a  note  it  was  stated  that  it  was  supposed  to  have  been 
written  by  Bibaud  from  Franchere's  notes. 

Franchere  left  on  his  return  April  4,  1814,  and  traveled  by  the 
Columbia,  Rocky  Mountain  House,  Saskatchewan,  Ft.  Vermillion, 
Ft.  Cumberland,  Ft.  Winnipeg,  the  Red  River  Settlement  and  Ft. 
William,  and  arrived  at  Montreal  September  1st. 

Curiously  enough,  the  translation  of  this  book  in  1854  contains 
an  additional  chapter  by  Franchere  himself  and  an  Appendix  in 
which  he  gives  an  account  of  the  fate  of  some  of  the  persons  who 
left  Astoria  before  and  after  its  transfer  to  the  British.  IS 


HARMON,  DANIEL  WILLIAMS 

A  Journal  Of  Voyages  And  Travels  In  The  Interiour  Of 
North  America,  Between  The  47th  And  58th  Degrees  Of 


16 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

North  Latitude,  Extending  From  Montreal  Nearly  To  The 
Pacific  Ocean,  A  Distance  Of  About  5,000  Miles,  Including 
An  Account  Of  The  Principal  Occurrences,  During  A  Resi- 
dence Of  Nineteen  Years,  In  Different  Parts  Of  The 
Country.  To  Which  Are  Added,  A  Concise  Description  Of 
The  Face  Of  The  Country,  Its  Inhabitants,  Their  Manners, 
Customs,  Laws,  Religion,  Etc.  And  Considerable  Speci- 
mens Of  The  Two  Languages,  Most  Extensively  Spoken ; 
Together  With  An  Account  Of  The  Principal  Animals,  To 
Be  Found  In  The  Forests  And  Prairies  Of  This  Extensive 
Region.  Illustrated  By  A  Map  of  the  Country.  By  Daniel 
Williams  Harmon,  A  Partner  In  The  North  West  Com- 
pany. 

Andover:     Printed  By  Flagg  And  Gould.     1820. 

8°  XXIII  (inc.  title  and  half  title),  25-432,  port.  Harmon 
and  map.  Slip  errata. 

Map: 

Map  of  the  Interior  of  North  America,  Engraved  for 
Harmon's  Journal.  Boston. 

Entered  the  service  of  the  Northwest  Co.  April,  1800.  Went 
to  Lake  Winnipeg,  then  to  the  Assiniboine.  After  seven  years 
returned  to  Ft.  William  and  went  to  Sturgeon  Lake  for  the 
winter.  Here  he  stayed  with  Dr.  McLaughlin,  then  about  30  years 
of  age;  next  July  returned  to  Ft.  William  and  left  for  Athabasca 
with  J.  G.  McTavish.  At  Ft.  Chippewayan  met  Simon  Fraser 
just  returning  from  the  Pacific.  Then  to  Ft.  Vermillion  and 
Durwegan;  next  October  left  with  John  Stuart  for  New  Cale- 
donia. At  Stuart's  Lake  in  1810.  In  1819  returned  to  Ft.  William 
where  the  journal  ended. 

Recently,  what  was  asserted  to  be  the  original  manuscript  of 
the  Journal  of  Harmon,  turned  up  in  New  York,  but  I  did  not 
see  it  and  do  not  know  what  became  of  it.  16 


NOTES  ON  THE  MISSOURI  RIVER  and  some  of  the 
Native  Tribes  in  its  Neighborhood.  By  a  military  gentleman 
attached  to  the  Yellowstone  Expedition  in  1819. 

In  the  Analectic  Magazine,  Philadelphia,  April  and  May, 
1820. 

These  articles  contain  nothing  on  the  Yellowstone,  but  are  con- 
fined to  the  author's  journey  from  Fort  Osage  to  Council  Bluffs  by 
way  of  the  Kansas  Indians  and  the  Pawnees,  of  which  he  gives 
an  account.  He  also  gives  an  account  of  the  Otoes  and  Mahas. 

For  this  expedition  see  Editorial,  Mo.  Gazette,  April  21  1819 
Niles  Reg.  Oct.  17,  1818,  July  3,  1819.  17 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 17 

NUTTALL,  THOMAS 

A  Journal  Of  Travels  Into  The  Arkansa  Territory, 
During  The  Year  1819.  With  Occasional  Observations  On 
the  Manners  Of  The  Aborgines.  Illustrated  By  A  Map 
And  Other  Engravings.  By  Thomas  Nuttall,  F.  L.  S.  .  .  . 

Philadelphia :  Printed  And  Published  By  Thos.  H.  Palm- 
er. 1821. 

8°  XII,  (9)-296  pp.,  map  and  5  plates. 

Map: 

A  map  of  the  Arkansas  River  intended  to  illustrate  the 
travels  of  Thos.  Nuttall :  Constructed  from  the  original 
manuscripts  by  H.  S.  Tanner. 

Nuttall's  travels  extended  from  Fort  Smith  out  to  the  prairie 
country  and  the  Red  River  with  Major  Bradford.  He  spent  some 
time  about  the  mouth  of  the  Verdigris.  17-A 

ROBINSON,  WILLIAM  DAVIS 

Northwest  Coast.  (In  National  Intelligencer,  Jan.  25, 
1821,  reprinted  in  Niles  Register,  March  10,  1821). 

A  letter  from  William  Davis  Robinson  to  the  Hon.  J.  H.  Eaton, 
dated  Jan.  25,  1821,  in  which  Robinson  claims  to  have  seen  in 
Mexico  in  1816  a  copy  of  an  important  manuscript  which  had  been 
taken  by  one  of  the  Revolutionary  chiefs  in  .1812  from  a  Cali- 
fornia Missionary,  who  was  on  his  way  from  Monterey  to  Mexico. 
This  document  contained  an  account,  according  to  Robinson,  of  an 
excursion  in  the  year  1810  and  1811  of  two  missionaries  up  the 
Colorado  River.  After  wandering  around  the  headwaters  of  the 
river,  they  crossed  the  divide  and  came  to  a  lake  forty  leagues 
in  circumference  and  descended  the  largest  stream  flowing  out  of 
this  lake  until  it  emptied  into  the  Pacific  Ocean  at  about  Lat.  43 
deg.  30  min.  From  the  description  which  Robinson  gives  of  the. 
country  it  is  hardly  possible  that  this  tale  can  be  true.  18 

[ARICARA  CAMPAIGN,  1823] 

General  Gaines  to  the  Secretary  of  War,  Headquarters, 
Western  Dept.  Louisville  Ky.,  July  28,  1823.  (Document 
L  attached  to  the  report  of  J.  C.  Calhoun,  Nov.  29,  1823. 
Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  1,  18  Cong.,  1  Sess.,  pp.  55-108). 

This  consists  principally  of  O'Fallon's  letter  of  July  3,  1823, 
William  Gordon's  letter  from  Ft.  Vanderburgh,  Mandan  and  Gros- 
ventre  Villages  June  15,  1823,  reporting  the  killing  of  Immel  and 
Jones,  and  comments  on  the  same  by  Joshua  Pilcher,  dated  Ft. 
Recovery,  July  23.  Ashley's  letter  of  June  4,  dated  on  board  keel 
boat  Yellowstone  gives  an  account  of  the  attack  on  his  party 
and  Leavenworth's  report  to  Gaines,  dated  Ft.  Atkinson,  Aug. 
30,  gives  an  account  of  his  expedition  and  proceedings. 


18  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Reprinted  in  Am.  State  Papers,  Military  Affairs,  Vol.  2,  pp.  578- 
598.  Partly  reprinted  in  Edwards'  "Great  West,"  p.  836.  See  also 
Mo.  Intelligencer,  July  8,  Sept.  9,  Oct.  20,  Nov.  18,  Dec.  2,  Dec.  9, 
1823,  and  June  18,  1825,  also  Niles  Register,  Oct.  11,  1823. 

The  official  papers  concerning  this  affair  were  published  with 
notes  by  Doane  Robinson  in  South  Dakota  Hist.  Coll.,  Vol.  1, 
1902.  19 


FRANKLIN,  JOHN 

Narrative  Of  A  Journey  To  The  Shores  Of  The  Polar 
Sea,  In  The  Years  1819,  20,  21,  And  22.  By  John  Franklin, 
Captain  R.  N.,  F.  R.  S.,  And  Commander  Of  The  Expedi- 
tion. With  An  Appendix  On  Various  Subjects  Relating  To 
Science  And  Natural  History.  Illustrated  By  Numerous 
Plates  And  Maps.  .  .  . 

London :     John  Murray,  .  .  .  1823. 

4°  XVI,  slip  errata,  783  (1)  pp.,  30  plates,  4  maps,  10 
plates  colored  after  sketches  by  Lieuts.  Hood  and  Back, 
engraved  by  Finden.  Appendices  by  Richardson,  Col.  Sabine, 
Lieut.  Hood,  etc. 

Maps: 

Chart  of  the  Discoveries  and  Route  of  the  Northern  Land 
Expedition  under  the  command  of  Capt.  John  Franklin  in 
1820-21. 

Route  from  York  Factory  to  Isle  a  la  Crosse. 

Route  from  Isle  a  la  Crosse  to  Ft.  Providence. 

Route  from  Ft.  Providence  (Slave  Lake)  to  the  Arctic 
Sea. 

.My  copy  has  in  place  of  No.  4  a  map  with  the  following  title: 
An  Outline  to  Show  the  Connected  Discoveries  of  Capts.  Ross, 
Parry  and  Franklin  In  the  Years  1819-1823. 

This  expedition  crossed  from  Carlton  House  to  Isle  a  la  Crosse 
Lake,  thence  to  Lake  Athabasca,  Pierre  au  Calumet,  Ft.  Chipe- 
wayan,  Ft.  Providence  where  the  expedition  made  its -start  for  the 
Arctic  Sea. 

Franklin  refers  frequently  to  Richardson's  journal  which  so  far 
as  I  know  has  never  been  printed.  20 

HUNTER,  JOHN  DUNN 

Manners  And  Customs  Of  Several  Indian  Tribes  Located 
West  Of  The  Mississippi ;  Including  Some  Account  Of  The 
Soil,  Climate,  And  Vegetable  Productions,  And  The  Indian 
Materia  Medica :  To  Which  Is  Prefixed  The  History  Of 
The  Author's  Life  During  A  Residence  Of  Several  Years 
Among  Them.  By  John  Dunn  Hunter. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 19 

Philadelphia:     Printed  And  Published  For  The  Author, 
.  .  .  1823. 
8°  VIII,  (2),  11-402  pp. 

The  first  142  pages  contain  an  account  of  Hunter's  life  and 
travels,  including  a  trip  to  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  River, 
which  can  hardly  be  true.  His  account  of  life  among  the  Kansas 
and  Osage  Indians  and  experiences  on  the  prairies  sound  entirely 
credible. 

Hunter  was  denounced  as  an  imposter  in  the  N.  A.  Review,  Vol. 
22,  page  53  (1823).  In  reply  Norgate  published  a  pamphlet,  "Mr. 
John  D.  Hunter,  Defended,  or  Some  Remarks  on  an  Article  in 
the  North  American  Review,  in  which  that  gentleman  is  branded 
as  an  imposter."  By  E.  Norgate.  London:  Miller,  1826.  8° 
38  pp.  Mr.  J.  Neale  answered  this  in  N.  A.  Review,  July,  1826, 
in  a  closely  printed  article  of  27  pp.  21 

JAMES,  EDWIN 

ACCOUNT  OF  AN  EXPEDITION.  From  Pittsburgh 
To  The  Rocky  Mountains,  Performed  In  The  Years  1819 
And  '20,  By  Order  Of  The  Hon.  J.  C.  Calhoun,  Sec'y  Of 
War:  Under  The  Command  Of  Major  Stephen  H.  Long. 
From  The  Notes  of  Major  Long,  Mr.  T.  Say,  And  Other 
Gentlemen  Of  The  Exploring  Party.  Compiled  By  Edwin 
James,  Botanist  And  Geologist  For  The  Expedition.  In 
Two  Vols. — With  An  Atlas. 

Philadelphia :    H.  C.  Carey  And  I.  Lea,  .  .  .  1823. 

8°  Title  with  copyright  on  verso,  leaf  ded.  to  Calhoun 
and  corrections,  5  pp.  of  preliminary  notice,  leaf  of  con- 
tents, 503  pp.  of  text ;  title,  leaf  contents,  leaf  supplemen- 
tary chapters,  442  pp.  text,  new  title — Astronomical  and 
Meteorological  Records  .  .  .  Philadelphia :  1822— LXXVIII, 
vocabulary  of  Indian  Languages  LXXIX— LXXXVIII, 
General  Index  (LXXXIX)— XCVIII. 

Atlas  in  quarto ;  title,  leaf  list  of  engravings,  8  plates 
(one  colored)  and  a  geological  chart,  2  maps.  Title  bears 
date  1822. 

Maps: 

Drawn  by  S.  H.  Long,  Eng.  by  Young  &  Delleker. 

(1)  Country  drained  by  the  Mississippi  Eastern  Eection. 

(2)  Country   drained  by  the   Mississippi   Western    Sec. 
tion. 

Plates : 

Six  views  drawn  by  S.  Seymour,  one  by  T.  R.  Peale,  and 
the  Indian  Record  without  name,  but  by  Peale. 

The  chart  is  a  geological  one  showing  2  Sections  on  the 
35th  and  41st  Parallels. 


20 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

1.  War  dance  in  the  interior  of  a  Konza  lodge. 

2.  Oto  Council. 

3.  View  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  on  the  Platte,  50  miles 
from  their  base. 

4.  View  of  the  Castle  Rock,  etc. 

5.  Moveable  skin  lodges  of  the  Kaskaias. 

6.  Oto  Encampment. 

7.  Indian  Record  of  a  battle  between  the  Pawnees  and 
Konzas  delineated  on  a  bison  robe  [in  colors]. 

8.  View  of  the  insulated  table  lands  at  the  foot  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains. 

In  the  London  edition  published  the  same  year,  most,  if  not 
all,  of  the  plates  were  re-engraved,  and  the  two  maps  combined  in 
one.  The  Oto  Encampment  was  replaced  by  the  Pawnee  Council. 
A  new  plate,  Distant  View  of  the  Rocky  Mts.,  replaces  No.  3. 
Three  new  plates  appear,  the  Kiowa  Encampment,  a  plate  with 
three  Indian  portraits,  and  View  of  the  Chasm  through  which  the 
Platte  issues  from  the  Rocky  Mountains,  Nos.  1,  2,  and  7  (un- 
colored)  remain.  No.  5  appears  as  wood  cut  in  the  text.  All  the 
new  plates  were  after  sketches  of  S.  Seymour.  A  note  on  page 
188,  Vol.  Ill,  states  that  Seymour  made  150  views  of  which  60 
were  finished. 

The  expedition  was  planned  to  go  to  the  Yellowstone  and 
when  it  started  was  called  the  Yellowstone  Expedition,  having  at 
its  command  the  famous  "Western  Engineer,"  the  first  steamboat 
to  ascend  the  Missouri. 

The  party  spent  the  winter  of  1819-20  near  Ft.  Lisa,  five  miles 
below  Council  Bluffs.  Long  went  to  Washington  during  the 
winter,  returning  to  the  encampment  in  May  accompanied  by 
Capt.  John  R.  Bell  and  Edwin  James.  The  war  department  had 
meantime  changed  the  destination  of  the  expedition  to  an  excur- 
sion by  land  to  the  source  of  the  Platte  and  thence  by  the  Arkan- 
sas and  Red  rivers  to  the  Mississippi.  Up  to  Chap.  XVII,  Vol.  1, 
Thomas  Say,  who  kept  a  journal  of  the  expedition  seems  to  have 
furnished  the  narrative  as  he  did  a  later  part,  that  of  Capt.  Bell's 
expedition  down  the  Arkansas.  Capt.  John  R.  Bell  kept  a  journal 
of  the  expedition  also  from  this  point,  which  James  says  he  did 
not  consult,  as  it  had  been  submitted  to  the  Secretary  of  War. 
Nevertheless  Rev.  Jedidiah  Morse  consulted  it  (see  his  Report 
to  the  Secretary  of  War  on  Indian  Affairs.  New  Haven,  1822,  page 
240  et  seq.),  and  it  has  been  referred  to  by  later  writers. 

Major  Long's  own  report  or  part  of  it  occupies  pp.  331-383  of 
Vol.  II,  followed  by  the  geological  report,  pp.  384-442,  written  also 
by  Long.  A  note  on  page  271,  Vol.  Ill,  of  the  London  edition 
says  these  last  observations  are  extracted  from  a  report  drawn  up 
by  Long  at  Smithland,  Ky.,  1820  [1821].  22 

BENTON,  THOMAS  H. 

In  Senate  of  the  U.  S.  March  18,  1824,  Mr.  Benton  from 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  21 

the  Committee  on  Indian  Affairs  Communicated  the   Fol- 
lowing Documents. 

18th  Con.  1st  Sess.  Sen.  Doc.  56. 

8°  20  pp. 

This  committee  had  under  consideration  the  advisability  of 
placing  a  military  post  either  at  the  mouth  of  the  Yellowstone 
River  or  the  Falls  of  the  Missouri  or  the  mouth  of  the  Marias 
River. 

This  report  contains  a  letter  from  Calhoun  in  answer  to  a 
query  by  the  Committee  in  which  he  refers  to  his  reports  in  State 
papers,  15th  Cong.  2nd  Sess.,  Vol.  I,  No.  25,  and  State  papers, 
16th  Cong.  1st  Sess.,  Vol.  10,  No.  24;  letter  of  Thomas  S.  Jessup 
on  expense  of  moving  a  detachment  of  troops  to  the  site  of  the 
proposed  fort;  an  answer  to  the  queries  by  R.  Graham,  Indian 
agent  to  the  Blackfoot  Indians  on  the  trapping  expeditions  to  the 
Rocky  Mountains  and  the  attack  on  Ashley  by  the  Aricaras. 

The  bulk  of  the  report  consists,  however,  of  Major  Pitcher's 
answer.  He  had  been  four  years  connected  with  the  Missouri  Fur 
Company,  but  his  personal  knowledge  only  extended  to  the  Man- 
dan  villages.  There  had  been  no  traders  to  the  Blackfoot  Indians 
after  1810  and  '11  -up  to  the  Immel-Jones  expedition  of  the 
Missouri  Fur  Company  in  1822.  The  greater  part  of  Pilcher's 
answer  is  devoted  to  the  history  of  the  Aricara  troubles  and  his 
views  as  to  the  methods  of  handling  the"  various  Indians  in  the 
Northwest. 

On  April  26  of  the  same  session,  Benton's  committee  laid  on 
the  table  further  documents  (document  71,  8°  8pp),  containing 
among  other  documents,  a  letter  from  R.  T.  Holliday,  clerk  of  the 
Columbia  Fur  Co.,  dated  at  Lake  Traverse,  on  some  reported 
killings  by  the  Aricara  Indians.  23 

STORRS,  AUGUSTUS 

Trade  between.  Missouri  and  Mexico.  Presented  to  the 
Senate,  Jan'y  3  by  Mr.  Benton.  Answers  of  Augustus 
Storrs  to  queries  addressed  to  him  by  the  Hon.  Thomas  H. 
Benton,  ...  on  the  origin,  present  state,  and  future 
prospects  of  trade  and  intercourse  between  Missouri  and  the 
internal  provinces  of  Mexico. 

Niles  Regl  Jan'y  15,  1825.  Extracted  from  a  report  of  a 
Senate  Committee,  No.  7  of  18  Cong.  2  Sess.  in  14  pp. 

Storrs  had  gone  on  a  trading  expedition  to  Santa  Fe  the  pre- 
vious summer ^.nd  describes  the  route,  character  of  the  country, 
the  trade,  condition  of  New  Mexico  and  Indian  depredations  on 
the  traders.  It  is  dated  Franklin,  (Mo.),  Nov.  1824,  and  is  an  ex- 
tremely valuable,  interesting  document.  About  this  time  began 
the  agitation  for  a  road  to  Santa  Fe  and  military  protection  for 
-  the  caravans. 

Feb.  14,  1825,  there  appeared  as  Ex.  Doc.  79,  same  congress,  a 
"Petition  upon  the  subject  of  a  communication  between  Missouri 
and  the  interior  provinces  of  Mexico,  with  a  letter  from  Alphonso 


22  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Wetmore  upon  the  same  subject."  Wetmore's  letter  was  dated 
Franklin,  Mo.,  August  19,  1824,  and  contains  a  sketch  of  the 
Santa  Fe  trade  mostly  furnished  by  Col.  Cooper.  24 

BAYLIES,  FRANCIS 

Northwest  Coast  of  America.  May  15,  1826.  Referred, 
.  .  .  Mr.  Baylies  from  the  Select  Committee,  .  .  .  made 
the  following  Report:  [Baylies  2nd  Report]. 

19th  Cong.  1st  Sess.  H.  Rep.  213. 

8°  22  pp. 

The  report  gives  an  account  of  a  journey  by  Samuel  Adams 
Ruddock  in  1821  from  Council  Bluffs  to  the  mouth  of  the  Colum- 
bia. The  trading  party  left  after  May  12th.  The  route  was  up 
the  Platte,  which  they  crossed  just  below  the  forks,  and  thence 
southwest  410  miles  to  Santa  Fe,  arriving  there  January  8th  and 
on  the  9th  they  left,  up  the  Chama  River,  on  to  Lake  Trinidad, 
and  thence  to  Lake  Timpanogos,  which  he  says  is  intersected  by 
the  42nd  degree,  thence  he  followed  down  the  Multnomah,  flowing 
out  of  this  lake,  to  its  junction  with  the  Columbia,  and  reached 
the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  August  1st. 

After  a  resume  of  the  history  of  discovery  on  the  West  Coast 
follow  extracts  from  the  log  book  of  the  ship  Columbia,  Captain 
Robert  Gray,  1792,  and  a  further  examination  of  the  discoveries  of 
Drake,  Vancouver,  etc.  25 

[EXPEDITION  UP  THE  MISSOURI] 

Letter  from  the  Secretary  of  War  transmitting  informa- 
tion requested  by  a  resolution  of  the  House  of  Rep.  of  the 
1st  inst.  Reporting  the  Movements  of  the  Expedition  which 
lately  ascended  the  Missouri  River,  .  .  .  March  6,  1826. 
Read,  .  .  . 

Washington:    Gales  and  Seaton.     1826.     (19  Cong.  1  Ses. 
H.  R.  Doc.  117). 
8°  16  pp. 

H.  Atkinson's  report  to  Major  General  Brown,  dated  Nov.  23, 
1825. 

There  is  a  very  slight  account  of  the  expedition,  the  report 
being  chiefly  devoted  to  the  Indian  tribes,  fur  trade,  etc.  The 
expedition  left  Council  Bluffs  May  14  and  reached  the  mouth  of 
the  Yellowstone  Aug.  6.  Ashley  met  the  party  at  this  point  on 
his  return  from  the  mountains  with  an  immense  supply  of  furs 
and  returned  with  them. 

Atkinson  and  O'Fallon  were  the  commissioners  to  make  treaties 
with  the  Indians  and  their  report  to  the  Secretary  of  War  con- 
tains a  history  of  the  expedition,  the  treaties  made,  etc.  It 
occurs  19  Cong.,  1  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc. — (Reprinted  in  Am.  State 
Papers,  Indian  Affairs,  Vol.  2,  pp.  595-609).  26 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 23 

[DISCOVERY  OF  YELLOWSTONE  PARK] 

From  The  West.     Sweet  Lake,  July  8,  1827. 

Niles  Register,  Oct.  6,  1827,  (from  the  Phila.  Gazette). 

This  letter  contains  an  account  of  a  journey  by  a  trapper  prob- 
ably from  rendezvous  to  what  is  now  known  as  Yellowstone  Park 
some  time  in  the  summer  or  fall  of  1826.  It  describes  briefly  the 
lake,  hot  springs  and  geysers  and  mentions  the  explosions  every 
day.  From  the  last  sentence,  in  which  he  says  "tomorrow  I  depart 
for  the  west,"  it  might  be  inferred  that  the  writer  accompanied 
J.  S.  Smith  to  California  who  left  the  camp  on  Bear  Lake  July  -13. 

For  Jim  Bridger's  story  of  the  park  see  General  Dodge's  Biog- 
raphical Sketch  of  James  Bridger,  N.  Y.,  1905,  a  truly  appreciative 
work.  27 

FRANKLIN,  JOHN 

Narrative  Of  A  Second  Expedition  To  The  Shores  Of 
The  Polar  Sea,  In  The  Years  1825,  1826,  And  1827,  By  John 
Franklin,  Captain  R.  N.,  F.  R.  S.,  .  .  .  Commander  Of  The 
Expedition,  Including  The  Account  Of  The  Progress  Of  A 
Detachment  To  The  Eastward,  By  John  Richardson,  M.  D., 
F.  R.  S.,  F.  L.  S.,  .  .  .  Surgeon  And  Naturalist  To  The 
Expedition.  Illustrated  By  Numerous  Plates  And  Maps. 

Published  By  Authority  Of  The  Right  Honorable  The 
Secretary  Of  State  For  Colonial  Affairs. 

London:    John  Murray  .  .  .  MDCCCXXVIII. 

4°  XXIV,  320,  CLVII,  leaf  err.,  6  maps,  31  plates. 

Maps: 

Route  of  the  Expedition  A.  D.  1825  From  Ft.  William 
to  the  Saskatchewan. 

Route  of  the  Expedition  from  York  Factory  to  Cumber- 
land House,  ...  in  1819-20. 

Route  of  the  expedition  from  Isle  La  Crosse  to  Ft.  Provi- 
dence, ...  in  1819-20. 

Route  of  the  Land  Arctic  Expedition  Great  Slave  Lake 
to  Gt.  Bear  Lake,  1825. 

Discoveries  of  the  Expedition,  1825-26. 

Map  showing  the  Discoveries  made  by  British  Officers 
in  the  Arctic  Region,  1818-1826. 

The  plates  are  very  fine  engravings  by  Finden  after  sketches 
by  Capt.  Back  and  E.  N.  Kendall. 

Besides  Franklin's  and  Richardson's  accounts  of  the  Athabasca 
district,  and  the  journey  out  and  back,  the  book  contains  an 
account  of  Thomas  Drummond's  explorations  in  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains 1825-27.  Drummond  kept  a  journal,  meager  extracts  from 
which  were  published  in  1830  in  Vol.  I  of  the  Botanical  Miscel- 
lany. Afterward  in  1834  he  was  in  Texas  and  some  very  interest- 


24  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


ing  letters  from  him  while  there  are  printed  in  Vol.  2,  pp.  39-46 
of  the  "Companion  to  the  Botanical  Magazine  1836."  He  died  in 
Havana  in  March,  1835.  28 


SMITH,  JED.  S. 

Excursion  A  L'Ouest  Des  Monts  Rocky,  Extrait  d'une 
lettre  de  M.  Jedidiah  Smith  .  .  .  Saint  Louis  ...  11  Oct. 
1827. 

In  Nouvelles  Annales  de  Voyages.  Paris,  1828,  Vol.  37, 
(also  numbered  vol.  7  of  the  2nd  series),  pp.  208-12. 

The  letter  was  addressed  to  General  Clark  and  published  in  the 
Missouri  Republican  of  October  11,  1827.  It  is  the  only  pub- 
lished writing  of  Smith  which  we  can  positively  identify,  and 
describes  his  route  from  Salt  Lake  past  Little  Salt  Lake  apparently 
to  the  junction  of  the  Virgin  with  the  Colorado;  thence  parallel 
to  the  Colorado  to  the  Mohave  and  by  that  river  over  the  moun- 
tains to  Los  Angeles. 

Smith's  route  is  discussed  in  Bancroft's  Hist.  California,  Vol. 
II,  pp.  152;  Hist.  Soc.  South.  Cal.  Ill,  1896  by  J.  M.  Guinn;  Pio- 
neer Mag.  S.  F.  Nov.,  1855,  by  J.  W.  in  an  article  on  American 
Pioneers  of  California;  and  lately  by  Dale  in  his  book  on  Smith. 

There  are  very  few  contemporary  notices  of  Smith.  Mr.  H.  C. 
Dale  has  collected  about  all  the  information  to  be  found,  in  his 
book  entitled  "The  Ashley-Smith  Explorations  and  the  Discovery 
of  a  Central  Route  to  the  Pacific,  1822-29."  published  in  Cleve- 
land in  1918.  Shortly  after  Smith's  death,  however,  a  eulogy  of 
him  was  printed  in  the  Illinois  Magazine  (June,  1832)  by  an 
unknown  author  but  who  was,  as  he  states,  one  of  Smith's  latest 
friends,  but  it  does  not  give  much  information  regarding  his 
career.  The  St.  Louis  Beacon  of  Oct.  7,  1830  (Niles  Reg.  Nov.  6, 
1830)  notices  the  return  of  Smith  and  Jackson,  stating  that  Smith 
had  been  out  five  years  and  had  explored  the  country  from  the 
Gulf  of  California  to  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia. 

Curiously  enough,  Capt.  Beechey  seems  to  have  met  Smith 
while  he  was  in  Alonterey.  He  refers  to  the  captain  of  a  band 
of  American  beaver  trappers  as  very  intelligent,  stating  that  he 
had  received  from  him  considerable  valuable  information  in  regard 
to  the  character  of  the  country  beyond  the  Tulares. 

In  1836  the  Hon.  Albert  Gallatin  published  in  the  Archaeologia 
Americana,  Vol.  II,  his  "Synopsis  of  the  Indian  Tribes  Within  the 
U.  S.,  Etc."  On  pp.  140-142  occur  the  observations  obtained  from 
General  Ashley  relating  to  the  travels  of  Smith.  Gallatin  pub- 
lished a  map,  the  best  of  the  western  country  to  date  of  publi- 
cation, and  which  remained  the  best  for  some  time.  This  map 
shows  Smith's  route  to  California,  no  doubt  taken  from  a  manu- 
script map  of  Smith.  There  are  several  references  to  the  map 
of  Smith  which  was  in  existence  in  the  forties.  Miss  Drumm  of 
the  Mo.  Hist  Soc.  informed  me  that  they  finally  located  the 
family  of  the  man  who  had  owned  it,  only  to  learn  that  all  his 
papers  had  been  lost  in  the  fire  at  St.  Louis  in  1849.  I  am  certain 
that  one  of  the  departments  at  Washington  received  a  map  from 
Smith  or  a  copy  of  one  of  his,  and  it  may  yet  be  found  in  the 
archives.  29 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 25 

BENTON,  THOMAS  H. 

In  Senate  Of  The  United  States.  December  23,  1828. 
Resolved,  That  the  Committee  of  Indian  Affairs  be  in- 
structed to  inquire  into  the  present  conditions  of  the  fur 
trade  within  the  limits  of  the  United  States,  etc.,  etc. 

In  Senate  Of  "The  United  States.  February  9,  1829.  Read 
and  ordered  printed.  Mr.  Benton  Made  The  Following 
Report. 

20  Congress,  2nd  Sess.  [Sen.]  Doc.  67. 

8°  19  pp. 

This  report  contains  among  'other  documents  an  interesting  let- 
ter from  W.  H.  Ashley,  St.  Louis,  November  12,  1827,  and 
another  by  him  Jan.  20,  1829,  relating  to  movements  and  deaths 
of  trappers  in  the  Rocky  Mountains.  Ashley  refers  to  Peter 
Skeene  Ogden.  The  report  also  contains  the  letter  of  C.  C.  Cam- 
breling  of  Jan.  12,  1829  and  J.  J.  Astor's  of  Jan.  29,  1829. 

There  is  a  long  account  of  Ashley's  expedition  of  1826  in  Niles 
Reg.,  Dec.  9,  1826,  from  the  Missouri  Herald.  30 

RICHARDSON,  JOHN 

Fauna  Boreali — Americana ;  Or,  The  Zoology  Of  The 
Northern  Parts  Of  British  America:  Containing  Descrip- 
tions Of  The  Objects  Of  Natural  History  Collected  On  The 
Late  Northern  Land  Expeditions  Under  Command  Of 
Captain  Sir  John  Franklin,  R.  N.  By  John  Richardson,  M. 
D.  .  .  .  Assisted  by  William  Swainson,  Esq.,  And  The 
Reverend  William  Kirby,  M.  A. 

London:     John  Murray,  MDCCCXXIX. 

4°  XLVI  (2),  300  (2)  pp.  28  uncolored  plates  by  Landseer, 
numbered  1-24.  Some  signed  by  him.  (This  is  Part  1, 
The  quadrupeds). 

Plate  1,  1  B,  2-12,  12  B,  13-18,  18  B,  18  C,  19-24.  28 
plates  in  all. 

In  the  Introduction  Richardson  says  he  had  spent  seven  sum- 
mers and  five  winters  in  this  country  and  gives  a  short  account 
of  both  expeditions.  This  introduction  contains  numerous  refer- 
ences to  the  explorations  in  the  Rockies  of  Thos.  Drummond,  who 
was  ass't  naturalist  to  the  2nd  expedition  and  was  left  at  Cumber- 
land House  in  July,  1825.  He  spent  the  winter  in  the  mountains 
after  crossing  the  Columbian  portage  road;  in  April,  1826,  again 
recrossed  it  and  remained  west  of  the  mountains  until  August  10. 
Visited  the  headwaters  of  Peace  River.  Wintered  at  Edmonton 
and  in  1827  returned  to  England  via  York  Factory  in  company 
with  David  Douglas  who  came  over  from  the  Columbia  in  the 
spring.  The  description  of  the  animals  in  the  H.  B.  Co.'s  terri- 
tory are  also  largely  from  Drummond  and  many  of  his  experi- 
ences are  related  in  describing  them.  31 


26  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


RILEY,  B. 

Report  of  four  companies  of  the  sixth  regiment  of  the 
United  States  infantry,  which  left  Jefferson  Barracks,  on 
the  5th  of  May  1829  under  the  command  of  Brevet  Major 
Riley,  of  the  United  States  Army,  for  the  protection  of  the 
trade  to  Santa  Fe.  Cantonment  Leavenworth,  Nov.  22, 
1829. 

Am.  State  Papers,  Military  Affairs,  Vol.  IV. 

Pages  277-280.  Signed,  B.  Riley.  Probably  separately  printed 
with  some  documents  in  Feb.,  1830,  as  J.  H.  Eaton  (Secy'  of  War) 
communicates  this  to  the  President  under  date  of  Feb.  5,  1830,  in 
response  to  a  resolution  of  the  Senate  of  Feb.  2.  Details  of  the 
expedition  in  1829  with  an  account  of  the  attack  by  the  Indians  on 
the  caravan  Aug.  1.  They  went  as  far  as  Chouteau's  Island  in  the 
Arkansas  where  they  met  the  return  caravan  from  Santa  Fe  under 
escort  of  Col.  Viscarra. 

General  Macomb's  report  on  this  expedition  in  a  letter  to  Sec- 
retary of  War  Eaton,  dated  Wash.,  Nov.,  1829,  in  Niles  Reg.  Jan- 
uary 9,  1830.  32 


JAMES,  EDWIN 

A  Narrative  Of  The  Captivity  And  Adventures  Of  John 
Tanner,  (U.  S.  Interpreter  At  The  Saut  De  Ste.  Marie,) 
During  Thirty  Years  Residence  Among  The  Indians  In  The 
Interior  Of  North  America.  Prepared  For  The  Press  By 
Edwin  James,  M.  D.  Editor  of  an  Account  of  Major  Long's 
Expedition  from  Pittsburgh  to  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

New- York:     G.  &  C.  &  H.  Carvill,  .  .  .  1830. 

8°  426  pp.    Port  of  Tanner  after  a  painting  by  H.  Inman. 

Part  II,  pp.  283 — end,  contains  comments  on  the  Indians,  their 
language,  catalogue  of  plants  and  animals,  etc. 

Tanner  spent  a  part  of  his  life  in  the  Red  River  country  and 
the  book  contains  a  long  account  of  the  H.  B.  and  Northwest 
Companies.  He  spent  much  time  on  the  Assiniboine  at  Turtle 
Mountain  and  the  Mandan  Village.  E.  Coues,  in  his  book  on 
Alexander  Henry,  has  checked  up  a  good  deal  of  Tanner's  narra- 
tive from  Henry's  Journal  and  thus  been  able  to  supply  dates 
which  are  totally  lacking  in  the  narrative.  33 


COX,  ROSS 

Adventures  On  The  Columbia  River,  Including  The 
Narrative  Of  A  Residence  Of  Six  Years  On  The  Western 
Side  Of  The  Rocky  Mountains,  Among  Various  Tribes  of 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 27 

Indians  Hitherto  Unknown :  Together  With  A  Journey 
Across  The  American  Continent.  By  Ross  Cox.  2  Vols. 

London:    Henry  Colburn  And  Richard  Bentley,  1831. 

8°  XXIV  (incl.  tit.  &  hlf.  tit.),  368  pp.;  VIII,  (incl.  tit., 
hlf.  tit.),  400  pp. 

Arrived  in  Oregon  via  Sandwich  Islands  in  the  Beaver,  May  9, 
1812.  On  dissolving  of  the  Pacific  Fur  Company,  Cox  joined  the 
Northwest  Co.  April  16,  1817,  he  left  for  the  East  via  the  Colum- 
bia, crossed  the  mountains  June  1,  down  the  Athabasca  to  Rocky 
Mountain  House.  Met  Peter  Ogden  at  Fort  Isle  la  Crosse,  then  to 
Cumberland  House  on  the  Saskatchewan,  then  to  the  Winnipeg, 
then  to  Ft.  William,  arriving  there  August  16. 

The  book  gives  a  good  account  of  the  rivalry  between  the 
Hudson  Bay  and  Northwest  Cos.  in  the  Northwest,  and  contains 
a  sketch  of  Hunt's  Overland  journey.  34 

MESSAGE  FROM  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES,  In  answer  to  a  resolution  of  the  Senate  relative 
to  the  British  establishments  on  the  Columbia,  and  the 
state  of  the  fur  trade,  etc. 

21  Cong.  2nd  Sess.  (Sen.)  Doc.  39.  Message  dated  Jan. 
24,  1831. 

8°  36  pp. 

This  contains  communications  to  J.  H.  Eaton  by  Ashley,  Joshua 
Pilcher,  J.  S.  Smith,  David  E.  Jackson  and  W.  L.  Sublette. 

Pilcher  gives  an  account  of  his  expedition  from  Council  Bluffs 
September,  1827,  to  Bear  Lake;  thence  in  July,  1828,  to  Lewis 
River  and  Clark's  Fork;  wintered  on  Flathead  Lake;  February, 
1829,  went  to  Ft.  Colville  and  returned  with  the  Brigade  via  Boat 
Encampment  to  the  Athabasca;  thence  to  Jasper's  House,  to  Ft. 
Assiniboine,  to  Edmonton,  Ft.  Pitt,  Carlton  House,  Cumberland 
House  and  Red  River  Settlement;  thence  to  Brandon  House  arriv- 
ing at  the  Mandan  Villages  April  5,  1830.  There  he  met  Prince 
Paul  of  Wurtemberg. 

Smith,  Jackson  and  Sublette  give  an  account  of  their  journey 
leaving  St.  Louis  April  10,  1829,  to  the  head  of  the  Wind  River  and 
return  to  St.  Louis  October  10.  Also  some  account  of  Smith's 
visit  to  Vancouver  in  1828,  in  a  letter  dated  St.  Louis,  October 
30,  1830. 

This  is  the  most  valuable  account  of  movements  in  the  Rocky 
Mountains  during  this  period.  35 

PATTIE,  JAMES  OHIO 

The  Personal  Narrative  Of  James  O.  Pattie,  Of  Ken- 
tucky, During  An  Expedition  From  St.  Louis,  Through 
The  Vast  Regions  Between  That  Place  And  The  Pacific 
Ocean,  And  Thence  Back  Through  The  City  Of  Mexico  To 
Vera  Cruz,  During  Journeyings  Of  Six  Years ;  In  Which 


28 


He  And  His  Father,  Who  Accompanied  Him,  Suffered  Un- 
heard Of  Hardships  And  Dangers,  Had  Various  Conflicts 
With  The  Indians,  And  Were  Made  Captives,  In  Which 
Captivity  His  Father  Died ;  Together  With  a  Description 
Of  The  Country,  And  The  Various  Nations  Through 
Which  They  Passed.  Edited  By  Timothy  Flint. 

Cincinnati :  Printed  And  Published  by  John  H.  Wood. 
1831. 

8°  Title,  2  leaves  of  preface,  3  leaves  of  introduction 
13-300  pp.,  5  plates,  engraved  by  W.  Woodruff  an  early 
western  engraver. 

Plates : 

Rescue  of  an  Indian  Child. 

Mr.  Pattie  Wounded  by  an  Indian  arrow. 

Shooting  Mr.  Pattie's  horse. 

Messrs.  Pattie  and  Stover  rescued  from  famish. 

Burial  of  Mr.  Pattie. 

The  Pattie  Narrative  ends  on  page  253;  on  the  reverse  of  this  is 
a  note  regarding  Dr.  Willard;  255-288  contain  an  account  of  Wil- 
lard's  tour  entitled  "Inland  Trade  with  New  Mexico";  and  pp. 
289-291  the  "Downfall  of  the  Fredonian  Republic."  Both  these 
items  were  reprinted  from  Flint's  Western  Monthly  Review.  From 
the  extract  from  Willard's  journal  apparently  his  narrative  was 
as  interesting  as  Pattie's,  and  more  reliable. 

Some  doubt  has  been  manifested  as  to  the  truth  of  the  some- 
what remarkable  wanderings  of  Pattie  through  the  mountains, 
but  probably  in  the  main  the  story  can  be  accepted  as  true,  due 
allowance  being  made  for  the  lapse  of  time,  making  occurrences 
seem  closer  together  than  they  really  were.  Possibly  also  some 
allowance  should  be  made  for  Flint's  imagination. 

Pattie  really  existed  as  Bancroft  has  demonstrated  from  the 
California  archives  and,  what  is  more,  was  in  California  at  the 
time,  so  it  is  fair  to  assume  the  rest  of  the  narrative  is  at  least 
substantially  true. 

This  book  was  copyrighted  by  Wood,  Oct.  18,  1831,  who  seems 
to  have  sold  very  few  copies,  as  only  a  few  exist  outside  of  the 
Cincinnati  Public  Library  and  Cine.  Hist.  Society.  In  1833  Flint's 
nephew,  who  had  started  a  bookstore  in  Cincinnati,  evidently  came 
into  possession  of  the  unsold  copies  and  printed  a  new  title  page 
and  for  some  unknown  reason  copyrighted  the  book  again  in  his 
own  name.  For  this  reason  the  1833  imprint  has  been  supposed 
by  most  people  to  be  the  first  and  is  usually  quoted  as  the  first 
edition.  In  reality,  as  explained,  it  is  not  a  new  edition  exactly, 
but  the  same  book  with  a  different  title  page,  bearing  Flint's  name 
instead  of  that  of  Wood. 

I  have  seen  four  variations  of  the  copyright  in  the  1833  edition, 
first  copyrighted  by  Wood  in  1831,  second  copyrighted  by  Wood 
in  1833,  third  copyrighted  by  Flint  in  1831  and  fourth  copyrighted 
by  Flint  in  1833.  I  have  also  seen  a  title  printed  in  smaller  letters 
than  the  usual  type  employed,  with  the  Wood  1833  copyright.  36 


THE 


PERSONAL  NARRATIVE 


OF 


JAMES  O.  PATTIE, 


OF 


KENTUCKY, 


Dl-RTWJ    AN    EXPEDITION    FROM    ST.     I  GUIS.     THROUGH    THE    VAST   KEOIOH8 
BETWEEN    THAT    PLACE    AM)    TDK    PACIFIC    OCEAN.    AM)    THENCE    BACK 

THKOUriH  TNgClTY   OK  MEXICO  TO  vKUA   c  it  /.,  i)L'H»\o  JOUIINEY- 

1NC.S    OK     SIX     VEAIIS;      IN    WHICH     UK      .NT     HIS    FATHER,    WHO 
ACCOMPAKICn    HIM.     SUKKKUKI)    LNHKAIll)    »IK     HARDSHII'S 
AM>   DANGERS,  HAD  VARIUU-  CONM.UTS  U  II  II   THE  IN- 
DIANS,      A,.r>    WERE     MADE     CAI'TIVES.    IN     WHICH 
CAPTIVITY     HIS     FATHER      DIED',     TdfiETHEIl 
WITH    A    DESCRII>TIO.\    OF    THE    COL'M'HY, 
AM)  THE  VAIUOL'S   NATIONS  THROUGH 
WHICH    THKY    PASSED. 


EDITED  BY  TIMOTHY  FLINT. 


CINCINNATI: 

PRINTED  AND   I'l'I'LHMI  I"    l:V   JOHN   H    WOOD. 

1831. 


OREGON; 

OR 

A  SHORT  HISTORY  OF  A  LONG  JOURNEY 

FKOM    TlIE 

•ATLANTIC  OCEAN  TO  THE  REGION  OF  THE  PACIFIC. 

;   /.       ;  BY     LAN  D; 

DRAWN  VP  FROM  TBE  NOTES  AND  ORAL  INFORMATION 


JOHN   B.   WYETH, 

ONE  OF  THE  PARTY  WHO  LEFT  Mil.  NATHANIEL  J.  WYETII, 
28TH,  1832,  FOUR  DAYS'  MARCH  BEYOND  THE  RIDGE  or  THE 
ROOKY   MOUNTAINS, 

AND  THE  ONLY  ONI  WHO  HAS  RETURNED  TO  NEW  ENGLAND. 


CAMBRIDGE : 

PRINTED   FOR  JOHN   B.   WYETH. 
1833. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  29 


MESSAGE  FROM  THE  PRESIDENT  OF  THE  UNITED 
STATES  In  Compliance  With  a  Resolution  of  the  Senate 
concerning  the  Fur  Trade,  and  Inland  Trade  to  Mexico. 

Washington,   Feb.  8,    1832.    22nd   Cong.    1st   Sess.     Sen. 
Ex.  90. 
8°  86  pp. 

This  contains  a  Letter  from  Wm.  Clark;  Joshua  Pilcher's  Re- 
port, St.  Louis,  Dec.  1,  1831,  on  the  rise  and  present  condition 
of  the  fur  trade;  Communications  from  Andrew  S.  Hughes,  and 
William  Gordon  of  Oct.  31,  1831,  with  an  account  of  the  Immel- 
Jones  outfit;  Alphonso  Wetmore  on  the  Santa  Fe  trade  Oct. 
11,  1831,  with  extracts  from  his  diary  on  the  Santa  Fe  trail  to 
New  Mexico  beginning  May  28,  1828;  Schoolcraft's  Report,  Oct. 
24,  1831;  John  Dougherty's  statement;  B.  Riley's  report  on  travel- 
ers killed  on  the  Santa  Fe  trail;  Thomas  Forsyth's  letter  of  Oct. 
24,  1831,  with  a  slight  history  of  the  fur  trade  from  1800.  37 


WYETH,  JOHN  B. 

Oregon  ;  Or  A  Short  History  Of  A  Long  Journey  From 
The  Atlantic  Ocean  To  The  Region  Of  The  Pacific,  By 
Land  ;  Drawn  Up  From  The  Notes  And  Oral  Information 
Of  John  B.  Wyeth,  One  Of  The  Party  Who  Left  Mr. 
Nathaniel  J.  Wyeth,  July  28th,  1832,  Four  Days'  March 
Beyond  The  Ridge  Of  The  Rocky  Mountains,  And  The 
Only  One  Who  Has  Returned  To  New  England. 

Cambridge:  Printed  For  John  B.  Wyeth.  1833. 

12°  Title  and  half  title,  87  pp. 

Cover  Title  :    Wyeth's  Oregon  Expedition. 

Wyeth  left  Boston  March  1,  1832,  and  got  back  to  Boston  via 
St.  Louis  and  New  Orleans  Jan.  2,  1833. 

The  original  journals  of  Capt.  N.  J.  Wyeth,  1831-6,  have  been 
printed  by  the  Eugene,  Or.,  University  Press  in  1899. 

Mr.  S.  P.  Sharpless  printed  an  address  on  Capt.  Wyeth  in  Cam- 
bridge in  1907. 

In  Schoolcraft's  Archives,  Vol.  I,  pp.  205-228,  N.  J.  Wyeth  has 
furnished  a  very  valuable  memoir  on  the  Western  Indians,  char- 
acter of  country,  etc. 

The  first  account  of  the  famous  battle  at  Pierre's  Hole,  July 
12,  was  brought  back  in  the  fall  by  Capt.  Sublette  and  appeared 
in  the  Mo.  Intelligencer,  copied  in  Niles  Reg.  for  October  27,  1832, 
page  130;  also  see  Mo.  Rep.  of  Oct.  16,  1832.  38 

EVERETT,  H. 

Regulating  The  Indian  Department.  (To  accompany 
bills  H.  R.  Nos.  488,  489,  &  490).  May  20,  1834.  Mr.  H. 


30  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Everett,  from  the  Committee  on  Indian  Affairs  made  the 
following  Report : 

23  Cong.  1st  Sess.  H.  R.  Rep.  No.  474. 

8°    131   pp.  Map  of  the  Western  Territory. 

This  valuable  report  on  the  Indians  and  the  conditions  in  the 
country  west  of  the  Missouri  accompanied  three  House  Bills 
Nos.  488,  489,  490  to  provide  for  the  organization  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Indian  affairs;  to  regulate  trade  and  intercourse  with 
the  Indian  tribes;  and  to  provide  for  the  establishment  of  the 
"Western  Territory."  It  contains  a  large  amount  of  valuable 
information  besides  the  following  documents:  A  report  from  M. 
Stokes,  Henry  L.  Ellsworth,  and  J.  T.  Schemerhorn,  the  commis- 
sioners of  Indian  affairs,  dated  Fort  Gibson,  February  10th,  1834; 
protest  of  Stokes  against  removal  of  the  principal  military  garri- 
son from  Fort  Gibson  to  Fort  Smith;  some  remarks  by  William 
P.  May,  A.  S.  Hughes,  and  J.  L.  Bean  on  the  Upper  Missouri 
trade  together  with  a  large  quantity  of  statistics.  The  map  was 
drawn  up  at  the  War  Department,  but  it  seems  to  be  mainly 
taken  from  Isaac  McCoy's  manuscript  map.  39 

WHEELOCK,  T.  B. 

[Journal  of  Colonel  Dodge's  expedition  from  Fort  Gib- 
son to  the  Pawnee  Pict  village.] 

Printed  in  the  Rept.  of  the  Secy,  of  War  attached  to 
President's  Message  of  Dec.  2,  1834.  Occupies  pp.  73-93, 
Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  1,  23  Cong.  2  Sess.  Also  in  Am.  State  Papers 
Military  Affairs,  Vol.  V,  pp.  373-382. 

Signed  by  T.  B.  Wheelock,  First  Lieut.  Dragoons,  and  dated 
Fort  Gibson,  August  27,  1834.  The  journal  contains  an  account 
of  the  expedition  to  the  Toyash  village,  the  council  with  the 
Indians,  etc.  40 


EDWARDS,  P.  L. 

Rocky  Mountain  Corespondence,  From  the  Missouri  En- 
quirer [Liberty]. 

In  Niles  Register,  Oct.  11,  1834,  Vol.  47,  pp.  92. 

Letter  signed  P.  L.  Edwards  and  dated  Waters  of  the  Colorado 
of  the  West,  June  23,  1834.  Edwards  went  out  with  the  Lees, 
Nuttall  and  Townsend,  the  last  two  being  mentioned.  He  says  they 
left  Liberty  April  25  and  arrived  at  place  of  writing  June  20. 
He  speaks  well  of  Capt.  Wyeth,  with  whom  they  were  traveling. 
There  is  very  little  on  the  route,  but  an  interesting  description 
of  mountain  men.  The  editor  says  Edwards  was  21  or  22  years  of 
age  and  well  known  in  Liberty. 

Edwards  went  from  Oregon  to  California  in  1837  with  Ewing 
Young,  and  the  diary  of  his  journey,  preserved  in  the  California 
State  Library  was  published  in  Vol.  II  of  the  Themis  and  after- 
ward in  1890  in  Sacramento.  According  to  the  introduction,  Ed- 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  31 


wards  returned  to  the  East  (1837)  where  he  published  a  pamphlet 
on  California.  I  think  this  must  be  a  mistake  as  no  pamphlet 
is  known  that  could  very  well  have  been  written  by  Edwards. 
After  1850  he  was  again  a  resident  of  California  and  became 
very  prominent.  41 


PIKE,  ALBERT 

Prose  Sketches  And  Poems,  Written  in  the  Western 
Country,  By  Albert  Pike. 

Boston:  Light  &  Horton.    1834. 
12°  VIII,  9-200  pp. 

Preface    is    dated    Ark.    Teritory    1    May,    1833. 

Pike  begins  by  recounting  the  experiences  of  one  Aaron  B. 
Lewis,  who  left  Fort  Towson  in  Sept.,  1831,  for  Santa  Fe,  quoting 
from  Lewis'  Journal.  He  passed  over  from  the  False  Wichita  to 
the  Canadian  and  up  that  stream,  and  after  terrible  suffering  from 
cold  and  hunger,  reached  the  settlements  in  early  December.  Next 
summer  Lewis  went  on  a  trapping  expedition  to  the  Colorado 
Mountains.  In  the  fall  Pike  joined  Lewis  and  others  on  a  return 
trip.  They  went  down  the  Pecos  and  crossed  over  to  one  of 
the  headwaters  of  the  Brazos  and  then  northeast  to  Red  River, 
reaching  Ft.  Smith  Dec.  10th.  Bill  Williams,  who  Pike  says,  was 
once  a  preacher  and  afterward  an  interpreter  in  the  Osage  Na- 
tion, accompanied  them  part  of  the  way. 

Pike  himself,  it  seems,  went  out  to  Santa  Fe  by  the  trail  in 
the  fall  of  1831. 

Altogether  there  are  80  pages  of  a  "Narrative  of  a  journey  in 
the  prairie,"  and  the  rest  poems  and  sketches.  42 


ARMIJO,  ANTONIO 

Itineraire  Du  Nord-Mexico  A  La  Haute-Californie, 
Parcouru  en  1829  et  1830  par  soixante  Mexicains. 

In  Bulletin  De  la  Societe  De  Geographic.  Deuxieme 
Serie,  Tome  III,  pp.  316-23,  Mai  1835. 

Account  of  an  expedition  under  command  of  Antonio  Armijo 
which  left  Abiquiu  Nov.  7,  1829,  and  arrived  at  San  Gabriel  Jan. 
31,  1830.  Went  by  Arroyo  de  Chelli  and  Canon  de  San  Bernar- 
dino. On  return  left  March  1  and  arrived  in  Xemes,  25  April. 
Possibly  the  opening  of  this  route. 

Translated  from  "Registro  Oficial  del  Gobierno  de  los  Estados- 
Unidos  Mexicanos,  1830."  43 


BALL,  JOHN 

•  Remarks  upon  the  Geology,  and  physical  features  of  the 
Country  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  with  Miscellaneous 
facts ;  by  John  Ball,  of  Troy,  N.  Y. 

In    The    American    Journal    of    Science    and    Arts,    Vol. 
XXVIII,  No.  1,  April,  1835. 


32  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Ball  gives  a  short  account  of  his  journey  to  Oregon  made  in 
1832.  He  traveled  from  Lexington,  Mo.,  along  the  Oregon  trail  via 
South  Pass  to  the  Snake  and  then  followed  a  course  considerably 
south  of  that  river,  but  finally  reached  the  river  again  to  leave  it 
when  the  trail  went  west  through  the  Grande  Ronde  to  Walla 
Walla.  He  traveled  part  of  the  way  with  Wm.  Sublette  but  finally 
reached  Oregon  with  twelve  companions.  Ball  spent  the  winter  of 
1832-3  teaching  school  at  Ft.  Vancouver  and  left  on  the  H.  B.  Co.'s 
boat  in  Oct.,  1833,  for  the  Sandwich  Islands  via  San  Francisco, 
about  which,  however,  he  only  says  a  few  words,  finally  reaching 
home  in  July,  1834,  via  Cape  Horn. 

In  the  same  journal  for  January,  1834,  Vol.  XXV,  No.  2,  occurs 
some  preliminary  remarks  by  Amos  Eaton  obtained  from  a  letter 
from  Ball  written  at  Ft.  Vancouver,  March  3,  1833. 

See  an  interesting  letter  from  John  Ball  dated  Grand  Rapids, 
Mich.,  Oct.  14,  1874,  in  Contributions  to  the  Historical  Society 
of  Montana,  Vol.  I.  44 

DUNBAR,  JOHN 

Extracts  from  the  journal  of  Mr.  Dunbar. 

In  Missionary  Herald  for  1835,  Vol.  31,  pp.  343,  376,  417. 

John  Dunbar  and  Samuel  Allis  were  appointed  missionaries  to 
the  Pawnee  Indians  in  1834  and  arrived  at  Leavenworth  June  26, 
1834.  The  extract  from  Dunbar's  journal  commences  here,  but  the 
principal  portion  printed  refers  to  the  Pawnee  Indians,  their  cus- 
toms, location,  hunts,  character,  etc.,  together  with  an  account  of 
his  own  movements. 

Some  extracts  from  Allis'  journal  were  published  in  the  Herald 
for  1836,  Vol.  32,  p.  68.  See  Herald  for  1838,  Vol.  34,  p.  383  for 
Dunbar's  account  of  a  human  sacrifice  by  the  Pawnees.  Dr.  Bene- 
dict Satterlee  communicated  to  the  Board  an  account  of  his  jour- 
ney from  Bellevue  to  the  Pawnee  villages  with  Dunbar  in  June, 
1836,  Miss.  Herald  for  1837,  Vol.  33,  p.  74.  Doctor  Satterlee  went 
on  an  expedition  to  the  Cheyenne  Indians  and  was  killed  probably 
by  white  men.  See  Miss.  Herald,  Vol.  33,  p.  348,  and  Vol.  34, 
p.  385.  45 

IRVING,  JOHN  T,  JR. 

Indian  Sketches,  Taken  During  An  Expedition  To  The 
Pawnee  Tribes.  By  John  T.  Irving,  Jr.  In  Two  Volumes. 

Philadelphia:     Carey,    Lea   &    Blanchard.     1835. 
12°  Title,  leaf  of  ded.  pp.  (3)  -4,  text  pp.  (9)  -272;  title, 
(5)-296.     [No  contents  in  this  edition]. 

A  government  party,  under  charge  of  Mr.  Ellsworth  as  Com- 
missioner, in  1833,  made  a  trip  to  the  Otoe  and  Pawnee  villages. 
Irving  accompanied  the  party,  also  Major  Dougherty  from  Fort 
Leavenworth.  He  tells  the  story  of  the  council  at  the  Pawnee 
village,  the  signing  of  peace  and  incidentally  tells  the  tale  of  the 
"human  sacrifice"  afterward  so  famous.  46 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 33 

IRVING,  WASHINGTON 

The  Crayon  Miscellany.     By  The  Author  Of  The  Sketch 
Book.    No.  1.  Containing  A  Tour  on  the  Prairies. 
Philadelphia:    Carey,   Lea,   &   Blanchard.     1835. 
12°   XV,  17-274  pp. 

Irving  accompanied  Ellsworth,  the  Indian  Commissioner,  on  his 
tour  in  the  fall  of  1832.  They  went  up  the  Missouri  to  the 
Osage  Agency  at  Ft.  Gibson  and  then  for  a  few  weeks  to  the 
Pawnee  Hunting  Grounds,  returning  to  Ft.  Gibson.  Latrobe  also 
accompanied  this  party.  See  Irving's  letter  regarding  the  trip 
Dec.  18,  1832,  Washington,  originally  printed  in  the  London 
Athenaeum  and  reprinted  in  Missouri  Hist.  Rev.  Oct.,  1910.  47 

LATROBE,  CHAS.  JOSEPH 

The  Rambler  In  North  America;  MDCCCXXXII-MDCC 
CXXXIII.  By  Chas.  Joseph  Latrobe. 

Published  By  R.  B.  Seeley  And  W.  Burnside ;  .  .  . 

London.     MDCCCXXXV. 

12°     (6)    inc.    title    and    half    title,    VII-XI,    321;    (4) 
title  and  half  title,  V-VIII,  336  pp.,  map. 
Map: 

The  United  States  of  America.  Published  February  1, 
1836  by  R.  B.  Seeley  and  W.  Burnside. 

The  author  accompanied  Washington  Irving  in  his  tour  on  the 
prairies. 

A  much  fuller  and  more  entertaining  account  of  this  trip  with 
Ellsworth  in  1832  than  Irving's.  Colonel  Chouteau,  Ellsworth, 
Irving  and  Count  Pourtales  comprised  the  party.  After  returning 
from  h;s  trip  to  the  Canadian,  Latrobe  went  down  the  Arkansas 
in  a  canoe  and  arrived  at  Little  Rock  Dec.  9,  where  he  took  a 
steamboat.  In  1833  Latrobe  made  an  overland  journey  to  Prairie 
du  Chien,  thence  to  St.  Peters,  Ft.  Snelling  and  back  by  river  to 
St.  Louis.  48 

PAUL  WILHELM,  HERZOG  von  WURTEMBURG 

Erste  Reise  nach  dem  nordlichen  Amerika  in  den  Jahren 
1822  bis  1824  von  Paul  Wilhelm,  Herzog  von  Wiirtemburg. 
Stutterart  und  Tubineren,  J.  G.  Cotta  .  .  .  1835. 
8°  VI,  394  pp.,  leaf  Errata,  map. 

Map: 

Louisiana  Verlag,  J.  G.  Cotta. 

Prince  Paul  visited  the  Osages  and  made  a  trip  up  the  Missouri 
to  Council  Bluffs,  afterward  visiting  the  Pawnees  and  Otoes.  A 
considerable  part  of  th;s  book  is  devoted  to  this  expedition  and 
his  remarks  on  the  Indians. 


34  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


In  1830  Prince  Paul  made  a  second  trip,  this  time  to  the  Yel- 
lowstone. Beyond  a  few  notes  referring  to  this  second  expedi- 
tion in  1830  attached  to  the  above,  I  have  seen  nothing  published 
about  it.  49 

HOOKER,  W.  J. 

A  Brief  Memoir  of  the  Life  of  Mr.  David  Douglas,  with 
Extracts  from  his  Letters. 

This  occupies  pages  79  to  182  of  Vol.  II  of  the  Com- 
panion to  the  Botanical  Magazine  and  the  frontispiece  to 
the  volume  is  a  steel  portrait  of  Douglas.  The  Companion 
to  the  Botanical  Magazine  was  published  in  London  for 
the  proprietor,  Samuel  Curtis,  1835-6. 

Douglas  made  two  trips  to  the  Pacific  coast  and  the  journal 
of  the  first  was  in  possession  of  the  Horticultural  Society  of 
London  under  whose  auspices  he  was  sent  on  the  botanizing  ex- 
pedition. Hooker  prints  what  he  states  are  extracts  from  this 
journal,  but  it  is  the  most  extensive  account  of  the  Northwest 
that  had  been  published  to  that  date. 

Douglas  reached  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  April  7,  1825,  in 
company  with  Dr.  Scouler  and  made  various  journeys  into  the 
Interior.  He  visited  the  upper  Columbia  and  the  Umpqua  River  in 
Oregon.  On  March  27,  1828,  he  started  overland  with  Dr.  Mc- 
Laughlin,  passed  Boat  Encampment  April  27,  Jasper,  May  8  and 
Ft.  Edmunton,  May  21.  He  spent  some  time  at  the  Red  River 
settlements  and  proceeded  thence  to  England  by  York  Fac- 
tory, arriving  in  Portsmouth  on  October  11.  In  the  fall  of  1829, 
Douglas  again  left  England  and  arrived  at  the  Columbia  on 
January  3,  1830,  leaving  in  December  for  California.  He  arrived 
at  Monterey  on  December  22  but  no  journal  exists  of  his  stay 
in  California,  nor  in  the  Northwest  on  this  expedition.  Supposedly 
his  journal  was  lost  in  an  accident  on  the  upper  Fraser  River 
in  1833.  He  did,  however,  write  two  letters  from  Monterey  to 
Hooker,  one  in  October  and  the  other  dated  November  23,  1831. 
The  second  one,  which  is  almost  entirely  devoted  to  botany,  was 
printed  by  Hooker,  but  the  first,  which  Douglas  states  in  a  subse- 
quent letter,  details  his  travels  in  California  and  gave  a  brief 
notice  of  the  country,  was  not  published.  He  left  California  in 
August,  1832,  and  arrived  at  the  Columbia  about  October  23,  via 
Sandwich  Islands.  In  1833  he  made  another  trip  into  the  interior 
after  visiting  Puget  Sound.  He  left  the  Columbia  October  18, 
1833,  and  after  touching  at  San  Francisco  arrived  at  the  Sandwich 
Islands  December  23.  His  journal  from  October  18  to  January 
29  is  printed.  In  July  he  was  killed  by  falling  into  a  cattle  pit, 
being  trampled  to  death  by  a  wild  bull  which  had  previously 
fallen  in. 

Dr.  W.  J.  Hooker,  the  author  of  the  memoir,  edited  Douglas' 
journals.  50 

[HILDRETH,  JAMES] 

Dragoon  Campaigns  To  The  Rocky  Mountains ;  Being  A 
History  Of  The  Enlistment,  Organization,  and  First  Cam- 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  35 


paigns  Of  The  Regiment  Of  United  States  Dragoons ;  To- 
gether With  Incidents  Of  A  Soldier's  Life,  And  Sketches 
Of  Scenery  And  Indian  Character.  By  A  Dragoon  .  .  . 

New-York:     Wiley  &  Long.     1836. 

8°  288  pp. 

This  relates  to  Col.  Dodge's  Expedition  to  the  Pawnee  Villages 
in  1834. 

The  expedition  left  Camp  Burbees  near  Jefferson  Barracks*  Nov. 
20,  1833,  for  Fort  Gibson,  which  they  passed  Dec.  16  or  17.  April 
26,  1834,  orders  came  from  Ft.  Towson  appointing  General  Leav- 
enworth  commander  of  all  the  troops  on  the  frontier.  Capt.  Whar- 
ton's  troops  left  Camp  Jackson  May  5,  1834,  to  escort  the  Santa 
Fe  traders  to  Santa  Fe.  Geo.  Catlin  accompanied  the  troops  on 
the  Pawnee  campaign  and  there  is  included  a  letter  of  his  uated 
Ft.  Gibson,  Jan.  12,  1834,  about  the  time  the  expedition  started. 
Also  another  letter  from  Catlin,  dated  Ft.  Gibson,  September  8. 
At  page  236  the  author  relates  a  story  about  Mike  Fink. 

The  Dragoons  were  organized  in  1833  and  headquarters  estab- 
lished at  Jefferson  Barracks.  This  was  their  first  prairie  cam- 
paign. The  headquarters  during  the  winter  of  1833  were  at  Ft. 
Gibson;  for  distribution  see  Niles  Reg.,  Aug.  2,  1834,  from  Army 
and  Navy  Chronicle. 

On  this  expedition  Gen.  Leavenworth  died,  as  well  as  Lieut. 
McClure.  For  notices  see  Niles  Reg.,  Aug.  30,  Sept.  3,  Sept.  6, 
Oct.  4.  This  last  consists  of  a  long  letter  from  S.  C.  Stambaugh  to 
the  Arkansas  Gazette  of  Sept.  9.  The  letter  is  dated  Fort  Gibson, 
Aug.  26,  the  expedition  having  returned  Aug.  15.  Stambaugh  ob- 
tained his  information  from  the  returned  officers  and  it  is  very 
full.  Kearny  only  got  back  with  the  sick  from  the  post  on  the 
Washita  Aug.  25.  There  is  another  interesting  account  of  the 
expedition  by  an  officer  of  the  expedition,  from  the  Illinois  Reg- 
ister, reprinted  in  Niles,  Aug.  8,  1835.  The  documents  attached  to 
the  report  of  the  Secretary  of  War  of  Nov.  27,  1834,  also  contain 
an  account.  Another  unfavorable  'newspaper  account  from  the 
Missouri  Republican,  in  Niles,  Feb.  7,  1835.  Stambaugh  mentions 
the  return  of  Capt.  Wharton  and  his  company,  who  had  accom- 
panied the  Santa  Fe  traders  some  four  weeks  before.  For  this  last 
expedition  see  Wharton's  letter  of  Aug.  4  from  Ft.  Gibson,  in 
Niles  Reg.,  Sept.  20,  1834,  page  38. 

The  movements  of  the  Dragoons  are  chronicled  in  Louis 
Pelzer's  "Marches  of  the  Dragoons  in  the  Mississippi  Valley." 
Iowa  City,  1917.  51 

IRVING,  WASHINGTON 

Astoria,  Or  Anecdotes  Of  An  Enterprise  Beyond  The 
Rocky  Mountains.  By  Washington  Irving.  In  Two  Vol- 
umes. 

Philadelphia :  Carey,  Lea,  &  Blanchard.   1836. 
8°  6,  VII-XII,  13-285;  VIII,  9-279  pp.     Map. 

Map: 

Sketch  of  the  Routes  of  Hunt  &  Stuart. 


36  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Vol.  I,  p.  131  to  Vol.  II,  p.  77  contain  an  account  of  Hunt's 
and  Crooks'  journey  across  the  mountains  from  journals  in  the 
possession  of  Mr.  Astor,  being  part  of  Irving's  history  of  Astor's 
attempt  to  embark  in  the  Northwest  fur  trade.  Robt.  Stuart 
started  back  from  Walla  Walla  July  31,  1812,  and  arrived  next 
year  at  St.  Louis,  April  30,  by  way  of  the  Platte,  Crooks  and 
McLellan  in  the  party.  (Occupies  pp.  110-184  of  Vol.  II). 

The  Appendix  to  Vol.  II,  pp.  263-279  contains  some  documents 
of  great  interest  including  some  extracts  from  a  manuscript  by 
Captain  Bonneville  on  the  Western  Indians,  and  notices  of  the 
present  state  of  the  fur  trade,  chiefly  extracted  from  an  article 
published  in  Silliman's  Journal  for  January,  1834.  See  an  able 
review  of  this  book  by  Caleb  Gushing,  N.  A.,  Rev.  •Oct*  1837.  52 

-A  HO-  p.  2.00. 

KING,  RICHARD 

Narrative  of  a  Journey  To  the  Shores  of  the  Arctic 
Ocean,  in  1833,  1834  and  1835 ;  under  the  command  of  Capt. 
Back,  R.  N.  By  Richard  King,  R.  N.  2  Vols. 

London :  Richard  Bentley  .  .  .  1836. 

8°  XV,  312,  (1);  VIII,  321,  (1)  pp;    7  plates. 

See  Niles  Reg.,  Aug.  22,  1835,  for  an  account  from  the  Montreal 
Gazette  of  their  trip,  Back  having  but  recently  returned. 

Not  seen,  collation  from  Sabin.  53 

[KINGSBURY,  LIEUT.  G.] 

Journal  of  the  March  of  a  detachment  of  dragoons,  under 
the  command  of  Colonel  Dodge,  during  the  summer  of  1835. 
In  report  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  in  compliance  with  a 
resolution  of  the  Senate  .  .  .  dated  Feb.  27,  1836. 

24  Cong  1st  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  209. 

8°  38  pp. ;  2  maps. 

Maps: 

The  maps  which  are  of  great  rarity  are: 

Map  showing  Distribution  of  the  Indians  West  of  Mis- 
souri and  Arkansas  and  showing  Dodge's  route. 

Map  showing  the  lands  assigned  to  the  Emigrant  Indians 
West  of  Arkansas  and  Missouri.  Prepared  by  the  Bureau 
Feb.  20,  1836. 

This  was  reprinted  with  the  maps  in  Am.  State  Papers, 
Military  Affairs,  Vol.  VI,  p.  130. 

The  expedition  left  Ft.  Leavenworth  May  29,  1835,  proceeded 
•up  the  South  Platte  to  near  the  point  where  the  river  leaves  the 
mountains;  thence  to  Fountain  Creek -up  to  Manitou,  to  Bent's 
Ft.,  returning  down  the  Arkansas  to  the  Santa  Fe  Trail  and 
thence  to  Ft.  Leavenworth.  arriving  there  September  16.  Lieut. 
Kingsbury  kept  the  journal. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  37 


See  Niles  Register,  Oct.  17,  1835,  for  extracts  from  letter  from 
R.  B.  Mason,  Sept.  6,  from  another  Sept.  17  at  Ft.  Leavenworth 
with  some  references  to  the  expedition  (Mason's  letter  in  Army 
and  Navy  Chronicle). 

A  long  account  of  this  expedition  appeared  in  the  Military  and 
Naval  Magazine,  Vol.  VI,  Nov.,  1835-Feb.,  1836.  pp.  178,  237. 
317,  412,  entitled,  Dragoon  Expedition — Indian  Talks.  The  first 
number  is  chiefly  devoted  to  Lieut.  Lea's  report  to  Col.  Kearny, 
on  his  expedition  down  the  Des  Moines  River,  but  the  last  three 
numbers,  contain  Kingsbury's  account  of  this  expedition,  with 
few  exceptions  identical  with  that  published  in  February  in  the 
government  document  above  cited. 

Another  account  of  this  expedition  appeared  in  the  Army 
and  Navy  Chronicle,  1836,  Vol.  II,  pp.  277,  292,  311,  321,  337,  353, 
369,  &  385,  Vol.  Ill,  pp.  1,  17,  33.  It  was  entitled  "Summer  on 
the  Prairie,"  and  was  signed  "F."  For  some  reason  the  publi- 
cation was  discontinued,  the  diary  stopping  Aug.  16th.  There  is 
no  indication  of  the  author  except  that  the  "F"  would  lead  us 
to  infer  that  Captain  L.  Ford,  commanding  Company  G,  wrote  it. 
This  account  is  far  more  interesting  than  Kingsbury's  omciat 
one,  and  would  well  merit  reprinting  even  although  incomplete. 

54 

PARKER,  SAMUEL 

Rocky  Mountain  Indians.  Letter  from  Mr.  Parker,  Green 
River,  Aug.  17,  1835. 

Missionary  Herald  for  1836,  Vol.  32,  page  70. 

Some  further  communications  from  him  in  id.  pp.  268,  445. 
Also  in  Vol.  33  for  1837,  pp.  123,  348,  369.  55 

CORTAMBERT,  LOUIS 

Voyage  Au  Pays  Des  Osages.  Un  Tour  En  Sicile.  Par 
Louis  Cortambert. 

Paris,  Chez  Arthus— Bertrand,  MDCCCXXXVII. 

8°  94  pp.  incl.  half  title  and  title.  P.  P.  W.  with  same 
title. 

Cortambert  in  1835  went  out  from  St.  Louis  to  the  Osage 
Agency  and  the  Union  Mission  by  way  of  Independence.  56 

SPALDING,  H.  H. 

Indians  West  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 
Missionary  Herald,  Vol.  33,  Boston,   1837. 

In  1836  Dr.  Whitman,  Mr.  Spalding  and  Mr.  Gray  went  out  to 
Oregon.  Several  of  Mr.  Spalding's  letters  were  printed  in  the 
Missionary  Herald  of  1837  under  the  above  caption.  They  give 
an  account  of  his  experiences  on  his  overland  trip  and  they  will 
be  found  in  the  above  volume,  pp.  122,  421-428  and  497.  A  short 


38  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


account  of  the  return  journey  of  W.  H.  Gray  will  be  found  on 
page  476. 

Vol.  34,  p.  92,  same  title,  will  be  found  extracts  from  a  letter 
by  W.  H.  Gray  of  January  10,  1838,  with  an  extended  account  of 
the  various  tribes  of  Indians  in  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  Oregon. 

Mrs.  Spalding  kept  a  diary  of  this  journey  which  has  been 
published  in  "Memoirs  of  the  West.  The  Spaldings,  By  Eliza 
Spalding  Warren,"  Printed  by  the  Marsh  Printing  Co.,  Portland, 
Oregon,  in  1917. 

Spalding's  original  letters  to  the  American  Board  of  Commis- 
sioners for  Foreign  Missions  are  still  extant  in  their  archives  and 
extracts  therefrom  have  been  printed  in  Marshall's  Acquisition  of 
Oregon.  57 


IRVING,  JOHN  T. 

The   Hawk    Chief.    A   Tale   of  the   Indian    Country.     By 
John   T.   Irving. 

Philadelphia :    Carey,  Lea  and  Blanchard.     1837.    2  Vols. 
12°  VIII,  13-246;  (2)  8-254  pp.     (Sab.) 

Not   seen.  58 


IRVING,  WASHINGTON 

The  Rocky  Mountains :  Or.  Scenes,  Incidents,  And  Ad- 
ventures In  The  Far  West ;  Digested  From  The  Journal  Of 
Capt.  B.  L.  E.  Bonneville,  Of  The  Army  Of  The  United 
States,  And  Illustrated  From  Various  Other  Sources.  By 
Washington  Irving.  In  Two  Volumes. 

Philadelphia:    Carey,   Lea,   &   Blanchard.     1837. 

12°  9,  XI-XVI,  17-248,  map;  VII,  9-248  pp.,  map. 

Maps: 

Map  of  the  Sources  of  the  Colorado  and  Big  Salt  Lake, 
Platte,  Yellow-Stone,  Muscle-Shell,  Missouri ;  and  Salmon 
and  Snake  Rivers,  branches  of  the  Columbia  River.  Eng. 
by  S.  Stiles,  N.  Y. 

Map  of  the  Territory  West  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 
Eng.  by  S.  Stiles. 

This  book  contains  an  account  of  the  famous  Walker  expedi- 
tion, presumably  furnished  by  Bonneville  himself.  The  account 
does  not  agree  entirely  with  other  independent  sources  of  infor- 
mation from  participants  therein.  The  original  accounts  of  this 
expedition  besides  Irving's  account  are  as  follows:  Leonard, 
Narrative — 1839.  Meek,  in  Mrs.  Victor's  River  of  the  West. 
Ruxton,  Life  in  the  Far  West  (probably  by  Mark  Head).  Article 
in  the  Lewiston  Morning  Tribune,  Mar.  3,  1918,  entitled  "Recol- 
lections of  William  Craig,  written  by  Thomas  J.  Beale."  Stephen 
H.  L.  Meek,  in  the  Jonesborough,  Tennessee,  Sentinel  of  March 
8,  1837,  re-printed  in  Niles  Register,  same  year,  vol.  52,  page  SO 


39 


(March  25).  Life  and  Adventures  of  George  Nidever — Manuscript 
in  Bancroft  Library.  Walker's  own  account,  Sonoma  Democrat, 
November  25,  1876,  and  San  Jose  Pioneer,  Sept.  1,  1877. 

Niles  Reg.,  Sept.  3,  1836,  contains  an  extract  from  the  St.  Louis 
Observer,  announcing  the  return  of  Bonneville  from  the  Rocky 
Mountains  and  that  he  contemplated  in  conjunction  with  Irving 
compiling  a  narration  of  his  travels. 

Lieut.  Warren's  Memoir  to  accompany  the  map  of  the  territory 
of  the  U.  S.,  published  in  1859,  as  part  of  an  exploration  of  rail- 
road routes  to  the  Pacific,  on  page  33,  gives  a  letter  from  Col. 
Bonneville,  in  which  he  refers  to  the  discovery  of  Salt  Lake, 
Walker's  expedition  and  3  maps,  which  he  claims  were  the  orig- 
inals of  those  printed  by  Mr.  Irving.  On  page  35  of  the  same 
Memoir  occurs  a  letter  from  Robert  Campbell,  dated  St.  Louis, 
April  4,  1857,  in  which  he  tells  the  story  of  the  discovery  of  Salt 
Lake  by  James  Bridger.  59 

WETMORE,  ALPHONSO 

Gazetteer  Of  The  State  Of  Missouri.  With  A  Map  Of 
The  State,  From  The  Office  Of  The  Surveyor-General,  In- 
cluding The  Latest  Additions  And  Surveys  To  Which  Is 
Added  An  Appendix,  Containing  Frontier  Sketches,  And 
Illustrations  Of  Indian  Character.  With  A  Frontispiece, 
Engraved  On  Steel.  Compiled  By  Alphonso  Wetmore,  Of 
Missouri. 

St.   Louis:    Published  By  C.   Keemle  .  .  .  1837. 

8°  Front.,  XVI,  17-382  pp.     Map  of  Missouri. 

The  appendix,  pp.  307-334,  contains  Sketch  of  Mountain  Life  By 
A  Trapper.  Also  The  Pawnee  Sacrifice,  pp.  341-350,  probably 
written  by  Major  Dougherty.  60 

PARKER,  SAMUEL 

Journal  Of  An  Exploring  Tour  Beyond  The  Rocky 
Mountains,  Under  The  Direction  Of  The  A.  B.  C.  F.  M. 
Performed  In  The  Years  1835,  '36  And  '37;  Containing  A 
Description  Of  The  Geography,  Geology,  Climate,  And 
Productions ;  And  The  Number,  Manners,  And  Customs  Of 
The  Natives.  With  A  Map  Of  Oregon  Territory.  By  Rev. 
Samuel  Parker,  A.  M. 

Ithaca,    N.    Y.    Published    By    The   Author.     Mack,    An- 
drus  &  Woodruff,  Printers.     1838. 
12°  XII,  13-371  pp.,  map,  plate. 

Map: 

Map  of  Oregon  Territory,  By  Samuel  Parker.  1838.  Eng. 
by  M.  Peabody,  Utica,  N.  Y. 


40  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Plate : 

Basaltic  Formations  on  the  Columbia  River.  Drawn  by 
H.  W.  Parker.  \Page  208). 

Many  later  editions  of  this  common  book  which  is  one  of  the 
best  of  the  early  books. 

Parker  went  out  in  1835  with  Fontenelle's  American  Fur  Go's, 
party,  starting  from  Council  Bluffs,  but  from  the  Black  Hills 
Fitzpatrick  took  charge.  Dr.  Whitman  was  with  him  but  returne'l 
from  near  the  rendezvous  on  Green  River.  Parker  arrived  at 
Walla  Walla  Oct.  6th,  returning  via  the  Sandwich  Islands  in  1837. 

The  map  was  the  earliest  to  obtain  any  circulation  which  con- 
tains any  reliable  information  as  to  the  interior  of  the  Oregon 
Territory,  Gallatin's  map  having  apparently  passed  unnoticed. 

Considerable  extracts  from  Parker's  journal  appeared  in  the 
Missionary  Herald  for  1837,  p.  369,  a  previous  notice  of  his 
itinerary  having  appeared  in  the  August  number  of  the  same 
magazine,  p.  348. 

See  the  North  American  Review  for  January,  1840,  for  an 
article  by  Caleb  Gushing  containing  an  extended  resume  of 
overland  expeditions  beginning  with  that  of  Carver  and  with 
special  reference  to  Parker's  journal  and  Townsend's  narrative. 

Parker's  map  was  republished  in  the  Oregonian  and  Indians' 
Advocate  for  February,  1839,  with  a  note  that  it  was  copied  from 
a  copy  of  Vancouver's  chart  at  Vancouver,  the  middle  part  after 
Parker's  own  observations,  the  north  from  sketches  of  a  Mr. 
Black  and  the  south  from  those  of  Smith  (Jed.  S.).  61 

PLUMMER,  MRS.  CLARISSA 

Narrative  Of  The  Captivity  And  Extreme  Sufferings  Of 
Mrs.  Clarissa  Plummer,  Wife  of  the  late  Mr.  James  Plum- 
mer,  of  Franklin  County,  State  of  New  York ;  who,  with 
Mrs.  Caroline  Harris,  wife  of  the  late  Mr.  Richard  Harris, 
were  in  the  Spring  of  1835,  with  their  unfortunate  families, 
surprised  and  taken  prisoners  by  a  party  of  the  Camanche 
Indian  tribe  of  Indians,  while  emigrating  from  said  Frank- 
lin County  (N.  Y.)  to  Texas;  and  after  having  been  held 
nearly  two  years  in  captivity,  and  witnessed  the  deaths  of 
their  husbands,  were  fortunately  redeemed  from  the  hands 
of  the  savages  by  an  American  Fur  Trader,  a  native  of 
Georgia,  (vignette)  Mrs.  Plummer  was  made  prisoner  and 
held  in  bondage  at  the  same  time  with  the  unfortunate 
Mrs.  Harris,  with  whose  narrative  the  public  have  been 
recently  presented. 

New- York:    Perry  and   Cooke.  .  .  1838. 

8°  Front,  title,  pp.  5-23  (1). 

The  last  page  contains  a  certificate  from  one  Ebenezer  C. 
Elfort,  a  native  of  Georgia,  that  while  in  Santa  Fe  in  the  fall  of 
1837  he  learned  that  the  Indians  had  two  white  women  as  prison- 
ers and  went  to  the  Indians  and  redeemed  them. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  41 


Mrs.  Plummer  says  they  started  for  Texas  overland  from  New 
Orleans  and  were  captured  several  days  out.  How  she  got  to 
New  Mexico  is  not  apparent  from  the  narrative  which  is  nothing 
but  a  recital  of  her  woes.  However,  she  says  she  got  back  to 
New  Orleans  in  less  than  three  weeks  after  leaving  New  Mexico, 
which  leads  us  to  suppose  the  story  is  a  romance. 

Perry  &  Cooke,  in  1838,  also  published  the  Harris  narrative  in 
8°,  24  pp.  and  Plate.  The  title  is  History  of  the  Captivity  and 
Provident  Release  therefrom  of  Mrs.  Caroline  Harris,  etc.  (Sim- 
ilar to  the  Plummer  narrative)  .  .  .  redeemed  therefrom  by  two 
of  their  countrymen  attached  to  a  company  of  Santa  Fe  Fur 
Traders.  This  is  the  same  narrative  with  a  different  title.  62 


ROGERS,  CORNELIUS 

The  Journey  To  The  Rocky  Mountains. 
The    Oregonian    and    Indians'    Advocate    for    December, 
1838. 

Letter  from  C.  Rogers,  dated  July  3,  1838,  from  Camp  of  the 
American  Fur  Co.,  in  rendezvous  eastern  base  of  Wind  River 
Mountains,  and  junction  of  Popo  Agie  and  Wind  River. 

Rogers  was  one  of  the  missionaries  of  the  A.  B.  C.  F.  M.  He 
left  Westport  April  23  with  Capt.  Drip's  company  of  the  Am.  Fur 
Co.  Went  up  the  Blue  and  crossed  over  to  the  Platte  in  one  day 
— 26  miles.  Reached  the  forks  about  the  middle  of  May,  crossed 
the  South  Fork  and  then  crossed  to  the  North  Fork.  Left  Ft. 
Laramie,  then  called  Ft.  Williams,  June  2,  up  the  Sweetwater  to 
within  50  miles  of  the  Wind  River  Mountain  and  then  crossed  to 
the  Popo  Agie  and  arrived  at  rendezvous  June  21.  Two  of  Gov. 
Clark's  sons  from  St.  Louis,  Stewart  and  several  fur  trappers 
were  with  the  party.  They  saw  no  Indians  except  Pawnees  and 
Kansas  and  none  at  the  rendezvous  except  trappers  and  a  village 
of  Snakes  some  slight  distance  away.  He  gives  an  interesting 
account  of  the  rendezvous.  One  of  the  officers  of  the  H.  B.  Co. 
came  from  Ft.  Hall  to  assist  the  party  to  that  place.  63 

DRAGOON    EXPEDITION.     Fort    Leavenworth,     Oct.    3, 
1839. 

Pages  285-6  of  Army  and  Navy  Chronicle,  New  Series, 
Vol.  9,  1839. 

A  short  account  of  an  expedition  of  two  squadrons  of  the 
dragoons  under  command  of  Colonel  Kearny  from  Fort  Leaven- 
worth  to  the  Otoe  village  on  the  Platte.  64 

[HOUSE,  E.] 

A  narrative  of  the  Captivity  of  Mrs.  Horn  and  her  two 
children,  with  Mrs.  Harris,  by  the  Camanche  Indians, 
after  they  had  murdered  their  husbands  and  traveling 
Companions ;  with  a  brief  account  of  the  Manners  and 


42  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Customs   of  that  nation  of  savages,  of  whom   so  little  is 
generally  known. 

St.   Louis:    C.   Keemle,   Printer.  .  .  1839. 

12°  2  p.  1.  [5]-60  p.    Sig.  in  sixes. 

I  have  not  seen  this  edition,  apparently  the  first,  collation  being 
from  Newberry  Library  list  of  Narratives  of  Captivity,  etc.,  which 
attributes  the  authorship  to  E.  House. 

Mrs.  Horn  was  with  a  party  of  settlers  proceeding  to  central 
Texas  in  April,  1836,  when  the  tragedy  and  capture  took  place. 
She  was  ransomed  in  the  New  Mexican  settlements  in  the  autumn 
of  1837,  spending  about  five  months  with  an  American  trader 
named  Smith,  near  San  Miguel,  and  finally  was  sent  to  Indepen- 
dence by  Workman  and  Rowland,  traders  at  Taos.  65 

LEONARD,  ZENAS 

Narrative  Of  The  Adventures  Of  Zenas  Leonard,  A 
Native  of  Clearfield  County,  Pa.  Who  Spent  Five  Years  In 
Trapping  For  Furs,  Trading  With  The  Indians,  Etc.,  Etc. 
Of  The  Rocky  Mountains :  Written  By  Himself. 

Printed  And  Published  By  D.  W.  Moore,  Clearfield,  Pa. 
1839. 

8°  Title;  preface  III-IV,  1-87  pp. 

Reprinted  in  1904  by  Burrows,  with  notes  by  W.  F.  Wagner. 

Leonard  went  out  in  the  spring  of  1831  as  a  member  of  Gant 
and  Blackwell's  party.  He  afterward  became  an  independent 
trapper  and  as  such  joined  Walker's  famous  expedition  to  Cali- 
fornia of  which  he  gives  a  long  account.  He  came  back  to  the 
settlements  in  August,  1835. 

One  of  the  principal  sources  of  reliable  information  regarding 
this  interesting  period  is:  Journal  Of  A  Trapper,  Or  Nine  Years 
In  The  Rocky  Mountains,  1834-1843.  Being  a  General  Description 
of  the  Country,  Climate,  Rivers,  Lakes,  Mountains,  etc.  and  a 
View  of  the  Life  Led  by  a  Hunter  in  Those  Regions  by  Osborne 
Russell.  .  .  .  Publ:shed  by  Syms-York  Co.,  Inc.,  Boise,  Idaho, 
1914.  From  the  Original  Manuscript.  8° — 105  pp. 

A  limited  edition  of  100  copies  only  was  printed  for  private 
distribution.  I  have  seen  the  original  manuscript  of  this  journal 
which  belongs  to  L.  A.  York  of  Boise,  Idaho.  There  is  nothing  to 
indicate  when  it  was  written,  but  it  was  apparently  intended  for 
publication  as  it  is  not  the  original  journal  but  bears  evidence  of 
having  been  written  up.  There  is  added  an  Appendix  describing 
the  various  animals  found  in  the  mountains,  which  Mr.  York  did 
not  publish. 

There  has  recently  been  unearthed  another  book  bearing  on  this 
period:  Four  Years  In  The  Rockies;  Or,  The  Adventures  Of 
Isaac  P.  Rose,  Of  Shenango  Township,  Lawrence  County  Penn- 
sylvania; Giving  His  Experiences  As  A  Hunter  And  Trapper  In 
That  Remote  Region,  And  Containing  Numerous  Interesting  And 
Thrilling  Incidents  Connected  With  His  Calling.  Also  Including 
His  Skirmishes  And  Battles  With  The  Indians — His  Capture, 
Adoption  and  Escape — Being  One  of  The  Most  Thrilling  Nar- 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  43 


ratives  Ever  Published.     By  James   B.  Marsh.     Printed  by  W.   B. 
Thomas,  New  Castle,  Pa.,  1884.     Port.  262  pp.  66 

MAXIMILIAN,  PRINZ  ZU  WIED 

Reise  In  Das  Innere  Nord-America  In  Den  Jahren  1832 
Bis  1834  Von  Maximilian  Prinz  Zu  Wied.  Mit  48  Kupfern, 
Vignetten,  vielen  Holzschnitten  und  einer  Charte.  Erster 
Band. 

Coblenz,  1839.     Bei  J.  Hoelscher.     Two  Vols.  and  Atlas. 

4°,  XVI,  653  pp.,  1  unnumbered  page  of  Errata  and  1 
leaf  of  Colophon;  Vol.  II  (1841)  (4),  [XVII1-XXII,  leaf  of 
Errata,  687  pp.,  1  unnumbered  page  with  the  Colophon. 

Atlas  33  small,  48  large  plates,  key-plate,  plan,  table  and 
map.  Drawings  by  Charles  Bodmer.  Also  on  large  paper. 

Map: 

Reise  Charte  des  Prinzen  Maximilian  zu  Wied  im  innern 
Nord  Amerika  von  Boston  nach  dem  Obern  Missouri,  etc, 
In  1832,  33  and  34.  (Also  in  French  and  English.) 

In  English  in  1843,  by  Ackerman  &  Co.  4°  pp.  X  (2)  520,  map, 
81  colored  plates  in  folio.  Also  in  French  ,1840-3.  Also  issued 
with  black  plates,  and  copies  occur  in  which  the  costume  plates 
only  are  colored,  those  of  scenery  being  left  uncolored.  One  Atlas 
was  issued  in  Paris  for  the  three  editions,  the  plates  bearing 
inscriptions  in  French,  German  and  English. 

Maximilian  spent  the  summer  of  1833  on  a  trip  up  the  Missouri 
River'on  the  American  Fur  Go's,  steamer,  Yellowstone,  leaving  St. 
Louis  April  10.  At  Ft.  Pierre,  he  transferred  to  the  Assiniboine. 
June  18  he  reached  Ft.  Union  and  on  the  24th  went  on  a  keel 
boat  to  Ft.  Mackenzie  on  Maria's  River,  where  he  remained  two 
months.  The  party  spent  the  winter  at  Ft.  Clark  among  the  Man- 
dans  whose  peculiar  customs  very  much  attracted  Maximilian's 
attention.  He  returned  to  St.  Louis  in  May,  1834.  67 

MURRAY,  CHARLES  AUGUSTUS 

Travels  In  North  America  During  The  Years,  1834, 
1835,  &  1836.  Including  A  Summer  Residence  With  The 
Pawnee  Tribe  Of  Indians,  In  The  Remote  Prairies  Of  The 
Missouri,  And  A  Visit  To  Cuba  And  The  Azore  Islands. 
By  The  Hon.  Charles  Augustus  Murray  ...  In  Two  Vol- 
umes. 

London :     Richard  Bentley  .  .  .  1839. 
8°   XVI,  473;  X,  372,  pp.,  2  plates. 

68 

ASSOCIATION  DE  LA  PROPAGATION  DE  LA  FOI 

Notice   Sur   Les   Missions   Du   Diocese   De   Quebec,   Qui 


44  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Sont  Secourues  Par  L'Association  De  La  Propagation  De 
La  Foi. 

Quebec:  De  L'Imprimerie  De  Frechette  &  Cie.  Impri- 
meurs  Et  Libraires,  No.  8,  Rue  LaMontagne.  Avec  Appro- 
bation Des  Superieurs.  [1839-1874]. 

8°  21  vols. 

This  association  for  the  propagation  of  the  faith  was  estab- 
lished in  the  Diocese  of  Quebec  in  1837  under  a  Brief  of  Pope 
Gregory  XVI,  dated  Feb.  28,  1836.  The  Association  published  an 
annual  report  until  June,  1843,  subsequent  to  which  it  published 
one  every  two  years  until  Nov.  15,  1863.  No.  XVI  was  published 
in  March,  1864,  and  the  following  ones  every  two  years  until  May, 
1874,  No.  21,  the  last.  They  contain  an  immense  amount  of  infor- 
mation regarding  British  Northwest  America,  British  Columbia 
and  the  old  Oregon  territory.  In  1838  this  Association  organi/cd 
the  Oregon  Mission,  sending  out  Francois  Norbert  Blanchet  and 
Modeste  Demers.  Blanchet  became  successively  Bishop  and  Arch- 
bishop of  Oregon  and  Demers  Bishop  of  Vancouver.  The  Ore- 
gon Mission  passed  out  of  the  hands  of  this  Association  later, 
but  it  continued  its  work  among  the  Indians  in  British  North 
America  until  1874,  although  in  later  years  its  efforts  were  more 
concentrated  in  the  North  and  Northeast.  The  last  report  from 
Vancouver  appears  in  No.  XVII  of  April,  1866. 

No.  1  contains  a  short  history  of  the  Red  River  Mission, 
founded  in  1818  (pp.  1-21),  and  a  notice  of  the  establishment  of 
the  Oregon  Mission  and  the  departure  of  Blanchet  and  Demers. 

There  was  a  second  edition  of  No.  1  and  No.  4  and  therefore 
probably  of  Nos.  2  and  3  and  perhaps  of  later  numbers.  69 

TOWNSEND,  JOHN  K. 

Narrative  Of  A  Journey  Across  The  Rocky  Mountains, 
To  The  Columbia  River,  And  A  Visit  To  The  Sandwich 
Islands,  Chili,  etc.,  With  A  Scientific  Appendix.  By  John 
K.  Townsend,  .  .  . 

Philadelphia:     Henry  Perkins  .  .  .   1839. 

8°  VIII,  9-352  pp. 

Reprinted  and  more  common  as : 

Sporting  Excursion  In  The  Rocky  Mountains,  etc. 

London :    Henry  Colburn,  1840.     2  Vols. 

12°  XII,  310;  XI  (1),  312.    2  plates. 

Nuttall  and  Jason  Lee  went  out  with  this  expedition  in  1834, 
of  which  Capt.  Wyeth  was  the  leader;  Nuttall's  Pacific  Coast 
researches  being  embodied  in  the  North  American  Sylva. 

The  expedition  left  Independence  April  28,  1834,  arriving  at 
Vancouver  Sept.  16.  At  the  rendezvous  on  the  Green,  Capt.  Stew- 
art joined  the  party,  also  Ashworth  and  another  Englishman. 
Townsend  says  Stewart  had  been  in  the  mountains  a  year  and 
accompanied  the  party  to  Oregon  to  take  passage,  probably  for 
England.  He  gives  an  account  of  the  construction  of  Ft.  Hall 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  45 


in  July.  Bonneville's  party  was  at  the  rendezvous  and  left  for 
Oregon  ahead  of  Wyeth,  but  he  caught  up  with  them  at  Grande 
Ronde. 

See  Niles  Reg.  March  16,  1839.  Audubon  says  Nuttall  arrived  at 
Phila.  August,  1836.  Townsend  returned  in  1838.  Each  gave  a  .re- 
port to  Audubon  who  finally  embodied  their  researches  in  Vol. 
IV  of  the  Ornithological  Biography. 

In  Waldie's  Circulating  Library  for  1835,  Part  II,  427-32, 
will  be  found  "Extracts  from  a  Private  Journal  kept  by  Mr.  John 
Townsend  during  a  journey  across  the  Rocky  Mountains,  in  1834." 
The  extract  comprises  the  period  from  July  10th  to  September 
16th,  the  day  of  his  arrival  at  Ft.  Vancouver.  70 


McCOY,  ISAAC 

History  Of  Baptist  Indian  Missions :  Embracing  Remarks 
On  The  Former  And  Present  Condition  Of  The  Aboriginal 
Tribes ;  Their  Settlement  Within  The  Indian  Territory, 
And  Their  Future  Prospects.  By  Isaac  McCoy  .  .  . 

Washington :  William  M.  Morrison ;  New- York  .  .  . 
1840. 

8°  Title,  leaf  ded.,  2  leaves  of  testimonials,  leaf  of  pref- 
ace dated  Shawanoe  Baptist  Mission,  Ind.  Terr.,  Dec.,  1839; 
pp.  3-8  contents;  9-611. 

McCoy  made  his  first  tour  to  the  prairies  in  the  summer  of 
1828,  his  second  in  1829,  a  third  in  1830,  a  fourth  in  1831.  In  Dec., 
1831,  he  settled  at  the  Shawanoe  Mission,  which  had  been  founded 
by  Lykins  that  year.  From  that  date  to  1840  McCoy  traveled 
extensively  over  the  western  country  and  made  frequent  trips  to 
Washington. 

In  the  fall  of  1833  Meeker  brought  a  printing  press  to  the  Alis- 
sion  on  which  many'  books  in  Indian  languages  were  printed,  be- 
ginning in  March,  1834.  In  the  early  part  of  January,  1835, 
McCoy  issued  from  this  press  the  first  number  of  "The  Annual 
Register  of  Indian  Affairs  in  the  Indian  Territory."  Four  in  all 
were  published  as  follows:  No.  1,  Shawanoe  Miss:on,  1835,  48  pp. 
P.  P.  W.;  No.  2,  Shawanoe  Mission  (Jany.  1),  1836,  88  pp.,  P.P. 
W.;  No.  3,  Shawanoe  Mission,  (July  1),  1837,  81  pp.  P.  P.  W.; 
No.  4,  Wash-'ngton,  1838,  (about  Jany.  1,  1839)  95  (1)  pp. 

In  June,  1837,  McCoy  also  published  at  the  mission,  "Periodical 
Account  of  Baptist  Missions  within  the  Indian  Territory  for  the 
year  ending  December  31,  1836,"  52  pp.  8°.  My  copy  has  only 
caption  title.  No  other  copy  seen. 

McCoy  also  published  "Remarks  on  the  Practicability  of  Indian 
Reform  Embracing  their  Colonization."  Boston:  1827,  8°  47  pp. 
Same  with  an  appendix,  N.  Y.,  1829,  8°  72  pp.  [Report  on  Indian 
Territory]  January  30,  1829,  (18  pp.)  appended  to  the  Report  of 
the  Committee  on  Indian  Affairs  H.  Rep.,  McLean's  Committee. 
(Not  seen).  Address  to  philanthropists  in  the  United  States  gen- 
erally and  to  Christians  in  particular,  on  the  Condition  and  pros- 
pects for  the  American  Indians.  Wash.  [1832]  8°  8  pp.  (Reprinted 
in  History  of  Baptist  Missions).  Report  to  Secretary  of  War, 
Feb.  1,  1832,  8°  14  pp.  Map.  (Not  seen).  Report  to  Commissioner 


46  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


of  Indian  affairs  [fall  of  1832].  Indian  Advocate,  Louisville,  1846. 
No.  1  probably  Jan'y,  3  numbers  printed  by  McCoy,  who  died 
in  June,  1846.  71 

BLANCHET,  F.  N. 

Mission  De  La  Colombie. 

Published  in  the  "Rapport  Sur  Les  Missions  Du  Diocese 
De  Quebec  .  .  .  Propagation  De  La  Foi  Janvier,  1840.  No. 
2."  Quebec  .  .  .  Frechette  &  Cie.  .  .  .  Pages  11-41. 

This  article  contains  an  account  of  the  journey  of  Blanchet  and 
Demers  in  1838,  with  the  annual  brigade  of  the  Hudson  Bay  Com- 
pany. They  left  Red  River  July  10  and  arrived  at  Vancouver 
Nov.  24.  An  account  is  given  of  the  drowning  at  the  Dalles  des 
Morts  of  Banks,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Wallace,  LeBlanc  and  others,  all 
members  of  the  same  party  as  Blanchet  and  Demers.  72 

WISLIZENUS,  F.  A. 

Ein  Ausflug  nach  den  Felsen-Gebirgen  im  Jahre  1839, 
von  F.  A.  Wislizenus,  M.  D. 

St.  Louis,  Mo.,  Gedruckt  bei  Wilh.  Weber  .  .  .  1840. 

12°  122  pp.,  leaf  of  postscript,  leaf  of  contents  and  errata, 
map. 

Map. 

Map  (without  title),  of  the  Rocky  Mountain  Region  and 
to  the  Pacific,  engraved  by  Rassau  &  Michaud,  St.  Louis. 

A  very  rare  book  and  one  covering  a  very  interesting  period  of 
western  history.  The  author  left  Westport  early  in  May  with 
some  free  traders  and  three  Missourians  and  proceeded  by  the 
Oregon  road  via  Ft.  Laramie  to  the  rendezvous  on  Green  River 
above  Horse  Creek.  He  arrived  at  Ft.  Hall  July  26  and  started 
on  his  return  Aug.  10,  in  company  with  Paul  Richardson.  They 
passed  over  to  the  Green  at  Ft.  Crockett  and  Brown's  Hole  where 
they  found  Oakley  and  four  others  of  the  Farnham  party.  Oak- 
ley joined  them  and  thence  they  proceeded  through  Northern 
Colorado  to  North  Park,  over  the  divide  to  the  Cache  la  Poudre. 
and  down  that  stream  to  the  Platte,  meeting  Capt.  Walker  on  the 
way.  From  here  they  proceeded  south  to  Bent's  Fort  and  home 
by  the  ordinary  road,  arriving  at  Westport  Oct.  14. 

Copies  in  Bancroft  Library,  Mo.  Hist.  Soc.,  and  N.  Y.  Hist. 
Soc.  Translated  by  F.  A.  Wislizenus,  the  doctor's  son,  and 
printed  by  the  Missouri  Historical  Society  in  1912,  with  a  por- 
trait of  the  author,  sketch  of  his  life  and  reproduction  of  the  map. 

73 


CATLIN,  GEORGE 

Letters  And  Notes  On  The  Manners,  Customs,  And 
dition  Of  The  North  American  Indians.     By  Geo.   Catlin. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  47 

Written  During  Eight  Years'  Travel,  Amongst  The  Wild- 
est Tribes  Of  Indians  In  North  America.  In  1832,  33,  34, 
35,  36,  37,  38,  And  39.  In  Two  Volumes.  .  .  . 

London :    Published  By  The  Author  .  .  .  1841. 

Royal  8°  VIII,  264;  VIII,  266  pp.,  312  plates  and  3 
maps.  Small  slip  Errata  Vol.  I. 

Maps: 

Outline  Map  of  Indian  Localities  in  1833. 

U.  States'  Indian  Frontier  in  1840. 

Chart  Showing  the  Moves  of  the  Mandans  and  the  place 
of  their  Extinction. 

All  by  G.  Catlin  and  Engraved  by  Tosswill  &  Myers. 

There  are  really  not  312  plates  in  the  book  because  some  of 
the  plates  have  several  scenes  or  figures  on  them  with  numbers; 
I  do  not  find  any  plate  No.  2  and  conclude  that  the  map  in  Vol. 
I  was  supposed  to  be  Plate  2.  No  plates  Nos.  23,  137,  142,  149, 
159,  246,  247,  but  three  without  numbers  and  Nos.  101^,  210^. 
The  plates  not  included  are  not  described  and  therefore  according 
to  Catlin's  Preface  were  not  published  with  the  book.  With  eight 
out  and  five  extra,  there  are  really  only  309. 

Some  copies  have  imprint  London — Wiley  &  Putnam.  In  1848 
Bohn  printed  the  7th  edition  of  this,  the  same,  except  with  dif- 
ferent title".  Some  few  of  these  were  colored  by  hand.  All  editions 
have  the  same  plates  as  the  original. 

Catlin's  initial  experience  in  the  west  was  his  trip  up  the  Mis- 
souri to  the  Yellowstone  in  1832,  the  whole  of  Vol.  I  being 
devoted  to  his  observations.  He  accompanied  the  Leavenworth- 
Dodge  expedition  to  the  Pawnee  Pict  Village  in  1834  and  wrote 
an  extended  account  of  the  campaign.  For  Catlin's  visit  to  the 
Upper  Missouri,  see  South  Dakota  Hist.  Coll.,  Vol.  I,  page  344.  A 
bibliography  of  Catlin's  works  was  made  by  W.  H.  Miner  and 
published  in  Geo.  D.  Smith's  "Literary  Collector."  74 

FARNHAM,  THOMAS  J. 

Travels  In  The  Great  Western  Prairies,  The  Anahuac 
And  Rocky  Mountains,  And  In  The  Oregon  Territory.  By 
Thomas  J.  Farnham. 

Poughkeepsie :    Killey  And   Lossing,   Printers.     1841. 

12°   197  pp. 

Ordinarily  this  is  seen  with  the  date  1843.  Preface  dated  Tre- 
mont,  111.,  Oct.  1,  1840,  and  copyrighted  in  1841. 

The  party  left  Peoria  May  1,  1839,  and  Independence  May  30, 
following  the  Santa  Fe  trail  to  Ft.  Bent,  where  they  arrived  July 
5.  Here  the  party  divided,  the  larger  number,  11  in  all,  pro- 
ceeding up  the  Platte  River,  but  Farnham,  with  four  others,  went 
up  the  Arkansas  to  South  Park.  They  then  crossed  over  to  the 
Grand  River  and  over  the  divide  to  the  North  Fork  of  the  Platte. 
From  there  they  crossed  over  to  Craig  and  Thompson's  Fort  in 
Brown's  Hole.  This  Fort  was  called  Ft.  Davy  Crockett  and  was 


48 


in  charge  of  St.  Clair.  August  17  Paul  Richardson  arrived  from 
Ft.  Hall,  on  his  return  from  guiding  Hunger  and  Griffin  and 
some  emigrants  to  Ft.  Fall.  From  here  Oakley  returned  and 
Farnham  proceeded  with  a  Snake  Indian  guide  up  the  Green 
River  to  Ham's  Fork.  On  Bear  River  they  met  Meek.  They 
arrived  at  Ft.  Hall  September  1  and  found  Joe  Walker  in 
charge.  From  here  they  went  on  with  a  Walla  Walla  Indian  as  a 
guide  and  reached  Whitman's  Mission  September  23.  Farnham 
only  remained  a  short  time  in  Oregon,  leaving  December  3  for 
the  Sandwich  Islands. 

When  Oakley  got  back  to  Peoria,  he  published  his  experiences 
in  the  Peoria  Register  (about  January,  1840).  These  have  been 
reprinted  in  New  York,  1914,  in  19  pp.  as  "Expedition  to  Oregon 
Obadiah  Oakly."  A  note  to  the  reprint  states  that  the  Peoria 
Register  was  printed  under  that  name  only  in  1842-3.  This  is  a 
mistake  as  Niles  Register  is  full  of  extracts  from  it  in  1839  and 
1840. 

Notice  of  the  departure  of  this  company  in  Niles  Reg.,  May 
25,  1839,  from  the  Peoria  Register  of  May  4.  For  Farnham  see 
Niles  Register,  June  20  and  August  29,  1840.  The  latter  is  an  ex- 
tract from  the  Louisiana  Advertiser  after  his  return  there. 
Evidently  he  wrote  an  article  on  arrival  entitled  "Oregon  Bubble 
Burst."  The  extract  in  June  20  is  from  the  Peoria  Register,  a 
letter  from  Farnham  from  the  Sandwich  Islands. 

It  seems  that  Farnham  was  an  agent  for  the  U.  S.  Government 
and  it  appears  that  he  afterwards  returned  to  California,  either  in 
1846  or  early  in  1847.  In  No.  4,  Vol.  II  of  the  "Californian,"  San 
Francisco,  1847,  is  an  extract  from  "El  Noticioso  Del  Istmo 
Americano,  Panama,"  copying  a  petition  of  T.  J.  F.  to  the  govern- 
ment of  New  Granada  for  permission  to  colonize  part  of  the 
isthmus  with  American  citizens.  No.  26  of  the  same  volume  of 
the  "Californian"  contains  a  notice  of  suit  for  defamation  of  char- 
acter brought  by  W.  R.  Garner  against  Farnham,  who  claimed 
to  be  living  at  the  time  in  San  Jose.  Farnham  died  in  San  Fran- 
cisco September,  1848.  75 

SANTA  FE  AND  THE  FAR  WEST 

Niles  National  Register,  Dec.  4,  1841,  Vol.  LXI,  page 
209.  Extracted  from  the  Evansville  (Indiana)  Journal.  One 
page  letter  dated  Santa  Fe,  July  29,'  1841,  and  unsigned. 

The  writer  says  he  left  Vincennes  April  23  and  went  to  Inde- 
pendence via  St.  Louis.  There  he  found  three  parties,  Bartle- 
son's,  with  whom  De  Smet  was  going  to  travel;  another  of  100 
men,  30  women  and  children,  for  California;  and  the  Santa  Fe 
caravan.  Boggs  was  to  accompany  him  to  California  and  they 
decided  to  go  via  Santa  Fe  as  they  understood  a  party  was  to 
leave  there  for  California  to  join  the  one  via  the  Columbia. 
They  raised  a  party  of  ten  men  to  go  to  Santa  Fe  but  Boggs' 
wife  was  taken  sick  and  he  could  not  go.  Finally  after  the  main 
caravan  had  left  between  May  8  and  10,  the  writer,  with  8  others, 
and  3  wagons,  left  May  19  and  caught  up  with  the  Santa  Fe 
caravan  at  the  Arkansas.  A  short  account  of  the  trip  to  Santa 
Fe,  where  they  arrived  without  accident,  July  2,  the  quickest  trip 
ever  made  over  the  desert,  he  says,  is  followed  by  a  considerable 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  49 


account  of  the  city  itself.  At  the  end  he  says  he  is  leaving  for 
California  in  a  few  days  with  a  party  of  about  200  Americans  and 
Spaniards  to  co-operate  on  January  first,  1842,  with  the  Columbian 
caravan  at  Monterey.  They  expected  the  governor  to  concede  them 
lands  for  settlement. 

I  think  this  letter  was  probably  written  by  Dr.  Lyman,  from 
the  fact  that  Lyman  went  out  to  Santa  Fe  this  summer,  also  from 
his  communication  to  Farnham  regarding  the  route  from  Santa 
Fe  to  California.  He  undoubtedly  accompanied  this  party  to 
California  from  Santa  Fe.  76 


[SMET,  PIERRE  JEAN  DE] 

The  Indian  Missions  In  The  United  States  of  America, 
Under  The  Care  Of  The  Missouri  Province  Of  The  Society 
Of  Jesus. 

Philadelphia.  King  And  Baird,  Printers,  No.  9  George 
Street  .  .  .  1841. 

12°  34  pp.    P.  P.  W.  with  the  same  title. 

The  report  on  Indian  Missions  is  written  by  Father  Ver- 
haegen,  S.  J.  and  Provincial  of  Missouri,  and  is  dated  May  3rd, 
1830,  but  probably  this  is  a  mistake  for  1840.  Almost  all  the  rest 
of  the  pamphlet  was  written  by  Father  De  Smet.  All  the  material 
is  taken  from  the  "Annales  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi,"  or 
been  added  in  the  translation  by  De  Smet.  This  Association  was 
founded  in  Lyons  May  3rd,  1822,  and  some  41  volumes  of  this 
series  were  issued.  The  1st  and  2nd  numbers  appeared  in  1823, 
3rd  and  4th  in  1824,  5th  and  6th  in  1825.  These  are  usually  known 
as  Volume  I  reprinted  in  1841. 

The  missionary  activities  of  the  catholics  to  the  western  In- 
dians were  begun  by  the  Jesuits  from  the  Missouri  province 
in  1827,  and  the  early  volumes  of  the  "Annales"  contain  abun- 
dant materials  for  their  history. 

The  earliest  references  are  in  Vol.  Ill,  a  letter  from  F.  Van 
Quickenborne  of  Nov.  6,  1827,  relating  a  visit  to  the  Osage  In- 
dians. Vol.  V,  page  597,  will  be  found  a  letter  from  Mgr.  Rosati, 
St.  Louis,  Dec.  31,  1831,  with  an  account  of  the  arrival  several 
months  before  of  four  Indians  from  the  other  side  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  and  what  had  happened  to  them.  The  Pottowatomie 
Mission  was  the  early  location  of  F.  De  Smet's  missionary  enter- 
prises, and  his  letters  begin  in  the  "Annales"  in  Vol.  XI,  from 
the  upper  Missouri.  77 

BIDWELL,  JOHN 

Preface.  The  publisher  of  this  Journal,  being  aware, 
that  a  great  many  persons,  in  Missouri  and  of  the  other 
Western  States,  are  at  this  time  anxious  to  get  correct 
information,  relative  to  Oregon  and  California,  hopes  in 
part  to  gratify  them  by  giving  publicity  to  these  sheets 
through  the  press ;  having  been  solicited  to  do  so,  by  men 
of  information  who  have  perused  them  in  manuscript. 


50  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

The  author,  Mr.  John  Bidwell,  a  young  man  of  good 
acquirements  and  unexceptional  moral  character,  came  to 
Missouri  from  the  Buckeye  State  about  4  years  ago,  and 
resided  in  Platte  County  two  years,  during  which  time  he 
made  many  staunch  friends,  and  was  prosperous*  in  busi- 
ness. 

But  the  many  inducements  held  forth  to  enterprising 
young  men  to  go  to  California,  caused  him  to  adopt  the 
motto  "Westward  ho,"  shoulder  his  rifle  and  join  one  of 
the  California  companies  which  leave  the  rendezvous  near 
Independence  annually.  Prior  to  his  going,  he  promised 
his  friends  to  keep  a  Journal,  noticing  the  incidents  of  the 
trip,  and  also  give  his  observations  of  the  Country  after 
his  arrival  there — this  promise  he  has  redeemed,  by  for- 
warding the  publisher  this  copy  of  his  Journal,  etc. 

8°  32  pp.  in  all. 

The  journal  begins  on  the  back  of  the  title  page  (page  2) 
and  is  headed — A  Journey  To  California.  Bodega,  Port  of 
The  Russians  Upper  California,  March  30,  1842. 

From  remarks  made  by  Bidwell  in  "His  Recollections,"  it 
seems  evident  that  in  1841  the  only  press  north  of  the  Missouri, 
was  at  Liberty,  Clay  county,  Missouri,  and  unless  one  was  estab- 
lished at  Weston  by  1842,  this  journal  was  probably  printed  at 
Liberty,  where  a  newspaper  press  was  in  existence  at  the  time. 

This  is  the  earliest  published  account  by  an  intending  settler 
of  an  overland  journey  to  California,  Bidwell  being  a  member  of 
the  Bartleson  party.  He  refers  to  Williams,  the  Methodist 
preacher,  overtaking  them  on  the  26th  of  May  on  his  way  to 
Oregon.  In  his  subsequent  writings  Bidwell  never  referred  to  the 
letter,  apparently  not  knowing  that  it  had  been  printed. 

General  Bidwell  also  published  some  articles  on  this  journey  in 
the  Century  of  November,  1890,  December,  1890,  and  February, 
1891.  Since  the  General's  death,  this  Journal,  with  some  addresses 
of  his  and  other  miscellaneous  material,  has  been  published  with 
the  following  title:  "Addresses,  Reminiscences,  etc.,  of  General 
John  Bidwell — Compiled  by  C.  C.  Royce,  Chico,  California,  1907." 
It  is  an  octavo  volume,  consisting  of  the  title  and  146  leaves  of 
text,  facsimiles,  views,  etc.,  and  one  leaf  of  contents,  all  without 
number.  The  Bidwell  Journal  of  1841  is  reprinted  from  the  only 
known  copy  in  the  Bancroft  Library,  of  the  University  of  Cali- 
fornia. At  the  end  of  this  reprint  and  not  contained  in  the  con- 
tents, is  an  article  entitled  "Reminiscences  of  the  Conquest  Writ- 
ten by  General  John  Bidwell  for  the  use  of  Dr.  S.  H.  Willey  for 
his  work  on  the  Conquest  of  California."  This  is  in  the  form  of  a 
commentary  on  Henry  L.  Ford's  account  of  the  Conquest,  which 
Ford  had  written  for  Willey  and  is  here  printed  for  the  first  time. 
This  volume,  which  was  gotten  out  by  Mrs.  Bidwell,  is  of  ex- 
tremely limited  circulation,  owing  to  the  fact  that  it  was  only 
given  to  a  few  institutions  and  personal  friends.  It  was  bound 
up  with  the  following  which  preceded  it:  John  Bidwell,  Pioneer, 
Statesman,  Philanthropist.  A  Biographical  Sketch  —  By  C.  C. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  51 


Royce,  Chico,  California,  1906.  Portrait  of  Bidwell  and  one  of 
General  and  Mrs.  Bidwell.  Title,  pages  7-66,  with  illustrations  in 
the  text.  This  was  also  printed  in  a  limited  number  for  private 
distribution.  The  Century  articles  were  reprinted  in  Chico  about 
1914  as  "Echoes  of  the  Past,"  in  91  pp. 

In  1907  a  beautifully  printed  memorial  of  Bidwell,  who  died  in 
1900,  was  published  by  Marcus  Benjamin  in  Washington  in  52  pp. 
with  several  portraits  of  the  general  and  other  illustrations. 

78 


FALCONER,  THOMAS 

Expedition  to  Santa  Fe.  An  account  of  its  Journey  from 
Texas  through  Mexico,  with  Particulars  of  its  capture.  By 
Thomas  Falconer. 

New  Orleans.    1842. 

8°  12  pp. 

Catalogue  of  London  Geographical  Society  contains  notice  of 
this  book  in  their  library,  but  I  have  never  been  able  to  locate 
any  other  copy,  not  even  notice  of  it,  except  in  Sabin  and  Raines. 

Falconer  published  "Notes  of  a  Journey  Through  Texas  and 
New  Mexico  in  the  Years  1841  and  1842,"  in  the  Royal  Geog. 
Soc.  Journal  1844,  pp.  199-226.  Possibly  the  same. 

Niles  Reg.,  Vol.  62,  page  66,  contains  a  letter  from  Falconer 
dated  Mexico  City,  Feb.  10,  1842  (from  the  New  Orleans  Bee  of 
March  17),  giving  an  account  of  the  march  to  the  City  of  Mexico. 
Falconer  was  liberated  on  the  demand  of  Packenham,  the  British 
minister,  and  returned  to  New  Orleans  early  in  the  year  1842. 

79 

FOLSOM,  CHARLES  J. 

Mexico  In  1842:  A  Description  Of  The  Country,  Its 
Natural  And  Political  Features;  With  A  Sketch  Of  Its 
History,  Brought  Down  To  The  Present  Year.  To  Which 
Is  Added,  An  Account  Of  Texas  And  Yucatan ;  And  Of 
The  Santa  Fe  Expedition.  Illustrated  With  A  New  Map. 

New-York:   Charles   J.   Folsom,  .  .  .  1842. 

18°  256  pp.,  map. 

Map: 

Mexico  and  Texas  in  1842.  Published  by  C.  J.  Folsom, 
New  York. 

This  contains  a  narrative  of  the  Texas  Expedition  by  Franklin 
Coombs,  son  of  Gen.  Leslie  Coombs,  which  Folsom  says  had 
appeared  in  the  papers.  According  to  Kendall,  Coombs  simply 
went  along  as  a  guest  for  the  benefit  of  his  health.  It  is  gen- 
erally supposed  that  Folsom  compiled  the  book.  This  letter  also 
appears  in  Niles  Register,  Vol.  62,  p.  2,  March  5,  1842. 

Pages  128-134  contain  a  reprint  of  the  letter  entitled  "Santa 
Fe  and  the  Far  West,"  reprinted  in  Niles  Reg.,  Dec.  4,  1841,  from 
the  Evansville  Journal.  80 


52  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


AUDUBON,  J.  J. 

[Journey  to  the  Yellowstone  in  1843]. 

Letter  from  him  dated  Ft.  Union,  June  13,  1843,  ad- 
dressed to  Gideon  B.  Smith  of  Baltimore,  in  New  Orleans 
Picayune,  July  21,  1843. 

From  the  introductory  note  to  this  it  would  seem  that  Audubon 
was  with  Stewart,  but  this  was  not  the  fact;  he  went  up  the  river 
in  one  of  the  American  Fur  Co.'s  boats,  the  Omega,  accompanied 
by  a  Mr.  Edward  Harris  of  New  Jersey,  and  Mr.  Sprague  and 
Mr.  Bell  of  N.  Y.,  as  assistants.  (Niles  Reg.,  July  15,  1843,  page 
312). 

Further  references  in  Niles  Register  are:  May  13,  his  departure 
from  St.  Louis  April  25;  June  10,  letter  to  Dr.  G.  B.  Smith,  dated 
Vermillion  River,  May  18;  July  8,  long  letter  to  same  of  May  24, 
150  miles  below  Ft.  Pierre,  and  another  later  of  May  29;  July  29, 
another  letter  to  same  June  13.  81 


FERRIS,  W.  A. 

Life  in  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

The  title  to  a  series  of  articles  by  W.  A.  Ferris  published 
in  the  Western  Literary  Messenger  of  Buffalo,  beginning 
Jan.  11,  1843,  and  apparently  running  continuously  every 
week  to  March  16,  1844,  which  is  marked  conclusion,  but 
there  appeared  appendices  on  March  23,  30,  April  6,  13, 
20,  27,  and  May  4. 

Ferris  was  in  the  mountains  in  the  employ  of  the  Am.  Fur  Co. 
from  1830-5. 

Buffalo  Hist.  Soc.  has  following  numbers:  Jan.  11,  18;  Feb.  22; 
May  3,  17,  24;  June  7,  28;  Oct.  7,  14,  21,  28;  Nov.  4,  18,  25:  Dec.  2, 
9,  16,  23,  30,  1844;  Jan.  6,  13,  27;  Feb.  3,  10,  17;  March  2,  9,  16; 
April  13  and  27.  Grosvenor  Library  has  Volume  II,  No.  40-51, 
i.  e.  April  12  to  June  28,  1843— Chapters  14-25;  Vol.  Ill,  No.  1-42, 
July  22,  1843  to  May  4,  1844.  (Information  from  Miss  Drumm, 
Mo.  Hist.  Soc).  See  Chittenden's  Fur  Trade,  Vol.  I,  page  395  for 
note  on  his  life  obtained  from  Mr.  O.  D.  Wheeler  of  St.  Paul. 

82 

FREMONT,  JOHN  CHARLES 

A  Report  On  An  Exploration  Of  The  Country  Lying  Be- 
tween The  Missouri  River  And  The  Rocky  Mountains,  On 
The  Line  Of  The  Kansas  And  Great  Platte  Rivers.  By 
Lieut.  J.  C.  Fremont,  Of  The  Corps  Of  Topographical  En- 
gineers. 

Washington :  Printed  By  Order  Of  The  United  States 
Senate.  1843.  (27th  Con.,  3rd  Sess.  Sen.  Doc.  243). 

8°,  207  pp.  Colored  paper  wrappers  with  same  title. 
Map,  3  tinted  and  3  plain  plates. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  53 


Map: 

Map  To  Illustrate  An  Exploration  Of  The  Country  lying 
between  the  Missouri  River  and  the  Rocky  Mountains,  on 
the  line  of  the  Nebraska  or  Platte  River.  By  Lieut.  J.  C. 
Fremont,  .  .  .  Lith.  by  E.  Weber  and  Co. 

Pages  7-76 — Fremont's  Report  dated  Wash.,  March  1,  1843; 
77-94— Cat.  plants  by  John  Torrey;  95-207— Ast.  &  Met.  Obser- 
vations. 

The  plates  were  also  lithographed  by  Weber,  after  sketches 
probably  made  by  Charles  Preuss,  who  accompanied  both  expe- 
ditions, and  who  certainly  made  the  maps.  I  have  seen  a  copy 
with  four  of  the  plates  tinted.  83 

LANG,  JOHN  D.,  AND  TAYLOR,  SAMUEL,  JR. 

Report  Of  A  Visit  To  Some  Of  The  Tribes  Of  Indians 
Located  West  Of  The  Mississippi  River.  By  John  D. 
Lang  And  Samuel  Taylor  Jr. 

Providence :     Knowles  And  Vose.     1843. 

8°,  47  pp. 

Cover   title    same   except    imprint    omitted. 

They  visited  the  Winnebagoes,  Shawnees,  Kickapos,  Delawares, 
Kansas,  Osages,  Cherokees,  and  Choctaws,  between  August  and 
December,  1842. 

There  is  an  edition  of  this  in  New  York,  1843,  Press  of  M. 
Day  &  Co.  in  8°,  34  pp.  84 

MARRYAT,  CAPT.  [FREDERICK] 

Narrative  Of  The  Travels  And  Adventures  Of  Monsieur 
Violet  In  California,  Sonora,  &  Western  Texas.  Written 
By  Capt.  Marryat,  C.  B.  In  Three  Volumes.  Vol.  I. 

London :  Longman,  Brown,  Green,  &  Longmans,  Pater- 
noster Row.  1843. 

8°  Vol.  I  Half-title,  title  and  preliminary  matter  pp.  1- 
VIII;  Text,  pp.  1-312.  Folding  map,  W.  Lake,  lith.  170 
Fleet  St.  Vol.  II  Half-title  and  title;  Text,  pp.  1-318.  Vol. 
Ill  Half-title  and  title;  Text,  pp.  1-299. 

I  have  not  at  hand  this  original  edition.  It  is  a  romance,  em- 
bodying as  a  basis  the  crude  geographical  knowledge  of  the  thir- 
ties of  the  far  west.  The  author  certainly  read  Kendall's  sketches 
in  the  Picayune  of  1842,  as  he  distinctly  says  so,  but  I  do  not 
think  he  obtained  any  great  portion  of  his  incidents  from  Ken- 
dall, still  less  from  Gregg,  whose  book  was  not  published  until 
the  following  year.  85 

NICOLLET,  I.  N. 

Report   Intended  To  Illustrate   A   Map   Of  The   Hydro- 


54 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

graphical  Basin  Of  The  Upper  Mississippi  River,  Made  By 
I.  N.  Nicollet,  While  In  Employ  Under  The  Bureau  Of  The 
Corps  Of  Topographical  Engineers.  Feb.  16,  1841.  Ordered 
printed. 

Washington:  Blair  And  Rives,  Printers.  1843.  (26 
Cong.,  2nd  Sess.  Senate  Doc.  237). 

8°,  170  pp.,  map. 

Map: 

Hydrographical  Basin  of  the  Upper  Mississippi  River, 
etc.,  etc.,  By  J.  N.  Nicollet  in  the  years  1836,  '37,  '38,  '39 
and  '40;  assisted  in  1838,  '39  and  '40,  by  Lieut.  J.  C.  Fre- 
mont, 1843.  Engraved  by  W.  J.  Stone. 

Nicollet  gives  many  details  regarding  his  expedition  to  the 
upper  Missouri  in  1839  with  Fremont.  They  left  St.  Louis  April 
4th  and  arrived  at  Fort  Pierre  June  12th.  In  his  company  he  had 
Etienne  Provost,  Wm.  Dixon,  and  the  son  of  Baptiste  Dorion, 
who  was  the  interpreter  at  Ft.  Pierre.  The  report  also  includes, 
pp.  75-92,  a  "Sketch  of  the  Early  History  of  St.  Louis."  85 

NOTICE  SUR  LA  RIVIERE  ROUGE  DANS  LE  TERRI- 
TOIRE  de  la  BAIE-D'HUDSON. 

Montreal :    Bureau  Des  Melanges  Religieux  .  .  .  1843. 
8°,  32  pp. 

Probably    written    by    Tache. 

Contains  a  full  account  of  the  evangelisation  of  the  North 
West  and  a  short  account  of  Blanchet  and  Demers'  journey  to 
Oregon  in  1838.  87 

SIMPSON,  THOMAS 

Narrative  Of  The  Discoveries  On  The  North  Coast  Of 
America;  Effected  By  The  Officers  Of  The  Hudson's  Bay 
Company  During  The  Years  1836-39.  By  Thomas  Simp- 
son, Esq. 

London :    Richard  Bentley  .  .  .  1843. 

8°,  XIX,  419  pp.,  2  maps. 
Maps: 

Map  of  the  Arctic  Coast  of  America,  etc.,  explored  by 
Messrs.  P.  W.  Dease  and  T.  Simpson  .  .  .  1837. 

Discoveries  of  the  Honble.  Hudson's  Bay  Company's 
Arctic  Expedition  in  1838  &  1839. 

Contains  a  description  of  a  winter  journey  from  Red  River  to 
Athabasca  (1836-7)  and  the  return  in  the  winter  of  1839-40.  The 
introduction  consists  of  a  Memoir  of  Simpson,  who  either  was 
killed  by  Indians  or  committed  suicide,  in  the  summer  of  1840, 
while  en  route  to  St.  Paul,  by  his  brother,  Alex.  Simpson. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 55 

Alex.  Simpson  also  published  a  life  of  Thomas — The  Life  and 
Travels  of  Thomas  Simpson,  The  Arctic  Discoverer,  by  his 
brother,  Alexander  Simpson.  London:  Richard  Bentley.  1845. 
8°  VIII,  424  pp.  Portrait  and  map.  88 

SMET,  PIERRE  JEAN  DE 

Letters  And  Sketches:  With  A  Narrative  Of  A  Year's 
Residence  Among-  The  Indian  Tribes  Of  The  Rocky 
Mountains.  By  P.  J.  De  Smet,  S.  J. 

Philadelphia:  Published  By  M.  Fithian,  61  N.  Second 
Street.  1843. 

12°  Allegorical  frontispiece,  title,  3  leaves  of  preface, 
sub-title  Book  I,  13-252  pp.,  11  other  plates  and  a  folded 
allegorical  leaf,  the  Catholic  Ladder. 

Published  in  French  in  1844  with  new  material  added  as : 

Voyages  Aux  Montagues  Rocheuses,  Ft  Une  Annee  De 
Sejour  Chez  Las  Tribus  Indiennes  Du  Vaste  Territoire  De 
L'Oregon,  Dependant  Des  Etats-Unis  D'Amerique,  Par  Le 
R.  P.  Pierre  De  Smet,  Missionaire  De  La  Compagnie  De 
Jesus. 

Malines.    P.  J.  Hanicq,  Imprimeur,  etc.    1844. 

12°  Half  title,  title,  pp.  III-VI,  1-304.  Port.  De  Smet, 
folded  map,  19  plates.  P.  P.  W.  with  same  title. 

Map: 

Map  has  no  title  but  shows  the  west  from  about  Long. 
95-130  and  Lat.  40-55.  Published  by  Etab.,  Geographique 
de  Bruxelles  and  shows  De.  Smet's  route  from  Westport  to 
Ft.  Hall,  and  thence  to  the  Flatheads,  Ft.  Colville. 

The  front,  to  the  Malines  edition  is  a  good  view  of  St.  Louis, 
lith.  by  Vandenbossche  a  Alost.  All  the  plates  except  the  front, 
and  allegorical  table  of  the  English  edition  were  reproduced  in 
the  Malines  edition  with  eight  new  ones. 

The  plates  lithographed  by  P.  S.  Duval,  Philadelphia,  appear 
with  the  names  Geo.  Lehman,  del.  and  Js.  Queen  del.  but  whether 
they  made  the  sketches  or  simply  drew  them  for  the  lithographer 
I  do  not  know.  They  look  very  imaginative. 

One  of  the  remarkable  things  about  De  Smet  was  the  facility 
which  he  acquired  so  early  of  writing  good  English.  When  the 
original  letters  were  written  in  French,  he  translated  them  into 
English  with  so  many  changes  that  only  the  substance  was  re- 
tained in  many  cases.  The  early  letters  in  this  book  were  pub- 
lished in  French  in  the  "Annales  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi" 
mostly  in  1841,  but  letters  VII  to  the  end  had  not  been  published 
there,  although  some  of  the  French  letters  have  somewhat  similar 
material.  De  Smet  had  the  habit  of  writing  at  the  same  time 
or  about  the  same  time  letters  to  various  persons  and  he  used 
to  vary  the  contents  to  suit  apparently  the  taste  of  the  recipients. 

In  1905  H.  M.  Chittenden  and  A.  T.  Richardson  published  un- 
der the  auspices  of  Francis  P.  Harper  of  New  York  the  "Life, 
Letters  And  Travels  Of  Father  Pierre-Jean  De  Smet,  S.  J.  1801- 


56  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


1873."  This  consists  of  four  volumes  mostly  De  Smet's  corre- 
spondence. The  editors  had  some  trouble  in  deciding  which  of 
the  several  letters  bearing  on  the  same  subject  should  be  pub- 
lished, especially  as  they  also  had  a  large  unpublished  correspon- 
dence to  consider.  In  the  "Letters  and  Sketches"  De  Smet  gives 
a  very  short  account  of  his  journey  to  the  rendezvoux  in  1840, 
but  a  very  long  one  of  the  journey  of  1841.  After  remaining  in 
what  is  now  Montana  for  nearly  a  year  he  crossed  over  to  Ft. 
Colville,  and  from  there  went  down  the  river  to  Ft.  Vancouver. 
In  August,  1842,  he  returned  to  the  camp  on  the  River  Madison 
and  September  crossed  over  the  mountains  to  Ft.  Union,  and  from 
there  came  back  to  St.  Louis  by  water. 

The  French  edition,  besides  the  extra  plates,  contains  a  copy 
of  Blanchet's  letter,  dated  Ft.  Vancouver,  September  28,  1841. 

89 

SNIVELY  EXPEDITION 

No  contemporary  full  account  of  this  land  pirate  expedition 
was  published,  but  I  have  collected  the  following  references  to  it 
from  Niles  Register  for  the  year  1843: 

June  3  (from  the  Galveston  Civilian  of  May  16),  an  account  of 
the  origin  and  aims  of  the  expedition. 

July  8,  extract  from  Houston  Telegraph,  that  Snively  had  left 
Coffee's  Creek  April  25th,  expecting  to  meet  Warfield  at  the 
source  of  Red  River. 

July  15,  rumor  in  Texas,  that  they  had  captured  Santa  Fe. 

July  22,  extract  from  Western  Missourian  about  Warfield's 
movements  on  the  Arkansas,  also  interview  with  St.  Vrain  on 
Snively's  plans. 

Aug.  5  (from  St.  Louis  Rep.,  July  21),  account  of  a  battle  be- 
tween U.  S.  Troops  and  Mexicans  and  capture  of  Snively's  men 
by  Capt.  Cooke. 

Aug.  19,  (from  Mo.  Reporter  of  July  31),  extract  from  Cooke's 
report  to  General  Gaines  on  the  affair;  followed  by  Games'  report 
to  Gen.  Taylor. 

Aug.  26,  (from  St.  Louis  Rep.,  Aug.  10),  referring  to  an  extra 
of  the  Clarksville,  Texas,  Standard  of  Aug.  1,  giving  full  account 
of  the  expedition. 

Aug.  26,  another  account  from  St.  Louis  New  Era,  in  form  of 
a  letter  dated  July  28th. 

Sept.    16,    Bocanegra's   remonstrance   to   Thompson. 

Sept.  23,  Galveston  papers  announce  return  of  Warfield,  stating 
both  he  and  Snively  are  preparing  accounts  of  the  expedition. 

Further  documents  in  29  Cong.  1  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  43;  Morn- 
ing Star  of  Houston,  Aug.  22,  1843;  28  Cong.  2  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc. 
1,  pp.  91-112,  entitled  Texas  Documents,  containing  an  account  by 
Van  Zandt  and  a  letter  of  Snively.  For  an  interesting  account 
see  Sage,  "Scenes  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,"  1846.  90 


STEWART  EXPEDITION  OF  1843 

This  grand  expedition  of  Sir  William  Drummond  Stewart  dur- 
ing the  summer  of  1843,  made  a  great  stir  in  the  mountain  country 
and  Niles  Register  for  this  year  contains  numerous  records  of 
its  movements. 


N  A  li  II  A  T  1  V  i: 


ttF  A  Till  H 


FROM  THE  STATE  OF  INDIANA 


I  N    Til  !•     TEAKS     18 


41-2. 


BY    JOSEPH    WILLIAMS 


C  I  _\  r  I  \  N 
PRINTED    FOR    TfflE    AUTHOR 

./.  It.   UV/W,  Printer. 
1843. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  57 


A  short  account  of  this  memorable  journey  was  written  by  M. 
C.  Field,  one  of  the  writers  of  the  New  Orleans  Picayune,  and 
who  accompanied  the  party,  in  a  series  of  letters  published  by  the 
Picayune  June  7,  July  30,  Sept.  6,  Nov.  7  and  9. 

After  Field's  return  to  New  Orleans  in  November,  he  began  a 
series  of  articles  entitled  "Prairie  and  Mountain  Life"  and  which 
appeared  in  the  Picayune  Nov.  14,  17,  22,  25,  26,  28;  Dec.  3,  7,  8,  9, 
15,  16,  19,  20,  21,  30;  Jan.  (1844),  6,  10,  13;  Feb.  1,  29;  March  14. 

In  July,  1844,  Field,  with  his  brother,  and  Charles  Keemle 
started  the  St.  Louis  Reveille  and  they  began  the  republication 
of  these  sketches  which  continued  till  Field's  death  in  December. 
(Aug.  19,  26;  Sept.  9;  Nov.  18;  Dec.  2). 

Field  wrote  at  times  under  the  pseudonym  of  Phazma,  and 
under  this  title  he  proposed  to  publish  a  book  about  his  adven- 
tures in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  presumably  a  reprint  of  the  articles 
in  the  New  Orleans  Picayune. 

The  references  to  the  expedition  in  Niles  Reg.  occur  on  the 
following  dates,  all  1843:  April  1,  29;  May  27;  June  10  (re- 
printed from  the  Savannah  Republican,  and  valuable),  another, 
same  issue,  June  24;  July  8,  15,  22;  Sept.  30;  Nov.  4,  18,  25;  Dec. 
2,  9. 

Stewart  departed  for  Europe  during  the  winter,  never  to  return. 
He  carried  on  a  correspondence,  however,  with  William  L.  Sub- 
lette  with  whom  he  apparently  had  been  joined  in  some  business 
venture.  Some  of  these  letters  are  preserved  in  the  Mo.  Hist. 
Soc.  (Information  from  Miss  Drumm,  librarian  of  the  Society). 

91 

WILLIAMS,  JOSEPH 

Narrative  Of  A  Tour  From  The  State  Of  Indiana  To 
The  Oregon  Territory  In  The  Years  1841-2.  By  Joseph 
Williams. 

Cincinnati:  Printed  For  The  Author.  J.  B.  Wilson, 
Printer.  1843. 

8°  Title  with  preface  on  the  verso,  3-48  pp. 

It  was  not  copyrighted. 

This  is  a  very  rare  book  not  known  to  any  other  writer  on  the 
northwest,  not  even  Marshall.  The  only  other  copy  besides  my 
own,  which  I  have  been  able  to  locate,  is  one  in  the  New  York 
Historical  Society,  probably  bought  at  a  sale  in  1905  at  Henkel's. 

The  author,  a  Methodist  preacher,  63  years  of  age,  left  Napo- 
leon, Indiana,  April  26,  1841,  with  the  evident  intention  of  join- 
ing some  advertised  party  at  Independence.  He  caught  up  with 
the  Rartleson  party,  with  whom  De  Smet  was  traveling,  a  few 
days  out  of  Westport.  Bartleson's  party  split  on  the  Bear  River, 
part  going  to  Oregon  and  part  to  California.  Williams  with  the 
Oregon  party  reached  Oregon  some  time  in  September  or  Octo- 
ber. He  left  for  return,  April  3,  1842,  and  returned  by  Robidoux's 
Fort  on  the  Uintah  River,  Taos,  and  Bent's  Fort  and  arrived  at 
Independence  Oct.  25.  92 

DUNN,  JOHN 

History   Of  The   Oregon   Territory   And   British   North- 


58  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

American  Fur  Trade ;  With  An  Account  Of  The  Habits 
And  Customs  Of  The  Principal  Native  Tribes  On  The 
Northern  Continent.  By  John  Dunn,  Late  Of  The  Hudson's 
Bay  Company,  Eight  Years  A  Resident  In  The  Country. 

London :    Edwards  And  Hughes  .  .  .  1844. 

8°  VIII,  359  pp.,  map. 

Map: 

A  Map  Of  Oregon  Territory — Drawn  on  Stone  by  J. 
Truxton. 

Dunn  gives  only  a  few  accounts  of  the  happenings  in  Oregon 
and  no  journal.  The  work  is  devoted  largely  to  a  history  of 
the  Hudson's  Bay  Company  and  an  account  of  the  country,  as 
well  as  New  Caledonia,  derived  from  information  gained  on  the 
ground.  Dunn  was  stationed  at  Ft.  Vancouver  in  the  early  forties. 

93 

FARNHAM,  THOMAS  J. 

Travels  In  The  Californias,  And  Scenes  In  The  Pacific 
Ocean.  By  Thomas  J.  Farnham,  Author  of  "Travels  in  the 
Great  Western  Prairies,  the  Anahuac  and  Rocky  Mountains, 
and  in  the  Oregon  Territory." 

New  York:    Published  By  Saxton  &  Miles  .  .  .  1844. 
8°  416  pp.    Map  and  plate  of  an  Indian. 

Map: 

Map  of  the  Californias  by  T.  J.  Farnham.  (The  copy- 
right of  the  map  bears  date  of  1845). 

This  book  is  chiefly  confined  to  Farnham's  experiences  in  Cali- 
fornia, a  sketch  of  its  history  and  account  of  its  resources,  etc. 
It  ends  with  a  short  account  of  his  return  via  San  Bias,  Mexico 
and  Vera  Cruz,  reaching  his  home  in  Illinois  some  time  in  the 
summer  of  1840. 

On  page  324,  Farnham  refers  to  Captain  Ewing  Young's  at- 
tempt to  reach  California  directly  west  from  Salt  Lake,  across 
the  desert.  On  pages  312  et  seq.,  371  et  seq.,  occur  some  extended 
quotations  from  what  he  says  is  a  letter  from  one  Dr.  Lyman  of 
Buffalo,  a  friend  of  his.  These  consist  of  extracts  from  his 
journal  from  Santa  Fe  to  California  in  1841  and  observations  on 
the  character  of  the  country,  Indians,  etc.  The  route  was  from 
Santa  Fe  up  the  Rio  Grande,  down  the  San  Juan,  as  he  calls  it, 
over  the  Green  and  into  Southern  Utah,  thence  via  Las  Vegas 
and  the  Mohave  to  Los  Angeles,  the  regular  Spanish  trail. 

Lyman  speaks  of  following  the  Colorado,  whereas  he  simply 
went  more  or  less  parallel  to  it  over  the  regular  route.  He  was 
with  the  Workman-Rowland  party  but  on  account  of  a  disagree- 
ment about  some  Indian  captives  (p.  379),  he  and  two  others  left 
the  main  party  and  reached  California  after  the  others.  He  inti- 
mates that  he  was  three  months  on  the  trip  from  Santa  Fe. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  59 


The  book  was  issued  in  four  parts,  with  printed  paper  titles. 
The  first  part  had  no  number  on  it  and  is  frequently  described  as 
a  complete  work  in  96  pp.  Parts  2,  3  and  4  are  numbered,  Part 
4  bearing  the  date  of  1845.  Lyman  could  not  be  found  by  his 
friends  in  later  years  and  I  have  not  been  able  to  trace  him,  but 
investigations  at  Buffalo  make  it  probable  that  Farnham  was  mis- 
taken about  his  being  there  or  else  he  remained  there  only  a  short 
time.  He  probably  was  from  Massachusetts.  Bancroft  says  he 
was  John  H.  or  John  L.  94 

GREGG,  JOSIAH 

Commerce  Of  The  Prairies :  Or  The  Journal  of  a  Santa 
Fe  Trader,  During  Eight  Expeditions  Across  The  Great 
Western  Prairies,  And  A  Residence  Of  Nearly  Nine  Years 
In  Northern  Mexico.  Illustrated  with  Maps  and  Engrav- 
ings. By  Josiah  Gregg.  In  Two  Volumes. 

New  York:    Henry  G.  Langley  .  .  .  MDCCCXLIV. 

12°  XVI,  17-320,  3  plates,  map;  VIII,  9-318,  3  plates, 
map. 

Maps: 

Map  Of  The  Indian  Territory,  Northern  Texas  and  New 
Mexico  Showing  The  Great  Western  Prairies,  by  Josiah 
Gregg.  (Folding  map). 

Map  Of  The  Interior  Of  Northern  Mexico.  (Small  one 
page  map). 

The  first  and  principal  authority  on  the  Santa  Fe  Trade.  Brad- 
ford Prince  says  this  book  was  written  by  John  Bigelow,  a 
reporter  on  the  N.  Y.  Post,  1844,  from  Gregg's  notes. 

Gregg  afterward  went  to  California  during  the  gold  rush  and 
died  of  exposure  near  Humboldt  Bay  in  the  winter  of  1849-50. 

Except  by  Chittenden  no  substantial  contribution  has  been 
made  to  the  history  of  the  Santa  Fe  trade  since  that  of  Gregg, 
notwithstanding  the  immense  importance  of  the  trade  to  the  west- 
ern country  and  its  development  later  to  enormous  proportions. 
"The  Annals  of  Kansas  City,"  published  there  in  1859  by  Spalding 
contains  some  account  of  it  and  later  in  1893  J.  Evarts  Greene 
read  before  the  American  Antiquarian  Society  at  its  meet- 
ing at  Boston,  April  26th,  a  monograph  entitled  "The  Santa  Fe 
trade:  Its  Route  and  Character."  The  romantic  incidents  con- 
nected with  the  trail  have  been  exploited  by  various  writers,  but 
especially  by  Colonel  Henry  Inman,  who  first  published  in  Kan- 
sas City  in  1881,  "Stories  of  the  Old  Santa  Fe  Trail."  This  was 
afterward  expanded  into  an  extremely  interesting  book  entitled 
"The  Old  Santa  Fe  Trail,"  published  in  Topeka  in  1912.  95 

JOURNAL    OF    A    TOUR    IN    THE    "INDIAN    TERRI- 
TORY," In  The  Spring  Of  1844. 

(Cover  title;  regular  title  follows): 


60 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Journal  Of  A  Tour  In  The  "Indian  Territory,"  Per- 
formed By  Order  Of  The  Domestic  Committee  Of  The 
Board  of  Missions  of  the  Protestant  Episcopal  Church,  In 
The  Spring  Of  1844,  By  Their  Secretary  and  General 
Agent. 

New- York:  Published  For  The  Domestic  Committee  Of 
The  Board  Of  Missions.  By  Daniel  Dana  Jr.  ...  1844. 

8°  Title,  (2-Extract  Minutes),  74  pp.,  3  maps. 
Maps  : 

Outline  Map  of  Indian  Localities  in  1833.  G.  Catlin,  lith. 
by  Tosswill  &  Co. 

Aboriginal  America  East  of  the  Mississippi.  G.  Hayward, 
Lith.,  N.  Y. 

United  States  Indian  Frontier  In  1840.  G.  Catlin,  lith.  by 
Tosswill  &  Co. 

Said  to  have  been  written  by  N.  Sayre  Harris. 

The  party  left  New  Orleans  by  steamer  for  the  Red  River 
Raft,  March  8th,  and  on  the  21st  reached  Ft.  Towson,  then  visited 
Ft.  Smith,  Ft.  Gibson,  Ft.  Scott,  Shawnee  Mission  and  Ft.  Leav- 
enworth.  96 

KENDALL,  GEORGE  WILKINS 

Narrative  Of  The  Texan  Santa  Fe  Expedition,  Compris- 
ing A  Description  Of  A  Tour  Through  Texas,  And  Across 
The  Great  Southwestern  Prairies,  The  Camanche  and 
Caygiia  Hunting-Grounds,  With  An  Account  Of  The  Suf- 
fering From  Want  Of  Food,  Losses  From  Hostile  Indians, 
And  Final  Capture  Of  The  Texans,  And  Their  March,  As 
Prisoners,  To  The  City  of  Mexico.  With  Illustrations  And 
A  Map.  By  George  Wilkins  Kendall.  In  Two  Volumes. 

New  York:     Harper  &  Bros.  .  .  .  1844. 

12°  Tit.,  XII,  [131-405,  map,  2  plates;  XII,  [111-406,  3 
plates. 

Map: 

Texas  and  part  of  Mexico  and  the  United  States,  showing 
the  Route  of  the  First  Santa  Fe  expedition.  Harper  &  Bros., 

N.  Y. 

Plates : 

By  J.  W.  Casilear,  J.  G.  Chapman,  and  3  altered  from  3  in 
Ward's  book.  These  last  did  duty  in  several  books  of  the 
time. 

Kendall  was  owner  of  the  New  Orleans  Picayune  and  was  of 
an  adventurous  disposition.  Many  years  later  he  was  a  large 
sheep  owner  in  Texas. 


NARRATIVE ,         ; 

OF  THE 

PERILOUS  ADVENTURES,  MIRACULOUS  ESCAPES  AND  SUFFERINGS 

or 

REV,  JAMES  W.  PARKER, 

A  FRONTIER  RESIDENCE   IV  TEXAS,  OF  FIPTBBN  TEARS  *,  WITH  AM 
IMPARTIAL  OBOORAPHICAL  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  CLIMATE, 
.  "         SOIL,  TIMBER,  WATER, &C.,  *C.,  &C. 

TEXAS; 

WRITTEN  BY  HIMSELF. 

TO    WHICH   IS    APPENDED  A 

NARRATIVE 


MRS,  RACHEL  PLUMMER, 

(HIg    DAUGHTER,) 

»P»1M  A   CAPTIVITT   OF  TWEWTY-OME  WORTHS  AMONO  THE    C0MAIfrw« 

' 


WJTH  A  SKETCH  OF  THEIR  MANNERS,  CUSTOMS,  lAWS   &« 

SHORT  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  COUNTRY  "v5.  1  WmcH  i'H* 
TRAVELLED  WHttST  WITH  THE  INDUHS! 

WH1TTEN   BT   HERSELF. 


at  the  Morning  Courier  Office,  4th  street,  Loul»riUe,  Zy. 
1844. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  61 


In  the  preface  he  says  the  map  is  based  partly  on  information 
from  Mr.  Gregg  and  Albert  Pike. 

Some  of  the  incidents  in  Vol.  I  first  appeared  in  sketches  in 
the  N.  O.  Picayune  of  1842.  In  1843,  Nov.  16th,  at  the  Astor 
'  House,  New  York,  Kendall  addressed  a  letter  to  J.  Watson  Webb 
(Xiles  Register,  Vol.  65,  p.  214),  in  which  he  charges  Capt.  Mar- 
ryat  with  having  stolen  a  lot  of  his  incidents  in  Mons.  Violet 
from  these  articles  in  the  Picayune. 

The  correspondence  between  Mexico  and  the  United  States 
respecting  U.  S.  citizens  captured  on  this  expedition,  is  contained 
in  Senate  Ex.  Doc.  325,  27th  Cong.  2nd  Sess.  Wash.,  1842,  104  pp. 

97 

LEE  [DANIEL],  AND  FROST,  J.  H. 

Ten  Years  In  Oregon.  By  Lee  and  J.  H.  Frost.  Late  Of 
The  Oregon  Mission  Of  The  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

New  York:  Published  For  The  Authors:  J.  Collord, 
Printer.  1844. 

8°  344  pp.,  map. 

Map: 

A  Sketch  Of  The  Columbia. River,  And  Adjacent  Coun- 
try. (Very  crude,  small  folding  map). 

The  book  gives  an  account  of  Hunt's  trip  across  the  plains. 
Lee  left  Independence  April  28,  1834,  with  Wyeth,  Townsend  and 
Nuttall,  and  arrived  at  Vancouver  Sept.  15.  There  is  no  journal 
of  the  trip  and  the  account  written  by  Frost  occupies  only  pp. 
114-124.  Pages  339-344  contain  specimens  of  Indian  dialect.  98 

MURRAY,  CHARLES  AUGUSTUS 

The  Prairie  Bird.  By  The  Hon.  Charles  Augustus  Mur- 
ray. 

London :    Richard  Bentley  .  .  .  1844.    3  vols:. 
12°  IV,  336;  (2)  352;  (2)  372. 

A  Romance  of  Adventures  on  the  prairies  among  the  Osages, 
Delawares,  Sioux  and  Crow  Indians.  99 


PARKER,  JAMES  W. 

Narrative  Of  The  Perilous  Adventures,  Miraculous 
Escapes  And  Sufferings  Of  Rev.  James  W.  Parker,  During 
A  Frontier  Residence  In  Texas,  Of  Fifteen  Years ;  With  An 
Impartial  Geogranhical  Description  Of  The  Climate,  Soil, 
Timber,  Water.  Etc.,  Eetc.,  Etc.  Of  Texas ;  Written  By 
Himself.  To  Which  Is  Appended  A  Narrative  Of  The 
Capture  And  Subsequent  Sufferings  Of  Mrs.  Rachel  Plum- 
mer,  (His  Daughter,)  During  A  Captivitv  Of  Twenty-One 
Months  Among  The  Cumanche  Indians,  With  A  Sketch  Of 


62  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Their  Manners,  Customs,  Laws,  Etc. ;  With  A  Short  De- 
scription Of  The  Country  Over  Which  She  Travelled  W'hilst 
With  The  Indians ;  Written  By  Herself. 

Printed  at  the  Morning  Courier  Office,  4th  street, 
Louisville,  Ky.  1844. 

16°  95  pp.,  (page  95  errata),  plus  35  (should  be  36). 

My  copy  is  enclosed  in  paper  wrappers  with  following  title: 
Parker's  Narrative  And  History  Of  Texas;  To  Which  Is  Appended 
Mrs.  Plummer's  Narrative  Of  Her  captivity  Of  Twenty-one 
months  among  the  Cumanche  Indians.  .  .  .  (Copyright).  Louis- 
ville, Ky.  1845. 

This  is  a  famous  episode  in  Texas  History,  and  one  of  the 
captives,  Cynthia  Ann  Parker,  adopted  into  the  tribe,  became  a 
kind  of  legendary  character.  The  fort  was  captured  May  19,  1836, 
and  the  Indians  wandered  over  the  country,  crossed  the  plains 
and,  as  Mrs.  Plummer  says,  went  as  far  as  the  headwaters  of  the 
Arkansas,  where  a  number  of  tribes  of  Indians  in  March,  1837, 
held  a  big  council  to  get  up  a  combined  war  against  the  Texans. 

She  talks  of  being  on  the  headwaters  of  the  Columbia  and  even 
in  Sonora  (not  quite  certain  of  this,  however).  Finally  a  Mexi- 
can trader  ransomed  her  north  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  in 
seventeen  days  she  arrived  in  Santa  Fe,  where  she  was  delivered 
to  Col.  William  Donoho,  an  American  trader,  who  finally  took  her 
to  Independence  about  the  beginning  of  1838.  Mrs.  Plummer's 
narrative  is  dated  January,  1839,  and  she  died  February  19.  It 
has  a  separate  title:  Narrative  Of  The  Capture  And  Subsequent 
Sufferings  Of  Mrs.  Rachel  Plummer,  During  A  Captivity  Of  Twen- 
ty-One Months  Among  the  Cumanche  Indians;  With  A  Sketch 
of  Their  Manners,  Customs,  Laws,  etc.  With  A  Short  Descrip- 
tion Of  The  Country  Over  Which  She  Traveled  Whilst  With  The 
Indians.  Written  By  Herself.  1839.  In  the  preface  dated  Hous- 
ton, Dec.  3,  1839,  this  is  called  the  second  edition.  100 

TIXIER,  VICTOR 

Voyage  Aux  Prairies  Osages,  Louisiane  Et  Missouri, 
1839-40.  Par  Victor  Tixier. 

Clermont-Ferrand,  chez  Perol,  Libraire-Editeur,  etc.  Et 
A  Paris,  chez  Roret,  etc.  1844. 

8°  260  pp.  including  title  and  half  title ;  two  of  vocab- 
ulary, two  of  index.  5  plates  after  designs  by  Tixier. 

Tixier  left  France  Nov.  23,  1839,  and  arrived  at  New  Orleans 
Jan.  27,  1840,  where  he  received  an  invitation  from  Major  Chou- 
teau  to  visit  the  Osages  and  hunt  buffalo  with  him.  Arrived  at 
St.  Louis  12th  of  May  and  from  there  went  to  Independence; 
leaving  Independence  May  20th  for  Papins  trading  post,  called 
Nion-Chou.  He  accompanied  the  Osages  on  a  buffalo  hunt  to 
the  Grand  Saline.  101 

FREMONT,  JOHN  CHARLES 

Report    Of   The    Exploring    Expedition    To    The    Rocky 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 63 

Mountains  In  The  Year  1842,  And  To  Oregon  And  North 
California  In  The  Years  1843-'44.  By  Brevet  Captain  J.  C. 
Fremont,  Of  The  Topographical  Engineers,  Under  The 
Orders  Of  Col.  J.  J.  Abert,  Chief  Of  The  Topographical 
Bureau.  Printed  By  Order  Of  The  Senate  Of  The  United 
States. 

Washington :     Gales  And  Seaton  .  .  .  1845. 

8°  693  pp.,  22  plates,  4  maps,  and  1  large  folding  map  in 
pocket. 

Maps: 

Map  of  Bear  River. 
Plan  Great  Salt  Lake. 
Map  Rio  de  los  Americanos. 
Plan  Beer  Springs. 

Plates : 

13  plates  scenery,  5  plates  fossil  shells,  4  plates  botany. 

Large  Map: 

Map  of  the  Exploring  Expedition  To  The  Rocky  Moun- 
tains in  the  Year  1842  and  to  Oregon  and  California  in  the 
Years  1843-4  by  Capt.  J.  C.  Fremont.  .  .  .  Lith.  E.  Weber 
&  Co.,  Bait. 

(On  top,  Profile  of  the  Route  from  the  mouth  of  the 
Kansas  to  the  Pacific  by  Capt.  J.  C.  Fremont  in  1843). 

Contents : 

Pages  3-6,  Notice  to  the  Reader  by  Fremont ;  7-79,  Fre- 
mont's Report  of  the  1842  expedition;  81-98,  Cat.  Plants; 
99-101,  Ast.  Obser.  &  Table  of  Lat.  and  Long.;  103-294, 
Fremont's  Report  of  the  1843-4  expedition  dated  Wash., 
March  1,  1845;  295-310,  Appendix  A  &  B,  Geology  and 
Fossils;  311-319,  Appendix  C,  Plants  by  John  Torrey ;  321- 
693,  Observations  and  Tables. 

Also  printed  by  order  of  the  House  of  Representatives,  by 
Blair  &  Rives,  in  583  pp.  with  same  plates  and  maps,  the  astron- 
omical observations  being  omitted. 

The  plates  of  the  1842  expedition  were  probably  re-engraved 
for  this  edition,  as  the  plates  of  Ft.  Laramie  and  a  view  of  the 
Wind  River  Mountains,  certainly  were. 

The  maps  were  undoubtedly  made  by  .Charles  Preuss,  who  ac- 
companied Fremont,  and  probably  the  sketches  were  made  by 
him  also.  102 

HASTINGS,  LANSFORD  W. 

The  Emigrants'  Guide,  To  Oregon  And  California,  Con- 
taining Scenes  And  Incidents  Of  A  Party  Of  Oregon  Emi- 


64^ THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

grants ;  A  Description  Of  Oregon ;  Scenes  And  Incidents  Of 
A  Party  Of  California  Emigrants ;  And  A  Description  Of 
California;  With  A  Description  Of  The  Different  Routes 
To  Those  Countries ;  And  All  Necessary  Information  Rela- 
tive To  The  Equipment,  Supplies,  And  The  Method  Of 
Traveling.  By  Lansford  W.  Hastings,  Leader  of  the  Ore- 
gon and  California  Emigrants  of  1842. 

Cincinnati :     Published  By  George  Conclin,  .  .  .  1845. 

8°  Title,  3-4  preface,  5-152  pp.  I  think  it  was  issued  in 
P.  P.  W.  but  I  have  never  seen  it  so.  It  was  also  issued 
by  Conclin  in  1847  in  160  pp.  with  a  plate  and  again  by 
him  in  1849  in  168  pp.  with  a  frontispiece  of  an  Eagle.  It 
also  probably  appeared  with  1848  on  the  title  page. 

The  1849  edition  is  the  same  as  the  first  edition  to  page  152 
except  that  it  bears  a  new  title — "A  New  History  of  Oregon  And 
California  ..."  Pages  153-156  contain  an  account  of  California 
written  by  R.  Semple;  157-160  The  Oregon  Treaty;  and  161-168 
the  Gold  Region  of  California  which  comprises  Mason's  letters. 

The  party  left  Independence  May  15,  1842  and  Hastings  was 
elected  Captain  and  Lovejoy  2nd  Capt.  Fitzpatrick  guided  the 
party  from  Ft.  Laramie  to  the  Green  River.  Meek  acted  as  guide 
to  Ft.  Hall  for  the  advance  party  with  the  wagons.  Arrived  at 
the  settlement  in  Lower  Oregon  October  5.  This  account  occupies 
pp.  5-22,  then  follows  an  account  of  Oregon  pp.  23-46.  Hastings 
left  Oregon  May  30,  1843,  for  California.  Pages  64-69  contain  an 
account  of  the  trip.  Then  follows  a  description  of  California,  pp. 
69-133.  Pages  134-142  contain  an  account  of  the  different  routes, 
and  pp.  143-152  a  sketch  of  the  equipment,  supplies  needed,  method 
of  traveling,  Indians,  etc.,  etc.  103 

KEARNY,  S.  W. 

Report  of  a  summer  campaign  to  the  Rockv  Mountains, 
etc.,  in  1845.  Headquarters  1st  Regiment  Dragoons,  St. 
Louis,  Mo,  September  15,  1845.  Signed  S.  W.  Kearny, 
Colonel  1st  Dragoons. 

Pages  210-220  of  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  No.  1,  29th  Cong.,  1st 
Session. 

Map: 

Map  Of  The  Route  Pursued  By  The  Late  Expedition 
under  the  command  of  Col.  S.  W.  Kearny,  U.  S.  1st  Dra- 
goons. By  W.  B.  Franklin,  Lieut.  Corps.  Top.  Eng.  .  .  . 
1845.  Smith  &  McClelland  Sc.  Wash. 

Pages  214-217  contain  Journals  (abstracts)  kept  by  Lt.  Turner, 
adjutant,  and  Lt.  Franklin,  Top.  Eng.,  during  this  expedition.  The 
expedition  left  Leavenworth  May  1st;  went  up  the  North  Fork 
of  the  Platte  to  Ft.  Laramie,  and  then  over  South  Pass  to  Green 


TO 


OREGON  AND  CALIFORNIA, 

CONTAINING     SCENES     AND     INCIDENTS     OF    A     PARTY    OF 
OREGON    EMIGRANTS; 

;  A  DESCRIPTION  OF  OREGON; 

SCENES    AND    INCIDENTS    OF    A    PARTY    OF   CALlFO&'tlA : 

EMIGRANTS; 

AND 

A  DESCRIPTION  OF  CALIFORNIA; 

WITH 

A  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  DIFFERENT   ROUTES  TO 

THOSE  COUNTRIES; 

j 

AND 

ALL    NECESSARY  INFORMATION   RELATIVE   TO  THE 

EaUIPMENT,  SUPPLIES,  AND  THE  METHOD 

OF    TRAVELING. 


BY     LANS  FORD    W.    CASTINGS, 

Leador  of  the  Oregon  and  California  "Emigrant*  of  1842, 


CINCINNATI: 
PUBLISHED  BY  GEORGE  CONCLIN, 

STEREOTYPED  BY  8HEPARD  *  CO. 

1645. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  65 


River  returning  via  foothills  in   Colorado  to  Bent's  Fort,  arriving 
at    Ft.    Leavenworth   August   24th.      Fitzpatrick   was   the    guide. 

Pages  217-220  are  occupied  by  a  report  of  E.  V.  Sumner,  Capt. 
1st  Dragoons,  of  a  trip  from  Ft.  Atkinson  May  7th,  to  Traverse 
des  Sioux  and  Devil's  lake.  His  object  was  to  stop  the  annual 
hunt  of  the  Red  River  halfbreeds  into  U.  S.  territory. 

Niles  Reg.,  Oct.  25,  1845,  has  an  article,  "Sketches  of  the  Great 
West,"  from  the  Union,  as  a  letter  from  Capt.  Cooke  of  the  Regi- 
ment giving  a  long  and  very  interesting  account  of  the  expedition. 
Kearny's  report  was  published  also  in  Niles  Register,  Jan.  10, 
1846.  For  other  references  to  this  expediton  see  Niles  Register, 
1845,  May  10,  June  14,  July  12,  August  2,  and  Sept.  6.  Boston 
Atlas,  October  25  (copied  in  N.  Y.  Weekly  Tribune,  November 
1),  has  an  account  by  one  of  the  party.  St.  Louis  Rep.,  September 
1  (N.  Y.  Weekly  Tribune,  September  20),  another  account. 

104 

ST.  JOHN,  PERCY  B. 

The  Trapper's  Bride :  A  Tale  Of  The  Rocky  Mountains. 
With  The  Rose  Of  Ouisconsin.  By  Percy  B.  St.  John. 
Second  Edition. 

London :     Hayward  And  Adam  .  .  .  1845. 

12°  Half  tit.,  tit.,  leaf  ded.  and  adv.,  half  title,  pp.  1-71— 
Trapper's  Bride ;  new  half  title,  pp.  75-166,  the  Rose  of 
Ouisconsin. 

This  is  probably  the  first  edition  in  book  form,  the  stories 
having  evidently  appeared  in  some  magazine.  In  the  advertise- 
ment St.  John  says  he  had  lived  scime  years  in  the  backwoods 
of  Texas.  This  is  a  tale  of  Fort  Bent.  105 


WILKES,  GEORGE 

The  History  Of  Oregon,  Geographical  And  Political, 
With  An  Examination  Of  The  Project  Of  A  National  Rail- 
road, From  The  Atlantic  To  The  Pacific  Ocean.  By  George 
Wilkes.  Also  An  Account  Of  The  Characteristics  And 
Present  Condition  Of  The  Oregon  Territory,  By  A  Mem- 
ber Of  The  Recently  Organized  Oregon  Legislature. 
Accompanied  By  A  Map. 

New- York.    William  H.  Colyer  .  .  .  1845. 

(Cover  title;  regular  title  follows): 

The  History  Of  Oregon,  Geographical  And  Political.  By 
George  Wilkes.  Embracing  An  Analysis  Of  The  Old 
Spanish  Claims,  The  British  Pretensions,  The  United  States 
Title ;  An  Account  Of  The  Present  Condition  And  Char- 
acter Of  The  Country,  And  A  Thorough  Examination  Of 
The  Proiect  Of  A  National  Railroad,  From  The  Atlantic 
To  The  Pacific  Ocean.  To  Which  Is  Added  A  Journal  Of 


66 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

The  Events  Of  The  Celebrated  Emigrating  Expedition  Of 
1843 ;  Containing  An  Account  Of  The  Route  From  Missouri 
To  Astoria,  A  Table  Of  Distances,  And  The  Physical  And 
Political  Description  Of  The  Territory,  And  Its  Settlements, 
By  A  Member  Of  The  Recently  Organized  Oregon  Legis- 
lature. The  Whole  Concluding  With  An  Appendix,  Con- 
taining The  Treaties,  Diplomatic  Correspondence,  And  Ne- 
gotiations Between  Spain,  Russia,  Great  Britain,  And  The 
United  States,  In  Relation  To  The  North  West  Coast. 

New  York:     William  H.  Colyer,  .  .  .  1845. 

8°  Title;  pp.  3-4  of  preface;  5-46,  History  of  Oregon;  47- 
62,  Wilkes'  Proposal  for  a  National  Railroad;  63-114, 
Travels  across  the  Great  Western  Prairies  and  through 
Oregon;  115-127,  Appendix;  verso  127,  errata;  map. 

Map: 

Map  has  no  title  but  embraces  from  44°  to  about  55° 
north  latitude  and  110°  to  132°  longitude.  In  a  note  to 
the  preface  Wilkes  says  the  map  is  taken  from  an  English 
publication  on  the  Oregon  question. 

The  account  of  the  1843  expedition  is  by  Peter  Burnett  and  is 
taken  from  letters  by  him  published  in  the  New  York  Herald, 
with  slight  changes  only,  Dec.  28,  1844,  Jan.  5,  6,  18,  1845.  See 
also  Niles  Register,  Nov.  2,  1844,  and  St.  Louis  Reporter,  Aug.  23, 
1845,  for  a  letter  by  him  dated  Nov.  10,  1843.  M.  McCarver's  let- 
ters on  same  expedition,  Ohio  Statesman,  Sept.  11,  1844,  N.  Y. 
Herald,  June  3,  1844,  N.  Y.  Tribune,  Aug.  5,  1844,  also  Niles 
Register,  April  19,  1844,  from  Peoria  Register. 

Doctored  and  republished  in  London  as: 

An  Account  And  History  Of  The  Oregon  Territory ;  To- 
gether With  A  Journal  Of  An  Emigrating  Party  Across 
The  Western  Prairies  Of  America,  And  To  The  Mouth  Of 
The  Columbia  River. 

London:  Printed  And  Published  By  William  Lott  .  .  . 
1846. 

16°  Tit.,  160  pp.     (160  marked  169). 

P.  P.  W.  with  same  title. 

The  Burnett  Journal  appears  in  an  abridged  form  except  where 
praise  of  the  H.  B.  Co.  appears.  In  place  of  Wilkes'  Proposal  for 
a  Nat'l  R.  R.  appears  a  chapter,  "The  Capabilities  and  Prospects 
of  Oregon  By  a  Three  Years'  Resident"  [an  Englishman]. 

The  Introductory  History  is  entirely  distinct  from  Wilkes  and 
written  to  support  the  British  pretentions.  A  few  of  Wilkes' 
documents  were  reprinted  in  the  appendix. 

The  copy  I  saw  in  the  N.  Y.  Hist.  Soc.  had  no  map,  although 
I  have  seen  it  described  as  having  one.  106 


THT- 


HISTORY  OF  OREGON, 


GEOGRAPHICAL  AND  POLITICAL. 


BY  GEORGE  WILKES. 


XMBRACING   AN  ANALYSIS   OF  THE  OLD   SPANISH  CLAIMS,  THK   BRITISH   PRETEN- 
SIONS,   THE    UNITED    STATES   TITLE  ;    AN    ACCOUNT    OF   THE    PRESENT   CON- 
DITION AND  CHARACTER  OF  THE  COUNTRY,  AND  A  THOROUGH  EXAMIN- 
ATION OF  THE  PROJECT  OF  A 


NATIONAL   RAIL   ROAD 


FROM  THE  ATLANTIC  TO  THE  PACIFIC 


TO  WHICH  IS  ADDED  A  JOURNAL   OF  THE  EVENTS   OF  THE  CELEBRATED  EMIGRA* 
TING   EXPEDITION  OF   1841  ;    CONTAINING  AN  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  ROUTE  FROM 
MISSOLTU  TO  ASTORIA,  A  TABLE  OF  DISTANCES,  AND  THE  PHYSICAL  AND 
POLITICAL   DESCRIPTION    OF    THE    TERRITORY,    AND    1T9   SETTLE- 
MENTS, BY  A  MEM1ER  OF  THE  RECENTLY  ORGANISED 

OREGON  LEGISLATURE. 


7HE  WHOLE  CONCLUDING  WITH   AN   APPENDIX,  CONTAINING  THE  TREATIES, 
DIPLOMATIC   CORRESPONDENCE,   AND   NEGOTIATIONS   BETWEEN    SPAIN, 
RUSSIA,  GREAT   BRITAIN,  AND   THE   UNITED   STATES,  IN   RE- 
LATION  TO  THE   NORTH   WEST  COAST. 


NE  W    YORK: 

WILLIAM    H.    COLYER, 

No.  5  HAGUE-STREET. 
1846. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 67 

ABERT,  J.  W. 

Message  From  The  President  Of  The  United  States,  In 
Compliance  With  A  Resolution  Of  The  Senate,  Communi- 
cating a  report  of  an  expedition  led  by  Lieutenant  Abert,  on 
the  upper  Arkansas  and  through  the  country  of  the  Caman- 
che  Indians,  in  the  fall  of  the  year  1845.  June  16,  1846, 
Read  and  referred.  July  11,  ordered  printed. 

Journal  of  Lieutenant  J.  W.  Abert,  from  Bent's  Fort  to 
St.  Louis,  in  1845. 

[Washington:  1846.1  29th  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  Senate  Doc. 
438. 

8°  75  pp.  Map,  11  plates  of  scenery  and  1  of  a  Day's 
March  (Colored  plates  in  my  copy). 

Map: 

Map  showing  the  Route  pursued  by  the  Exploring  Ex- 
pedition to  New  Mexico  And  The  Southern  Rocky  Moun- 
tains Made  under  the  orders  of  Capt.  J.  C.  Fremont,  U.  S. 
Topographical  Engineers,  and  conducted  by  Lieut.  J.  W. 
Abert  assisted  by  Lieut.  W.  G.  Peck,  U.  S.  T.  E.  during 
the  year  1845. 

Abert's  report  begins  Aug.  9,  1845,  for  the  Survey  of  Purgatory 
Creek,  Canadian  and  False  Washita  acting  on  orders  received 
from  Capt.  Fremont.  Started  Aug.  12th  with  Fitzpatrick  as  guide, 
who  had  just  returned  from  South  Pass,  where  he  had  guided 
Col.  Kearny  and  the  Dragoons.  Went  West  to  Raton  Mountains 
and  thence  down  the  Canadian.  Refers  to  a  trip  of  a  Mr.  Stan- 
ley, probably  from  Gregg,  made  in  1825.  Returned  through  the 
Creek  Nation  in  the  Indian  Territory  and  arrived  at  Ft.  Gibson 
Oct.  21st. 

Contains  beautiful  colored  plates.  Abert  made  the  first  astron- 
omical observations  through  this  unknown  country  and  therefore 
his  map  is  of  great  importance.  107 

JAMES,  THOMAS 

Three  Years  Among  The  Indians  And  Mexicans.  By 
Gen.  Thomas  James,  Of  Monroe  County,  Illinois. 

Waterloo,  111.  Printed  At  The  Office  Of  The  "War 
Eagle."  1846. 

8°   130  pp. 

James  gives  an  account  of  his  experiences  on  the  Upper  Mis- 
souri, 1809-10,  his  expedition  to  Santa  Fe  in  1821-2,  and  his  ex- 
periences on  the  prairies  in  1823-4. 

The  only  copies  I  know  of  are  in  possession  of  the  N.  Y.  State 
Library,  Albany,  and  the  Missouri  Historical  Society,  St.  Louis. 

Reprinted  in  1916  by  the  Mo.  Hist.  Society,  with  notes  by 
Walter  B.  Douglas.  The  notes  give  location  of  various  later 
printed  journals,  etc. 


68  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Journal  of  J.  B.  Trudeau  among  the  Arikara  Indians  in  1795, 
Am.  Hist.  Review,  Vol.  19,  First  Part;  Mo.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.  Vol. 
IV,  No.  1,  Second  Part;  Bradley's  Journal  Mont.  Hist.  Soc.  Cont. 
II,  p.  152;  Capt.  Wm.  Becknell's  Journal,  Mo.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll. 
Vol.  II,  No.  6;  Col.  Marmaduke's  Journal  Mo.  Hist.  Review,  VI, 
Columbia,  1911. 

For  another  early  trip  to  Santa  Fe  (in  1822)  see  Journal  of 
Jacob  Fowler,  edited  with  notes  by  Elliot  Coues,  N.  Y.,  1898. 
Also  the  appendix  to  the  reprint  of  James.  108 

JOHNSON,  OVERTON,  AND  WINTER,  WM.  H. 

Route  Across  The  Rocky  Mountains,  With  A  Description 
Of  Oregon  And  California ;  Their  Geographical  Features, 
Theor  Resources,  Soil,  Climate,  Productions,  Etc.,  Etc.  By 
Overton  Johnson  And  Wm.  H.  Winter,  Of  The  Emigration 
Of  1843. 

Lafayette,  Ind :    John  B.  Semans,  Printer.     1846. 

8°  Title,  2  leaves  of  preface,  1  leaf  of  contents,  pages  9- 
152  of  text.  The  appendix,  pp.  141-152  contains  instructions, 
itinerary,  etc. 

A  very  rare  book,  not  seen  by  Bancroft. 

The  preface  states  that  the  route  to  California,  descriptive  of 
that  country,  and  the  return  to  Ft.  Hall  are  from  the  notes  of 
Winter. 

The  party  left  Independence  in  the  latter  part  of  May  (25th) 
and  arrived  at  Oregon  City  Nov.  13th.  Johnson  left  Oregon  City 
to  return,  19th  of  April,  1845.  Refers  to  Colonel  Kearny's  trip  to 
the  South  Pass  that  year  with  200  Dragoons.  Reached  Westport 
Aug  29th.  109 

[SAGE,  RUFUS  B.] 

Scenes  In  The  Rocky  Mountains,  And  In  Oregon,  Cali- 
fornia, New  Mexico,  Texas,  And  The  Grand  Prairies ;  Or 
Notes  By  The  Way,  During  An  Excursion  Of  Three  Years, 
With  A  Description  Of  The  Countries  Passed  Through, 
Including  Their  Geography,  Geology,  Resources,  Present 
Condition,  And  The  Different  Nations  Inhabiting  Them. 
By  A  New  Englander. 

Philadelphia :     Published  By  Carey  &  Hart.     1846. 

12°  XII,  13-303  pp.     Map. 

Map: 

Map  of  Oregon,  California,  New  Mexico,  N.  W.  Texas, 
and  the  proposed  Territory  of  Ne-Bras-Ka.  By  Rufus  B. 
Sage,  1846.  F.  Michelin's  lith.,  N.  Y. 

Sage  arrived  in  Westport  in  May,  1841,  too  late  to  accompany 
a  party  to  Oregon,  but  finally  left  Sept.  2nd  with  one  of  the 


ROUTE 


ACROSS   TUB   ROCKY    MOUNTAINS, 


WITH    A 


DESCRIPTION  OF  OREGON  AKD  CALIFORNIA; 


TBSIft 


GEOGRAPHICAL    FEATURES,    TtEIR    RESOURCES.    SOIL, 
CLIMATE,   PRODUCTIONS,  fcc.,  tc. 


BY  OVERTOH  JOHNSON  AKD  W«.  H.  \VI3fTEB, 

Of  THE  tMJG»»TIQN  Of  ISO. 


LAFAYETTE,  IND: 

JOHN    B.    SEMAN8,   PRINT  CR. 
1846. 


c  K  .N  i:  > 


ROCKY  MOUNTAINS, 


OREGON,  CALIFORNIA,  NEW  MEXICO,  TEXAS 
THE  GRAND  P 


NOTES  BY  THE  WAY, 

DURING  AN  EXCURSION  OF  THREE  YEARS, 

WITH    A 

DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  COWRIES  PASSED  THROUGH, 


INCLUDING   THEIR 


GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY,  RESOfRCES,  PRESENT  CONDITION,  AND 
THE  DIFFERENT  NATIONS  INHABITING  THEM. 


BY  A  NEW  ENGLANDER. 

PHILADELPHIA : 

PUBLISHED  BY  CAREY  &  HART. 

1840. 


ROU      E 


WITH  A  DESCRIPTION  OF 


WATERING-PLACES,  CROSSINGS,  DANGEROUS  INDIANS, 


BY   J.  M.  SHIVELY. 


WASHINGTON,  D.C 

WM.  GREEK,  PRINTER. 
1846. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  69 


return  fur  trade  parties.  Returned  to  Independence  July  21, 
1842.  Started  out  again  in  early  August  for  Ft.  Lancaster  and 
thence  to  the  Arkansas  and  while  on  Fountain  Creek  was  passed 
by  Fitzpatrick  and  Van  Dusen  on  their  way  to  the  States. 
Stopped  at  the  Pueblo  and  Taos  and  made  an  excursion  to 
Uintah  River  with  Roubideau.  After  a  short  stay,  continued 
to  Ft.  Hall  and  arrived  there  Nov.  9th,  returned  in  December  by 
North  Park  and  Middle  Park  on  the  Platte  River  and  wintered 
on  the  Platte  below  Cherry  Creek. 

He  says  Captain  Warfield,  a  Texan,  came  to  Ft.  Lancaster  for 
recruits  for  some  expedition.  Sage  found  the  Texans  on  the 
Arkansas  River  below  the  old  Fort.  He  finally  joined  Warfield 
between  the  Cimaron  and  the  Arkansas.  This  was  the  Snively 
expedition  of  which  he  gives  a  long  account,  including  the  sur- 
render to  Cooke.  He  then  returned  to  the  Platte.  He  met  Fre- 
mont at  Fort  Lancaster  in  July,  1843.  On  the  17th  of  March, 
1844,  he  started  from  Ft.  Lancaster  for  the  U.  S.  via  Bent's  Fort, 
thence  down  to  Van  Buren,  Arkansas,  which  he  reached  July  4th. 

The  second  edition,  revised  and  published  by  Carey  &  Hart,  in 
1847,  contains  the  name  of  the  author  on  the  title  page,  but  the 
map  was  apparently  not  issued  with  it,  and,  in  fact,  very  few 
copies  of  the  1846  edition  are  found  with  the  map.  110 

SHIVELY,  J.  M. 

Route  And  Distances  To  Oregon  And  California,  With 
A  Description  Of  Watering-Places,  Crossings,  Dangerous 
Indians,  Etc.,  Etc.  By  J.  M.  Shively. 

Washington,  D.  C.    Wm.  Greer,  Printer.     1846. 

8°  15  pp.     P.  P.  W.  with  the  same  title. 

Shively  was  an  Oregon  pioneer  and  described  the  route  from 
personal  experience. 

At  the  end  Shively  says:  In  Preparation  by  the  Author  a 
Concise  Description  of  the  Oregon  and  California  Countries, 
climate,  soil,  natural  productions,  together  with  a  map  of  the  same. 

Query:     Ever  published? 

Shively  left  Oregon  April  19,  1845,  and  arrived  at  Indepen- 
dence just  before  August  14th.  Niles  Register,  Aug.  30,  1845, 
page  416.  He  afterward  returned  to  Oregon  in  the  government 
service. 

Copy  in  Library  of  Congress,  and  in  the  New  York  Histori- 
cal Society.  Ill 

[STEWART,  WILLIAM  DRUMMOND] 

Altowan ;  Or,  Incidents  Of  Life  And  Adventure  In  The 
Rocky  Mountains.  By  An  Amateur  Traveller.  Edited  By 
J".  Watson  Webb.  In  Two  Volumes. 

Harper  &  Brothers,  Publishers  .  .  .  New  York.     1846. 

12°  Title,  XXIX,  25-255;  240  pp. 

Mr.  Webb  in  the  introduction  gives  some  of  his  own  personal 
experiences  in  the  army,  including  a  trip  from  Chicago  to  Ft. 


70  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Armstrong  on  the  Mississippi  in  the  winter  of  1821-2.  He  also 
says  the  book  itself  was  written  by  a  half-pay  officer  of  the 
British  army  who  first  came  to  New  York  in  1832,  and  then  went 
to  St.  Louis  and  with  General  Ashley  to  the  Rendezvous.  He 
then  remained  in  the  mountains,  went  to  the  Pacific,  returned  to 
the  mountains  and  after  Zl/2  years  in  the  mountains  returned  to 
St.  Louis.  After  spending  the  winter  of  1836-7  on  Long  Island 
with  Webb,  he  returned  to  the  mountains,  where  he  spent  two 
more  summers  and  a  winter.  Then  he  went  to  Scotland,  but  re- 
turned again  in  1842.  This  of  course  indicates  nobody  but  Stew- 
art as  the  author,  nevertheless  I  see  no  resemblance  between 
the  style  in  which  these  tales  are  written  and  that  of  "Edward 
Warren"  undoubtedly  written  by  Stewart. 

A.  J.  Miller  accompanied  Stewart  on  the  1837  expedition. 
Stewart,  according  to  Rose,  returned  to  the  river  in  the  fall  of 
1837  and  returned  to  the  mountains  in  the  summer  of  1838.  Rose 
returned  with  him  in  the  fall,  arriving  about  November.  See 
Journal  and  Enquirer,  N.  Y.,  May  7,  1839,  announcing  opening  of 
an  exhibit  of  pictures  at  the  Apollo  Gallery,  painted  at  New  Or- 
leans by  Miller,  from  sketches  made  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  the 
property  of  a  baronet  who  had  spent  nearly  seven  years  in  the 
mountains,  and  announcing  a  full  description  the  following  day — 
but  this  did  not  appear  on  the  8th.  The  N.  Y.  Commercial  Ad- 
vertiser, May  14,  1839,  says  the  paintings,  18  in  all,  belonged  to 
Stewart  who  was  shortly  leaving  for  England.  Exhibit  adver- 
tised May  15-23.  Four  of  these  paintjngs  by  Miller  were  in  the 
summer  of  1919  in  the  possession  of  a  dealer  in  Edinburgh. 

Mr.  Harry  Walters  has  in  his  possession  at  Baltimore  four 
large  portfolios  filled  with  sketches  by  Miller  of  events,  scenery, 
etc.,  made  on  his  expedition  with  Stewart.  112 

BARNUM,  JAMES  H. 

The  Traveller's  Guide,  Or  The  Life  of  James  H.  Barnum. 
Written  By  Himself. 
Gt.  Harrington :     1847. 
8°  52  pp.    Green  paper  covers  with  same  title. 

This  entertaining  and  very  little  known  work  of  travel  and  ad- 
venture is  confined  to  wanderings  about  the  Mississippi  Valley. 
Barnum  makes  one  or  two  remarks  about  a  journey  to  Oregon, 
but  I  think  this  journey  only  existed  in  his  imagination,  as  there 
is  absolutely  nothing  in  the  book  to  bear  out  any  such  claim. 

113 

BLANCHET,  F.  N. 

Memoire  Presente'  A  La  S.  Congregation  De  La  Propa- 
gande  Sur  Le  Territoire  De  L'Oregon,  Par  Mgr.  F.  N 
Blanchet,  Eveque  De  Drasa.  (In  "Rapport  Sur  Les  Mis- 
sions Du  Diocese  De  Quebec  Et  Autres  Que  En  Ont  Ci- 
Devant  Fait  Partie.  Juillet  1847,  No.  7"). 

Quebec  .  .  .  1847. 

This  report  occupies  pp.  3-24  of  this  number  and  contains  a 
condensed  account  of  the  evangelization  of  both  Californias  and 


THE   PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  71 


Oregon,  together  with  a  brief  account  of  the  early  colonization 
and  voyages,  both  by  land  and  sea.  This  is  followed  by  some 
extracts  of  letters  from  Demers  and  Bolduc  from  Oregon  City 
and  Willamette.  Demers  speaks  of  Warre  and  Vavassour,  pick- 
ing out  a  site  for  a  fortification  on  Cape  Disappointment.  114 

THE  CONQUEST  OF  SANTA  FE  And  Subjugation  Of 
New  Mexico,  By  The  Military  Forces  Of  The  United 
States ;  With  Documents,  Embracing  The  Opinions  Of  The 
Honourable  Thomas  H.  Benton,  Gen.  Sam  Houston,  And 
Others,  In  Reference  To  Annexation ;  And  A  History  of 
Colonel  Doniphan's  Campaign  in  Chihuahua.  By  A  Cap- 
tain Of  Volunteers. 

Philadelphia:     H.  Packer  &  Co.  ...  1847. 
8°  48  pp.  including  cover  title  and  title.     Cover  title  same 
except  omitting  paragraph  beginning  "With  Documents." 

The  Captain  of  Volunteers  worked  with  the  scissors  only, 
mostly  on  government  documents,  but  a  few  interesting  ones 
from  newspapers  and  other  sources  are  included.  I  understand 
there  were  several  issues  of  this  with  differences.  115 


COYNER,  DAVID  H. 

The  Lost  Trappers ;  A  Collection  Of  Interesting  Scenes 
And  Events  In  The  Rocky  Mountains ;  Together  With  A 
Short  Description  Of  California:  Also,  Some  Account  Of 
The  Fur  Trade,  Especially  As  Carried  On  About  The 
Sources  Of  The  Missouri,  Yellow  Stone,  And  On  The 
Waters  Of  The  Columbia,  In  The  Rocky  Mountains.  By 
David  H.  Coyner. 

Cincinnati:     J.  A.  &  U.  P.  James  .  .  .  1847. 
12°  XV,  17-255  pp. 

This  contains  an  account  of  the  trip  of  Capt.  Ezekiel  Williams 
to  the  Mountains  in  1807  to  return  the  Mandan  Chief.  Also 
the  further  adventures  of  Williams,  Workman  and  Spencer.  At 
the  end  is  a  lot  of  information  about  Astor's  Co.  and  Oregon; 
none  original. 

There  has  been  much  speculation  regarding  the  authenticity 
of  the  adventures  related  in  this  book  and  especially  because 
the  account  of  the  return  of  the  Mandan  Chief  is  untrue.  For 
the  true  story  of  Williams  see  Mo.  Hist.  Soc.  Coll.  Vol.  IV  No.  2. 

116 

CUTTS,  JAMES  MADISON 

The  Conquest  Of  California  And  New  Mexico,  By  The 
Forces  Of  The  United  States,  In  The  Years  1846  &  1847. 


72  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


By  James  Madison  Cutts.  With  Engravings,  Plans  Of 
Battle,  Etc. 

Philadelphia:     Published  By  Carey  &  Hart.     1847. 

12°  Eng.  port,  of  Kearny,  eng.  title  with  port,  of  Fre- 
mont, 264  pp.,  map  and  3  plans  included  in  the  pagination. 

This  contains  Capt.  Johnston's  notes  afterward  published  with 
the  Emory  Report,  also  some  communications  from  Kearny  in 
California,  together  with  a  short  account  of  the  return  of  Kearny 
and  his  party  June  to  August,  1847,  over  the  mountains,  from  the 
notes  of  an  officer,  (Swords),  one  of  the  party.  The  book  was 
published  in  the  fall  after  the  return  of  the  Doniphan  regiment 
to  St.  Louis.  117 


EDWARDS,  FRANK  S. 

A  Campaign  In  New  Mexico  With  Colonel  Doniphan. 
By  Frank  S.  Edwards,  A  Volunteer.  With  A  Map  Of  The 
Route,  And  A  Table  Of  The  Distances  Traversed. 

Philadelphia:     Carey  And  Hart.     1847. 

12°  XVI,  inc.  title  &  half  title,  17-184  pp.  Map.  [Table 
of  Distances  pp.  180-184]. 

Map: 

Map  showing  Col.  A.  W.  Doniphan's  Route  through  the 
States  of  New  Mexico,  Chihuahua  and  Coahuila.  (Eng. 
by  Thos.  Sinclair,  Phila. :  Copy,  by  Carey  &  Hart). 

This    is   the   most   entertaining   account    of   the    expedition. 
The   London   edition   of   1848   in    IV,    134   pp.,    12°    is   the    com- 
monest. 118 

FITZPATRICK,  THOMAS 

Letter  by  Thomas  Fitzpatrick  dated  Bent's  Fork,  Arkan- 
sas River,  Sept.  18,  1847.  30th  Cong.  1  Session,  Sen.  Ex. 
Doc.  1,  App.  to  the  Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Indian 
Affairs,  pp.  238-249. 

A  very  valuable  and  interesting  report  to  the  Indian  Commis- 
sioner in  which  he  recounts  his  experiences  with  Capt.  Love's 
party  from  June  10th,  the  attack  on  Hayden's  train  and  his  meet- 
ing with  the  Cheyenne  and  Arapahoe  chiefs.  He  wanted  a  com- 
pany of  250  riflemen  to  handle  the  Indians. 

See  Schoolcraft's  Archives,  Vol.  1,  page  257  for  an  article  by 
Fitzpatrick  on  the  Comanche  Indians.  In  the  same  volume  will 
be  found  an  article  by  R.  S.  Neighbors  on  the  Comanches  of 
Texas. 

March  1,  1847,  John  S.  Robb,  under  the  pseudonym  of  "Soli- 
taire," published  in  the  St.  Louis  Reveille  (Vol.  Ill,  No.  34),  an 
account  of  the  life  and  adventures  of  Fitzpatrick.  119 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  73 


HUGHES,  JOHN  T. 

Doniphan's  Expedition   [Vignette]    By  John  T.   Hughes. 
Of  The  First  Regiment  Of  Missouri  Cavalry.     Illustrated. 
Cincinnati:     Published  By  U.  P.  James.  .  .  . 
(Cover  title,   regular  title  follows): 

Doniphan's  Expedition ;  Containing  An  Account  Of  The 
Conquest  Of  New  Mexico ;  General  Kearney's  Overland 
Expedition  To  California ;  Doniphan's  Campaign  Against 
The  Navajos;  His  Unparalleled  March  Upon  Chihuahua 
And  Durango;  And  The  Operations  Of  General  Price  At 
Santa  Fe :  With  A  Sketch  Of  The  Life  Of  Col.  Doniphan. 
Illustrated  With  Plans  Of  Battle-Fields  And  Fine  Engrav- 
ings. By  John  T.  Hughes,  A.  B.,  Of  The  First  Regiment 
Of  Missouri  Cavalry. 

Cincinnati:    U.  P.  James  .  .  .   [1847]. 

8°  Tit.,  leaf  of  preface,  leaf  of  contents,  9-144  pp.  Front, 
the  Volunteer.  111.  in  text. 

Reprinted  by  James  in   1848  in  pp.  XII,  407  with  steel 
portraits  of  Price  and  Doniphan,  and  a  map. 
Map: 

A  New  Map  of  Mexico,  California  and  Oregon.  Pub.  by 
J.  A.  and  U.  P.  James.  Cin.  1848. 

Woodcut  of  "The  Volunteer"  and  3  plans  included  in  the 
pagination. 

Doniphan's  Report  of  the  march  from  El  Paso  to  Chihuahua 
published  in  Niles  Reg.  May  15,  1847,  in  full,  and  a  letter  from 
him  in  same,  July  3,  1847.  This  last  number  also  contains  list 
of  casualties  after  leaving  Chihuahua.  News  from  the  expedition 
will  be  found  in  Niles  Reg.,  Vol.  71,  pp.  241,  401  and  Vol.  72,  pp. 
71,  102,  192,  224,  252,  266,  316.  120 

PALMER,  JOEL 

Journal  Of  Travels  Over  The  Rocky  Mountains,  To  The 
Mouth  Of  The  Columbia  River ;  Made  During  The  Years 
1845  And  1846.  By  Joel  Palmer. 

Cincinnati :    J.  A.  &  U.  P.  James  .  .  .  1847. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  follows): 

Journal  Of  Travels  Over  The  Rocky  Mountains,  To  The 
Mouth  Of  The  Columbia  River;  Made  During  The  Years 
1845  And  1846:  Containing  Minute  Descriptions  Of  The 
Valleys  Of  The  Willamette,  Umpqua,  And  Clamet ;  A 
General  Description  Of  Oregon  Territory;  Its  Inhabitants, 
Climate,  Soil,  Productions,  Etc.,  Etc. ;  A  List  Of  Neces- 
sary Outfits  For  Emigrants ;  And  A  Table  of  Distances 


74  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


from  Camp  to  Camp  on  the  Route.  Also ;  A  Letter  from 
the  Rev.  H.  H.  Spalding,  resident  Missionary,  for  the  last 
ten  years,  among  the  Nez  Perce  Tribe  of  Indians,  on  the 
Koos-koos-kee  River ;  The  Organic  Laws  of  Oregon  Ter- 
ritory ;  Tables  of  about  300  words  of  the  Chinook  Jargon, 
and  about  200  Words  of  the  Nez  Perce  Language ;  a  De- 
scription of  Mount  Hood ;  Incidents  of  Travel,  etc.,  etc. 
By  Joel  Palmer. 

Cincinnati :  J.  A.  &  U.  P.  James,  Walnut  Street,  Between 
Fourth  And  Fifth.  1847. 

12°  Title,  leaf  of  ded.  to  "Pioneers  of  the  West,"  leaf  of 
pub.  adv.,  leaf  of  contents,  pages  [9]  to  189.  Slip  of  correc- 
tions. 

All  the  copies  that  I  have  seen  contain  the  same  material, 
pages  9  to  189,  but  the  preliminaries  vary.  Some  copies  in  the 
original  wrappers  contain  only  one  leaf,  some  two,  but  the  final 
form  is  as  above.  Apparently  when  the  book  was  first  put  out, 
it  contained  only  one  preliminary  leaf  which  was  the  leaf  of 
publisher's  advertisement.  This  on  the  back  was  marked  "IV." 
To  this  was  added  in  later  copies  leaf  of  contents  and  the 
leaf  of  ded.  last.  I  have  seen  one  copy  in  which  this  last  leaf 
had  no  paging  on  it  whatever.  Some  years  ago  a  copy  turned 
up  with  the  7  of  1847  on  the  title  page  put  in  with  a  pen.  It 
had  the  appearance  of  having  originally  been  a  6  so  it  is  pos- 
sible some  copies  exist  with  1846  on  the  title  page. 

Palmer's  home  was  in  Laurel,  Indiana,  and  he  wrote  this 
after  his  return,  July  23,  1846.  Thwaites  says  it  did  not  come 
from  the  press  till  late  in  the  spring  of  1847. 

For  Palmer's  return  trip,  see  Niles  Reg.,  Aug.  1,  1846,  (from 
St.  Louis  Rep.,  July  18). 

Thwaites  pronounces  this  book  the  best  account  of  the  Oregon 
trail,  so  full  that  it  could  be  and  was,  used  as  a  "Guide"  by  the 
following  emigrants.  121 

RICHARDSON,  WILLIAM  H. 

Journal  Of  William  H.  Richardson,  A  Private  Soldier  In 
Col.  Doniphan's  Command. 

Baltimore :     Printed  By  Jos.  Robinson.     1847. 

12°  84  pp.  P.  P.  W.  with  the  same  title  but  imprint 
Baltimore  :  Joseph  Robinson.  1847. 

This  edition  is  very  scarce,  the  book  being  usually  known  with 
the  New  York,  1848,  imprint. 

12°  96  pp.,  3  plates.  122 

ROBB,  JOHN  S. 

Great  American   Prize  Romance.     Kaam ;  Or,   Daylight. 
The  Arapahoe  Half-Breed,  A  Tale  Of  The  Rocky  Moun- . 
tains.     By  John  S.  Robb,  Esq.  .  .  . 


JOURNAL  OF  TRAVELS 


ROCKY    MOUNTAINS, 


Murcrc  DEscurrioxs  or  TH» 
VALLEYS  OF  THE  WILLAMETTE,  UMPQUA,  AND  CLAMET ; 

A   GE.NKRAL   DnCUTTION  OF 

OREGON   TERRITORY; 

ITS   INHABITANTS,    CLIMATE,    SOIL,   PRODUCTIONS,    ETC.,  KTC.  } 
A  LIST  OF 

NECESSARY  OUTFITS  FOR  EMIGRANTS; 

' 

AM)  A 

Cable  of  Dfstanccs  from  Camp  to  Camp  on  tfce  £Uute. 

ALSO; 

A  Letter  from  the  Rev.  H.  H.  Spalclinjr,  resident  Missionary,  for  the  last  ten  years, 
among  the  Nez  prrci  Tribe  or  Indians,  on  the  Kooi-koos-kee  Hirer;  The 
Organic  Laws  of  Oregon  Territory  ;  Tablet  of  about  300  word*  of  the  Chinook 
Jargon,  and  about  200  Words  of  the  Nez  Peree  Language ;  a  Description  of 
Mount  Hood ;  Incidents  of  Travel,  &«..  4c. 

BT  JOEL  PALMKR. 


CINCINNATI: 

J.  A.  dt   U.  P.  JAMES,  WALNUT  STREET, 

BETWEEN  FOURTH  AND  FIFTH. 

1847. 


JOURNAL 


OF 


WILLIAM  H.  RICHARDSON, 


A    PRIVATE    .SOLDIER 


IN 


COL.  DONIPHAFS  COMMAND. 


BALTIMORE : 
PRINTED    CV  .Fo.S.  ROBINSON. 

1847, 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  75 


Boston :    "Star  Spangled  Banner"  Office  .  .  .  1847. 
8°   42  pp.   incl.   title  and   cover  with   same  title,   except 
imprint — Jones,  Publisher  [Boston].     1847. 

A  note  on  the  title  page  says  a  premium  of  $150  was  paid  for 
this  lurid  tale  by  the  Dollar  Newspaper  of  Philadelphia.  123 

RUXTON,  GEORGE  F. 

Adventures  In  Mexico  And  The  Rocky  Mountains.  By 
George  F.  Ruxton,  Esq.,  Member  Of  The  Royal  Geograph- 
ical Society,  The  Ethnological  Society,  Etc.,  Etc. 

London :     John  Murray  .  .  .  1847. 

8°  VIII,  332  pp. 

Ruxton  left  Southampton,  Eng.,  July  2,  1845,  and  left  Mexico 
City  Sept.  14th,  1846,  and  traveled  via  Queretaro,  Silao,  Leon, 
Lagos,  Aguascalientes,  Zacatecas  to  Durango,  arriving  there  Oc- 
tober 4th  and  left  the  10th  for  Chihuahua.  He  met  Lieut.  Abert 
at  Valverde  and  proceeded  to  Santa  Fe  with  him.  Arrived  at 
Santa  Fe  December  22nd.  Spent  the  winter  at  the  Pueblo  on  the 
Arkansas  and  in  March  went  to  Manitou.  Mentions  going  to  the 
river  with  Garrard,  but  not  by  name.  Garrard,  in  Wah-To-Yah, 
mentions  meeting  Ruxton  in  Buffalo  in  August,  1848,  on  his 
return  to  the  mountains  from  England,  and  says  he  died  shortly 
after  in  St.  Louis. 

A  remarkable  journey  by  a  remarkable  man,  told  in  a  most 
interesting  manner.  Nothing  seems  to  be  known  of  the  object 
of  Ruxton's  trip  to  Mexico.  124 

SIMPSON,  SIR  GEORGE 

Narrative  Of  A  Journey  Round  The  World,  During  The 
Years  1841  And  1842.  By  Sir  George  Simpson,  Governor 
In-Chief  Of  The  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  Territories  In 
North  America.  In  Two  Volumes. 

London :     Henry  Colburn,  Publisher.     1847. 

8°    XI    (1),    438    pp.,    fold,    map.,    port.    Simpson;    VII, 
469  pp. 
Map: 

Map  Showing  the  Author's  Route,  (J.  Netherclift  &  Son, 
Lithog.) 

Embraces  his  trip  across  the  Hudson's  Bay  territory  to  the 
Pacific.  125 

SMET,  P.  J.  De 

Oregon  Missions  And  Travels  Over  The  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, In  1845-46.  By  Father  P.  J.  De  Smet,  Of  the  Society 
of  Jesus. 


76  THE   PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


New-York:  Published  By  Edward  Dunigan 

MDCCCXLVII. 

12°  Half  tit,  eng.  tit.,  printed  tit.,  pp.  (2)  [XI1-XII,  13- 
408  (4),  map  and  13  plates  (tinted).  Plates  after  drawings 
by  F.  Point.  Introduction  reprinted  from  the  Catholic 
Almanac. 

Map: 

Oregon  Territory.     1846. 

Translated,  probably  by  de  Smet  himself,  or,  at  least  prepared 
by  him,  and,  with  new  material  and  new  maps  and  plates,  as  fol- 
lows: 

Missions  De  L'Oregon  Et  Voyages  Aux  Mantagnes- 
Rocheuses,  Aux  Sources  De  la  Colombie,  de  1'Athabasca  et 
du  Sascatschawin ;  pendant  1'annee  1845-46.  Par  Le  Pere 
P.-J.  De  Smet,  de  la  Compagnie  de  Jesus  .  .  . 

Gand.  Chez  Ve.  Vander  Schelden.     [Cover  title]. 

12°  Eng.  title,  pp.  (4)  IX,  (3)  [91-389,  3  folded  maps  and 
15  plates  (those  of  the  N.  Y.  edition  except  the  portrait 
of  Insula,  with  3  new  ones  added  and  one  other  changed). 

Maps: 

Nouvelle  Carte  du  Territoire  de  L'Oregon,  dressee  par  le 
R.  P.  De  Smet,  de  la  Compagnie  de  Jesus,  1846. 

Nouvelle  Carte  Des  Sources  Du  Fleuve  Colombie,  dres- 
see par  le  R.  P.  De  Smet,  etc.  1846. 

Nouvelle  Carte  Des  Sources  De  La  Riviere  Tete-Plate, 
dressee  par  le  R.  P.  De  Smet,  etc.  1846. 

All  lith.  by  Vander  Schelden  as  well  as  the  plates. 

Also  a  translation  with  same  plates  as  N.  Y.  ed.,  Traduit  de 
1'Anglais,  Par  M.  Bourlez,  Paris,  Libraire  De  Poussielgue- 
Rusand,  .  .  .  1848.  12°  half  titl.,  eng.  and  printed  titles,  pp.  II, 
7-408,  13  tinted  plates,  no  map.  Printed  covers,  with  same  title. 

Contains  a  letter  by  F.  Joset  and  one  by  F.  Accolti,  not  in  the 
Eng.  ed.,  also  Origin  Des  Americains,  376-98.  The  plates  have 
French  titles,  otherwise  appear  to  be  the  American  originals. 

In  this  volume  De  Smet  details  various  trips  through  eastern 
Washington  and  a  trip  via  the  source  of  the  Columbia  to  the 
Athabasca,  the  Assiniboine  Country  and  the  Fort  of  the  Moun- 
tains, arriving  at  Ft.  Augusta  about  Jan.  1,  1846.  He  returned 
via  Boat  Encampment  and  Colville,  thence  to  Vancouver.  Left 
in  July  for  the  Upper  Mission  and  arrived  at  St.  Mary's  in 
August.  August  16th  left  for  Ft.  Lewis  and  on  the  28th  of  Sep- 
tember went  down  the  Missouri  River  to  St.  Louis,  arriving  at 
Westport  October  28th,  passing  the  Mormon  hosts  below  Council 
Bluffs  where  he  met  Brigham  Young. 

I  have  in  my  possession  the  manuscript  from  which  this  book 
was  printed,  including  De  Smet's  original  manuscript  map.  Much 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  77 


consists  of  printed  clippings  from  which  it  appears  that  a  por- 
tion of  these  letters  had  previously  appeared  in  print  in  some 
Catholic  newspaper,  or  probably  the  Catholic  almanac.  126 


ABERT,  J.  W. 

Report  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Communicating  In 
Answer  to  a  resolution  of  the  Senate,  a  report  and  map  of 
the  examination  of  New  Mexico,  made  by  Lieutenant  J. 
W.  Abert,  of  the  topographical  corps.  Feb.  10,  1848.  Ord- 
ered printed. 

[Washington,  18481.  30  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  Senate'  Ex.  Doc. 
23. 

8°  132  pp.,  21  plates  of  scenery  and  portraits  and  3  of 
fossils,  map. 

Map: 

Map  of  the  Territory  of  New  Mexico,  made  by  order  of 
Brig.  Gen.  S.  W.  Kearny,  under  instruction  from  Lieut.  W. 
H.  Emory,  U.  S.  T.  E.,  By  Lieuts.  J.  W.  Abert  and  W.  G. 
Peck,  U.  S.  T.  E.  1846-7.  C.  B.  Graham  lith.  Wash. 
(Scale  10  miles  to  the  inch). 

The  map  bears  a  notation  that  it  is  connected  with  the  map  of 
Senate  Doc.  438,  29  Cong.,  2  Sess. 

Evidently  this  is  the  first  edition  of  this  report,  the  plates 
being  bound  together  at  the  back,  having  been  finished  after  the 
report  had  been  printed  and  sewed.  The  plates  were  lithographed 
by  C.  B.  Graham. 

This  also  appeared  in  the  House  of  Rep.  edition  of  Emory  with 
the    same   plates    re-engraved   and   a    somewhat    improved    map. 
J.    M.    Stanley   accompanied    this    expedition    and    I    suspect    made 
the   sketches   from  which   the   plates   were   made. 

For  Abert's  return  to  Missouri,  see  Niles  Reg.,  March  20.  1847. 

127 

ALLEN,  A.  J. 

Ten  Years  In  Oregon.  Travels  And  Adventures  Of 
Doctor  E.  White  And  Lady  West  Of  The  Rocky  Moun- 
tains ;  With  Incidents  Of  Two  Sea  Voyages  Via.  Sandwich 
Islands  Around  Cape  Horn ;  Containing  Also  A  Brief 
History  Of  The  Missions  And  Settlements  Of  The  Country 
— Origin  Of  The  Provisional  Government — Number  And 
Customs  Of  The  Indians — Incidents  Witnessed  While 
Traversing  And  Residing  In  The  Territory — Description 
Of  The  Soil,  Production  And  Climate  Of  The  Country. 
Compiled  By  Miss  A.  J.  Allen. 

Ithaca,  N.  Y. :     Mack,  Andrus,  &  Co.,  Printers.     1848. 

12°  Title  (V)-XVI,  17-399  pp.,  port.  Doctor  and  Mrs. 
White. 


78  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


A  second  edition  of  this  was  published  in  1850  by  the  same 
publishers  in  430  pp. 

White,  after  a  trip  out  and  back  to  N.  Y.  by  water,  started  from 
Independence  May  14,  1842,  with  Medorem  Crawford  and  L.  W. 
Hastings.  At  Ft.  Laramie  secured  Fitzpatrick  as  guide  to  Ft. 
Hall.  July  12,  1845,  started  back  again,  C.  Saxton  in  the  party. 
Speaks  of  meeting  near  Ft.  Hall  a  Dr.  Burke,  collecting  botanical 
and  mineralogical  specimens  for  the  British  Government. 

White's  party  reached  Independence  Nov.  15.  (See  Niles  Reg., 
Dec.  6,  1845,  for  a  short  account  of  the  return  trip).  On  the  17th 
the  Independence  Express  published  an  extra  (reprinted  in  N.  Y. 
Weekly  Tribune,  Dec.  6th)  with  a  long  account  of  this  trip. 

White,  besides  making  a  claim  for  robbery  by  the  Pawnees 
while  on  his  return,  immediately  set  up  a  propaganda  in  favor  of 
Oregon.  He  published  in  the  Washington  Union  six  letters  on  the 
subject  (reprinted  in  N.  Y.  Weekly  Tribune,  Dec.  20  and  27,  1845), 
and  later  two  more  letters  in  the  Tribune  of  Feb.  21,  1846,  dated 
Feb.  2  and  9,  also  probably  from  the  Union. 

He  brought  the  Oregon  Memorial  which  was  presented  to  the 
Senate  Dec.  8th  by  Benton  and  to  the  House  by  Ingersoll. 

Charles  Saxton  returned  with  White.  He  addressed  a  letter 
from  Cincinnati,  Dec.  1,  to  the  Ohio  Statesman  (Niles  Reg.,  Dec. 
20,  1845). 

The  N.  Y.  Weekly  Tribune,  March  14,  1846,  has  an  account  of  a 
lecture  in  N.  Y.  City,  March  8,  by  Saxton  largely  devoted  to 
abuse  of  the  Hudson's  Bay  Co. 

After  their  return,  both  White  and  Saxton  published  books, 
both  of  excessive  rarity:  The  Oregonian;  Or  History  of  the  Ore- 
gon Territory;  etc.,  By  Charles  Saxton.  Washington:  Oregon 
City  .  .  .  1846.  12°  VI,  7-48,  and  leaf  for  certificate  and  copy- 
right. Title  calls  for  a  map,  but  the  copy  in  the  Wisconsin  Hist. 
Soc.,  from  which  this  collation  is  taken,  apparently  has  none. 

A  Concise  View  of  Oregon  Territory,  etc.,  By  Elijah  White, 
Wash.,  1846,  8°  72  (1)  pp.  This  is  nothing  but  a  reprint  of 
White's  letters  to  the  departments  in  Washington  from  Oregon, 
previously  printed  in  the  Govt.  reports.  128 

BRYANT,  EDWIN 

What  I  Saw  In  California:  Being  The  Journal  Of  A 
Tour,  By  The  Emigrant  Route  And  South  Pass  Of  The 
Rocky  Mountains,  Across  The  Continent  Of  North  Amer- 
ica, The  Great  Desert  Basin,  And  Through  California,  In 
The  Years  1846,  1847.  ...  By  Edwin  Bryant,  Late  Alcalde 
Of  St.  Francisco. 

New  York:     D.  Appleton  &  Co.  ...  MDCCCXLVIII. 

12°  455  pp. 

Bryant  left  Independence  May  5,  1846,  arrived  Sutter's  Fort 
September  5th  with  Colonel  Russell's  party,  and  returned  over- 
land via  the  Truckee  with  Col.  Kearny's  party  in  June,  1847.  129 

CLAYTON,  W. 

The    Latter-Day    Saints'    Emigrants'    Guide :      Being    A 


THE 

LATTER-DAY  S AUNTS' 

EMIGRANTS'  GUIDE: 


TABLE  OF  DISTANCES, 


SHOWING    ALL    THE 


SPRINGS,  CREEKS,  RIVERS,  HILLS,  MOUNTAINS, 

CAMPING.PLACES,  AND  ALL  OTHER  NOTABLE  PLACES, 

;!    ,     FROM  COUNCIL  BLUFFS, 

!    • '  '  '•   '  <r  TO   THE 

VALLEY  OF  THE  GREAT  SALT    LAKE. 


LATITUDES,  LONGITUDES  AND  ALTITUDES 

OF  THE  PROMINENT  POINTS  ON  THE 


TOGETHER  \VJT1I  REMARKS  ON  THE  NATURE  OF  THE  LANP 

TIMBER.  Gin.-.-;.  &e, 


THK    WHOLE    KCU-TE     HAVING    BF.F.S    f\|-.F.HI.IY    MTv'VFFP     IV     A    RO\DOMF.- 

TtK,    AND   THK    niSTANCE    TU<'M    1  -T,    IN 

ENGLISH    MILES,    ACCtU  ATll.V    sh...W.S. 


BY    W.   CLAYTON. 


ST.    LOUIS: 

MO.  REPUBLICAN  STEAM  POWEll  FREs.^— CHAMBERS  &.  KXAPP 

1548. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  79 


Table  Of  Distances,  Showing  All  The  Springs,  Creeks, 
Rivers,  Hills,  Mountains,  Camping  Places,  And  All  Other 
Notable  Places,  From  Council  Bluffs,  To  The  Valley  Of 
The  Great  Salt  Lake.  Also,  The  Latitudes,  Longitudes 
And  Altitudes  Of  The  Prominent  Points  On  The  Route. 
Together  With  Remarks  On  The  Nature  Of  The  Land, 
Timber,  Grass,  Etc.  The  Whole  Route  Having  Been 
Carefully  Measured  By  A  Roadometer,  And  The  Distance 
From  Point  To  Point,  In  English  Miles,  Accurately  Shown. 
By  W.  Clayton. 

St.  Louis :  Mo.  Republican  Steam  Power  Press — Cham- 
bers &  Knapp.  1848. 

12°  Title;  3-4  Preface;  5-21  Guide;  22-4  Notes. 

Preface  dated  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  13th  March,  1848.  Clayton  had 
evidently  been  over  the  road  and  made  the  guide  from  personal 
experience. 

I  have  not  seen  any  other  copy  than  mine  of  this  guide,  writ- 
ten by  a  Mormon  who  went  out  to  Salt  Lake  with  the  advanced 
Mormon  emigration  and  invented  an  odometer  to  measure  the 
distance.  Afterward  Clayton  was  a  very  prominent  citizen  of 
Utah.  130 


EMORY,  W.  H. 

Notes  Of  A  Military  Reconnaissance,  From  Fort  Leaven- 
worth,  In  Missouri,  To  San  Diego,  In  California,  Including 
Parts  Of  The  Arkansas,  Del  Norte,  And  Gila  Rivers.  By 
W.  H.  Emory,  Brevet  Major,  Corps  Topographical  Engi- 
neers. Made  In  1846-7,  With  The  Advanced  Guard  Of  The 
"Army  Of  The  West." 

Washington :  Wendell  And  Van  Benthuysen,  Printers. 
1848.  (30  Cong.  1st  Sess.  Senate  Ex.  7). 

8°  416  pp.  26  plates  of  scenery  and  portraits.  3  plans, 
14  plates  botany.  Map  in  pocket. 

Map: 

Military  Reconnaissance  of  the  Arkansas ;  Rio  del  Norte 
and  Rio  Gila,  By  W.  H.  Emory,  Lieut.,  Top.  Eng.,  .  .  . 
Constructed  under  the  orders  of  Col.  J.  J.  Abert,  Ch.  Corps, 
Top.  Eng.,  1847.  Drawn  by  Joseph  Welch.  C.  B.  Graham, 
Lith.,  Wash. 

The  House  of  Representatives  also  printed  this  report 
with  the  same  title  and  with  additions.  It  occurs  as  Ex. 
Doc.  No.  41,  30  Cong.  1st  Sess.  It  contains  614  pp.,  64 
plates,  3  plans,  2  small  folding  maps  besides  the  large  map 
in  the  pocket,  which  is  the  same  as  the  one  in  the  Senate 
edition. 


80 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Contents : 

Title  letter  and  sub-title,  pp.  1-6;  Report  of  Emory  dated 
Sept.  1,  1847,  pp.  7-14;  Journal  from  Bent's  Fort  to  the 
Pacific,  pp.  15-126;  Appendix  I:  Some  ethnographical  notes 
by  A.  Gallatin  and  letter  to  Gallatin  by  Emory,  pp.  127-134; 
3  plans,  26  plates  scenery;  Appendix  2:  Botany  by  John 
Torrey,  with  14  plates,  pp.  135-159;  Appendix  3-5;  tables, 
pp.  160-385;  Appendix  6:  J.  W.  Abert's  notes,  from  Ft. 
Leavenworth  to  Bent's  Fort,  pp.  386-414;  Appendix  7, 
Cooke's  Detour,  pp.  415-416;  Report  of  Lieut.  J.  W.  Abert 
of  His  Examination  of  New  Mexico  In  the  Years  1846-47, 
pp.  417-546,  21  plr.tes  of  scenery,  3  of  fossils,  map  of  New 
Mex.  by  J.  W.  Abert  and  W.  G.  Peck;  Notes  concerning 
fossils  by  J.  W.  Bailey,  pp.  547-8 ;  Report  of  Lieut.  Col.  P. 
St.  George  Cooke  of  his  march  from  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico, 
to  San  Diego,  Upper  California,  pp.  549-563,  map  (Sketch 
of  the  Route) ;  Journal  of  Captain  A.  R.  Johnston,  First 
Dragoons,  pp.  565-614. 

The  Senate  edition  contains  Emory's  and  Lieutenant  Abert's 
reports  in  full  but  the  Cooke  report  was  limited  to  two  pages. 
The  plates  of  scenery  in  the  Senate  edition  in  the  Emory 
narrative  were  after  sketches  by  J.  M.  Stanley,  the  well  known 
artist,  and  were  lithographed  by  E.  Weber  &  Co.,  Baltimore,  the 
botany  plates  by  G.  &  W.  Endicott,  New  York.  In  the  House 
edition  for  some  reason,  all  the  plates  appear  as  lithographed 
by  C.  B.  Graham,  Washington. 

Emory's  Journal  from  Ft.  Bent  Aug.  3  to  Sept.  7  just  before 
departure  from  Santa  Fe  to  California  was  printed  in  Niles  Reg- 
ister, Vol.  71,  pp.  138,  154,  174  (Oct.  and  Nov.,  1846)  reprinted 
from  the  Wash.  Union.  The  diary  differs  somewhat  from  that 
published  in  this  book,  having  many  more  details  of  a  personal 
character  and  therefore  more  interesting,  but  in  the  main  is  the 
same.  Niles  Register  for  last  half  of  1846  and  first  half  of  1847 
contains  many  scattered  notices  of  New  Mexico  and  the  cam- 
paign there.  Niles  Register  for  June  12,  1847  contains  an  ex- 
tract of  letter  from  Stanley  on  the  ruins  in  the  Gila  Valley.  See 
also  Niles  Register,  May  29,  1847,  for  Lieut.  Peck's  return  trip 
from  Santa  Fe  with  Lieuts.  Talbot  and  Beale,  Kit  Carson  and 
Robert  E.  Russell  from  California.  See  also  same  number 
for  a  letter  from  Emory  dated  Panama,  March  15  (on  his  return) 
in  regard  to  the  Kearny-Stockton  dispute.  131 

FREMONT,  JOHN  CHARLES 

Geographical  Memoir  Upon  Upper  California,  In  Illus- 
tration Of  His  Map  Of  Oregon  And  California,  By  John 
Charles  Fremont :  Addressed  To  The  Senate  Of  The  United 
States. 

Washington:  Wendell  And  Van  Benthuysen,  .  .  .  1848. 
30  Cong.  1  Sess.  Sen.  Misc.  Doc.  148. 


.Sketches  of  the  Great  West, 


JOURNAL 

OF 

Stye  Santa- ft  (forpe&ition, 

UNDER  COL.  DOX1PHAN, 

WHICH  LEFT   ST.   LOUIS  IX  JUNE,  184»J. 


KEPT  BV 

JACOB  S.  ROBINSON, 
Of  Portsmouth,  N.  H.  a  Member  of  the  Expedition. 


PORTSMOUTH  JOUBNAL  PRESS. 
1848. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  81 

8°  67  pp.,  map.     P.  P.  W.  with  same  title. 

Map: 

Map  of  Oregon  and  Upper  California  from  the  Surveys 
of  John  Charles  Fremont,  etc.,  drawn  by  Charles  Preuss. 
Scale  of  one  to  3,000,000. 

I  have  seen  many  copies  in  the  original  wrappers,  only  one 
with  the  map.  I  found  it  once  sewed  in  with  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  23  of 
the  same  Congress. 

A  letter  from  Fremont,  dated  S.  F.,  Jan.  24,  1846,  giving  a 
short  description  of  his  journey  to  California,  was  published  in 
Niles  Reg.,  May  16,  1846  (page  161).  (Appears  to  have  been  ad- 
dressed to  his  wife).  132 

HOLMES,  CAPTAIN  REUBEN 

The  Five  Scalps,  a  Mountain  Story  by  the  late  Capt.  R. 
Holmes,  U.  S.  Army. 

St.  Louis  Reveille,  July  17,  24,  1848,  and  first  published 
in  the  St.  Louis  Beacon  in  1828. 

Capt.  Holmes,  while  stationed  at  Council  Bluffs  in  1823-26,  be- 
came acquainted  with  Edward  Rose  and  obtained  from  him  the 
facts  concerning  his  career  which  are  embodied  in  this  story, 
"Five  Scalps"  being  one  of  Rose's  Indian  names.  (Information 
from  Miss  Drumm,  librarian  of  the  Mo.  Hist  Soc.) 

For  a  later  account  of  Rose  see  Montana  Hist.  Soc.,  Cont., 
Vol.  VIII,  p.  156,  for  an  article  by  Lieut.  Bradley.  133 

ROBINSON,  JACOB  S. 

Sketches  of  the  Great  West.  A  Journal  Of  The  Santa- 
Fe  Expedition,  Kept  By  Jacob  S.  Robinson. 

Portsmouth:     Published  by  Wm.  B.  Lowd.     1848. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  as  follows): 

Sketches  of  the  Great  West.  A  Journal  Of  The  Santa- 
Fe  Expedition,  Under  Col.  Doniphan,  Which  Left  St. 
Louis  In  June,  1846.  Kept  By  Jacob  S.  Robinson  Of 
Portsmouth,  N.  H.  a  Member  of  the  Expedition. 

Portsmouth  Journal  Press.     1848. 

18°  Title;  leaf  of  introduction;  pp.  5-71. 

Robinson  went  on  the  Navajo  expedition  of  which  he  gives 
a  very  interesting  account,  as  well  as  of  the  journey  from  Ft. 
Leavenworth  to  Santa  Fe.  134 

SCHMOLDER,  CAPITAIN  B. 

Neuer  praktischer  Wegweiser  fiir  Auswanderer  nach 
Nord-Amerika  in  drei  Abtheilungen  mit  Karten,  Planen 


82 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

und  Ansichten.  Erste  Abtheilung  enthalt :  Oregon  und 
Californien  und  Allgemeines  iiber  das  Mississippi-und  Mis- 
souri-Thai, ferner:  Anweisungen  mit  Zeitgewinn  die  besten 
und  billigsten  Landereien  und  Pachtungen  von  Farman, 
wie  auch  verschiedene  Gewerbszweige  in  Stadten  ausfindig 
zu  machen,  Klima,  Boden,  Prodkute,  Agrikultur-und 
Handelsverhaltnisse,  Kosten-Ueberschlag  der  vortheilhaf- 
testen  Reise-Routen  zu  Wasser  und  zu  Land  nach  alien 
neuen  Staaten  und  Gebieten  bis  an  die  West-Kiiste.  Von 
Capitain  B.  Schmolder,  Landereien-Agent  der  vereingten 
Staaten  von  Nord-Amerika. 

Mainz.     1848. 

8°  Port.  Sutter  facing  title ;  title ;  leaf  introduction  dated 
Mainz,  December,  1847  and  signed  by  Schmoelder;  leaf 
contents ;  120  pp. ;  3  other  plates,  plan  and  map. 

I  have  not  seen  the  edition  with  1848  on  the  title  page,  but 
my  copy  of  1849  has  exactly  the  same  title  except  for  the  dif- 
ference in  date,  (1849). 

The  above  collation  is  taken  from  my  copy,  so,  also  is  the  list 
of  maps  and  plates  which  follows: 

Map: 

Map  Die  Vereingten  Staaten  von  Nord-America  und 
Mexico.  .  .  .  M.  Landrath  Capt.  B.  Schmolder.  .  .  . 

Plates : 

View  of  San  Francisco  harbor,  page  17;  Buffalo  Chase 
on  the  Platte,  page  51  ;  View  Fort  Helvetia,  page  73;  Plan 
of  Sutterville,  page  79. 

The  map  was  drawn  and  lithographed  in  Mainz  after  Schmoeld- 
er's  notes. 

From  a  note  at  the  top  of  this  map  the  work  was  circulated  in 
America  by  German  newspapers,  but  Schmoelder  already  had 
agents  in  San  Francisco — Franksen  and  Wosselhof. 

Schmoelder  went  overland  from  the  Missouri,  probaly  in  1845- 
46,  and  seems  to  have  worked  up  a  colonization  scheme  with 
Sutter.  He  evidently  returned  to  Germany  before  December, 
1847,  (date  of  the  introduction),  and  published  this  book  to  boost 
his  colonization  scheme.  It  seems  likely  that  the  gold  discovery 
killed  the  plan. 

Some  time  after  the  discovery  of  gold,  probably  about  January, 
1849,  this  book  was  made  the  basis  of  an  "Emigrant's  Guide  To 
California,  Describing  Its  Geography,  Agricultural  and  Commer- 
cial Resources.  Containing  A  Well-Arranged  List  of  the  Com- 
modities Most  Desirable  For  Exporting  To  That  Country,  etc., 
etc.,  Together  With  A  Valuable  Map,  etc.,  and  an  Authentic 
Sketch  of  San  Francisco,  etc.  By  A  Traveller  Recently  Returned 
From  California"  (i.  e.  Schmoelder).  London:  Pelham  Richardson 
(n.  d.).  Front,  map  65  pp.,  XII  app.,  1  index.  All  of  this  except 
the  introduction  and  the  appendix  and  the  part  beginning  on  page 
60,  "How  to  reach  California,"  is  a  translation  from  Schmoelder. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  83 


The  most  interesting  part  of  Schmoelder's  book,  the  trip  to 
Oregon  and  California,  pp.  45-57,  the  scheme  for  founding  a  trad- 
ing station  in  San  Francisco,  pp.  89-96,  and  the  route  from  Santa 
Fe  to  California  and  his  scheme  for  a  communal  settlement,  pp. 
96-102  were  not  translated.  Pp.  102-120  gives  routes,  distances, 
etc.,  etc.  The  translated  portions  consist  of  a  description  of  Cali- 
fornia. The  account  of  Capt.  Schmoelder  says  he  had  a  land 
grant  of  50  square  stunden  (2l/2  miles  square)  from  the  sea  coast 
northwest.  135 


SWORDS,  THOMAS 

A  letter  from  Thomas  Swords,  quartermaster,  dated 
Washington  City,  October  8,  1847. 

Occupies  pp.  226-236  of  Ex.  Doc.  I  of  H.  R.  30  Cong.  1 

Sess.     (1848). 

Swords  accompanied  Kearny  on  his  march  to  California  and 
also  on  his  return,  and  this  letter  is  devoted  to  a  description 
of  the  journey  out  and  back,  with  a  short  notice  of  his  trip  to 
the  Sandwich  Islands  for  supplies.  The  last  few  pages  contain 
a  discussion  of  the  various  routes  to  California,  and  page  236 
a  table  of  distances  from  Monterey  to  Ft.  Leavenworth  via  the 
Truckee  River  and  Ft.  Hall.  135-A 


WARRE,  H. 

Sketches  In  North  America  And  The  Oregon  Territory. 
By  Captain  H.  Warre,  (A.  D.  C.  to  the  late  Commander  of 
the  Forces). 

Lithographed,  Printed  and  Published  by  Dickinson  &  Co., 
114  New  Bond  Street.  [1848].  [London]. 

4°  Title,  leaf  ded.,  5  pp.  text,  20  views  on  16  plates, 
map. 

Map  shows  author's  route  across  the  continent  by  the  Hud- 
son's Bay  Co.'s  brigade  route,  although  from  Edmonton  they 
went  far  south  and  crossed  to  Kootenay  Lake,  probably  by  what 
is  now  known  as  the  Crow's  Nest  Pass. 

Lieut.  Vavassour  accompanied  Warre,  who  was  no  doubt  sent 
out  by  the  Government  to  obtain  some  information  regarding 
Oregon.  The  party  left  Montreal  May  5,  1845,  reaching  Van- 
couver Aug.  25.  After  visiting,  during  the  winter,  the  Willamette 
country,  Vancouver's  Island  and  the  Puget  Sound,  the  party  left 
on  return  March  25  and  proceeding  rapidly  via  Boat  Encamp- 
ment, arrived  at  Montreal  July  20  and  Liverpool  August  12. 

The  plates  were  issued  in  two  forms,  black  and  tinted,  and  it 
is  possible  some  were  even  issued  colored  by  hand,  but  it  is 
more  likely  that  the  colored  copies  which  exist  were  colored 
by  the  purchasers,  a  common  practice  at  that  time. 

From  references  in  correspondence  of  the  times  it  seems  these 
officers  were  sent  out  by  the  British  government  with  the  inten- 
tion of  fortifying  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  River.  See  reports 


84  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


of  documents  regarding  their  mission  in  Washington  Hist.  Quar- 
terly for   April,    1912.  136 

WEBBER,  CHARLES  W. 

Old  Hicks  The  Guide;  Or,  Adventures  In  The  Camanche 
Country  In  Search  Of  A  Gold  Mine.  By  Charles  W.  Web- 
ber. 

New  York:  Harper  &  Bros.  1848.  2  Vols,,  usually 
bound  in  one. 

12°  356  pp. 

This  is  a  wonderful  love  story  embellished  with  adventures 
among  the  Indians  on  the  western  borders  of  Texas.  The  last 
part  of  the  book  is  devoted  to  a  search  for  the  famous  Gold 
Mountain  which  the  author  places  somewhere  between  the  north 
Canadian  River  and  the  Guadalupe  Mountains.  137 

WISLIZENUS,  [R]  A. 

Memoir  Of  A  Tour  To  Northern  Mexico,  Connected 
With  Col.  Doniphan's  Expedition,  In  1846  And  1847.  By 
A.  Wislizenus,  M.  D.  [With  A  Scientific  Appendix  And 
Three  Maps]. 

Washington.  Tippin  &  Streeter,  Printers.  1848.  30 
Cong.  1  Sess.  Sen.  Misc.  Doc.  26. 

8°  86  pp.  of  text,  Botanical  Appendix  by  Dr.  George 
Engleman  pp.  87-116;  Meteorological  Tables  pp.  117-33; 
Geol.  Sketch  and  Misc.,  pp.  135-141 ;  three  maps. 

Maps: 

[Profile  of  his  route]. 

Geological  Sketch. 

Map  of  a  Tour  from  Independence  to  Santa  Fe,  Chihua- 
hua, Monterey  and  Matamoros  By  A.  Wislizenus  in  1846 
and  1847.  Lith.  by  E.  Weber  &  Co.,  Baltimore. 

My  copy  has  a  special  title — A  Tour  in  Northern  Mexico 
Connected  With  Colonel  Doniphan's  Expedition  in  1846-47.  By  A. 
Wislizenus.  1848  Tippin  and  Streeter  Washington. 

Started  from  Independence  May  14,  1846,  on  a  private  trip  and 
reached  Chihuahua  Aug.  24.  Went  with  Speyer's  train.  After 
an  exile  of  six  months  at  Cusihuiriachic  he  joined  Doniphan  and 
continued  with  him  on  the  march  back.  138 

YOUNG,  BRIGHAM 

General  Epistle  From  The  Council  Of  The  Twelve 
Apostles,  To  The  Church  Of  Jesus  Christ  Of  Latter  Day 
Saints  Abroad,  Dispersed  Throughout  The  Earth,  Greet- 
ing: Beloved  Brethren: — 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  85 


8°  8  pp.  Signed  at  end  Brigham  Young,  President. 
Willard  Richards,  Clerk  n.  p.  n.  d.  but  at  the  end  occurs 
the  following:  Written  at  Winter  Quarters,  Omaha  Nation, 
west  bank  of  Missouri  River,  near  Council  Bluffs,  North 
America,  and  Signed  December  23rd,  1847,  in  behalf  of  the 
Quorum  of  the  Twelve  Apostles. 

It  was  probably  printed  in  Liverpool  in  1848  by  the  Mormon 
press  there. 

The  pamphlet  contains  an  account  of  the  journey  of  the  pio- 
neer party  which  left  Nauvoo  in  February,  1846,  the  enlistment 
of  the  Mormon  battalion  in  July,  the  building  of  Winter  Quar- 
ters, and  finally  the  journey  of  the  143  pioneers  from  April  14, 
1847  to  arrival  in  Salt  Lake  Valley,  and  the  founding  of  the 
City.  Young  and  most  of  the  pioneers  returned  to  the  Missouri 
in  October,  arriving  at  Winter  Quarters  October  31st. 

The  rest  of  the  pamphlet  is  devoted  to  an  appeal  to  the 
Saints  to  rendezvous  at  the  Missouri  by  the  first  of  May,  1848, 
and  further  directions  to  those  in  Great  Britain  to  proceed  via 
New  Orleans.  On  page  6  Young  says  they  have  a  printing  press 
with  them,  and  it  is  possible  that  this  Epistle  was  printed  on 
that  press,  but  I  do  not  think  likely. 

It  must  not  be  forgotten  that  Salt  Lake  was  then  in  Califor- 
nia, and  Young  refers  to  what  is  now  California  as  Western  Cali- 
fornia. 138-A 


BENNETT,  EMERSON 

The  Prairie  Flower;  Or,  Adventures  In  The  Far  West. 
By  Emerson  Bennett.  Author  Of  The  "Bandits  Of  The 
Osage,"  "The  Renegade,"  "Mike  Fink,"  "Kate  Clarendon," 
Etc.,  Etc.,  ... 

Stratton   &   Barnard :    Cincinnati   And   St.   Louis.      1849. 

8°  Title  and  half  title,  pp.  9-128,  to  which  are  attached 
two  leaves  of  publishers'  advertisements,  one  of  which  reads 
as  follows : 

"The  Prairie  Flower  etc.  This  work  is  just  issued,  and 
was  originally  written  for  the  "Great  West."  Its  unpre- 
cedented popularity  and  the  solicitation  of  numerous  liter- 
ary friends  has  induced  us  to  publish  it  in  the  cheap  pub- 
lication form.  It  embraces  the  travels  of  a  party  of  young 
men  from  an  eastern  city  across  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
thence  to  California,  with  a  close  examination  of  what  has 
since  proved  to  be  gold,  together  with  many  exciting 
scenes  incident  to  such  a  daring  adventure.  Price  25 
cents." 

The  verso  of  title  page  has  the  copyright  notice  dated 
1848,  and  entered  by  Robinson  &  Jones  who  were  the  publish- 
ers of  the  "Great  West."  From  this  and  the  prospectus  of  the 
"Great  West"  for  1849,  one  of  the  advertisements  at  the  end, 


86  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


it  appears  that  the  story  was  first  published  in  the  "Great  West" 
in  1848. 

The  note  to  the  introduction  of  the  "New  Edition,  revised  and 
corrected  by  the  author"  and  published  by  U.  P.  James  without 
date,  but  probably  in  1850,  says  this  first  appeared  in  1849,  and 
although  a  large  edition  was  printed,  the  edition  was  exhausted 
in  three  months. 

Sidney  W.  Moss,  who  went  out  with  the  Hastings  party  in 
1842,  said  he  wrote  the  story  and  gave  it  to  Overton  Johnson, 
who  went  back  in  1844,  but  that  Bennett  got  hold  of  it  and 
published  it  as  his  own.  Lang,  in  "History  of  the  Willamette 
Valley,"  tells  a  story  about  this  having  been  read  by  the  author  at 
meetings  of  a  literary  society  in  Oregon  City  in  the  winter 
of  1842-3.  139 


BENNETT,  EMERSON 

Leni-Leoti ;  Or,  Adventures  In  .The  Far  West.  By 
Emerson  Bennett.  Author.  .  .  . 

Published  By  Stratton  &  Barnard.  Cincinnati  &  St. 
Louis.  Printed  At  "The  Great  West"  Office.  1849. 

8°  Title,  pp.  11-117. 

Copyright  1849  by  E.  Penrose  Jones,  on  verso  of  title 
page.  Probably  had  a  half  title. 

This  a  sequel  to  the  Prairie  Flower  and  containing  the  adven- 
tures to  1844  was  probably  Bennett's  own  work,  and  seems  to 
have  appeared  in  the  "Great  West"  for  1849,  although  the  pros- 
pectus does  not  forecast  its  appearance.  140 

BLANCHET,  F.  N. 

Mission  De  Walla-Walla.  (Published  in  "Rapport  Sur 
Les  Missions  Du  Diocese  De  Quebec  Avril  1849.  No.  8." 
pp.  1-33.  Quebec:  1849). 

This  contains  a  short  account  of  the  journey  of  Bishop  Blan- 
chet  in  1847  from  Westport  to  Oregon,  together  with  the  account 
by  Brouillet  of  the  Whitman  massacre.  This  account  contains 
copies  of  correspondence  with  Colonel  Gilliam,  Governor  Aber- 
nathy  and  letters  of  Blanchet  regarding  the  massacre.  This  ac- 
count of  Brouillet  was  taken  from  the  Melanges  Religieux,  and  the 
accounts  of  the  journey  are  extracts  from  the  same  journal.  141 


COOKE,  P.  ST.  GEORGE 

Report  From  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Communicating,  In 
Compliance  with  a  Resolution  of  the  Senate  of  the  21st  of 
February,  1849,  a  copy  of  the  official  journal  of  Lieutenant 
Colonel  Philip  St.  George  Cooke  from  Santa  Fe  to  San 
Diego,  etc.  March  19,  1849.  Read  and  ordered  to  be 
printed. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 87 

[Washington,  1849].     30th  Cong.  Special  Session,  Senate, 
Doc.  2. 
8°  85  pp. 

This  is  the  first  publication  in  full  of  this  journal,  short  ex- 
tracts only  being  appended  to  Emory's  Reconnaisance  in  1847. 
Col.  Cooke  commanded  the  Mormon  Battalion  on  this  march. 

The  History  of  the  Mormon  Battalion  and  this  march  was 
written  -by  Sergeant  Daniel  Tyler,  one  of  them — "A  Concise  His- 
tory of  the  Mormon  Battalion  In  the  Mexican  War,  1846-1847.  By 
Sergeant  Daniel  Tyler.  1881."  [Probably  at  Salt  Lake].  8°  VIII. 
9-376  pp.  142 

CREUZBAUR,  ROBERT 

Route  From  The  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Lower  Missis- 
sippi Valley  To  California  And  The  Pacific  Ocean,  Illus- 
trated By  A  General  Map  And  Sectional  Maps:  With 
Directions  To  Travellers.  Compiled  By  Robert  Creuzbaur, 
1849.  Authorities : 

1.  Fremont's    Report    of    his    Exploring    Expedition    in 
1843-'44. 

2.  Emory's  Notes  of  a  Military  Reconnaissance  in  1846- 
'47. 

3.  Cook's  Report  of  his  march  with  wagons,  from  Santa 
Fe  to  the  Pacific. 

4.  Ford's   Report  of  his   exploring  Expedition   in   com- 
pany with  Major  Neighbors  (Indian  Agent.)  from  Austin, 
Texas,-to  El  Paso  del  Norte,  in  1849. 

5.  The  Records  of  the  General  Land  Office  of  the  State 
of  Texas.    And  others. 

Published  By  H.   Long  &  Brother,  New  York.     Robert 
Creuzbaur,  Austin,  Texas.     1849. 
16°  40  pp.  plus  one  adv.,  5  maps. 

Maps: 

No.  1 — General  Map. 

No.  2 — Ford's  Route  from  Austin  to  El  Paso. 
No.  3 — Sketch  of  Part  of  the  March  and  Wagon  road  of 
Lt.  Col.  Cooke  in  1846-47. 

No.  4 — Copied  from  W.  H.  Emory's  Map  of  1847. 
No.  5 — Copied  from  Fremont's  Maps  of  1845-8. 

Contains  1  large  and  4  other  small  maps  numbered.  The  large 
map  is  important  and  rare,  one  of  the  smaller  ones  being  new 
and  the  other  three  being  copies  from  Emory,  etc.  Cloth  cover 
with  title, — Guide  To  California  And  The  Pacific  Ocean,  etc.,  etc. 

Maps  2-5  show  the  route  from  Austin,  Texas,  through  to 
Nueva  Helvetia  via  El  Paso,  the  Gila  and  Los  Angeles. 


88  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Of  the  text  the  only  part  of  any  value  is  the  letter  of  Ford, 
dated  Austin,  June  18,  1849,  addressed  to  the  editor  of  the  Texas 
Democrat,  and  giving  a  condensed  report  on  the  route  from  Aus- 
tin to  El  Paso,  obtained  on  an  expedition  made  by  Ford  with 
Major  Neighbors  in  1849.  The  rest  of  the  text  is  compiled 
from  Fremont,  Emory  and  Cooke  and  the  Records  of  the  General 
Land  Office  of  the  State  of  Texas. 

A  complete  copy  in  the   Library  of  the  University  of  Texas. 

143 

DEMERS,  MODESTE 

Mission  De  Vancouver.  Lettre  de  Monseigneur  de  Van- 
couver a  un  pretre  de  1'Archeveche.  (In  "Rapport  Sur  Les 
Missions  Du  Diocese  de  Quebec.  Avril  1849.  No.  8." 
Quebec:  .  .  .  1849). 

This  contains  an  account  by  Demers  of  his  journey  from  Van- 
couver Island  to  St.  Paul  from  March  20,  1846,  to  August  15, 
passing  by  the  H.  B.  Co.'s  route  through  Ft.  Jasper,  Ft.  Carleton 
and  Red  River.  144 


M'LEAN,  JOHN 

Notes  Of  A  Twenty-Five  Years'  Service  In  The  Hudson's 
Bay  Territory.  By  John  M'Lean.  In  Two  Volumes. 

London :  Richard  Bentley,  New  Burlington  Street.  .  .  . 
1849. 

12°  XII  (including  tit.  &  hlf.  tit),  13-308;  VII,  9-328  pp. 

In  Vol.  I,  after  services  in  Central  Canada,  he  was  sent  to 
New  Caledonia  via  Winnipeg  and  the  Saskatchewan  and  put  in 
charge  of  Ft.  George.  In  Vol.  II  he  returned  via  Norway  House 
to  Labrador,  thence  later  to  Ft.  Simpson.  Apparently  M'Lean 
was  never  in  Oregon  except  for  a  short  trip  to  Ft.  Colville  and 
Okanagan.  M'Lean  entered  the  services  of  the  company  in  the 
winter  of  1820-1.  145 

PARKMAN,  FRANCIS 

The  California  And  Oregon  Trail :  Being  Sketches  Of 
Prairie  And  Rocky  Mountain  Life.  .  .  .  By  Francis  Park- 
man,  Jr. 

New  York:     Geo.  P.  Putnam.  .  .  .  1849. 

12°  Front.;  eng.  tit.;  title;  preface  dated  Boston,  Feb. 
15,  1849;  pp.  7-8  contents;  pp.  9-448  text.  Also  issued  in  2 
parts. 

Originally  published  in  the  Knickerbocker  Magazine,  N.  Y., 
1848,  Vols.  31  and  32. 

Left  St.  Louis  with  Quincy  A.  Shaw  April  28,  1846,  and  West- 
port  some  time  later,  going  as  far  as  Ft.  Laramie,  traveling  with 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  89 


three  Englishmen.  On  the  return  from  Ft.  Bent,  passed  the  Mor- 
mon Battalion.  The  Englishmen  went  on  to  Oregon  and  returned 
to  New  York  via  the  Sandwich  Islands  and  Panama. 

The  plains  were  full  of  white  men  and  Indians  in  the  summer 
of  1846,  and  Parkman  had  plenty  of  company.  He  mentions  find- 
ing Bissonette  encamped  100  miles  south  of  Ft.  Laramie  with 
a  half-breed  family,  possibly  Long's  Bissonette.  146 

PRATT,  ORSON 

Interesting  Items  Concerning  the  Journeying  of  the 
Latter-Day  Saints  from  the  City  of  Nauvoo,  until  their 
location  in  the  Valley  of  the  Great  Salt  Lake.  (In  Millenial 
Star,  Vols.  XI  and  XII,  Liverpool,  1849-50). 

Extracted  from  the  private  journal  of  Orson  Pratt.  147 


ROSS,  ALEXANDER 

Adventures  Of  The  First  Settlers  On  The  Oregon  Or 
Columbia  River :  Being  A  Narrative  Of  The  Expedition 
Fitted  Out  By  John  Jacob  Astor,  To  Establish  The  "Pacific 
Fur  Company" ;  With  An  Account  Of  Some  Indian  Tribes 
On  The  Coast  Of  The  Pacific.  By  Alexander  Ross,  One  of 
the  Adventurers. 

London :   Smith,  Elder  &  Co.  ...  1849. 

8°  Pp.  XV  (1),  352.    Map. 

Map: 

Map  Of  The  Columbia  to  Illustrate  Ross's  Adventures. 
George  &  Co.,  Lithog. 

Ross  gives  a  detailed  account  of  the  overland  expeditions  of 
Hunt  and  Stuart,  pp.  169-184  and  227-243.  148 

RUXTON,  GEORGE  FREDERICK 

Life  In  The  Far  West  By  George  Frederick  Ruxton 
Author  Of  "Travels  In  Mexico,"  Etc. 

William  Blackwood  And  Sons,  Edinburgh  And  London. 
M.  D.  CCC.  XLIX. 

12°  XVI,  312  pp. 

First  printed  in  Blackwood's  Magazine  Nos.  63  and  64.  (1848). 
I  have  not  seen  a  copy  in  book  form  with  1848  on  the  title  page, 
although  I  believe  it  was  first  published  as  a  book  in  that  year. 

Ruxton  went  to  England  in  1847,  wrote  his  first  book  and  also 
this  series  of  sketches.  In  these  sketches  occurs  an  account  of 
Walker's  expedition  to  California  in  1833-4,  possibly  told  him  by 
Mark  Head,  who  was  one  of  the  party,  probably  of  the  indepen- 
dent trappers  to  which  Leonard  belonged.  This  account  is  some- 


90  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


what    fanciful.      It   plainly   states   that    the   party   returned    by   the 
Spanish  trail  as  no  doubt  a  part  of  the  party  did. 

The  preface  contains  a  sketch  of  Capt.  Ruxton  who  died  in 
St.  Louis  in  September,  1848,  on  his  way  to  the  Rocky  Mts.  on  a 
second  trip,  having  outlined  a  trip  to  Colorado,  South  Park  and 
then  to  Salt  Lake.  149 

THORNTON,  J.  QUINN 

Oregon  And  California  In  1848:  By  J.  Quinn  Thornton, 
Late  Judge  Of  The  Supreme  Court  Of  Oregon,  And  Cor- 
responding Member  Of  The  American  Institute.  With  An 
Appendix,  Including  Recent  And  Authentic  Information  On 
The  Subject  Of  The  Gold  Mines  Of  California,  And  Other 
Valuable  Matter  Of  Interest  To  The  Emigrant,  Etc.  With 
Illustrations  and  a  Map.  In  Two  Volumes. 

New  York :    Harper  &  Bros.  .  .  .  1849. 

12°  IX  (1),  13-393  pp.,  fold,  map,  6  plates;  title,  VII-IX 
(3),  13-379,  6  plates. 

Map: 

Map  of  California,  Oregon,  Texas,  etc.  J.  H.  Colton,  N. 
Y.  1849.  (Harper  and  Brothers). 

With  Col.  Russell,  leader,  left  Westport  May  12,  1846,  with  the 
California  Donner  party  behind  them.  The  Donners,  however, 
caught  up  on  Soldier  Creek.  Arrived  Ft.  Hall  August  7.  Here 
they  met  Jesse  Applegate,  who  had  come  out  from  Oregon  on  his 
new  road  which  road  the  company  now  took.  On  Ogden's  River 
Ex-Gov.  Boggs  left  the  party  and  went  to  California.  Arrived  at 
Forest  Grove,  Oregon,  Nov.  29,  after  very  harrowing  experi- 
ences. 

Vol.  II  contains  a  long  account  of  the  Donner  party,  with  full 
accounts  of  the  various  relief  expeditions.  On  page  17  of  Vol.  II, 
Thornton,  in  speaking  of  Hall  J.  Kelley's  emigration  scheme 
which  had  been  abandoned,  says  that  John  Ball  and  Calvin  Tib- 
bits,  who  went  out  in  1832,  were  members  of  Kelley's  society. 

150 

WARE,  JOSEPH  E. 

The  Emigrants'  Guide  To  California,  Containing  Every 
Point  Of  Information  For  The  Emigrant — Including 
Routes,  Distances,  Water,  Grass,  Timber,  Crossing  Of 
Rivers,  Passes,  Altitudes,  With  A  Large  Map  Of  Routes, 
And  Profile  Of  Country,  Etc.,  With  Full  Directions  For 
Testing  And  Assaying  Gold  And  Other  Ores.  By  Joseph 
E.  Ware.  (Vignette). 

Published  By  J.  Halsall,  ...  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

On  verso  of  title — St.  Louis,  Mo.  Printed  at  the  Union 
Office:  1849. 

16°  Title,  leaf  dedication  to  Benton,  leaf  int.,  pp.  7-56. 
Map  47>^xl5  inches  on  very  thin  paper. 


THE 


EMIGRANTS' GUIDE 

TO 

CALIFORNIA, 

CONTAINING  EVKRY  POINT  OF  INFORMATION  FOR 

THE  EMIGRANT-INCLUDING  ROUTES,  DISTANCES, 

WATER,  GIIASS,  TIMBER,  CROSSING  OF    RIVERS, 

PASSES,   ALTITUDES,   WITH   A  LAUGE  MAP  OF 

ROUTES,    AND    PROFILE  OF  COUNTRY,  &C.,— 

WITH   FULL  DIRECTIONS  FOR  TESTING  AND 

ASSAYING  GOLD  AND  OTHER  ORES. 


BY  JOSEPH  E.   WARE. 


PUBLISHED  BY  J.   HALSALL, 

No.  124  MAIN  STREET, 

ST.     LOUIS,    MO. 


CALIFORNIA 


A  TRIP 


ACROSS  THE  PLAINS, 


IN  THE  SPRING  OF  1850. 


BEING    A    DAILY    RECORD   OF    INCIDENTS    OF    THE    TKlt'   OVER    TI 
PLAINS,  THE   DESERT,   AND    THE    MOUNTAINS,   SKETUIKS    or 
THE  COUNTRY,  DISTANCES    FROM    CAMP  TO    ('AMI'.   ETC.. 


AND  CONTAINING  VALUABLE  INFORMATION 


TO    EMIGRANTS. 


AS     TO    WHERE    THEY     WILL    FIND    WOOD,   WATEK,   AND   <:R.\ss 
AT    ALMOST   EVERY    STEP   OF    THE   JOURNEY. 


BY  JAMES  ABBEY. 


NEW  ALBANY,  IND.: 

PUBLISHED  BY  KENT  &  NORMAN,  AND  J.  R.  NTNEMACHKR. 
1850. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  91 


Map: 

Map  of  the  Route  To  California,  Compiled  From  Accu- 
rate Observations  and  Surveys  by  Government.  Engraved 
By  Joseph  E.  Ware,  No.  31  Locust  St.,  St.  Louis.  (Copy- 
right secured  according  to  law).  At  the  top  is  a  Profile  of 
the  Route  from  the  Mouth  of  the  Kansas  to  San  Francisco. 

On  verso  of  title:  We  are  authorized  by  Major  S.  P.  Sub- 
lette,  the  celebrated  mountaineer,  to  say  that  the  "Emigrant's 
Guide  to  California"  is  accurate  and  complete  in  its  description, 
routes,  etc. 

The  route  described  was  via  the  South  Pass,  Sublette  Cut-off, 
Salt  Lake  City  and  the  Humboldt  River. 

I  had  a  copy  of  this  with  a  Colton  1849,  map  in  it,  but  I 
finally  located  the  proper  map  in  a  copy  belonging  to  N.  Y.  Hist. 
Soc.  151 


WEBBER,  CHARLES  W. 

The  Gold  Mines  Of  The  Gila.  A  Sequel  To  Old  Hicks 
The  Guide.  By  Charles  W.  Webber.  Vol.  I. 

New  York:    Dewitt  &  Davenport,  Publishers.  .  .  .  1849. 

12°  Title,  3  leaves  of  dedication,  preface  and  contents,  pp. 
1-134;  new  title,  leaf  of  contents,  pp.  135-263. 

This  lurid  tale  of  Texas  life  on  the  border  was  written  with  a 
distinct  object  of  getting  up  what  the  author  calls  the  Centralia 
Exploring  Expedition  to  California  via  the  valleys  of  the  Pecos, 
the  Gila  and  the  Colorado  of  the  West. 

Webber,  who  had  been  a  member  of  the  Rangers  in  Texas, 
had  heard  numerous  tales  about  the  existence  of  a  gold  and 
quicksilver  region  north  of  the  Gila  River,  and  he  wanted  to 
get  up  an  expedition  to  explore  what  he  calls  the  unknown  and 
unconquered  land.  Pages  188  to  the  end  of  this  book  contain 
extracts  from  nearly  all  the  authors  known  to  him  who  had 
written  on  New  Mexico  and  who  had  anything  to  say  about 
mines.  He  also  quotes  from  the  New  Orleans  Picayune  an  ar- 
ticle by  Mr.  Peebles  on  the  Corpus  Christi  route  to  California  via 
El  Paso. 

Webber  finally  got  up  this  expedition,  but  owing  to  the  prev- 
alence of  cholera  on  the  lower  Rio  Grande  River,  and  finally  the 
loss  of  the  horses  at  Corpus  Christi,  it  was  abandoned.  J.  W. 
Audubon,  who  was  a  friend  of  Webber's,  was  to  have  been  one 
of  the  party,  but  owing  to  the  delays  he  went  on  with  Colonel 
Webb's  expedition,  and  Webber  himself  never  got  to  California. 

152 
ABBEY,  JAMES 

California.  A  Trip  Across  The  Plains,  In  The  Spring  Of 
1850,  Being  A  Daily  Record  Of  Incidents  Of  The  Trip 
Over  The  Plains,  The  Desert,  And  The  Mountains, 
Sketches  Of  The  Country,  Distances  From  Camp  To  Camp, 
Etc.,  And  Containing  Valuable  Information  To  Emigrants, 


92  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


As  To  Where  They  Will  Find  Wood,  Water,  And  Grass 
At  Almost  Every  Step  Of  The  Journey.  By  James  Abbey. 

Published  By  Jno.  R.  Nunmacher,  City  Bookstore,  Kent 
&  Norman,  Ledger  Buildings,  New  Albany,  Ind. 

C.  Hagan  &  Co.,  Louisville ;  Wm.  H.  Moore  &  Co.,  Cin- 
cinnati ;  and  Lippincott,  Grambo  &  Co.,  Philadelphia.  1850. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  as  follows): 

The  regular  title  is  the  same  with  the  exception  of  the 
imprint — New  Albany,  Ind. :  Published  By  Kent  &  Nor- 
man And  J.  R.  Nunemacher.  1850. 

12°  Title,  leaf  of  introduction,  5-64  pp. 


This  rather  circumstantial  diary,  or  at  least  the  first  part 
of  it  previously  appeared  in  the  "New  Albany  Ledger."  The 
party  left  St.  Louis,  Mo.  April  13th,  and  arrived  at  Weayers- 
ville,  California,  August  19th.  They  traveled  by  the  ordinary 
route  via  Ft.  Laramie  and  the  South  Pass  and  Salt  Lake.  153 


BESCHKE,  WM. 

The  Dreadful  Sufferings  And  Thrilling  Adventures  Of 
An  Overland  Party  Of  Emigrants  To  California :  Their 
Terrible  Conflicts  !  With  Savage  Tribes  Of  Indians  ! !  And 
Mexican  Bands  Of  Robbers ! ! !  With  Marriage,  Funeral, 
And  Other  Interesting  Ceremonies  And  Customs  Of  Indian 
Life  In  The  Far  West.  Compiled  From  The  Journal  Of 
Mr.  George  Adam,  One  Of  The  Adventurers,  By  Prof.  Wm. 
Beschke. 

St.  Louis,  Mo. :     Published  By  Barclay  &  Co.     1850. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  same,  except  slight  change  in 
punctuation). 

8°  Front.,  title,  plate,  VI-X  pp.,  plate  (both  sides),  13-71 
pp.  with  cut  on  the  back  of  p.  71,  also  on  back  cover. 

This  has  all  the  appearance  of  being  a  romance.  154 

CARLETON,  [JAMES  HENRY] 

The  Overland  Route  To  California.  Major  Carleton's 
Tables  of  Distances.  (In  "Stryker's  Am.  Reg.  and  Magazine 
for  July,  1850,"  pp.  246-52). 

In  a  letter  from  Ft.  Leavenworth,  Feb.  1,  1850  to  the  editors 
of  the  Intelligencer. 

The  routes  described  are  from  Ft.  Leavenworth  to  El  Paso  via 
Santa  Fe,  Ft.  Leavenworth  to  Ft.  Laramie,  Ft.  Laramie  to  Ft. 
Pierre.  Carleton  says  the  information  is  from  Col.  Aeneas 
Mackay  and  Capt.  Alexander  B.  Dyer.  155 


A  REPORT, 


IS  T  B  E  P  O  II  M  OF  A  J  O  f  U  N  A  L, 


TO  THE  QUARTERMASTER- GENERAL, 


TO  OREGON, 


FROM    MAY    10    TO    OCTOBER    5,    1849. 


BY  MAJOR  0.  CROSS, 

•;••  \KT--tor  •  "-TV.-;  UNITED  STATES   ARMT. 


PHILADELPHIA: 

C.    SHERMAN,   PRINTER. 
1850. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  93 

CROSS,  OSBORNE 

A  Report,  In  The  Form  Of  A  Journal,  To  The  Quarter- 
master-General, Of  The  March  Of  The  Regiment  Of 
Mounted  Riflemen  To  Oregon,  From  May  10  To  October 
•  5,  1849.  By  Major  O.  Cross,  Quartermaster  United  States 
Army. 

Philadelphia :     C.  Sherman,  Printer.     1850. 

8°  Tit.,  leaf  of  list  of  111.,  5-228;  map,  37  plates. 

Map: 

Map  of  North  America,  by  J.  Calvin  Smith,  [with  small 
map  of  the  Gold  Regions  of  California  as  inset]. 

Contains  the  same  plates  published  by  the  Government  in  its 
publication  of  this  march,  in  the  Report  of  the  Quartermaster 
General  for  1850.  As  this  well  printed  copy  seems  to  be  the  only 
one  known;  Query:  Did  Cross  have  it  printed  for  his  own  use? 

The  list  calls  for  35  plates,  but  there  are  36,  and  one  extra  of 
the  Dalles.  Same  extra  plate  occurs  in  the  Government  report. 
This  report  occupies  pages  126-240  of  Senate  Ex.  Doc.  No.  1,  31 
Cong.,  2nd  Session  and  has  36  plates,  although  the  list  only 
calls  for  35.  .  156 

CULBERTSON,  THADDEUS  A. 

Journal  Of  An  Expedition  To  The  Mauvaises  Terres  And 
The  Upper  Missouri  In  1850.     By  Thaddeus  A.  Culbertson. 
Smith.  Inst.  Ann.  Report,  1850,  App.  IV,  pp.  84-145. 
Also  found  in  32  Cong.  Special  Session,  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  1. 

Started  from  Ft.  Pierre  May  7.  Gives  a  very  interesting  ac- 
count of  the  forts  and  Indians  on  the  Missouri  River. 

For  a  long  account  of  Culbertson  and,  in  fact,  the  history  of 
the  Upper  Missouri  country,  see  Lieut.  James  H.  Bradley's  "Af- 
fairs At  Fort  Benton"  in  Contributions  to  the  Historical  Society 
of  Montana,  Vol.  III.  157 

GARRARD,  LEWIS  H. 

Wah-To-Yah,  And  The  Taos  Trail ;  Or  Prairie  Travel 
and  Scalp  Dances,  With  A  Look  At  Los  Rancheros  From 
Muleback  And  The  Rocky  Mountain  Campfire.  By  Lewis 
H.  Garrard. 

Cincinnati :  Published  By  H.  W.  Derby  &  Co. ;  New 
York.  A.  S.  Barnes  &  Co.  1850. 

12°  VI  (2),  349  pp. 

Garrard  left  camp  near  Westport  Sept.  12,  1846,  with  a  Santa 
Fe  train  under  St.  Vrain  and  went  to  Ft.  William.  Gives  an  ac- 
count of  the  Taos  massacre  and  the  subsequent  trials  of  the 
prisoners  at  which  he  was  present.  Met  Jim  Beckworth  and 


94  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


gives  some  account  of  him.  Also  met  Carson  and  Beale  on  their 
way  east.  Mr.  Ruxton  also  joined  the  party  on  the  Purgatoire 
on  their  return  to  St.  Louis  in  the  summer  of  1847. 

In  a  footnote  on  page  299  he  tells  of  meeting  Ruxton  again  in 
Buffalo  in  Aug.,  1848.  Ruxton  admitted  being  the  author  of  "Life 
in  the  Far  West,"  then  in  course  of  publication  in  Blackvvood's 
Magazine.  Ruxton  was  on  his  way  to  the  mountains  and  left  the 
same  day  but  died  in  St.  Louis.  158 

JOHNSTONE,  J.  E.,  AND  OTHERS 

Reports  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War,  With  Reconnaissances 
Of  Routes  From  San  Antonio  To  El  Paso,  By  Brevet  Lt. 
Col.  J.  E.  Johnston ;  Lieutenant  W.  F.  Smith ;  Lieutenant 
F.  T.  Bryan;  Lieutenant  N.  H.  Michler;  And  Captain  S.  G. 
French,  Of  Q'rmaster's  Dep't.  Also,  The  Report  Of  Capt. 
R.  B.  Marcy's  Route  From  Fort  Smith  To  Santa  Fe ;  And 
The  Report  Of  Lieut.  J.  H.  Simpson  Of  An  Expedition 
Into  The  Navajo  Country ;  And  The  Report  Of  Lieutenant 
W.  H.  C.  Whiting's  Reconnaissances  Of  The  Western 
Frontier  Of  Texas.  July  24,  1850.  Ordered  Printed. 

Washington:  Printed  At  The  Union  Office.  1850.  (31st 
Cong.,  1st  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  64). 

8°  Title,  Letters,  Anderson  &  Abert,  pp.  3-4;  Smith's 
Report,  pp.  4-7,  13-14;  Michler's  Report,  pp.  7-13,  29-39; 
Bryan's  Report,  pp.  14-25;  French's  Report,  pp.  40-54; 
Simpson's  Report,  pp.  55-168,  map ;  Marcy's  Report,  pp. 
169-233;  Whiting's  Report,  pp.  235-250;  map,  72  plates 
(nos.  2,  21  and  39  never  published). 

Maps: 

Map — Reconnaissances  of  routes  from  San  Antonio  to  El 
Paso  of  Johnston,  [etc.]  including  Whiting's,  1849. 

Map  of  the  Route  pursued  by  Lieut.  Col.  Washington  in 
the  expedition  against  the  Navajos.  By  J.  H.  Simpson, 
assisted  by  E.  M.  Kern. 

The  plates  belong  to  the  Simpson  Report  and  were  made  from 
sketches  by  R.  H.  and  E.  M.  Kern,  mostly  by  the  latter,  and  were 
lithographed  by  P.  S.  Duval,  Philadelphia.  159 

KANE,  THOMAS 

The  Mormons.  A  Discourse  Delivered  Before  The  His- 
torical Society  Of  Pennsylvania :  March  26,  1850.  By 
Thomas  L.  Kane. 

Philadelphia:     King  &  Baird.  .  .  .  1850. 

8°  84  pp. 

An  account  of  the  Mormon  migration  to  Utah  in  1846-7.        160 


McXEIL'S  TRAVELS 


In  1HJ9, 


TO,    THROUGH    AND     FROM 


THE 


IN  CALIFORNIA. 


B  Y    ,s  A  M  U  T.  I,   M  c  N  E  I  L , 

A   M;»1.MAKI.K. 


COLUMBUS: 

S  < :  O  T  T    \    tt  \  *•  i '  O  M  ,    PRINT  K  R 

1850. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 95 

McNEIL,  SAMUEL 

McNeil's  Travels  In  1849,  To,  Through  And  From  The 
Gold  Regions,  In  California.  By  Samuel  McNeil,  A  Shoe- 
maker. 

Columbus :    Scott  &  Bascom,  Printers,  1850. 

8°  40  pp. 

McNeil  gives  a  short  account  of  his  journey  across  Mexico 
from  Brazos  via  Monterey,  Parras,  Durango  to  Mazatlan.  He 
left  New  Orleans  Feb.  28,  1849  and  arrived  at  San  Francisco, 
May  30.  161 

RAE,  JOHN 

Narrative  Of  An  Expedition  To  The  Shores  Of  The 
Arctic  Sea  In  1846  And  1847.  By  John  Rae,  Hudson  Bay 
Company's  Service,  Commander  Of  The  Expedition.  With 
Maps. 

London:     T.  &  W.  Boone.     1850. 

8°  Pp.  VIII,  247  (1)  2  maps. 

Maps: 

Discoveries  of  the  Hon.ble  Hudson's  Bay  Co's.  Arctic 
Expedition  to  the  North  of  Repulse  Bay :  Conducted  by 
John  Rae,  Esq.  1846-1847. 

The  Discoveries  made  by  the  Hon.ble  Hudson's  Bay  Co's. 
Arctic  Expeditions  between  the  years  1837-1855. 

Rae  passed  over  the  Ft.  William — Norway  House  trail,  in  1845. 

162 

ROBINSON,  J.  H. 

Kosato,  The  Blackfoot  Renegade.  By  J.  H.  Robinson, 
Author  Of  "Silver  Knife,"  Etc. 

Boston:  Published  At  The  Yankee  Notion  Office.  .  .  . 
1850. 

8°  48  pp.  P.  P.  W.  with  same  title  except  imprint  is, — 
Boston :  Published  By  Hotchkiss  &  Co.  .  .  . 

The  "Kosato"  occupies  the  first  38  pp.  and  is  followed  by 
"Clemence  De  La  Faille,"  by  Thomas  Williams,  Esq.  163 

SALAZAR  YLARREGUI,  JOSE 

Datos  De  Los  Trabajos  Astronomicos  Y  Topograficos 
Dispuestos  En  Forma  De  Diario.  Practicados  Durante  El 
Ano  De  1849  Y  Principios  De  1850  Por  La  Comision  De 
Limites  Mexicana  En  La  Linea  Que  Divide  Esta  Republica 


96 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

De  La  De  Los  Estados-Unidos,  For  El  Geometra  De 
Dicha  Comision,  Jose  Salazar  Ylarregui,  .  .  . 

Mexico.    Imprenta  De  Juan  R.  Navarro.  .  .  .  1850. 

8°  Title,  V,  7-123  pp.  2  maps.  Pp.  7-16,  Introduction; 
17-38,  Resumen  (of  the  work) ;  39-123,  Tables  and  Astron- 
omical Data. 

Maps: 

Piano  de  la  parte  austral  del  puerto  de  S.  Diego,  etc.,  Afio 
de  1850. 

Piano  de  la  Confluencia  de  los  rios  Gila  Y  Colorado  .  .  . 
Afio  de  1850. 

A  very  rare  book,   even  in   Mexico.  164 

SAWYER,  LORENZO 

Way  Sketches.  Containing  Incidents  of  travel  across  the 
Plains  from  St.  Joseph,  to  California. 

These  sketches  appeared  in  the  Family  Visitor  of  Cleveland, 
probably  copied  from  the  Ohio  Statesman,  during  the  fall  of  1850 
and  winter  of  1850-1.  They  were  written  by  Lorenzo  Sawyer, 
afterward  Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  California,  in 
the  form  of  a  day  by  day  journal  and  form  one  of  the  most 
readable  of  all  the  overland  narratives  of  gold  rush  days  that  I 
have  read.  165 

SIMPSON,  [J.  H.] 

Report  From  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Communicating,  In 
Compliance  with  a  resolution  of  the  Senate,  the  report  and 
map  of  the  route  from  Fort  Smith,  Arkansas,  to  Santa  Fe, 
New  Mexico,  made  by  Lieutenant  Simpson.  Jan.  14,  1850. 
Ordered  printed. 

31st  Cong.  1st  Sess.  Senate,  Ex.  Doc.  12. 

8°  25  pp.  4  maps. 

Maps: 

Map  of  route  pursued  by  U.  S.  Troops  from  Fort  Smith, 
Arkansas,  to  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico,  via  South  Side  of 
Canadian  River  in  the  year  1849.  Lt.  Simpson,  assisted  by 
E.  M.  Kern  and  Mr.  Champlin. 

Map  No.  2  Showing  A  Continuation  of  Details  by  Simp- 
son. 

Map  No.  3  Showing  A  Continuation  of  Details  by  Simp- 
son. 

Map  No.  4  Showing  A  Continuation  from  Tuciimcari 
Creek  to  Santa  Fe. 


A  JOURNAL 


OF 


THE  OVERLAND  ROUTE 


AND  THE  GOLD  MINES, 


BY 


LORENZO  D.  ALDRIOH, 

LATE  OF  LAiVSIMBUIWIi,  KEA'SSUAL'R  CO.  N.  Y. 


LAXsixcin  Rr.fi,  N.  y. 

Sa.   KIRKPATUICK,   IM.'INTKH;    'Jli'v          .  ;'E  STHCK'C. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  97 


Simpson's  report  is  dated  Santa  Fe,  Aug.  13,  1849.  Capt.  R.  B. 
Marcy  was  in  command  of  25  of  the  First  Dragoons,  50  of  the 
Fifth  Infantry.  See  Johnston's  Reconnaisance  for  Marcy's  ac- 
count of  this  expedition.  166 


THURSTON,  SAMUEL  R. 

Geographical  Statistics.  Oregon,  Its  Climate,  Soil  Pro- 
duction, Etc.  (In  "Stryker's  American  Register  and  Maga_- 
zine  for  July,  1850,"  pp.  210-226,  from  the  National  Intelli- 
gencer). 

This  contains  a  description  of  the  overland  route  from  St. 
Joseph  from  Thurston's  own  experience,  together  with  a  state- 
ment of  the  necessary  outfit.  167 


ALDRICH,  LORENZO  D. 

A  Journal  Of  The  Overland  Route  To  California !  And 
The  Gold  Mines,  By  Lorenzo  D.  Aldrich,  Late  Of  Lansing- 
burgh,  Rensselaer  Co.  N.  Y. 

Lansingburgh,  N.  Y.  Alexr.  Kirkpatrick,  Printer;  .  .  . 
1851. 

8°  Title,  leaf  of  preface,  pp.  5-46.  (Imperfect,  lacking  one 
or  two  leaves  at  end). 

Stevens,  in  1872,  had  a  copy  of  this  rare  book,  but  did  not  give 
collation  and  I  have  not  located  a  copy  to  ascertain  whether  the 
book  should  have  48  or  50  pages. 

Left  Albany  April  18th,  Ft.  Smith  May  23rd,  Santa  Fe  July 
31st  and  then  via  the  Rio  Grande  Mountains,  Santa  Cruz,  Tucson 
and  the  Gila,  arriving  at  San  Diego  December  3rd.  168 


BLANCHET,  F.  N. 

Voyage  De  L'Eveque  De  Walla-Walla.  (In  "Rapport  Sur 
Les  Missions  Du  Diocese  De  Quebec,  .  .  .  Mars,  1851. 
No.  9,"  pp.  1-28  and  map.  Quebec,  .  .  .  1851). 

Map: 

Trace  De  La  Route  De  Westport,  Etat  De  Missouri,  A 
Walla  Walla,  Oregon.  Lithographed  by  Lakeland,  Mont- 
real. 

This  journey  by  Bishop  Blanchet  began  at  Montreal  April  3, 
1849.  The  Bishop  proceeded  by  way  of  Pittsburgh  to  St.  Louis 
and  thence  by  steamer  to  Kansas  Landing.  The  party  left  West- 
port  May  8  with  Wiggins  as  guide  and  proceeded  by  the  ordi- 
nary Oregon  road,  arriving  at  Walla  Walla  Sept.  5.  169 


98  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


KELLER,  GEORGE 

A  Trip  Across  The  Plains,  And  Life  in  California. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  follows): 

A  Trip  Across  The  Plains,  And  Life  In  California ;  Em- 
bracing A  Description  Of  The  Overland  Route ;  Its  Natural 
Curiosities,  Rivers,  Lakes,  Springs,  Mountains,  Indian 
Tribes,  Etc.,  Etc.;  The  Gold  Mines  Of  California:  Its 
Climate,  Soil,  Productions,  Animals,  Etc.,  With  Sketches 
Of  Indian,  Mexican  and  Californian  Character :  To  which 
is  Added,  A  Guide  Of  The  Route  From  The  Missouri 
River  To  The  Pacific  Ocean.  By  Geo.  Keller,  Physician  To 
The  Wayne  County  Company.  [Masillon,  1851]. 

8°  Cover  title,  regular  title  on  the  verso  of  which  is  to  be 
found,  White's  Press— Massillon,  1851.  Pages  [III]  to  VI 
contain  the  names  and  residences  of  each  member  of  the 
Wayne  County  Company;  pp.  [7]-45  "A  Trip  Across  The 
Plains,  Etc. ;  pp.  47-55"  "A  Guide  To  California" ;  pp.  57-8 
"Contents." 

The  Company  left  St.  Joe  April  10th,  and  traveled  the  usual 
route  to  the  Platte  and  up  that  river  to  Ft.  Laramie,  thence  over 
the  South  Pass  and  via  Soda  Springs  to  Ft.  Hall.  From  there 
they  crossed  over  to  the  Humboldt  River  and  finally  reached 
California  by  way  of  Lawson's  Cut-off,  coming  out  on  Pit 
River,  and  finally  reaching  a  place  near  Lawson's  ranch  July 
4th.  The  party  had  Ware's  Guide  with  them  but  Keller  was  not 
impressed  with  its  accuracy. 

The  only  copy  of  this  journal  which  I  have  seen  is  in  the 
Huntington  Library  and  formerly  in  Mr.  MacDonald's  collec- 
tion. 170 

KELLY,  WILLIAM 

An  Excursion  To  California  Over  The  Prairie,  Rocky 
Mountains,  And  Great  Sierra  Nevada.  With  A  Stroll 
Through  The  Diggings  And  Ranches  Of  That  Country. 
By  William  Kelly,  J.  P.  In  Two  Volumes. 

London:     Chapman  And  Hall,  .  .  .  MDCCCLI. 

8°  X,  342  pp. ;  VIII,  334  pp. 

Kelly  started  from  Westport  April  6th,  1849,  with  Col.  Rus- 
sell's party,  and  landed  on  Webber  Creek,  near  Pleasant  Valley, 
July  26th.  171 

McCALL,  COLONEL  GEORGE  A. 

Report  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Communicating  In 
compliance  with  a  resolution  of  the  Senate,  Colonel  McCall's 
reports  in  relation  to  New  Mexico.  Feb.  11,  1851.  Ordered 
printed. 


A  TRIP  ACROSS  THE  PLAINS, 

AND 

LIFE  IN  CALIFORNIA; 

EHBRACXNO 

A  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE 

OVERLAND  ROUTE; 

Its  Natural  Curiosities, 

RIVERS,  LAKES,  SPRINGS,  MOUNTAINS,  INDIAN 
TRIBES,  kc.  fcc.  ; 

TPIBIIB  (SKQ)IL>ID>  MENIES 
OF  CALIFORNIA: 

Its  Climate,   Soil,  Productions, 
Animals,  &c., 


fJf  Indian,   Mexican  and  Calif  orn  tan 

Character  : 
2TO  UJfjf  Cf)  10  31UftCiJ, 

A  GUIDE  OF  THE  ROUTE 

fKOM  THE  M1SSOUU  RIVER  TO  THE  PACIFIC  OlER 

BY  GEO.  KELLER, 

rUVIIClAN  TO  THE  WAYSE  COPNTT  CO»KA*V- 


JOURNAL 


OP    THE 


SUFFERINGS  AND  HARDSHIPS 


CAPT.  PARKER  H.  FRENCH'S 


OVERLAND  EXPEDITION  TO  CALIFORNIA, 


WHICH 


Left  New  York  City,  May  13th,  1850, 


AND 


Arrived  at  San  Francisco,  Dec.  14. 


BY  WILLIAM  MILES. 


COPV RIGHT    SECURED. 


CHAMBERSBUROi 
Printed  at  the  Valley  feplrlt  Office. 

1851. 


THE   PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  99 


31st  Cong.  2nd  Sess.  (Sen.)  Ex.  Doc.  26. 
8°  23  pp. 

McCall's  report  is  dated  Santa  Fe,  July  15,  1850,  and  gives  a 
very  good  description  of  the  territory.  172 

MILES,  WILLIAM 

Journal  Of  The  Sufferings  And  Hardships  Of  Capt. 
Parker  H.  French's  Overland  Expedition  To  California, 
Which  Left  New  York  City,  May  13th,  1850,  By  Way  Of 
New  Orleans,  Lavacca  And  San  Antonio,  Texas,  El  Paso, 
On  The  Rio  Grande,  The  River  Gila  To  San  Diego  On  The 
Pacific,  And  Landed  at  San  Francisco,  December  14.  By 
Wm.  Miles,  of  Carlisle,  Pa.  Copyright  Secured. 

Chambersburg,  Pa.     1851. 

(Cover  title  on  green  paper  wrappers). 

Regular  Title  same  to  May  13th,  1850,  then:  And  Ar- 
rived at  San  Francisco,  Dec.  14.  By  William  Miles.  Copy- 
right Secured. 

Chambersburg:    Printed  at  the  Valley  Spirit  Office.    1851. 

8°  Title,  leaf  of  preface,  (on  verso  Journal  begins),  pp. 
5-24. 

The  preface,  written  at  Carlisle,  Pa.,  is  signed  by  Wesley  Miles, 
a  brother,  acting  on  the  suggestion  contained  in  a  letter  dated 
San  Francisco,  Dec.  20th. 

Charles  Cardinell,  whose  name  appears  as  one  of  the  enlisted 
men  in  Miles'  account,  published  in  the  California  Chronicle,  (S. 
F.)  Jan.  21,  Feb.  5  and  16,  1856,  extracts  from  his  dairy  of  more 
dreadful  sufferings  still. 

Recently  reprinted  from  the  copy  now  in  my  possession.       173 

RICHARDSON,  SIR  JOHN 

Arctic  Searching  Expedition :  A  Journal  Of  A  Boat- 
Voyage  Through  Rupert's  Land  And  The  Arctic  Sea,  In 
Search  Of  The  Discovery  Ships  Under  Command  Of  Sir 
John  Franklin.  With  An  Appendix  On  The  Physical 
Geography  Of  North  America.  By  Sir  John  Richardson, 
C.  B.  F.  R.  S.  .  .  .  In  Two  Volumes.  Vol.  I  Published  By 
Authority. 

London:     Longman,  Brown.  .  .  .  1851. 

8°  Pp.  VIII,  413 ;  VII,  426.  10  col.  plates,  map.  Plates 
lithographed  by  M.  &  N.  Hanhart  after  sketches  by  A.  H. 
Murray  (9)  and  E.  N.  Kendall  (1). 

Map: 

British  North  America.  S.  Hall,  sculp.  London,  Long- 
man &  Co. 


100  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Dr.  Rae  and  Sir  John  Richardson  made  this  journey  in  1848-49. 
crossing  the  Hudson's  Bay  Territory  to  the  Athabasca  and  Great 
Slaves  Lake  by  the  usual  route. 

Appendix  No.  1  is  devoted  to  the  Physical  Geography  of  the 
Country.  .  174 

SLATER,  N. 

Fruits  of  Mormonism,  Or  A  Fair  And  Candid  Statement 
Of  Facts  Illustrative  Of  Mormon  Principles,  Mormon 
Policy,  And  Mormon  Character,  By  More  Than  Forty  Eye- 
Witnesses,  Compiled  By  N.  Slater,  A.  M. 

Coloma,  Cal.,  Harmon  &  Springer.     1851. 

12°  Title,  93  (1)  pp. 

Slater  came  by  Salt  Lake  in  the  fall  of  1850  and  spent  the 
winter  in  Salt  Lake  City.  When  the  party  which  had  spent  the 
winter  there  reached  Carson  Valley  in  the  spring,  there  was  a 
meeting  and  200  signed  a  set  of  resolutions  and  later  a  number 
drew  up  a  memorial  to  Congress,  both  of  which  are  printed  by 
Slater,  setting  forth  bitter  complaints  against  the  Mormons  and 
charging  them  with  treason,  murder,  larceny  and  all  kinds  of 
crime.  Urged  Congress  to  abolish  Territorial  government  in 
Utah  and  establish  a  military  government. 

The  book,  which  is  rare,  is  made  up  of  accounts  of  these 
crimes.  175 


STREET,  FRANKLIN 

California  In  1850,  Compared  With  What  It  Was  In  1849, 
With  A  Glimpse  At  Its  Future  Destiny.  Also  A  Concise 
Description  Of  The  Overland  Route,  From  the  Missouri 
River,  by  the  South  Pass,  to  Sacramento  City,  including  A 
Table  Of  Distances,  From  point  to  point.  With  notes  on 
the  facilities  along  the  route  for  Constructing  A  Railroad. 
And  Also  A  Brief  Notice  Of  The  Water  Routf,  By  The 
Isthmts  Of  Panama.  By  Franklin  Street. 

Cincinnati :  R.  E.  Edwards  &  Co.  .  .  .  Louisville.  .  .  . 
1851. 

12°  Front.,  title,  5-88  pp.  P.  P.  Wrappers  with  same 
title,  except  Route  is  properly  spelled. 

This  embodies  a  guide  from  the  Missouri  River  to  California 
via  the  Central  Emigrant  route  and  the  book  was  so  used.  Copy 
in  Lib.  Congress.  176 

AUDUBON,  J.  W. 

Illustrated  Notes  Of  An  Expedition  Through  Mexico  And 
California,  By  J.  W.  Audubon. 


CALIFOKiNIA 

IN    l*.»0, 


!  ONPAIIKD  WITH  W  l<*  r  M    \\  >^  is  I~T>.  v\  ii  ii  A  ..MM  I-M    ,  > 

I   I  N    I    I'   I   1'IIK     !•(•-  I   IN   ,  MM!      t 


CONCISE     I)  KSC  it  I  I'T  10  N 


OV  IvRhAN  I)    KUUTE, 


III.-    \l,    .nun    Ulii-l,  |,s    II,.     .-, 
S;irr:iiiifiiiii  Cn\  ,  iiii-liiili 


A    TA  1JLI-;    OK    I)  1ST  A  NCKS, 

KICIIII    |iiMllt    111    |«ii|Ml.       \\'ilh    IKIII--    on    lln-  liiflllllr^  .tiling   Ilir   n     Ii 

in  \MKHTI.\li    A    U  \IUM\H. 


\M>   Al   >(l     \ 


HIMKK  MM  UK  HI-  Till!  \\\ii:i:  liill  IT, 


'    .      I  HI      IM  MM  I  •-  (II     I-  VN  \M  V 


I!  V    T  i;  A  N  K  I.  I  \    ST  liKK1! 


CINCINNATI: 

i:  i:nu  \I;K,- \  I'D..  MI  \\  i:sr  m,  ST.,  x  -.r;  -1.1  .-T  .  i.m 

VMI  SUI.H    ll\     I!  \(.I,K\  .    I  III   I    M  \S   ,V    I  <).,    I  1,1     M  \IN    -.1  ..    I    IV 


1851, 


OVERLAND  ROUTE 

TO 

CALIFORNIA, 

DKSCiaPTION  OP  Til.:  HOITE,   VIA 

COUNCIL  BLUFFS,  IOWA; 

KEEPING   THE  XORTH   SIDE   OF   THE    I'LATTF.    Rir- 

EB,    FOR   THE   WHOLE    "K    THE    M-TAM  1! 

LYIXG      NEAR     THAT     STREAM  ; 

TIIE.NC&   OVEtt   THE 

SOUTH    PASS, 

T1A  TUE 

i.EEAT     8TBLETTE      AND     BEAR     RIVER 
CUT-OFFS,     AND     THE    T  U.  f  C  K  I  E 

uivr.i:    KIIAIJ, 

OVER   THK 

SIERRA   NEVADA, 

TO 

SACRAMENTO  VALLEY. 

By   Andrew   Child,   of  \Vinconitin. 


MILW A  U  KEE  : 

DAILT    SETTtXEL   STEAM    TOWEC    FRE3i% 
1852. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 101 

New-York:  Published  by  J.  W.  Audubon,  34  Liberty- 
Street.  1852. 

4°  Title,  leaf  of  preface,  pp.  1-48,  4  colored  plates 
engraved  on  stone  by  C.  Gildemeister,  printed  by  Nagel  & 
Weingartner. 

Plates : 

The  plates  of  great  beauty  are  as  follows : 
Fourth  of  July  Camp,  The  Night  Watch,  Canon  of  Jesus 
Maria,  Mexican  Village  of  Jesus  Maria. 

There  is  a  copy  in  N.  Y.  Pub.  Lib.  which  formerly  belonged 
to  Evert  Duyckink,  also  with  colored  plates.  It  has  a  front  wrap- 
per in  brown  paper  with  the  above  title  except  it  bears  the  in- 
scription No.  1,  Price  $1.00  plain,  $1.50  colored,  and  at  bottom  H. 
Ludwig,  Printer,  No.  53  Vesey  St. 

The  party  of  nearly  100  left  N.  Y.  Feb.  8,  1849,  Col.  Webb  in 
command,  with  Audubon  as  second.  They  went  by  the  Ohio  and 
Mississippi  to  New  Orleans,  by  steamer,  to  Brazos  and  thence 
overland  by  Saltillo,  Parras,  Mapimi,  Parral  to  Jesus  Maria  where 
Part  I  ends.  They  were  detained  on  the  Rio  Grande  a  long  time 
by  the  cholera  which  carried  off  a  number  of  the  party. 

No  more  than  this  number  was  published,  at  least  no  more 
has  survived,  but  the  journal  was  kept  in  his  family  and  in  1906  it 
was  published  in  Cleveland,  edited  by  F.  H.  Hodder.  Part  I  was 
reprinted  in  Tarrytown  in  1915  by  W.  Abbatt  in  83  pp.  and  with 
the  four  plates,  much  reduced,  from  the  copy  now  in  my  posses- 
sion. 177 

CHILD,  ANDREW 

Overland  Route  To  California,  Description  Of  The  Route, 
Via  Council  Bluffs,  Iowa;  Keeping  The  North  Side  Of  The 
Platte  River,  For  The  Whole  Of  The  Distance,  Lying 
Near  That  Stream ;  Thence  Over  the  South  Pass,  Via  The 
Great  Sublette  And  Bear  River  Cut-Offs,  And  The  Truckie 
River  Road,  Over  The  Sierra  Nevada,  To  Sacramento 
Valley.  By  Andrew  Child,  of  Wisconsin. 

Milwaukee:  Daily  Sentinel  Steam  Power  Press.  1852. 
(At  end):  Pub.  by  Cyrus  Field. 

Printed  bds.  with  label :  New  Guide  For  The  Overland 
Route  To  California.  By  Andrew  Child.  1852. 

24°  Title,  Preface  III-VIII,  9-61  pp. 

Child  sent  this  from  Nevada  City,  with  a  letter  published  as 
Preface,  dated  Dec.  10,  1850,  in  which  he  says  the  route  is  copied 
from  a  daily  journal  kept  by  him  on  the  road.  States  that  the 
1849  emigration  suffered  from  lack  of  a  reliable  guide  book.  178 

CLARKE,  A.  B. 

Travels  In  Mexico  And  California :   Comprising  a  Journal 


102 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

of  a  Tour  from  Brazos  Santiago,  through  Central  Mexico, 
by  way  of  Monterey,  Chihuahua,  the  country  of  the 
Apaches,  and  the  River  Gila,  to  the  Mining  Districts  of 
California.  By  A.  B.  Clarke. 

Boston :  Wright  &  Hasty's  Steam  Press,  3  Water 
Street.  1852. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  as  follows): 

Travels  In  Mexico  And  California :  Comprising  A  Jour- 
nal Of  A  Tour  From  Brazos  Santiago,  Through  Central 
Mexico,  By  Way  Of  Monterey,  Chihuahua,  The  Country 
Of  The  Apaches,  And  The  River  Gila,  To  The  Mining 
Districts  Of  California.  By  A.  B.  Clarke. 

Boston :  Wright  &  Hasty,  Printers,  No.  3  Water  Street. 
1852. 

12°  Title,  leaf  of  Note,  pp.  5-138. 

Preface   dated   Westfield,   July   2,    1852. 

Clarke  left  N.  Y.  Jan.  29,  1849,  as  a  member  of  the  Hampden 
Mining  Company  of  46  persons.  Left  Brazos,  Santiago,  Feb.  21st, 
Monterey  March  16th,  Chihuahua  April  15th,  Janos  April  28th, 
Santa  Cruz  May  25th,  Tucson  May  30th,  then  via  the  Gila.  Men- 
tions meeting  Dr.  Field  of  North  Adams  who  had  been  with  Fan- 
nin's  party  in  Texas,  the  author  of  "Three  Years  in  Texas,"  and 
thence  traveled  with  him  as  messmate.  June  20th  reached  the 
Colorado,  thence  to  Los  Angeles,  arriving  there  July  9th,  thence 
overland  via  Santa  Barbara,  San  Luis  Obispo  and  San  Juan.  Re- 
turned in  March,  1851.  179 

COKE,  HENRY  J. 

A  Ride  Over  The  Rocky  Mountains  To  Oregon  And 
California  With  A  Glance  At  Some  Of  The  Tropical 
Islands,  Including  The  West  Indies  And  The  Sandwich 
Isles.  By  The  Hon.  Henry  J.  Coke.  .  .  . 

London :     Richard  Bentley.  .  .  .  1852. 

8°  X,  388,  (2)  pp.    Portrait  Coke. 

Coke  left  England  Dec.  18,  1849,  passed  to  the  West  Indies  and 
Cuba  and  thence  to  Charleston.  Left  St.  Louis  May  28,  1850,  by 
river  to  St.  Joe  which  they  left  June  3rd,  following  the  River  to 
Council  Bluffs.  July  25th  at  Ft.  Laramie.  Passed  Kit  Carson  on 
his  way  east  on  the  Sweetwater.  Arrived  at  the  Dalles  Oct.  12th. 
Nov.  14th  embarked  for  the  Sandwich  Islands.  Most  of  the 
book  is  devoted  to  Coke's  diary  of  his  experiences  crossing  the 
plains.  180 

GRAHAM,  J.  D. 

Report  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Communicating,  In_ 
Compliance  with  a  resolution  of  the  Senate,  the  report  of 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 103 

Lieutenant  Colonel  Graham  on  the  subject  of  the  boundary 
line  between  the  United  States  and  Mexico.  Ordered 
printed  Aug.  31,  1852. 

32  Cong.  1  Sess.  Senate  Ex.  Doc.  121. 

8°  250  pp.,  2  maps  and  barometric  profile. 
Maps: 

Mexican  Boundary,  Sketch  A. 

Mexican  Boundary,  Sketch  B.  Extract  from  the  Treaty 
Map  of  Disturnell  of  1847. 

Barometric  Profile  of  the  Route  from  San  Antonio  .  .  . 
to  the  Copper  Mines  of  Santa  Rita  in  1851. 

Graham's  report  is  dated  Washington,  June  18,  1852,  and  is 
largely  filled  with  his  troubles  with  Bartlett.  Contains,  however, 
much  interesting  information  about  southern  New  Mexico,  with 
several  partial  journals  of  his  various  trips,  including  also  Whip- 
pie's  reports  on  his  survey  of  the  Gila  River.  181 

GUNNISON,  J.  W. 

The  Mormons,  Or,  Latter-Day  Saints,  In  The  Valley  Of 
The  Great  Salt  Lake :  A  History  Of  Their  Rise  And  Pro- 
gress, Peculiar  Doctrines,  Present  Condition,  And  Pros- 
pects, Derived  From  Personal  Observation,  During  A 
Residence  Among  Them.  By  Lieut.  J.  W.  Gunnison,  Of 
The  Topographical  Engineers. 

Philadelphia :     Lippincott,  Grambo  &  Co.     1852. 

12°  IX,  13-168  pp;  plate  (Nauvoo). 

This  book  contains  a  slight  sketch  of  Jim  Bridger  and  his  de- 
scription of  the  Yellowstone  Park,  page  151,  but  is  mainly  de- 
voted to  the  Mormon  doctrine  and  history.  182 

HORN,   HOSEA  B. 

Horn's  Overland  Guide,  From  The  U.  S.  Indian  Sub- 
Agency,  Council  Bluffs,  On  The  Missouri  River,  To  The 
City  Of  Sacramento,  In  California ;  Containing  A  Table  of 
Distances,  And  Showing  All  The  Rivers  .  .  .  With  a 
Complete  and  Accurate  Map.  By  Hosea  B.  Horn. 

New  York:     Published  By  J.  H.  Colton.  .  .  .  1852. 

16°  IV,  (2),  7-83  (1)  pp.,  18  of  adv.    Fold.  map. 

Map: 

Map  To  Illustrate  Horn's  Overland  Guide  To  California 
And  Oregon.  Pub.  By  J.  H.  Colton.  .  .  .  1852. 

Really  only  67  pages  of  Guide;  the  rest  advertisements.     This 


104  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


and  Child's,  published  the  same  year,  are  the  first  real  guides,  ex- 
cept Ware's,  founded  on  the  traveled  routes  that  appeared.  Horn 
says  Clayton's  Guide  to  Salt  Lake  was  the  only  previous  one  of 
any  value.  183 


INGALLS,  E.  S. 

Journal  of  a  Trip  to  California  by  the  Overland  Route 
across  the  Plains  in  1850-51. 

Waukegan,  (Ills.) :     Tobey  &  Co.     1852. 
8°  51  pp.  and  3  of  advertisements. 

The  only  copy  I  have  seen  was  one  sold  at  the  Hubbard  sale 
at  Merwin's,  May  5th,  1914,  probably  bought  by  him  at  a  Libbie 
sale  some  years  previously.  184 

MONTAIGNES,  FRANCOIS  DES  [PSEUD] 

The  Plains,  Being  a  Collection  of  Veracious  Memoranda, 
taken  during  the  Expedition  of  Exploration  in  the  year 
1845,  from  the  Western  Settlements  of  Missouri  to  the 
Mexican  Border,  and  from  Bent's  Fort  on  the  Arkansas  to 
Fort  Gibson  via  South  Fork  of  Canadian — North  Mexico 
and  North  Western  Texas.  By  Francois  Des  Montaignes 
of  St.  Louis.  (In  The  Western  Journal  &  Civilian,  Vol.  9, 
No.  1  to  Vol.  10,  No.  6  St.  Louis,  1852-53,  and  Vol.  XV., 
No.  4,  March,  1856). 

An  amusing  account  of  Fremont's  expedition  from  the  stand- 
point of  an  amateur.  He  says  Fremont  forbade  anyone  to  keep  a 
journal  or  memoranda. 

Chapter  6  refers  to  the  killing  of  James  White  of  Independence 
at  Point  of  Rivers  by  Apaches  and  the  captivity  of  Mrs.  White. 

Miss  Drumm  of  the  Mo.  Hist.  Soc.  tells  me  that  they  never 
have  been  able  to  discover  the  real  name  of  the  author.  185 

SIMPSON,  JAMES  H. 

Journal  Of  A  Military  Reconnaissance,  From  Santa  Fe, 
New  Mexico,  To  The  Navajo  Country,  Made  With  The 
Troops  Under  Command  of  Brevet  Lieutenant  Colonel 
John  M.  Washington,  Chief  Of  Ninth  Military  Department, 
And  Governor  Of  New  Mexico,  In  1849.  By  James  H. 
Simpson,  A.  M.,  First  Lieutenant  Corps  Of  Topographical 
Engineers. 

Philadelphia:     Lippincott,  Grambo  And  Co.  .  .  .  1852. 

8°  140  pp.,  map,  72  plates,  of  which  34  are  colored. 
Plates  by  R.  H.  Kern  and  lithographed  by  P.  S.  Duval's 
Steam  Lith.  Press,  Philadelphia. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  105 


Some  of  the  plates  of  scenery  are  after  sketches  by  E.  M. 
Kern.  Plates  Nos.  2,  21  and  39  were  not  published  either  in  the 
Govt.  ed.  of  1850  or  in  this.  Plates  66  and  67  which  were  long 
sheets  in  the  Govt.  ed.  are  cut  here  into  2  and  3  respectively. 
Plate  65,  which  was  a  large  folding  plate  in  the  Govt.  ed.,  is 
reduced  in  this  to  less  than  half  size  and  plates  66  and  67  to 
half  the  original  size.  186 


STANSBURY,  HOWARD 

An  Expedition  To  The  Valley  Of  The  Great  Salt  Lake 
Of  Utah:  Including  A  Description  Of  Its  Geography, 
Natural  History,  And  Minerals,  And  An  Analysis  Of  Its 
Waters:  With  An  Authentic  Account  of  the  Mormon 
Settlement.  Illustrated  By  Numerous  Beautiful  Plates, 
From  Drawings  Taken  On  The  Spot.  Also,  A  Reconnais- 
sance Of  A  New  Route  Through  The  Rocky  Mountains, 
And  Two  Large  And  Accurate  Maps  Of  That  Region.  By- 
Howard  Stansbury,  Captain  Corps  Topographical  Engi- 
neers, United  States  Army. 

Philadelphia :     Lippincott,  Grambo  &  Co.     1852. 

8°  487  pp. 

Contents : 

Pages  1-267,  Report  (34  plates  of  scenery  and  La  Hon- 
tan's  map);  pp.  269-294,  Appendix  A:  Table  of  Distances; 
pp.  295-303,  Appendix  B :  Table  Lat.  &  Long. ;  pp.  305-379, 
Appendix  C:  Zoology  by  S.  F.  Baird  (10  plates);  pp.  381- 
397,  Appendix  D:  Botany  by  John  Torrey  (9  plates);  pp. 
399-414,  Appendix  E:  Geol.  &  Paleon.,  James  Hall  (4 
plates);  pp.  415-421,  Appendix  F:  Analysis  Water  by  L.  D. 
Gale;  pp.  423-478,  Appendix  G:  Meteorological  Obs. ;  pp. 
479-487,  Index. 

2  Maps  in  Separate  case.  Drawings  from  views  made  by 
F.  C.  Grist,  and  engraved  by  Ackerman.  Maps  drawn  by 
J.  W.  Gunnison  and  Chas.  Preuss  and  engraved  by  Acker- 
man. 

Maps: 

Map  of  Great  Salt  Lake  and  adjacent  country. 

Map  of  Reconnaissance  between  Salt  Lake  Valley  and  Ft. 
Leavenworth. 

The  expedition  left  Leavenworth  May  31,  1849,  with  J.  W.  Gun- 
nison as  assistant.  Albert  Carrington,  a  Mormon,  was  also  en- 
gaged in  Salt  Lake  as  assistant.  All  the  scientific  portions  were 
written  in  the  east  from  specimens. 


106  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


This  was  issued  in  1852  by  the  government  as  Sen.  Ex.  Doc. 
2,  32d  Cong.  Spec.  Sess.,  March,  1851,  printed  by  Lippincott, 
Grambo  &  Co.,  Phila.,  in  fact  exactly  the  same  book  with  only 
a  different  title,  preceded  by  the  usual  government  document 
title.  The  title  of  this  edition  reads:  Exploration  And  Survey 
Of  The  Valley  Of  The  Great  Salt  Lake  Of  Utah,  Including  A 
Reconnaissance  Of  A  New  Route  Through  The  Rocky  Moun- 
tains. By  [then  the  same  as  the  other].  187 


BREWERTON,  GEORGE  D. 

A  Ride  With  Kit  Carson  Through  The  Great  American 
Desert  And  The  Rocky  Mountains.  By  George  D.  Brewer- 
ton.  (In  Harper's  New  Monthly  Magazine:  Aug.,  1853). 

Incidents  Of  Travel  In  New  Mexico  by  G.  Douglass 
Brewerton,  (ibid.  April,  1854). 

In  The  Buffalo  Country,  (ibid.,  Sept.,  1862). 

These  three  articles,  published  at  intervals,  detail  Brewerton's 
journey  from  San  Francisco  via  Los  Angeles  to  Santa  Fe  and 
Independence  in  the  summer  of  1848.  The  party  left  Los  An- 
geles May  4th  and  proceeded  by  the  Mohave  and  the  old  Spanish 
trail  to  Taos. 

Parts  of  this  were  reprinted  in  Van  Tramp's  Rocky  Mountain 
Adventures,  but  I  do  not  think  were  ever  compiled  in  book  form, 
although  forming  one  of  the  most  interesting  accounts  of  all 
overland  expeditions. 

Brewerton  in  the  first  number  gives  an  account  of  Aubry's 
famous  ride  from  Santa  Fe  to  Independence,  having  met  him  on 
his  return.  He  also  gives  an  account  of  the  death  of  Bill  Wil- 
liams. 188 


LAFLECHE,  RICHER 

Lettre  de  M.  Richer  Lafleche,  Missionaire,  a  un  de  ses 
amis.  Saint  Francois  de  la  Prairie  du  Cheval-Blanc,  le  4 
Septembre,  1851.  (Published  in  "Rapport  Sur  Les  Missions 
Du  Diocese  de  Quebec,  Mars.  1853.  No.  10,"  pp.  44-70. 
Quebec:  .  .  .  1853). 

This  report  contains  a  most  entertaining  account  of  an  excur- 
sion which  Father  Lafleche  made  in  the  summer  of  1851  with  the 
Red  River  half-breeds  on  the  annual  buffalo  hunt  to  the  Grand- 
Couteau.  189 


LEROUX,  ANTOINE 

Extracts    From   A    Letter   By   Antoine   Leroux   To   The 
Missouri  Democrat  In  1853. 

Western  Journal  and  Civilian  for  April,  1853. 

Leroux  describes  and  advocates  the  central  route,  that  is,  Fre- 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  107 


mont's  and  Benton's.  Leroux  was,  perhaps,  after  Carson,  the  most 
famous  guide  in  the  Southwest  during  the  fifties.  Joseph  Tasse 
in  "Les  Canadiens  de  L'Ouest,"  Montreal,  1878,  gives  a  consider- 
able account  of  Leroux,  but  taken  almost  entirely  from  Govern- 
ment reports  and  Mollhausen's  book.  Aparently  Tasse  neither 
mentions  the  date  of  his  birth  or  his  death.  190 


MARCY,  RANDOLPH  B. 

Exploration  Of  The  Red  River  Of  Louisiana,  In  The 
Year  1852:  By  Randolph  B.  Marcy,  Captain  Fifth  Infantry 
U.  S.  Army ;  Assisted  By  George  B.  McClellan,  Brevet 
Captain  U.  S.  Engineers.  With  Reports  On  The  Natural 
History  Of  The  Country,  And  Numerous  Illustrations. 

Washington :  Robt.  Armstrong,  Public  Printer.  1853. 
(32  Cong.,  2nd  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  54). 

8°  XV,  320  pp.,  2  maps  in  separate  volume;  12  plates  of 
scenery  (4  tinted),  lith.  by  Ackerman ;  10  geological  sec- 
tions by  Dr.  Geo.  G.  Shumard ;  6  plates  fossils ;  18  plates 
reptiles;  19  plates  botany  (No.  18  not  published). 

Contents : 

Journal,  pp.  10-82;  Remarks,  83-108;  Pacific  Rwy.,  109- 
117.  Appendix  A  &  B,  Tables  119-152;  Appendix  C,  Min- 
erology  by  C.  U.  Shepard,  153-9;  Appendix  D,  Geology,  Ed. 
Hitchcock  and  Geo.  G.  Shumard,  161-195 ;  Appendix  E, 
Palaentology,  B.  F.  Shumard,  197-211;  Appendix  F,  Zoo- 
logy (various),  213-275;  Appendix  G,  Botany,  John  Torrey, 
277-304;  Appendix  H,  Ethnology,  Marcy  and  Prof.  Turner, 
305-311;  Index  313-320. 

Maps: 

Map-  of  the  country  between  the  frontiers  of  Arkansas 
and  New  Mexico ;  embracing  the  section  explored  in  1849, 
'50,  '51  and  '52,  by  Captain  R.  B.  Marcy,  etc. 

Map  of  the  country  embraced  within  the  basin  of  the 
Upper  Red  River,  explored  in  1852  by  Capt.  R.  B.  Marcy, 
etc. 

J.  R.  Suydam  of  N.  Y.,  a  civilian  friend  of  Marcy,  accompan- 
ied the  expedition.  Dr.  Geo.  G.  Shumard  was  surgeon. 

The  plates  do  not  show  by  whom  drawn. 

In  1866  Marcy  published  Thirty  Years  Of  Army  Life  On  The 
Border.  By  Colonel  R.  B.  Marcy,  .  .  .  New  York:  Harper  & 
Brothers,  .  .  .  1866.  8°  XVI,  17-442  pp.  13  plates. 

Marcy  knew  the  plains,  and  all  his  books  are  filled  with  most 
interesting  and  valuable  information.  191 


108 THE  PLAINS  AND.  THE  ROCKIES 

PALLISER,  JOHN 

Solitary  Rambles  And  Adventures  Of  A  Hunter  In  The 
Prairies.  By  John  Palliser,  Esq.  With  Illustrations. 

London :     John  Murray,  .  .  .  1853. 

8°  Half  title,  front.,  eng.  and  printed  titles,  [VJ-XIV,  (2), 
326  pp.,  6  other  plates. 

Palliser  left  England  1847  and  N.  Y.  March  25th.  Crossed  the 
mountains  and  took  the  steamer  for  New  Orleans.  On  Sept.  2nd 
left  Independence  with  Mr.  Kipp's  party  of  the  American  Fur  Co., 
thence  overland  to  Ft.  Pierre,  thence  to  Ft.  Union.  After  a  visit 
to  Ft.  Berthold  in  the  spring,  returned  to  Ft.  Union.  Hunted 
the  Yellowstone  and  again  returned  to  Ft.  Union.  In  the  fall 
descended  the  river,  and  after  a  stay  at  Ft.  Berthold  went  to  St. 
Louis  in  the  Steamer  Martha,  thence  to  New  Orleans  and  home. 

192 

PERRY,  J.  A. 

Thrilling  Adventures  Of  A  New  Englander.  Travels, 
Scenes  And  Sufferings,  In  Cuba,  Mexico,  &  California. 
Illustrated  With  Engravings.  By  Elder  J.  A.  Perry. 

Boston:  Redding  &  Co.,  .  .  .  1853.  Printed  At  The 
Yankee  Privateer  Office. 

Cover  title  with  vignette  of  miners  washing  gold ;  regular 
title,  same  wording  except,  "And"  for  "&"  but  with  vignette 
of  a  ship,  and  printers  omitted. 

8°  Title,  leaf  preface,  pp.  5-96;  illus.  in  text. 

Left  New  York  Feb.  3,  1849,  for  Vera  Cruz  via  Havana.  Trav- 
eled via  Jalapa,  Perote,  Mexico,  Queretaro,  Celaya,  Guadalajara, 
Tepic,  San  Bias,  S.  F.  to  Mormon  Island. 

A  very  interesting  account  of  the  journey  through  Mexico 
with  a  few  pages  at  the  end  descriptive  of  life  at  the  mines.  193 

SITGREAVES,  L. 

Report  Of  An  Expedition  Down  The  Zuni  And  Colorado 
Rivers,  By  Captain  L.  Sitgreaves,  Corps  Topographical 
Engineers.  Accompanied  By  Maps,  Sketches,  Views,  And 
Illustrations. 

Washington :  Robert  Armstrong,  1853.  (32  Con.,  2d 
Sess.  Senate,  Ex.  Doc.  59). 

8°  198  pp.,  map.  23  plates  of  scenery ;  6  plates  of  Mam- 
mals;  5  plates  of  Birds  (no  No.  2) ;  21  plates  of  Reptiles;  3 
plates  of  Fishes;  21  plates  of  Plants  (1  over  list). 

Map: 

Reconnaissance  of  the  Zuni,  Little  Colorado,  and  Colorado 


THRILLING   ADVENTURES   OP   A   NEW   ENGUNDER. 


TRAVELS, 


SCENES  AND  SUFFERINGS 


CUBA,  MEXICO  AND  CALIFORNIA, 


ILLUSTRATED    WITH    ENGRAVINGS 


BY      ELDER      J.      A.      PERRY. 


BOSTON: 

REDDING    &    Co.,    8    STATE    STREET. 
1853. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  109 


Rivers,  made  in   1851,  under  the  direction  of  J.  J.  Abert, 
etc.     Drawn  by  R.  H.  Kern.     1852. 

The  scenery  plates  were  drawn  by  Kern  and  engraved  by  Ack- 
erman.  Many  of  the  plates  of  animals,  birds,  etc.,  are  also  after 
sketches  by  Kern. 

Party  organized  in  Santa  Fe  and  besides  Sitgreaves  consisted 
of  J.  G.  Parke,  Dr.  S.  W.  Woodhouse,  R.  H.  Kern  and  Antoine 
Leroux  as  guide;  Major  H.  L.  Kendrick  in  command  of  the  es- 
cort. Expedition  left  Santo  Domingo  August  1,  1851,  and  stopped 
at  Zuni  from  September  1st  to  24th.  Diary  from  Sept.  24th  to 
Nov.  9th.  Party  arrived  at  Fort  Yuma  Nov.  30th.  194 

SMET,  PIERRE  JEAN  DE 

Voyage  Au  Grand-Desert  En  1851.  Par  Le  R.  P.  Pierre 
De  Smet,  Missionaire  de  la  Compagnie  de  Jesus. 

Bruxelles,  Imprimerie  De  J.  Vandereydt,  .  .  .  1853. 
18°  Pp.  36;  71.    2  parts  in  one  volume. 

Second  part  has  a  title  similar  to  the  first,  with  the  addition  of 
the  words  Lettres  inedites.  Extracted  from  "Collection  de  precis 
historiques,"  par  Ed.  Terwecoren,  S.  J.  Contains  the  Voyage  au 
Grand  Desert  reprinted  in  Cinquante  Nouvelles  Lettres. 

In  a  list  of  De  Smet's  Works  in  the  Cinquante  Nouvelle.s  Let- 
tres this  is  given  with  the  same  imprint.  18°  436  pp. 

Not  seen.  195 


TRAITS    OF   AMERICAN-INDIAN    LIFE   AND    CHAR- 
ACTER.    By  A  Fur  Trader. 

London :     Smith,  Elder  And  Co.,  .  .  .  1853. 
12°  XIV,  (2),  218  pp. 

Disconnected  sketches  about  one  of  the  principal  Hudson  Bay 
traders  in  Oregon,  said  to  be  by  Peter  Skeene  Ogden.  The  story 
of  Jed.  A.  Smith's  travels  in  Oregon  in  1828  is  related. 

Father  Morice,  in  his  history  of  the  Northern  Interior  of  Brit- 
ish Columbia,  3rd  eti.  1905,  has  a  long  appendix  on  the  author- 
ship of  this,  and  denies  emphatically  that  Ogden  wrote  it,  al- 
though it  contains  a  number  of  Ogden's  adventures.  He  concludes 
that  the  book  was  written  by  Duncan  Finlayson.  The  publishers 
informed  Father  Morice  that  the  book  was  received  from  the 
Hudson  Bay  Co.  on  account  of  Finlayson  and  was  edited  by  Mr. 
Rich.  196 

WILSON,  JANE  ADELINE— CAPTIVITY 

A  Thrilling  Narrative  of  the  Sufferings  of  Mrs.  Jane 
Adeline  Wilson,  during  her  captivity  among  the  Camanche 
Indians. 

Rochester  :  D.  M.  Dewey,  Arcade  Hall,  n.  d.  but  prob- 
ably 1853. 


110  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


12°  23  (1)  pp.,  1  full  page  illustration  besides  another  on 
the  front  wrapper. 

195A 

AUBRY,  F.  X. 

Aubry's  Journey  from  California  to  New  Mexico.  Notes 
By  F.  X.  Aubry.  In  Western  Journal  &  Civilian :  St. 
Louis.  1854.  Vol.  XI,  pp.  84-96. 

This   contains   a  journal  of  Aubry  from  Tejon   Pass   July   10th, 

1853,  to    Sept.    10th,    day    of    arrival    at    Albuquerque,    by    way    of 
Central    Arizona    and    Zuni. 

I  have  the  following  note  of  what  seems  to  refer  to  the  same 
journey,  but  have  not  seen  it:  Notes  on  a  route  from  near  Tejon 
Pass  through  Western  New  Mexico  and  the  Colorado  to  Santa 
Fe  in  the  fall  of  1853.  Wash.,  1854,  about  12  pp.  (Possibly  part  of 
some  government  document). 

Joseph  Tasse  in  his  "Les  Canadiens  De  L'Ouest,"  Montreal, 
1878,  Vol.  II,  gives  a  long  account  of  Aubry,  with  a  portrait.  In 
the  appendix  will  be  found  a  French  version  of  the  above  journal 
and  also  "Second  Voyage  De  La  Californie  Au  Nouveau-Mexique." 
This  embraces  a  journal  of  a  trip  leaving  San  Jose  6th  of  July, 

1854,  but   is   only  partial,   containing  July  22nd   to  Aug.    16th,   in- 
clusive. 197 


BARTLETT,  JOHN  RUSSELL 

Personal  Narrative  Of  Explorations  And  Incidents  In 
Texas,  New  Mexico,  California,  Sonora  And  Chihuahua, 
Connected  With  The  United  States  And  Mexican  Boundary 
Commission,  During  The  Years  1850,  '51,  '52  And  '53.  By 
John  Russell  Bartlett,  United  States  Commissioner  During 
That  Period.  In  Two  Volumes,  With  Map  And  Illustra- 
tions. 

New  York:    D.  Appleton  &  Co.  ...  MDCCCLIV. 

8°  Half  Title,  pp.  XXII,  506;  half  title,  XVII,  624. 

Map: 

General  Map  Showing  the  Countries  Explored  and  Sur- 
veyed By  The  United  States  and  Mexican  Boundary  Com- 
mission In  the  Years  1850,  51,  52  &  53.  Under  the  direction 
of  John  R.  Bartlett,  U.  S.  Commissioner.  D.  McLellan, 
Printer. 

The  Front,  in  Vol.  I  belongs  in  Vol.  II  and  in  Vol.  II  there  is 
a  lith.  of  Tucson  in  place  of  one  of  the  2  Geyser  plates,  called 
for  in  list.  The  woodcuts,  pp.  98  and  254,  in  Vol.  I  are  usually 
found  in  Vol.  II. 

Vol.  I  has  Front,  6  other  lith.,  5  full  page  woodcuts;  Vol.  II 
9  colored  lith.,  24  woodcuts  (full  page).  Plates  lithographed  by 
Sarony. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  111 


Bartlett's  Despatches,  Correspondence,  etc.,  are  to  be  found  in 
32  Cong.  1  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  119.  Washington,  1852,  in  515  pp. 
with  7  maps.  Also  a  Letter  to  A.  H.  H.  Stuart,  Sec'y-  of  Inte- 
rior, Special  Sess.,  1853,  Senate  Ex.  Doc.  6,  Wash.,  1853,  173  pp. 
Also  Report  on  the  Subject  of  the  Boundary  Line,  32  Cong.  2 
Sess.,  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  41;  Wash.,  1852,  31  (1)  pp.,  5  maps. 

This  expedition  left  Indianola  Sept.  5,  1850,  with  A.  W.  Whip- 
pie,  Dr.  T.  H.  Webb,  Secretary,  Mr.  Thurber,  Botanist,  J.  C.  Cre- 
mony,  Interpreter.  Arrived  El  Paso  Nov.  13th.  Major  Bryan 
of  the  Topographical  Corps  traveled  this  road  by  the  Hueco 
Tanks  in  the  summer  of  1849,  i.  e.,  the  road  by  Fredericksburg  and 
Delaware  Creek. 

This  is  a  very  interesting  book  of  travels  in  the  Southwest,  as 
Bartlett  went  everywhere  from  Mazatlan  to  San  Francisco  and 
spent  about  three  years  on  a  regular  junket. 

Mr.  Bartlett's  troubles  with  Colonel  Graham  were  thoroughly 
ventilated.  Also  Mr.  Emory,  Col.  Graham's  successor  and  ulti- 
mately Mr.  Bartlett's,  also,  had  his  troubles  with  Bartlett. 

Dr.  J.  M.  Bigelow,  Dr.  C.  C.  Parry,  J.  H.  Clark  and  Arthur 
Schott  were  also  at  times  associated  with  the  commission.  Mr. 
Henry  C.  Pratt  was  the  artist;  he  came  out  with  Graham  in  the 
summer  of  1851  as  draughtsman  and  artist.  Bartlett  says  Pratt 
made  the  sketches,  but  in  spite  of  this,  all  the  lithographs  but 
three  were  marked  J.  R.  B.,  only  one  of  the  3  by  Pratt,  another 
by  R.  Hillyard  and  one  with  no  name.  Some  of  the  woodcuts 
are  by  Lappan,  Baker  &  Zabriskie,  none  of  whose  names  appear 
on  the  roster.  198 


BEALE,  E.  F.,  AND  HEAP,  GWINN  HARRIS 

Central  Route  To  The  Pacific,  From  The  Valley  Of  The 
Mississippi  To  California :  Journal  Of  the  Expedition  Of  E. 
F.  Beale,  Superintendent  Of  Indian  Affairs  In  California, 
And  Gwinn  Harris  Heap,  From  Missouri  To  California,  In 
1853.  By  Gwinn  Harris  Heap. 

Philadelphia :     Lippincott,  Grambo  &  Co.,  .  .  .  1854. 
8°   136  pp.,  incl.  title  and  half  title,  13  tinted  lithograph 
plates,  map.     Plates  after  sketches  by  Mr.  Heap. 

Map: 

Map  Of  The  Central  Routes  From  The  Valley  of  The 
Mississippi  to  California,  Compiled  and  Drawn  By  G.  H. 
Heap,  Engraved  By  P.  S.  Duval  &  Co.,  Phila. 

Left  Westport  May  15,  1853.  Went  by  Ft.  Massachusetts,  the 
Rio  Grande  Valley  and  the  Uncompahgre  to  the  Grand.  Returned 
to  Taos  for  supplies  and  then  continued  via  Las  Vegas,  Utah. 

Quotes  an  extract  from  Rev.  J.  W.  Brier,  who  published  an 
account  of  his  trip  from  Salt  Lake  via  Owens  Lake  and  Walk- 
er's Pass,  in  the  Christian  Advocate  of  San  Francisco.  199 


112  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

BELISLE,  D.  W. 

The  American  Family  Robinson ;  Or,  The  Adventures  of 
a  Family  Lost  In  The  Great  Desert  Of  The  West.  By  D. 
W.  Belisle.  With  Illustrations. 

Willis  P.  Hazard.  .  .  .  Philadelphia,  1854. 

12°  VIII,  9-360  pp.,  4  plates  after  Charles  Bodmer. 

In  the  seventies  it  rivaled  Robinson  Crusoe  in  the  affections  of 
boys  and  immense  numbers  of  the  later  Porter  &  Coates  editions 
were  sold.  200 

BENTON,  T.  H. 

Letter  From  Col.  Benton  To  The  People  Of  Missouri. 
Central  National  Highway  From  The  Mississippi  River  To 
The  Pacific. 

8°  24  pp.  Running  title  only,  dated  at  end  Wash.,  March 
4,  1853. 

In  this  Benton  refers  to  Fremont's  winter  trip  of  1848-9.  Re- 
prints Fremont's  letter  to  the  Phila.  Railroad  Convention  April 
1850,  also  Leroux's  statement  made  to  Benton,  dated  March  1, 
1853,  in  which  he  states  he  joined  Ashley  &  Henry  in  1820  and  in 
1822  went  to  New  Mexico,  married  and  lived  there  ever  since  in 
Taos.  For  about  15  years  trapped  beaver,  generally  in  the  waters 
of  the  Colorado.  Had  made  four  trips  to  California  as  guide. 

201 

DELANO,  A. 

Life  On  The  Plains  And  Among  The  Diggings ;  Being 
Scenes  And  Adventures  Of  An  Overland  Journey  To  Cali- 
fornia: With  Particular  Incidents  Of  The  Route,  Mistakes 
And  Sufferings  Of  The  Emigrants,  The  Indian  Tribes,  The 
Present  And  The  Future  Of  The  Great  West.  By  A. 
Delano. 

Auburn  And  Buffalo:     Miller,  Orton  &  Mulligan.     1854. 
12°  Front.  XI,  13-384  pp.,  3  other  plates. 


Left  St.  Joe  about  April  20,  1849,  arriving  at  Feather  River 
Sept  9th.  This  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  all  California 
books,  having  been  written  in  1852. 

Delano  came  originally  from  Auburn,  New  York,  but  was 
living  at  Ottawa,  Illinois,  when  the  gold  boom  broke  out.  He 
became  a  well  known  and  prosperous  banker  in  Grass  Valley, 
where  he  finally  made  his  home  and  became  locally  famous  as 
"Old  Block,"  the  writer  of  many  characteristic  mining  stories, 
illustrated  by  the  noted  California  artist,  Charles  Nahl.  202 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 113 

FREMONT,  J.  C. 

Central  Railroad  Route  To  The  Pacific.  Letter  Of  J.  C. 
Fremont  To  The  Editors  Of  The  National  Intelligencer, 
Communicating  Some  general  results  of  a  recent  winter 
expedition  across  the  Rocky  Mountains,  for  the  survey  of  a 
route  for  a  railroad  to  the  Pacific. 

Dec.  27,  1854.  Ordered  Printed.  33  Cong.  2nd  Sess. 
H.  R.  Mis.  Doc.  8. 

8°  7  pp. 

This  route  followed  his  1848  expedition  as  far  as  the  San  Luis 
Valley,  Colorado,  then  up  this  river,  the  Sah-watch  and  over  the 
Coochatope  Pass,  thence  to  the  Colorado  River  and  over  the 
Wahsatch  Mountains  to  Parowan  and  Cedar  City  and  thence 
West  to  the  Sierra  Nevadas.  As  this  was  in  March  and  the  moun- 
tains were  covered  with  snow,  Fremont  went  south  to  a  low 
pass  and  crossed  over  to  the  headwaters  of  Kern  River.  Speaks 
of  having  passed  the  southern  route  from  Cedar  City  via  the  Rio 
Virgen  and  the  Cajon  Pass,  both  in  1849  and  1851. 

Read  Carvalho's  book  for  this  expedition  where  you  get  the 
real  truth  about  this  trip  in  the  winter  of  1853-4.  203 

NOBLES,  WM.  H. 

Speech  Of  The  Hon.  Wm.  H.  Nobles,  Together  With 
Other  Documents,  Relative  To  An  Emigrant  Route  To 
California  And  Oregon,  Through  Minnesota  Territory. 
Printed  by  order  of  the  Council. 

Saint  Paul :    Olmstead  &  Brown,  .  .  .  1854. 

8°  13  pp. 

Nobles  was  the  advocate  of  the  Nobles  Pass  route  into  Hum- 
boldt  County,  having  been  over  the  route;  in  1852  was  advocat- 
ing the  route  in  Shasta  County,  California.  204 

[RICHARDS,  R.] 

The  California  Crusoe ;  Or,  The  Lost  Treasure  Found.    A 
Tale  of  Mormonism.     [By  R.  Richards.] 
London :    John  Henry  Parker.  .  .  . 
New  York :    Stanford  And  Swords.     MDCCCLIV. 
18°  IV,  162  pp.,  1  plate. 

Gives  an  account  of  the  Saints'  journey  to  Salt  Lake,  leaving 
Nauvoo  Feb.  3,  1846.  Richards  remained  at  Nauvoo  until  May. 
Fled  from  Salt  Lake  as  an  apostate  and  went  to  California.  205 

STEELE,  JOHN 

Steele's  Guide  To  California. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  as  follows): 


114  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


The  Traveler's  Companion  Through  The  Great  Interior. 
A  Guide  For  The  Road  To  California,  By  The  South  Pass 
In  The  Rocky  Mountains,  And  Sublett's  And  Headpath's 
Cut  Offs;  Being  A  Much  Better  And  Nearer  Road  Than 
The  One  Formerly  Traveled  By  The  Emigrants.  Contain- 
ing A  Correct  Description  Of  The  Road,  With  The  Dis- 
tances By  Actual  Measurement,  Entering  California  By 
Crossing  The  Great  Sierra  Nevada,  At  The  Headwaters 
Of  The  Yiiba  River.  By  John  Steele. 

Galena :  Power  Press  Of  H.  H.  Houghton  &  Co.  .  .  . 
1854. 

16°  V,  [6J-54  pages.  The  copyright  notice  is  on  the 
verso  of  the  title  and  the  following  three  pages  contain  an 
introduction. 

The  author  of  this  little  guide  went  to  California  overland 
in  the  summer  of  1850  as  a  young  man  not  yet  of  age  with  a 
party  from  the  lead  mining  district  around  Galena.  The  journey 
lasted  six  months  and  the  route  was  the  ordinary  one  taken 
later  by  parties  that  did  not  go  through  Salt  Lake,  but  instead 
through  Soda  Springs;  they  went  down  the  Humboldt  and  up 
the  Truckee  River  past  Donner  Lake,  over  the  Summit  to  one 
of  the  branches  of  the  Yuba,  finally  landing  in  Nevada  City  in 
September. 

Steele  remained  in  California  mining  gold  until  the  summer 
of  1853.  He  was  moderately  successful  and  returned  to  complete 
his  education.  After  service  during  the  Civil  War  he  became  a 
Methodist  preacher,  and  in  1901,  while  living  in  Lodi,  Wiscon- 
sin, published  two  pamphlets — "Across  The  Plains  In  1850"  and 
"In  Camp  And  Cabin,"  both  practically  extracts  from  the  journal 
which  he  kept  during  his  trip  across  the  plains  and  in  California. 
The  guide  which  he  published  shortly  after  his  return  to  Galena, 
in  1854  is  compiled  from  his  journal  reflecting  conditions  as  they 
existed  in  the  summer  of  1850,  and  not  those  of  1854.  Steele  re- 
turned from  California  by  steamer  and  did  not  realize  the  improve- 
ments which  had  taken  place  on  the  overland  road  since  1850. 

Starting  at  Mormon  Winter  Quarters  near  Omaha,  he  measured 
1971  miles  to  Nevada  City,  against  Horn's  distance  of  2011  miles 
from  the  River  to  Sacramento  or  1958  miles  to  Weaverville, 
Horn's  route  being  over  the  Summit  at  Tahoe  Lake  to  the  head- 
waters of  the  south  fork  of  American  River,  which  after  Steele's 
time  was  the  usual  route,  although  Placerville  instead  of  Weaver- 
ville was  the  usual  terminus. 

I  have  not  seen  any  other  copy  of  this  little  guide  recently 
obtained  from  the  widow  of  the  Author  who  writes  that  she 
knows  of  no  other  copy.  205-A 

[STEWART,  WM.  DRUMMOND] 
Edward  Warren. 
London :    G.  Walker,  26  Maddox  Street.     1854. 


THE 

TRAVELER'S  COMPANION 

THRO  COM  THE 

GREAT  INTERIOR. 

A 

GUIDE 

KOR  THK 

ROAD  TO  CALIFORNIA, 

»V  THK 

SOUTH  PASS 

IX  TIIK 

ROCKY   >IOI  \  T  A  I  >S, 

Axn 

SUBLEIT'S  AND  HEADPATH'S  CUT  OFFS; 


TRAVKI.KII    BY  Till: 

KM  Ki  II  ANTS. 

KTAimilU  A  rORHKCT   DKKCRnTIOX  OP  THK   ROAD,    WITH  THE  DISTANCE 
HV  ACTI-AI.  MF.A.1CRKMKMT,  EMTr.RIXO   CAIJFORKIA  DY  CHOM1NU  THK 

GREAT  BIKRRA  NEVADA. 

AT  THK 

II  I.  A  n  W  A  T  E  R  8  O  F  T  H  E  Y  i;  B  A  RI  V  E  R. 

BY  JOHN  STBP.LE.  ,  > 


GALENA : 
n  PBEM  OF  H.  H.  HOUGHTON 

ISM, 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  115 


8°  Title,  II,  3-724  pp.  Some  copies  are  divided  into  two 
volumes  by  having  a  new  title  page,  the  same  as  the  first, 
except  Vol.  II,  inserted  between  pages  370  and  371. 

This  book,  remarkable  both  for  interest  and  rarity,  was  private- 
ly printed  by  an  out-of-the-way  printer  and  badly  printed  at  that. 
My  copy,  bound  in  vellum,  contains  many  corrections  made  with 
a  pen  and  is  a  presentation  copy  from  Stewart  himself.  It  is  a 
Mid-Victorian  novel,  the  scenes  of  which  are  laid  in  London  and 
the  Rocky  Mountains  in  the  30's.  Many  of  Stewart's  personal  ex- 
periences are  related.  About  one-half  is  devoted  to  the  hero's 
adventures  in  the  Rocky  Mountains,  in  which  he  introduces  the 
well-known  mountain  characters  of  the  Thirties.  The  footnotes 
are  few,  some  are  valuable.  He  speaks  of  himself  in  the  third  per- 
son by  name  in  a  note  to  page  162,  in  which  he  says  Captain 
Stewart  brought  out  an  ounce  balled  rifle  in  1833  and  a  double 
barreled  rifle  and  fowling  piece  in  1837,  the  first  in  the  mountains. 
His  first  year  was,  as  he  says,  the  year  Campbell's  Company  so 
completely  beat  Fontenelle.  At  Capt.  Bonneville's  Trading  Camp 
on  Horse  Creek  also,  another  year,  with  the  Whitman  first  party 
out. 

Copies  in  the  Lib.  Cong.,  Mo.  Hist.  Soc.  and  the  collection  of 
Mr.  Charles  Sheldon.  206 

WALTER,  GEORGE 

History  Of  Kanzas,  Also  Information  Regarding  Routes, 
Laws,  Etc.,  Etc.,  By  George  Walter,  Agent  And  Master  Of 
Emigration  For  The  N.  Y.  Kanzas  League.  For  Sale  At 
The  Office  Of  The  N.  Y.  Kanzas  League.  [N.  Y.  1854]. 

12°  59  pp.     Map.     P.  P.  W.  with  same  title. 

Map: 

Map  of  the  Great  Central  Route  Between  the  Atlantic 
and  the  Mississippi,  1854.  Lith.  by  Endicott  &  Co.,  N.  Y. 

This  map  shows  the  projected  routes  to  the  South  Pass  and  the 
Central  Route  via  the  Arkansas. 

It  may  be  that  this  George  Walter  was  the  noted  plainsman 
and  trapper,  as  he  says  he  had  passed  several  years  in  the  vici- 
nity of  Kansas,  whatever  that  may  mean,  but  he  gives  an  ex- 
tremely condensed  summary  of  the  territory.  207 

[WEBB,  T.  W.] 

Organization,  Objects,  And  Plan  Of  Operations,  Of  The 
Emigrant  Aid  Company :  Also  A  Description  of  Kansas. 
For  The  Information  Of  Emigrants. 

Boston :    Mudge  &  Son,  .  .  .  1854. 

8°  24  pp. 

Pages  9-19  contain  "Notes  Of  A  Trip  Up  Kansas  River,  In- 
cluding Observations  On  The  Soil,  Climate,  Scenery,  Etc."  By 
Geo.  S.  Park. 


116  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


This  is  an  extremely  interesting  account  of  a  trip  by  a  small 
steamer,  the  "Excel,"  up  Kansas  River  to  Fort  Riley  and  forty 
miles  up  the  Smoky  Hill  in  June,  1854.  I  think  this  must  have 
been  the  first  steamer  to  ascend  the  river  to  Riley.  The  pam- 
phlet was  written  by  the  secretary,  Thos.  W.  Webb.  208 

BOYNTON,  C.  B.  AND  MASON,  T.  B. 

A  Journey  Through  Kansas  ;  With  Sketches  Of  Nebraska : 
Describing  The  Country,  Climate,  Soil,  Mineral,  Manufac- 
turing, And  Other  Resources.  The  Results  Of  A  Tour 
Made  In  The  Autumn  Of  1854.  By  Rev.  C.  B.  Boynton 
And  T.  B.  Mason,  Committee  From  The  "Kansas  League" 
Of  Cincinnati.  With  a  New  and  Authentic  Map,  from 
Official  Sources. 

Cincinnati :     Moore,  Wilstach,  Keys  &  Co.,  .  .  .  1855. 

12°  X.  216  pp.     Map. 

Map: 

Map  of  Kansas  with  portions  of  Nebraska,  etc.  Re- 
drawn, ...  by  H.  V.  Boynton,  Eng.  by  Middleton,  Wal- 
lace &  Co.,  Cine.  209 

CARLETON,  JAMES  HENRY 

Diary  Of  An  Excursion  To  The  Ruins  Of  Abo,  Quarra, 
and  Gran  Quivira,  in  New  Mexico,  Under  the  Command  of 
Major  James  Henry  Carleton,  U.  S.  A. 

Ninth  annual  report  of  Smith.  Inst,  Wash.,  1855 ;  pp. 
296-316. 

The    excursion    was    made    from   Albuquerque    Dec.    14-24,    1853. 

210 

GRAY,  A.  B. 

Report  Of  The  Secretary  Of  The  Interior,  In  Compliance 
With  A  resolution  of  the  Senate,  of  Jan.  22,  communicating 
a  report  and  map  of  A.  B.  Gray,  relative  to  the  Mexican 
boundary,  (Feb.  8,  1855). 

[Washington,  1855.]  33rd  Cong.,  2  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc. 
55. 

8°  50  pp.,  sheet  errata,  2  maps. 

Maps: 

That  Part  of  Disturnell's  Treaty  Map  in  the  Vicinity  of 
the  Rio  Grande  and  Southern  Boundary  of  New  Mexico. 

Map  of  That  Portion  of  the  Boundary  between  the  United 
States  and  Mexico  From  the  Pacific  Coast  To  The  Junction 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  117 


of   the    Gila    and   Colorado    Rivers.      Surveyed   Under    the 
Direction  of  Hon.  John  B.  Weller,  U.  S.  Commissioner,  .  .  . 

Both    maps    lith.    by    Ackerman,    N.  Y. 

Letter  dated  Feb.  8th  and  Gray's  report  dated  Washington, 
May  1853.  Pages  1-35,  Gray's  remarks,  consist  largely  of  his 
defense  in  his  troubles  with  Bartlett;  pp.  35-50,  copies  of  letters 
and  page  46,  copy  of  report  of  Committee  in  the  Senate,  Aug. 
20,  1852.  211 

GRAY,  A.  B. 

Texas  Western  Railroad.  Survey  Of  Route,  Its  Cost  And 
Probable  Revenue,  In  Connection  With  The  Pacific  Rail- 
way ;  Nature  of  Country,  Climate,  Mineral  and  Agricultural 
Resources,  Etc.  [By  A.  B.  Gray]. 

Cincinnati,  Ohio :     Porter,  Thrall  &  Chapman.  .  .  .  1855. 

8°  108  pp.,  slip  errata. 

Cover  has  the  title,  Pacific  Railway,  And  Texas  Western 
Railroad  Charter. 

First  edition  without  maps  or  plates.  Printed  during  the  sum- 
mer. 212 

INGALLS,  RUFUS 

Report  of  the  Quartermaster  General.  (Attached  to 
Report  of  Secretary  of  War,  pages  152-168  and  map.  34 
Cong.,  1st  Sess.  House,  Ex.  Doc.  I,  Part  II). 

Map: 

[Showing  the  routes  from  Salt  Lake  City  west]. 

I    have    not    seen    this    map. 

This  contains  a  report  by  Rufus  Ingalls  of  the  Quartermaster's 
Department  of  a  trip  with  Colonel  Steptoe  from  Ft.  Leaven- 
worth  to  Salt  Lake,  June  1st  to  August  31st,  1854.  In  1855  Colonel 
Steptoe  went  on  to  California  by  the  emigrant  route  but  Ingalls 
with  a  detachment  of  cavalry  left  the  command  at  Lassen's 
Meadows  on  the  Humboldt  June  14,  1855,  and  proceeded  by  way 
of  Goose  Lake  on  Fremont  trail,  and  then  through  Applegate 
Pass  to  Fort  Lane. 

Detailed  in  two  letters  to  the  Quartermaster  General.  213 

JOURNEY  FROM  NEW  ORLEANS  TO  CALIFORNIA. 

(In  Chambers  Journal  of  Popular  Literature,  .  .  .  Lon- 
don: Dec.  1,8,  15,22,  29,  1855). 

This  seems  to  be  an  entirely  veracious  narrative  of  a  journey 
by  persons  with  fictitious  names  from  New  Orleans  vja  St.  Louis, 
Kansas  City  and  the  overland  trail  to  California  in  the  summer 
of  1849.  214 


118  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


LANGWORTHY,  FRANKLIN 

Scenery  Of  The  Plains,  Mountains  And  Mines ;  Or  A 
Diary  Kept  Upon  The  Overland  Route  To  California,  By 
Way  Of  The  Great  Salt  Lake :  Travels  In  The  Cities, 
Mines,  And  Agricultural  Districts — Embracing  The  Return 
By  The  Pacific  Ocean  And  Central  America,  In  the  Years 
1850,  '51,  '52  and  '53.  By  Franklin  Langworthy.  .  .  . 

Ogdensburgh :     Published   By  J.   C.   Sprague,  .  .  .  1855. 

12°  VI,  7-324  pp. 

Left  home  April  1,  1850,  crossed  Iowa  to  Kanesville,  left  the 
Missouri  River  May  15th  and  traveled  via  the  Platte,  Ft.  Lara- 
mie,  to  Salt  Lake.  After  a  short  stay  there,  left,  Aug.  29th  via 
Humboldt  and  Carson  Valley,  and  21st  Oct.  reached  Ringgold  on 
Weaver  Creek,  near  Weaverville. 

Diary  occupies  pages  7-180.  Balance  of  the  book  is  devoted 
to  a  description  of  California  and  life  there  and  the  return  trip 
via  Nicaragua.  215 

LINFORTH,  JAMES 

Route  From  Liverpool  To  Great  Salt  Lake  Valley  Illus- 
trated With  Steel  Engravings  And  Wood  Cuts  From 
Sketches  Made  By  Frederick  Piercy,  Including  Views  of 
Nauvoo  and  the  Ruins  of  the  Temple,  with  a  historical 
account  of  the  City ;  Views  of  Carthage  Jail ;  and  Portraits 
and  Memoirs  of  Joseph  and  Hyrum  Smith ;  their  Mother, 
Lucy  Smith ;  Joseph  and  David  Smith,  Sons  of  the  Prophet 
Joseph;  President  Brigham  Young;  Heber  C.  Kimball ; 
Willard  Richards;  Jedediah  M.  Grant;  John  Taylor;  the 
late  Chief  Patriarch,  Father  John  Smith ;  and  the  present 
Chief  Patriarch,  John  Smith,  Son  of  Hyrum.  Together 
With  A  Geographical  and  Historical  Description  of  Utah, 
and  a  Map  of  the  Overland  Routes  to  that  Territory,  from 
the  Missouri  River.  Also,  An  Authentic  History  Of  The 
Latter-Day  Saints'  Emigration  From  Europe  From  The 
Commencement  Up  To  The  Close  Of  1855,  With  Statistics. 
Edited  By  James  Linforth. 

Liverpool :  Published  By  Franklin  D.  Richards,  .  .  . 
MDCCCLV. 

4°  VIII,  120  pp.,  map,  30  plates  of  portraits  and  scenery. 
Map: 

Utah  and  the  Overland  Routes  to  it  from  the  Missouri 
River  .  .  .  by  F.  D.  Richards ;  Liverpool.  1855. 

Piercy  wrote  the  narrative  besides  making  the  sketches.  His 
visit  to  Salt  Lake  was  made  in  1853.  His  diary,  while  crossing  the 
plains  is  very  interesting  but  the  chief  merit  of  the  book  consists 
in  the  very  beautiful  engravings  which  it  contains.  For  some 
reason  or  other,  it  is  of  very  great  rarity,  few  copies  being  known. 

216 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  119 

PACIFIC  RAILROAD  EXPLORATIONS 
AND  SURVEYS 

In  the  early  spring  of  1853,  Congress  passed  a  bill  auth- 
orizing the  Government  to  send  out  various  expeditions  to  the 
Pacific  Coast  with  the  object  of  selecting  the  best  route  for 
a  railway.  It  was  at  first  intended  only  to  make  a  reconnais- 
ance  of  the  southern  route  and  the  one  through  South  Pass, 
but  later  the  Secretary  of  War,  Jefferson  Davis,  added  the 
northern  route.  Davis  made  a  report  Dec.  1,  1853,  explaining 
the  routes  to  be  examined  and  added  copies  of  the  instruc- 
tions to  the  various  engineers  selected.  The  actual  routes 
reconnoitered  were  known  as  those  of  the  32nd,  35th,  38th  and 
47th  parallels.  The  various  expeditions  were  made  during 
the  years  1853  and  1854  and  Davis  presented  his  report,  sum- 
marizing the  results  Feb.  27,  1855.  This  report,  to  which 
were  added  the  various  reports  made  by  the  engineers 
appeared  as 

33rd  Cong.,  1st  Sess.,  House  Ex.  Doc.  129. 

and  is  usually  bound  in  3  volumes  of  reports  and  1  volume  of 
maps,  no  illustrations  appearing  in  this  edition. 

The  whole  report  consists  of:  Report  of  the  Secretary  of 
War  on  the  Several  Pacific  Explorations.  Washington,  1855, 
43  pp.  (No  map  was  issued  with  the  first  report,  but  there 
was  issued  later  a  large  general  map  and  profile).  Examina- 
tion of  reports  by  Humphreys  &  Warren ;  Memorandum  of 
Capt.  Geo.  B.  McClellan ;  Report  of  General  Jessup ;  Stevens' 
Report;  Beckwith's  two  Reports;  Whipple's  Report;  John 
Pope's  Report ;  Parke's  Report ;  Extract  from  Emory's  Re- 
port ;  Williamson's  Report  and  later  a  report  by  F.  W.  Lander 
was  printed  and  included  as  part  of  Doc.  129. 

The  following  eight  items  belong  to  this  report : 

HUMPHREYS,  A.  A.,  AND  WARREN,  G.  K. 

An  Examination  By  Direction  Of  The  Hon.  Jefferson 
Davis,  Secretary  Of  War,  Of  The  Reports  Of  Explorations 
For  Railroad  Routes  From  The  Mississippi  To  The  Pacific, 
Made  Under  The  Orders  Of  The  War  Department  In  1853- 
54.  And  Of  The  Explorations  Made  Previous  To  That 
Time,  Which  Have  A  Bearing  Upon  The  Subject.  By  Capt. 
A.  A.  Humphreys  &  G.  K.  Warren,  Corps  Topographical 
Engineers. 


120 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Washington:  Nicholson,  1855.  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st  Sess., 
House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

8°  116  (1)  pp.     Map. 
Map: 

Map  of  Routes  for  a  Pacific  Railroad,  compiled  to  accom- 
pany the  report  of  the  Hon.  Jefferson  Davis,  Secretary  of 
War,  in  the  offices  of  P.  R.  R.  Survey,  1855.  Lith.  by  J. 
Bien,  N.  Y.  Scale,  1  to  6,000,000.  [A  note  on  this  map, 
signed  G.  K.  Warren,  says  it  is  only  a  hurried  compilation 
to  exhibit  the  relations  of  the  different  routes]. 

The  examination  of  the  routes  gives  a  full  resume  of  the  re- 
sults of  each  expedition,  but  the  report  does  not  contain  any 
account  of  previous  explorations,  except  some  notes  from  Wis- 
lizenus*  Report  on  the  Santa  Fe  road  from  Independence.  This 
was  reprinted  in  the  4°  edition,  Vol.  I,  pp.  35-111  of  Davis,  Re- 
port. The  resume  of  previous  explorations  was  printed  in  1859 
and  forms  the  first  part  of  Vol.  XI  of  the  4°  edition  as:  Memoir 
To  Accompany  The  Map  Of  The  Territory  Of  The  United  States 
From  The  Mississippi  River  To  The  Pacific  Ocean,  Giving  A 
Brief  Account  Of  Each  Of  The  Exploring  Expeditions  Since  A. 
D.  1800,  With  A  Detailed  Description  Of  The  Method  Adopted 
In  Compiling  The  General  Map.  By  Lieut.  Gouverneur  K.  War- 
ren, Corps  of  Topographical  Engineers,  U.  S.  A.  1859.  4°  115  pp., 
117-120  Index.  4  maps  (reduced  copies). 

Map  of  Territory  west  of  the  Mississippi,  from  Winter- 
bottom's  History  of  1796. 

Rector  and  Roberdeau's  map  of  the  territory  west  of  the 
Mississippi,  1818. 

Map  of  the  territory  west  of  the  Mississippi  from  Finley's 
map  of  North  America,  published  1826. 

Captain  Bonneville's  map  of  the  region  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains  and  the  Pacific,  published  in  1837  (in  Irving's 
Capt.  Bonneville). 

The  large  map,  not  ready  when  the  Secretary's  report  was 
printed,  in  1855,  was  finally  issued  with  the  4°  edition,  Vol.  XI, 
with  the  title:  Map  of  the  Territory  Of  The  United  States  From 
The  Mississippi  To  The  Pacific  Ocean  Ordered  By  The  Hon. 
Jefferson  Davis,  Secretary  of  War,  To  Accompany  The  Reports 
Of  The  Exploration  For  A  Railroad  Route,  .  .  .  Compiled  .  .  . 
by  Lieut.  G.  K.  Warren,  Topi.  Engrs.,  under  direction  of  Bvt. 
Maj.  W.  A.  Emory  ...  in  1854  and  of  Capt.  A.  A.  Humphreys 
.  .  .  1854-5-6-7.  Eng.  by  Selmar  Siebert  (up  to  May  1,  1857). 

A  large  sheet  of  Profiles  of  the  Main  Routes  Surveyed,  Com- 
piled in  1855  by  Warren  &  Abbott,  1856,  also  appeared  in  the  4° 
edition,  Vol.  XL 

In  Vol.  Ill  Quarto  Edition  36  pp.  of  extracts  from  Whipple's 
Report  by  Humphreys.  217 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 121 

STEVENS,  ISAAC  I. 

Report  Of  Exploration  Of  A  Route  For  The  Pacific  Rail- 
road Near  The  Forty-Seventh  And  Forty-Ninth  Parallels, 
From  St.  Paul  To  Puget  Sound.  By  I.  I.  Stevens,  Governor 
Of  Washington  Territory. 

[Washington :  Nicholson,  1855.]  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st 
Sess.,  House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

8°  XII,  599  pp.,  XV  Index.  Map  in  3  sheets,  usually 
appearing  as  3  maps,  showing  route  and  profile  from  St. 
Paul  to  the  Pacific. 

Instructions  to  Stevens  were  given  April  8,  1853,  and  the  re- 
port is  dated  Wash.,  June  30,  1854.  A  brief  report  of  progress 
was  published  as  33  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  29,  with  a 
map  from  St.  Paul  to  Ft.  Union. 

The  report  was  reprinted  in  quarto,  more  complete,  in  Vol.  I 
of  the  Series  of  Pacific  R.  R.  Explorations  in  1855  with  same  title. 
VII,  651  pp.,  4  maps,  3  of  route  and  1  of  profiles.  No  plates 
issued  with  this  report.  (Maps  in  Vol.  XI). 

Governor  Stevens  had  a  distinguished  party  including  Dr. 
George  Suckley,  Surgeon  and  Naturalist,  J.  M.  Stanley,  Artist,  F. 
W.  Lander,  Lieut.  John  Mullan,  Elwood  Evans  and  Max  Strobel. 
The  party  in  the  Western  Division  consisted  of  Capt.  George  B. 
McClellan,  Dr.  J.  G.  Cooper,  George  Gibbs,  Lieut.  Sylvester 
Mowry  and  others.  A  very  interesting  account  of  this  expedition 
is  to  be  found  in  the  life  of  General  Stevens  by  his  son  Hazard, 
who  as  a  boy  accompanied  his  father. 

On  Feb.  7,  1859,  Stevens  presented  his  final  report,  rewriting 
the  journals  and  adding  the  observations  made  during  his  various 
expeditions  after  1854  in  connection  with  the  Indian  treaties.  It 
also  contains  the  various  scientific  reports  and  a  beautiful  set  of 
plates  of  scenery  by  J.  M.  Stanley.  The  Government  published 
it  in  1860  as  Vol.  XII-XIII  of  the  Pacific  R.  R.  Explorations, 
36  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  House,  Ex.  Doc.  56,  Part  I,  358  pp.,  app.  A 
and  B  and  index,  41  pp.  There  are  70  colored  lithographs,  of 
these  56  are  by  Stanley  after  his  own  sketches,  one  (No.  69), 
is  a  view  of  Mt.  Rainier  by  him  from  sketch  of  Dr.  Cooper,  three 
by  him  from  sketches  of  Gustavus  Sohon,  a  member  of  the  expe- 
dition, and  nine  by  Gustavus  Sohon,  one  plate  (No.  69)  has  no 
name.  One  sheet  of  profiles,  two  maps.  The  plates  were  litho- 
graphed by  Sarony,  Major  &  Knapp,  N.  Y.,  and  are  fine  examples. 

Pages  31-195  contain  his  report  of  the  expedition  in  1853.  Pages 
196-225,  Narrative  of  the  1855  Exp.,  pp.  226-306,  Geographical 
Memoir  of  very  great  value,  [pp.  261-306,  by  Dr.  J.  G.  Kohl;]  pp. 
307-331,  Meteorology;  pp.  332-351,  Railroad  Report  and  Estimate; 
pp.  352-358,  Computation  of  Altitudes;  41  pp. — Appendix  A,  Height 
and  Distances,  Appendix  B,  Meteorological  Register,  Index. 

Gustavus  Sohon,  who  drew  some  of  the  sketches  in  the  report, 
was  a  private  soldier  of  the  4th  Infantry  who  accompanied  the 
expedition  of  Lieut.  Mullan  to  the  Bitter  Root  in  1854.  Stevens 
says  he  had  shown  great  taste  as  an  artist  as  well  as  an  ability  to 
learn  the  Indian  language.  Stevens  took  him  with  him  in  1855 
to  the  Blackfoot  Council. 


122  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Vol.  XII,  Book  II  usually  marked  Vol.  XIII,  contains  the 
Scientific  Reports.  Part  II,  Botanical  Report,  J.  G.  Cooper,  1860, 
76  pp.,  6  plates.  Part  III,  Zoological  Report,  1860,  Leconte, 
Suckley,  Cooper  &  Gibbs,  VIII,  (2),  399  pp.,  46  plates  (2  insects, 
5  mammals,  8  birds,  11  reptiles,  20  fishes;  all  the  list  calls  for, 
but  some  different  numbers  from  the  list). 

The  collation  of  plates  in  this  edition  agrees  with  Hasse 
except  that  she  includes  plate  43  of  fishes,  which  Suckley  & 
Cooper  say  was  not  published  in  this  edition,  nor  does  the  list 
call  for  it. 

In  1860  this  material  was  printed  in  New  York  by  Bailliere 
Bros,  as  the  "Natural  History  of  Washington  Territory  and  Ore- 
gon; Edited  By  Geo.  Suckley,  M.  D.,  and  J.  G.  Cooper,  M.  D., 
Naturalists  of  the  Late  N.  P.  Railroad  Exploration,  ...  In 
Quarto.  Some  plates  published  in  this  were  not  included  in  the 
Government  edition.  218 


BECKWITH,  E.  G. 

Report  Of  Exploration  Of  A  Route  For  The  Pacific  Rail- 
road, Near  The  38th  And  39th  Parallels  Of  Latitude,  From 
The  Mouth  Of  The  Kansas  To  Sevier  River,  In  The  Great 
Basin.  By  Lieut.  E.  G.  Beckwith,  Third  Artillery. 

[Washington:  Nicholson,  1855.]  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st 
Sess.,  House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

8°  Title,  Cont.  2  pp.,  149  pp.  Map  (from  Westport  to 
Sacramento  Valley)  and  sheet  Profile  (from  Westport  to 
Salt  Lake  Valley). 

Contents : 

Pp.  1-87,  Journal;  pp.  88-98,  Summary;  pp.  98-103,  Note 
on  Methods ;  pp.  105-149,  Barometric  and  Meteorological 
Observations. 

Report  dated  Washington,  Nov.  25,  1854.  This  is  a  revised  re- 
port, the  first  one  having  been  sent  by  Beckwith  from  Salt  Lake 
Feb.  1,  1854.  The  party  set  out  June  23rd  from  the  mouth  of  Kan- 
sas River,  under  command  of  Capt.  J.  W.  Gunnison  who  was 
afterwards  killed  in  Utah  (Oct.  26th).  Besides  Gunnison,  the 
party  consisted  of  Beckwith,  R.  H.  Kern,  topographer  and  artist, 
Sheppart  Homans,  astronomer,  Dr.  James  Schiel,  surgeon  and 
geologist,  F.  Creutzfeldt,  botanist,  J.  A.  Snyder,  assistant  topog- 
rapher. Escort  under  command  of  Capt.  R.  M.  Morris  and  Lieut. 
L.  S.  Baker,  John  Moses,  an  Indian  as  guide  and  James  San- 
ders, interpreter.  The  journal  was  kept  by  Beckwith.  The  party 
proceeded  via  Bent's  Fort,  Fort  Massachusetts  (at  Taos  they 
obtained  Antoine  Leroux  as  guide),  up  San  Luis  Valley,  Sawatch 
Valley,  Coochetopa  Pass,  the  Uncompahgre  Valley,  to  the  Grand 
(Gunnison)  River  (Roubidou's  old  fort  at  the  junction)  and 
through  Wahsatch  Pass.  Struck  the  old  Spanish  trail  near  Green 
River.  Crossed  the  river  at  the  ford  and  followed  the  trail  a 
short  distance.  Later  followed  it  through  Wahsatch  Pass  over 
the  mountains  to  near  Seven  Lakes  and  back  to  Cedar  Springs. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  123 


Gunnison,    Kern    and    Creutzfeldt    were    killed    by    Indians    near 
there.     The  party  arrived  at  Salt  Lake  Nov.  8th. 

Romans  made  a  map  from  Kern's  sketches  but  the  map  ac- 
companying the  report  was  made  from  the  same  notes  by  F.  W. 
Egloffstein  in  Washington.  The  report  was  reprinted  in  the  4° 
edition  of  the  Pacific  Railroad  Report,  Vol.  II,  1855,  118  pp.,  to 
which  were  added:  Appendix  A,  pp.  119-124,  Letters  from  Gun- 
nison and  Beckwith  to  Secretary  of  War  during  the  expedition; 
Appendix  B,  pp.  125-128,  Explanation  of  the  map  and  illustrations;, 
map  (in  Vol.  XI)  in  4  sections,  13  colored  lith.  plates,  3  by  Kern, 
1  by  Egloffstein  and  9  by  J.  M.  Stanley,  after  sketches  by  Kern. 
The  profiles  are  on  the  same  sheet  as  those  of  the  other  Beck- 
with expedition. 

The  1857  edition  of  Capt.  Gunnison's  book  on  the  Mormons 
contains  a  letter  from  W.  W.  Drummond,  dated  Chicago,  April 
27,  1857,  purporting  to  be  a  narrative  of  the  death  of  Gunnison. 

A  sketch  of  the  portion  between  the  104th  and  110th  Meridian 
appeared  in  Report  of  Secretary  of  War,  29th  Cong.,  1st  Sess. 
Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  29.  219 

BECKWITH,  E.  G. 

Report  Of  Explorations  For  The  Pacific  Railroad,  On  The 
Line  Of  The  Forty-First  Parallel  Of  North  Latitude.  By 
Lt.  E.  G.  Beckwith,  Third  Artillery.  1854. 

[Washington:  Nicholson,  1855.]  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st 
Sess.,  House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

8°  136  pp. 

Contents : 

Pages  5-67,  Journal;  67-77,  Summary;  77-81,  Tables  dis- 
tances; 82,  Gepgraphical  positions;  83-119,  Meteorological 
data;  120-136,  Geology  by  J.  Schiel.  This  geological  article 
covers  both  expeditions  beginning  at  Westport,  Mo. 

According  to  Warren's  Memoir  (Pacific  Railroad  Report,  Vol. 
XI,  p.  75)  this  report  was  accompanied  by  a  preliminary  map, 
but  I  conclude  that  only  one  map  was  published  at  the  time  cov- 
ering both  the  Beckwith  expeditions.  The  only  map  covering 
these  routes  published  in  this  edition  covers  the  entire  territory 
to  the  Pacific  and  was  made  by  Egloffstein,  as  Beckwith  states  in 
his  letter  of  transmittal  to  Secretary  of  War  of  Dec.  30,  1854. 
Apparently  no  profiles  were  made,  as  Warren  does  not  mention 
them. 

This  was  reprinted  in  the  quarto  edition  Pacific  R.  R.  Surveys, 
Vol.  II,  in  132  pp.,  sheet  errata,  4  plates  of  geology  and  10  of 
betany  and  13  fine  engravings  of  scenery  issued  in  Vol.  XI.  These 
plates  were  after  sketches  of  F.  W.  Egloffstein.  There  were 
added  to  this  edition,  pp.  115-132,  a  Botanical  Report  on  both  ex- 
peditions by  John  Torrey  and  Asa  Gray  on  plants  collected  by 
F.  Creutzfeldt  in  the  first  expedition  and  J.  A.  Snyder  in  the 
second.  Schiel's  Geology,  pp.  96-112. 

Map  in  four  sections  in  Vol.  XI  of  the  4°  edition.  The  pro- 
files are  combined  with  those  of  the  other  expedition  on  one 
sheet. 


124  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


The  party  left  Salt  Lake  April  4,  1854,  for  Fort  Bridger  and 
returned  to  Salt  Lake  by  Weber  River.  Left  Salt  Lake  May  5th, 
on  orders  from  Secretary  of  War,  to  proceed  to  the  coast.  Went 
via  Fish  Springs,  Valley  of  the  Humboldt,  over  the  Medelin  Pass 
to  Fort  Reading.  They  also  reconnoitered  Noble  Pass.  Dr. 
Schiel  accompanied  the  party  and  the  same  escort  and  others, 
except  the  ones  killed.  Egloffstein  apparently  joined  the  party 
at  Salt  Lake. 

S.  F.  Baird,  Chas.  Girard,  and  J.  L.  Leconte  made  a  report  on 
the  Zoology  of  both  the  Beckwith  expedition  (Vol.  X  of  the  4° 
edition)  in  27  pp.  plus  1  of  Index,  3  plates  mammals,  7  birds,  4 
reptiles,  6  fishes,  (article  on  insects  omitted).  According  to 
Hasse  only  4  of  birds,  although  list  calls  for  5.  My  copy  contains 
7  which  are  all  described,  and  no  more.  220 


WHIPPLE,  A.  W. 

Report  Of  Explorations  For  A  Railway  Route,  Near  The 
Thirty-Fifth  Parallel  Of  Latitude,  From  The  Mississippi 
River  To  The  Pacific  Ocean.  By  Lieut.  A.  W.  Whipple, 
Corps  Of  Topographical  Engineers. 

[Washington:  Nicholson,  1855.]  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st 
Sess.,  House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

8°  154  pp.,  VI  Index,  II  Errata,  1  map  in  2  sheets,  sheet 
profiles  (2). 

This  report  dated  Washington,  July  31,  1854,  contains  no  jour- 
nal, but  a  condensed  statement  by  Whipple  in  first  87  pages, 
Appendix  A,  pp.  87-100  tables,  and  Appendix  B  and  C  (tables), 
pp.  101-154. 

The  party  started  from  Napoleon,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Arkan- 
sas River,  and  proceeded  via  Little  Rock,  Fort  Smith,  crossed  the 
Canadian,  Cross  Timbers,  Anton  Chico,  past  Tucumcari  to  Albu- 
querque, Central  New  Mexico,  Mojave  Villages,  up  the  Mojave 
River,  over  the  Cajon  Pass  to  Los  Angeles  and  concluded  at  San 
Pedro.  The  party  consisted  of  Lieut.  J.  C.  Ives,  Asst.;  A.  H. 
Campbell,  Asst.  R.  R.  Engineer;  Jules  Marcou,  geologist;  H.  B. 
Mollhausen,  topg.  and  artist;  Dr.  C.  B.  R.  Kennerly,  doctor  and 
naturalist;  Dr.  J.  M.  Bigelow,  surgeon  and  botanist,  and  several 
assistants. 

There  are  chapters  written  by  Campbell,  Marcou,  Kennerly  and 
Bigelow.  D.  S.  Stanley  of  the  2nd  Dragoons  commanded  the 
escort.  According  to  Whipple,  L.  Blodget  jn  Washington  com- 
piled a  climatological  map  from  observations  made  during  the 
survey,  which  accompanied  the  report  but  was  not  printed. 

Antoine  Leroux  was  the  guide  from  Albuquerque  to  the  coast. 
As  this  route  was  to  be  the  government  route  in  case  the  terri- 
tory south  of  the  Gila  could  not  be  obtained  from  the  Mexican 
government,  it  received  a  large  share  of  official  attention.  The 
report  was  republished  in  Vol.  Ill  of  the  4°  edition  of  the  Pacific 
R.  R.  Surveys. 

The  contents  of  the  revised  report  follow:  X,  VII,  (1)  pp. 
Part  I,  Journal  not  previously  printed,  136  pp.,  10  plates  of  sce- 
nery (five  by  Mollhausen,  1  by  Campbell,  3  by  J.  C.  Tidbale,  and 
1  without  name,  probably  by  Mollhausen),  colored  and  litho- 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  125 


graphed  by  Sarony.  Part  II,  Report  of  Topographical  Features. 
Wash.,  1856.  77  pp.,  2  colored  plates  and  8  plates  of  diagrams 
(not  previously  published,  probably  by  Campbell).  Part  III,  Re- 
port on  the  Indian  Tribes  by  Whipple,  Thomas  Ewbank,  and 
Prof.  W.  W.  Turner,  1855.  Front,  colored  view  of  Colorado  near 
Mojave  Village,  by  Campbell,  (probably  belongs  in  Part  II),  127 
pp.,  7  colored  plates  by  Mollhausen.  Part  IV,  Report  of  the 
Geology  of  the  Route,  by  W.  P.  Blake,  1856.  VII  (1)  pp.,  2 
sheets  errata,  general  report  (2),  164  pp.,  resume  of  a  geological 
reconnaisance  from  Napoleon  to  Los  Angeles,  by  Jules  Marcou, 
pp.  165-175,  3  plates,  (1  scenery,  2  fossils),  3  geological  maps.  In 
Vol.  XI  are  the  2  general  maps  and  sheet  of  profiles.  Part  V  (Vol. 
IV),  Botany  of  the  Expedition,  Wash.,  1856,  by  Dr.  J.  M.  Bige- 
low,  John  Torrey,  Dr.  Geo.  Engelmann  and  W.  S.  Sullivant. 
VII,  193  pp.,  large  sheet  botanical  profile  (colored),  by  Dr.  Bige- 
low.  24  sheets  cataceae,  25  plates  plants  (No.  X,  should  be  XI),  10 
plates  mosses  engraved  by  Ackerman.  Part  VI  (in  Vol.  IV),  Re- 
port on  The  Zoology  of  the  Expedition.  Washington,  1856.  Field 
notes  and  explanation  by  C.  B.  R.  Kennerly.  17  pp.  Appendices — 
Observations,  288  pp.  Part  VI,  No.  2  (in  Vol.  X),  Zoological  Re- 
port. Washington,  1859.  64  pp.  6  plates  mammals,  11  colored 
birds,  3  reptiles,  14  fishes.  (All  called  for  and  described  in  list; 
No.  XIII  of  mammals  in  place  of  VIII,  probably  misprint  in  the 
list). 

It  will  be  seen  that  Marcou  did  not  write  the  geological  re- 
port. The  reason  for  this  he  gives  in  his  Geology  of  North 
America.  Zurich,  1858.  4°  VI  (2),  144  pp.,  Geological  map  U.  S., 
Geological  map  New  Mexico,  7  plates,  map  of  United  States 
(copy  of  the  one  by  Maclure,  printed  in  Paris  in  1811).  In  this 
Marcou  reprints  his  preliminary  report  in  the  8°  edition  with 
extensive  notes:  A  Report  on  Pope's  Exploration  made  at  the 
request  of  Pope  from  observations,  and  a  general  description 
of  fossils  and  geology  in  the  West  from  his  observations  while 
with  Lieut.  Whipple.  The  book  also  contains  an  exhaustive  his- 
tory of  American  geology  with  a  bibliography. 

Mr.  Mollhausen  also  published  a  book  on  this  expedition  after 
his  return  to  Germany.  221 

POPE,  JOHN 

Report  Of  Exploration  Of  A  Route  For  The  Pacific 
Railroad,  Near  The  Thirty-Second  Parallel  Of  Latitude, 
From  The  Red  River  To  The  Rio  Grande,  By  Brevet  Cap- 
tain John  Pope,  Corps  Of  Topographical  Engineers. 

[Washington:  Nicholson,  1855.]  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st 
Sess.,  House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

8°  324  pp.     General  map  with  profile  on  same  sheet. 
Contents : 

Pages  1-4,  Title  and  Contents;  5-65,  Report  by  Pope; 
66-122,  Diary  by  J.  H.  Byrne;  123-4,  Tables  of  Camps; 
125-8,  Letters  by  Jules  Marcou  with  Geology;  129-31,  Let- 
ters by  Baird  &  Booth ;  132-306,  Tables;  307-324,  Catalogues 
of  Plants  by  Dr.  Torrey. 

Report    dated    Wash.,    Oct.    17,    1854. 


126  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


The  expedition  left  Dona  Ana  Feb.  12,  1854,  consisting  of  Cap- 
tain Pope,  Lieut.  K.  Garrard,  assistant  engineer,  Capt.  C.  S.  Tap- 
lin,  mineralogist,  Dr.  W.  S.  Diffendorfer,  surgeon  and  naturalist, 
John  Byrne,  computer,  and  Lieut.  L.  H.  Marshall  in  command  of 
the  escort.  Reached  Preston,  Texas,  May  15.  Byrne  says  they 
could  obtain  no  one  as  guide  who  had  been  over  the  route. 

Reprinted  in  Vol.  II  of  the  4°  edition  of  the  Pacific  R.  R.  Sur- 
veys. IV,  (2),  185  pp.,  10  plates  botany.  (Report  by  Torrey  & 
Gray,  pp.  157-178,  index  179-185).  Geology  of  the  route  by  W. 
P.  Blake:  leaf  explanation,  44  pp.,  index  45-50;  geological  map 
and  geological  section.  In  Vol.  XI,  large  map  with  profile  at  the 
bottom. 

No  extended  scientific  reports  on  this  expedition  seem  to  have 
been  made,  at  least  none  were  printed.  Probably  what  notes 
were  made  were  used  in  the  compilation  of  the  general  scientific 
reports  on  the  whole  explorations.  222 


PARKE,  JOHN  G. 

Report  Of  Explorations  For  That  Portion  Of  A  Railway 
Route,  Near  The  Thirty-Second  Parallel  Of  Latitude,  Lying 
Between  Dona  Ana,  On  The  Rio  Grande,  And  Pimas  Vil- 
lages, On  The  Gila.  By  Lieut.  Jno.  G.  Parke,  U.  S.  A., 
Corps  Topographical  Engineers. 

[Washington:  Nicholson,  1855.]  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st 
Sess.,  House  Ex.  Doc.  129). 

8°  53  pp.     Map  of  survey  and  sheet  of  profiles. 

Contents : 

Pages  3-24,  Journal ;  24-32,  Barometric  measurements ; 
33-53,  Extracts  from  Report  of  Lt.  Col.  Emory  of  a  Military 
Reconnaisance  made  in  1846  and  1847. 

Party  started  from  San  Diego  January  24,  1854,  consisting  of 
Parke,  Henry  Custer,  assistant  and  topographer,  Dr.  A.  Heer- 
mann,  physician  and  naturalist,  Lieut.  George  Stoneman,  in  com- 
mand of  the  escort.  Went  by  Warner's  Ranch  to  Fort  Yuma  and 
up  the  Gila.  From  the  Pimas  Villages  to  Tucson  and  thence 
over  the  southern  route  to  Ft.  Fillmore. 

Republished  in  the  quarto  edition,  Pacific  R.  R.  Surveys,  Vol. 
II  in  28  pp.  and  the  Emory  extract  separately  in  22  pages.  No 
maps  published  in  this  edition  with  this  report. 

Drs.  Heermann  and  Hallowell  submitted  a  report  on  birds 
and  reptiles,  printed  in  1859  in  Vol.  X  of  the  4°  edition  in  24  pp. 
with  3  colored  plates  of  birds  and  1  of  reptiles.  Bird  plates  No.  1, 
IV,  VI;  reptiles  No.  II.  According  to  Hasse,  however,  there 
should  be  6  of  birds,  although  the  list  only  calls  for  3,  which 
are  all  that  are  described. 

In  1854  Parke  made  another  survey  from  San  Jose,  Calif.,  via 
the  coast  route  to  Los  Angeles.  Started  again  from  San  Diego 
May  26th  and  followed  the  emigrant  road  to  Ft.  Yuma  and  went 
over  most  of  the  ground  of  the  1854  survey  to  Ft.  Fillmore.  No 
journal  with  this  report,  which  occurs  in  the  4°  edition,  Vol.  VII, 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  127 


22    (2),   42   pp.    (Part    I),   8   colored   plates   of   scenery   by   A.    H. 
Campbell.    (Lith.  by  A.   Hoen,  Baltimore,   Wash.,   1856). 

Part  II,  Geology  by  Dr.  Thomas  Antisell,  204  pp.  Antisell's 
report  to  page  188;  T.  A.  Conrad  on  palaeontology,  189-196;  10 
plates  fossils;  Order  of  strata  and  explanations  of  plate,  197-204, 
14  plates  geological  sections,  (Colored)  geological  map — San 
Francisco  to  Los  Angeles,  along  route  of  Parke  to  accompany 
Thos.  Antisell's  Report,  (Colored)  geological  plan  and  section 
from  Rio  Grande  to  Pimas  Villages,  route  of  Parke.  Part  III, 
Botany  by  John  Torrey,  Wash.,  1856.  28  pp.,  8  plates.  Appendix 
A,  Meteorology — Remarks  on  meteorology  by  A.  H.  Campbell, 
14  pp.,  11  plates.  Appendix  B,  Engineer  Charles  H.  Poole's  Re- 
'port.  pp.  15-28.  Appendix  C,  pp.  29-30,  trans,  of  a  document  from 
the  Spanish  archives.  Appendix  D,  pp.  31-116,  tables.  2  maps 
and  sheet  of  profile  (Vol.  XI).  This  last  report  of  Parke's  was 
printed  in  1857.  223 

LANDER,  FRED  W. 

Synopsis  Of  A  Report  Of  The  Reconnaisance  Of  A  Rail- 
road Route  From  Puget  Sound  Via  South  Pass  To  The 
Mississippi  River.  By  Fred  W.  Lander,  Civil  Engineer. 

Washington,  D.  C.,  1856.  (In  33rd  Cong.,  1st  Sess., 
House  Ex.  Doc.  129).  Not  seen,  except  in — 

Vol.  II  of  the  Pacific  R.  R.  Surveys  4°  edition. 

4°  45  pp. 

This  expedition  was  a  volunteer  enterprise  of  Lander  who 
after  going  to  the  coast  with  the  Stevens  expedition  evidently 
wished  the  government  to  pay  his  expenses  back.  He  got  the 
Washington  legislature  to  endorse  him  and  tried  to  get  Congress 
to  pay  the  bill.  This  report  is  stated  to  be  revised  since  first 
transmitted  to  the  War  Department.  It  was  first  printed  as  a 
part  of  House  Doc.  129,  33rd  Cong.,  1st  Sess. 

Lander  took  24  pages  to  expound  his  views  of  how  best  to 
construct  a  transcontinental  railroad  from  both  a  financial 
and  engineering  standpoint;  then  follow  pp.  25-28  as  to  why  the 
northern  route  is  not  accepetable,  and  finally  pp.  29-45  mentions 
briefly  his  movements,  but  on  the  whole  in  reading  this  which 
purports  to  be  a  reconnaisance,  one  gains  the  impression  that 
Lander  returned  to  the  East  by  water.  His  maps  were  never 
published. 

I  have  never  seen  the  original  Lander  report  published  in 
octavo  as  part  of  Doc.  129,  the  bound  volume  of  documents  con- 
taining it  being  missing  in  the  public  institutions  here. 

Feb.  13,  1858  Lander  addressed  a  letter  to  the  Secretary  of 
the  Interior,  enclosing  a  report  on  the  "Practicability  of  Rail- 
roads Through  The  South  Pass,"  published  as  a  letter  of  the 
Secretary  of  the  Interior,  35th  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  House  Ex.  Doc. 
No.  70.  8°  20  pp.  Lander  also  published,  Remarks  on  the  Con- 
struction of  a  First  Class,  Double  Track  Railway  to  the  Pacific 
and  the  Difficulties  attending  its  Solution,  etc.  Washington,  1854. 
8°  14  pp.,  including  title.  P.  P.  W.  224 


128 


ROSS,  ALEXANDER 

The  Fur  Hunters  Of  The  Far  West;  A  Narrative  Of 
Adventures  In  The  Oregon  And  Rocky  Mountains.  By 
Alexander  Ross,  ...  In  2  Volumes. 

London :     Smith,  Elder  &  Co.,  .  .  .  1855. 

8°  Pp.  XV,  333;  VIII,  262;  port.  Ross,  plate  and  map. 

Map: 

Map  Of  The  Oregon  to  illustrate  Ross's  Fur  Hunters  Of 
The  Far  West.  Eng.  by  Ford  &  West. 

Ross  was  with  the  Astor  Company  but  joined  the  Northwest 
Co.  on  the  breaking  up  of  the  Astor  enterprise. 

Left  the  Pacific  in  1825  and  went  to  Red  River  Settlement, 
having  received  the  grant  of  100  acres  there  from  Gov.  Simp- 
son. Gives  a  good  account  of  his  overland  journey. 

In  1856  Ross  Published:  The  Red  River  Settlement:  Its  Rise, 
Progress  And  Present  State.  With  Some  Account  Of  The  Native 
Races  And  Its  General  History,  To  The  Present  Day.  By  Alex- 
ander Ross,  .  .  .  London:  Smith,  Elder  &  Co.,  .  .  .  1856.  8° 
Front.  (Upper  Ft.  Garry)  XVI,  416  pp. 

This   brings   the    history    down   to   about    1850.  225 

RYERSON,  JOHN 

Hudson's  Bay ;  Or,  A  Missionary  Tour  In  The  Territory 
Of  The  Hon.  Hudson's  Bay  Company,  By  The  Rev.  John 
Ryerson,  Co-Delegate,  And  Deputation  To  The  Wesleyan 
Missions  In  Hudson's  Bay :  With  Brief  Missionary  Mem- 
orials And  Illustrations. 

Toronto :     Published  By  G.  R.  Sanderson.  .  .  .  1855. 

18°  XXIV,  190  pp.     Port,  of  Ryerson  and  9  other  plates. 

Ryerson  went  in  from  Ft.  William  to  Red  River  and  thence  to 
Norway  House  and  Rossville,  thence  to  York  Factory  on  his 
way  to  England.  Occupied  the  summer  of  1854.  226 

BONNER,  T.  D. 

The  Life  And  Adventures  Of  James  P.  Beckwourth, 
Mountaineer,  Scout,  And  Pioneer,  And  Chief  Of  The  Crow 
Nation  Of  Indians.  With  Illustrations.  Written  From  His 
Own  Dictation,  By  T.  D.  Bonner. 

New  York:     Harper  &  Brothers,  .  .  .  1856. 

12°  XII,  13-537  pp.,  port.  Beckwourth,  12  other  plates, 
included  in  the  pagination. 

The  essential  truth   of  this  narrative  is   corroborated   by   refer- 

-ehce  to  other  writers  who  frequently  mention  Beckwourth  and  his 

exploits.      He    embarked    on    mountain   life    in    1822    with    Ashley's 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  129 


company.  Party  left  St.  Louis  Oct.  llth  but  this  time  he  did  not 
reach  the  mountains,  having  to  return  with  Harris.  Next  May, 
however,  he  started  again  with  Ashley,  was  on  the  Green  River 
with  him  and  returned  with  him  via  the  Yellowstone  in  1825. 
Found  Major  Pilcher  in  charge  ot  Ft.  Lookout.  Speaks  of  Stew- 
art visiting  him  with  Harrison  and  Fitzpatrick  and  a  Mr.  Broth- 
erton.  Relates  an  experience  with  Stewart,  pp.  278-282. 

In  1840  went  to  New  Mexico  and  began  trading  on  his  own 
account  and  in  1842  settled  at  Pueblo,  which  with  some  other  fur 
trappers,  he  built. 

Claimed  to  have  arrived  in  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  in  January,  1844, 
but  returned  to  Pueblo  in  1846.  Afterward  lived  in  California  in 
Beckwourth  Valley.  Bancroft  says  he  died  in  the  North  Platte 
country  in  1867,  aged  about  70.  227 

CARVALHO,  S.  N. 

Incidents  Of  Travel  And  Adventure  In  The  Far  West: 
With  Col.  Fremont's  Last  Expedition  Across  The  Rocky 
Mountains:  Including  Three  Months'  Residence  In  Utah, 
And  A  Perilous  Trip  Across  The  Great  American  Desert, 
To  The  Pacific.  By  S.  N.  Carvalho,  Artist  To  The  Expedi- 
tion. 

New  York :  Derby  &.  Jackson.  London :  Sampson 
Low,  Son  &  Co.  1856. 

12°  Title  and  half  title,  VII-XV,  17-380  pp. 

I  think  this  should  have  a  front,  as  all  the  American  printed 
copies  I  have  seen  which  bear  date  of  1857  have  a  plate. 

Went  as  artist  with  Fremont's  expedition  of  1853.  Left  N.  Y. 
Sept.  5th  and  Westport  about  the  23rd.  Traveled  by  Bent's  Fort 
at  Big  Timber  and  arrived  at  Parowan,  Salt  Lake  Valley  Feb. 
8th,  having  traveled  principally  over  Beale's  and  Gunnison's  track. 
At  Parowan  Carvalho  and  Egloffstein  left  Fremont,  who  contin- 
ued to  California,  May  5,  1854,  via  the  southern  route.  Carvalho 
crossed  Cajon  Pass  to  San  Bernardino,  where  he  arrived  June 
9th  and  thence  to  Los  Angeles. 

Carvalho  was  an  artist,  but  I  have  not  seen  any  sketches  made 
by  him  on  this  expedition.  228 

DAVIS,  J. 

Mormonism  Unveiled :  Or  A  Peep  into  the  Practices  of 
the  Latter  Day  Saints,  By  a  deluded  brother  of  the  Sect, 
giving  an  account  of  his  Journeyings  to  Utah  in  the  Valley 
of  the  Salt  Lake,  in  company  with  upwards  of  200  and  also 
his  observations  during  his  sojourn  among  them  and  his 
final  escape  and  return  to  Old  England.  By  J.  Davis. 

Bristol,  [Eng.l,  1855. 

12°  48  pp. 

Gives  an  account  of  his  trip  to  Louisiana  and  across  the  plains 
to  Utah.  (Not  seen).  230 


130 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

FERRIS,  MRS.  B.  G. 

The  Mormons  At  Home ;  With  some  Incidents  of  Travel 
From  Missouri  To  California,  1852-3.  In  A  Series  Of 
Letters.  By  Mrs.  B.  G.  Ferris  (wife  of  the  late  U.  S. 
Secretary  for  Utah). 

New  York :    Dix  &  Edwards,  .  .  .  1856. 

12°  VIII,  299  pp. 

Left  Independence  Aug.  23,  1852,  and  arrived  at  Salt  Lake  be- 
fore Oct.  30th.  May  5th,  1853,  left  for  California  via  the  Hum- 
boldt  and  Carson  Valley  and  apparently  Lassen  Pass.  231 

GRAY,  A.  B. 

Survey  Of  A  Route  For  The  Southern  Pacific  R.  R.,  On 
The  32nd  Parallel,  By  A.  B.  Gray,  For  The  Texas  Western 
R.  R.  Company. 

Cincinnati,  6:    Wrightson  &  Co.  .  .  .  1856. 

8°  110  pp.  slip  errata,  3  maps,  32  views  of  scenery. 

Maps: 

Preliminary  Map  to  accompany  Report  of  A.  B.  Gray  of 
the  Route  of  the  Texas  Western  Railroad  In  Connection 
With  The  Line  Of  The  Southern  Pacific,  1856.  Lith.  by 
Middleton,  Wallace  &  Co.,  Cine.,  who  also  lithographed 
the  plates  and  the  map  of  the  World. 

The  World,  Illustrating  the  Courses  of  Trade. 

Port  of  San  Diego.     Lith.  by  J.  Bien,  N.  Y. 

Plates  after  drawings  by  Chas.  Schuchard,  a  Texan.  They  are 
very  interesting. 

Gray's  report  is  dated  N.  Y.,  Feb.  1855,  but  it  was  not  printed 
until  after  May  10th  (see  R.  R.  Record,  Oct.  18). 

The  views  of  Ft.  Yuma  and  ruins  of  Mission  of  Tumacacari 
and  Calabazas  appeared  also  in  the  Report  of  the  Sonora  Explor- 
ing and  Mining  Co.,  Cine.,  1856.  The  mining  company  was  backed 
by  the  same  interests  as  the  railroad,  Major  Heintzelman,  Poston, 
Ehrenberg,  Brunckow  being  the  active  operators  of  the  mining 
operations  and  indeed  the  promoters  thereof.  (See  the  Sonora 
Co.'s  report  for  1856  for  Charles  D.  Poston's  account  of  his 
journey  in  the  summer  of  1856  from  Ft.  Thorn  to  Tubac).  232 

GREENE,  MAX 

The  Kanzas  Region :  Forest,  Prairie,  Desert,  Mountain, 
Vale,  and  River.  Descriptions  Of  Scenery,  Climate,  W7ild 
Productions,  Capabilities  Of  Soil,  And  Commercial  Re- 
sources ;  Interspersed  With  Incidents  Of  Travel,  And  Anec- 
dotes Illustrative  Of  The  Character  Of  The  Traders  And 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 131 

Red  Men ;  To  Which  Are  Added  Directions  As  To  Routes, 
Outfit  For  The  Pioneer,  And  Sketches  Of  Desirable  Locali- 
ties For  Present  Settlement.  By  Max.  Greene. 

New  York :     Fowler  and  Wells,  .  .  .  1856. 

12°  VIII,  9-192  pp.    2  maps. 

Maps: 

[As  front.]  [Map  of  Kansas  and  adjacent  regions]  (no 
title).  Marked:  Aerography.  J.  H.  Colton  &  Co.,  New 
York. 

East  Kanzas  (occupies  pages  169-70  in  the  pagination). 

This  well  written  book  contains  a  very  good  account  of  the 
prairie  and  mountain  region  with  many  accounts  of  the  author's 
own  experiences  from  1850  to  1855,  as  well  as  a  history  of  the 
Santa  Fe  trade  and  descriptions  of  the  Santa  Fe  trail.  233 

MARCY,  CAPT.  R.  B. 

Message  Of  The  President  Of  The  United  States,  Com- 
municating In  Compliance  with  a  resolution  of  the  Senate 
of  February  26,  calling  for  a  copy  of  the  report  and  maps  of 
Capt.  Marcy  of  his  explorations  of  the  Big  Witchita  and 
head  waters  of  the  Brazos  Rivers. 

March  25,  1856,  Referred. 

34  Cong.  1  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  60. 

8°  48  pp.     Map. 

Map: 

Map  of  the  Country  upon  the  Brazos  and  Big  Witchita 
Rivers  Explored  in  1854  by  Capt.  R.  B.  Marcy.  .  .  .  Lith. 
By  P.  S.  Duval. 

Marcy's  report  is  dated  New  York  City,  January  JS,  1855,  and 
is  largely  devoted  to  the  Comanche  Indians  and  his  dealings  with 
them.  Major  Neighbors  accompanied  him.  234 

MOFFETTE,  JOSEPH  F. 

The  Territories  Of  Kansas  And  Nebraska :  Being  An 
Account  Of  Their  Geography,  Resources,  And  Settlements, 
Etc.,  Etc.  By  Joseph  F.  Moffette,  Late  Of  Governor 
Stevens'  Overland  Expedition.  Accompanied  By  Elaborate 
Maps. 

New  York :    J.  H.  Colton  &  Co.,  .  .  .  1856. 

18°  84  pp.,  24  pp.  adv.,  2  maps. 

Maps: 

Nebraska  and  Kansas,  Pub.  By  J.  A.  Colton  &  Co.  .  .  . 
1856.  (Eastern  part  only  showing  counties). 


132  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


[Another  with  same  title  showing  territory  and  the  Rocky 
Mountains.] 

Moffette  gives  a  good  description  of  the  upper  Missouri  coun- 
try,   no    doubt    from   personal   knowledge.  235 


PARKER,  W.  B. 

Notes  Taken  During  The  Expedition  Commanded  By 
Capt.  R;  B.  Marcy,  U.  S.  A.,  Through  Unexplored  Texas, 
In  the  Summer  and  Fall  of  1854.  By  W.  B.  Parker,  At- 
tached to  the  Expedition. 

Philadelphia:     Hayes  &  Zell,  .  .  .  1856. 

12°  XII,  9-242  pp. 

Parker  was  a  civilian  friend  of  Marcy's  and  went  for  the  ad- 
venture. The  object  of  the  expedition  was  to  locate  an  Indian 
reserve  in  N.  W.  Texas  for  the  Indians  in  the  State  of  Texas. 
Party  left  Ft.  Smith  June  1st,  Dr.  G.  G.  Shumard  of  Ft.  Smith 
accompanying  them.  They  proceeded  via  Ft.  Washita  to  the 
Little  Wichita,  and  the  headwaters  of  the  Brazos,  where  the  sur- 
vey was  made  on  Clear  Fork.  Returned  to  Ft.  Smith  Oct  15th. 

236 

SONORA  EXPLORING  AND  MINING  CO. 

Report  Of  The  Sonora  Exploring  and  Mining  Co.,  Made 
To  The  Stockholders,  December,  1856. 

Cincinnati :     Railroad  Record  Print.     1856. 
8°  43,  (1)  pp.,  4  views,  4  maps. 

Maps: 

Tubac  Headquarters  Sonora  Exploring  &  Mining  Com- 
pany. 

Sketch  Of  Silver  Regions  around  Tubac. 

Sketch  Of  Mineral  Veins  in  the  Santa  Rita  Range  Of 
Mountains. 

Map  Of  The  Mineral  Regions  on  the  proposed  Southern 
Pacific  Railroad  through  Gadsden  Purchase. 

The  company  occupied  as  headquarters  in  Arizona  the  old  pre- 
sidio of  Tubac  which  had  been  occupied  up  to  the  transfer  of  the 
territory.  Herman  Ehrenberg,  the  engineer  and  surveyor  of  the 
company,  was  the  most  active  explorer  in  the  Southwest.  He  drew 
three  of  the  above  mentioned  maps,  the  other  being  reduced  from 
the  western  part  of  Gray's  map  attached  to  the  "Survey  of  a 
Route  for  the  Southern  Pacific  R.  R."  The  report  contains  ex- 
tracts from  C.  D.  Poston's  report  of  a  trip  from  El  Paso  to  Tubac. 

Same  September,  1857.  Cincinnati:  Railroad  Record  Print. 
1857.  8°  24  pp.,  3  views,  same  general  map  as  in  the  1856  report. 

Same,  Second  Annual  Report  .  .  .  Cine.,  1858.  8°  16  pp.  Gives 
some  account  of  the  Crabb  filibustering  expedition. 


JOURNAL 


OP 


JOHN  UDELL, 


KEl'T 


DURING  A  TRIP  ACIluSS  THE  PLAINS, 


ro\TATN[N<;    AN"    ACCOUNT    "F   THK 


MASSACRE  OF  A  PORTION  OF  HIS  PARTY  BY  THE 
MOIIAVK  INDIANS,  TN.-l 


1  ENTERED  ACCORDING  TO  ACT  OK  CON' 


JEFFERSON  : 

ASHTABULA    SENTINEL  STEAM   1'RESS  PRINT. 
1868. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  133 


Same,  Third  Annual  Report,  made  in  March,  1859.  New-York: 
W.  Minns  &  Co.  1859.  8°  30  pp. 

Same,  Fourth  Annual  Report  .  .  .  March.  1860.  New-York.  W. 
Minns  &  Co.  1860.  8°  18  pp. 

Same,  Report  of  Frederic  Brunckow  .  .  .  also  a  letter  from 
Herman  Ehrenberg,  etc.  Cine.:  Railroad  Record  .  .  .  1859.  8° 
Front.,  47  pp.  Small  map  of  Arizona  or  the  Gadsden  Purchase, 
with  the  Position  of  its  Silver  mines  .  .  .  1859. 

During  these  operations  the  first  newspaper  in  Arizona,  the 
Arizonian,  was  started  at  Tubac.  In  this  pamphlet  Brunckow,  who 
was  killed  by  the  Apaches  later,  in  1859,  gives  an  historical  ac- 
count of  his  career  and  this  mining  enterprise,  the  first  American 
mining  enterprise  in  the  Southwest. 

Elliott's  History  of  Arizona  gives  a  few  details  of  Ehrenberg's 
career  obtained  from  C.  D.  Poston,  who'  says  Ehrenberg  came 
with  him  to  Arizona  first  in  1854  from  Sonora.  Bancroft,  in  his 
Pioneer  Register  to  his  History  of  California,  says  Ehrenberg 
went  overland  to  Oregon  in  1844.  In  1847  he  arrived  at  the  Sand- 
wich Islands  from  California,  and  according  to  Bancroft  came  to 
California  just  before  or  during  the  gold  rush  in  1848.  He  was 
killed  by  an  Indian  at  Dos  Palos  in  the  Mojave  Desert  in  1866. 
But  little  is  known  of  his  early  career  except  that  he  took  part  in 
the  Texas  revolution  in  1836  and  wrote  a  book  about  it.  See 
Raines'  Bibl.  of  Texas  for  a  note  about  him.  He  was  a  great  map 
maker.  I  have  several  published  by  him  in  San  Francisco  before 
1860.  237 

UDELL,  JOHN 

Incidents  Of  Travel  To  California,  Across  The  Great 
Plains ;  Together  With  The  Return  Trips  Through  Central 
America  and  Jamaica ;  To  Which  Are  Added  Sketches  Of 
The  Author's  Life.  By  John  Udell. 

Jefferson,  Ohio ;  Printed  For  The  Author,  At  The  Sen- 
tinel Office.  1856. 

12°  VIII,  9-302  pp.,  1  leaf  errata.    Port.  Udell. 

Started  May  1,  1850,  from  Davis  Co.,  Iowa,  and  went  by  Coun- 
cil Bluffs,  Ft.  Laramie,  Ft.  Bridger,  Salt  Lake,  Humboldt  River, 
Carson  Valley  and  arrived  at  Placerville  August  29th.  Went 
home  in  1851  via  the  Nicaragua  route.  May  5,  1852,  started  again 
for  California  from  Missouri.  Crossed  the  Missouri  at  Trader's 
Point  at  the  Plattsville  Ferry.  Went  up  the  Platte,  passed  Ft. 
Laramie,  Ft.  Bridger,  Salt  Lake,  the  Humboldt,  Carson  Valley 
and  arrived  at  Placerville  Sept.  20.  In  1853  returned  via  Panama. 
April  24,  1854,  started  again  for  California,  from  Missouri  via 
Council  Bluffs,  followed  practically  the  same  road  as  the  former 
trip  and  arrived  at  Placerville  October  3rd.  In  1855,  returned  to 
the  States  again. 

Udell  was  a  Baptist  clergyman,  born  June  22,  1775,  in  James 
St.,  New  York  City.  The  family  kept  moving  West  and  finally 
landed  in  Ashtabula  Co.,  Ohio,  and  Udell  lived  at  Jefferson  and 
after  various  moves  landed  in  Missouri  and  then  back  to  Ohio 
again. 

The  book,  besides  a  long  account  of  his  restless  wanderings, 
contains  articles  on  California,  the  Constitution  of  the  U.  S., 


134  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Central  America,  etc.,  Salt  Lake  and  the  Mormons  and  the  Pacific 
Railroad. 

Udell  made  another  trip  in  1858-9  of  which  he  published  an 
extended  account: 

Journal  Of  John  Udell,  Kept  During  A  Trip  Across  The 
Plains,  Containing  An  Account  Of  The  Massacre  Of  A 
Portion  Of  His  Party  By  The  Mohave  Indians,  In  1859. 
[Entered  According  to  Act  of  Congress]. 

Jefferson :    Ashtabula  Sentinel  Steam  Press  Print.     1868. 
8°  47  pp.  incl.  title,  and  a  portrait  of  Udell  on  verso  of 
47.     P.  P.  W.,  with  same  title. 

This  time  he  went  by  the  Santa  Fe  Trail  and  was  obliged  to 
spend  the  winter  of  1858-9  at  Albuquerque.  In  the  spring  he  went 
by  Scale's  road  through  the  Mohave  to  Los  Angeles. 

Very  rare   pamphlet.  238 

UPHAM,  CHARLES  WENTWORTH 

Life  Explorations  And  Public  Services  Of  John  Charles 
Fremont.  By  Charles  Wentworth  Upham.  With  Illus- 
trations. .  .  . 

Boston:    Ticknor  And  Fields.     MDCCCLVI. 

12°  Port.  Fremont,  title,  V-VIII,  9-355  (1)  pp.  13  other 
plates,  including  portrait  of  Carson. 

Pages  273-300  contain  an  account  of  Fremont's  fourth  expedi- 
tion, mostly  contained  in  letters  from  Fremont:  To  Benton,  Bent's 
Fort,  Nov.  17,  1848;  to  Mrs.  Fremont,  Taos,  Jan.  27,  1849;  to  Mrs. 
Fremont,  Taos,  Feb.  6,  1849;  to  Benton,  Socorro,  Feb.  24,  1849. 
Pages  327-332  contain  a  short  account  of  the  fifth  expedition  of 
1853-4,  including  a  letter  from  Fremont  to  Benton,  dated  Parawan 
(Utah)  Feb.  9,  1854. 

Also  a  life  by  John  Bigelow.  New  York,  1856.  8°  X,  11-480. 
Port,  of  Fremont  and  111.  In  the  Century  for  March,  1891,  will 
be  found  several  articles  on  the  Fremont  explorations,  including 
one  entitled  "Rough  Times  In  Rough  Places.  A  Personal  Nar- 
rative of  the  terrible  experiences  of  Fremont's  fourth  Expedition." 
This  is  made  up  of  the  records  and  diary  of  Micajah  McGehee,  a 
member  of  the  expedition.  The  part  printed  records  only  the  ex- 
periences of  the  party  after  entering  the  mountains  Nov.  26,  1848. 

McGehee's  Diary  records  the  death  of  Bill  Williams,  in  the 
spring  of  1849,  together  with  Dr.  Kern.  They  had  gone  in  search 
of  a  lot  of  property  lost  by  the  Fremont  Expedition  during  the 
winter,  and  were  killed  by  the  Indians  somewhere  in  the  upper 
Rio  Grande  valley.  Williams  was  a  very  remarkable  man.  The 
best  account  that  I  know  of  him  is  contained  in  "My  Sixty  Years 
On  The  Plains  By  W.  T.  Hamilton,  New  York.  1905." 

Hamilton  started  out  with  Williams  on  a  trapping  and  trading 
expedition  from  Independence  in  1842,  and  remained  with  him 
three  years.  He  said  that  Williams  had  been  on  the  plains  for 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  135 


fifteen  years.  They  separated  in  the  fall  of  1845,  Williams  going 
to  Santa  Fe.  On  page  196  he  says  that  afterwards  the  Utes  told 
him  that  they  had  killed  Williams  by  mistake  in  Apache  Pass.  239 

WARREN,  G.  K. 

Explorations  In  The  Dacota  Country,  In  The  Year  1855. 
By  Lieut.  G.  K.  Warren,  Topographical  Engineer  Of  The 
"Sioux  Expedition." 

Washington :  A.  O.  P.  Nicholson,  Senate  Printer.  1856. 
(34th  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  Senate  Ex.  Doc.  76). 

8°  Title,  79  pp.,  VI  index  and  errata,     3  maps. 

Maps: 

Section  of  map  compiled  in  P.  R.  R.  office  .  .  .  designed 
to  illustrate  Lt.  Warren's  Report  of  Military  Reconnaissance 
of  the  Dacota  Country.  Shows  routes  of  Long,  Nicolet, 
Fremont  &  Capt.  Stansbury. 

Reconnaissances  in  the  Dacota  Country,  By  G.  K.  Warren. 

Sketch  of  the  Blue  Water  Creek  .  .  .  made  by  Warren. 

No  journal;  only  general  description  of  the  route.  The  Sioux 
expedition  was  under  the  orders  of  Gen.  Harney,  and  took  place 
in  the  summer  of  1855.  240 

BRYAN,  F.  T. 

[Exploration  for  a  road  from  Ft.  Riley  to  Bridger's  Pass, 
in  1856]. 

Letter  of  Francis  T.  Bryan,  St.  Louis,  Feb.  19,  1857. 

Report  on  the  topography  of  the  country  between  Lodge 
Pole  Creek,  Cache  le  Poudre,  and  the  South  Platte,  in  Con- 
nection with  an  exploration  for  a  road  from  Fort  Riley  to 
Bridger's  Pass.  By  John  Lambert.  St.  Louis,  March  21, 
1857. 

Report  of  a  Geological  expedition  from  Fort  Leavenworth 
to  Bryan's  Pass  .  .  .  By  H.  Englemann,  geologist  and  min- 
ing engineer. 

The  last  two  papers  are  attached  to  the  report  of  Bryan's  who 
was  in  charge  of  the  party  and  together  they  formed  Appendix  H, 
pp.  455-520,  of  the  Senate  Ex.  Doc.  2,  Vol.  II,  35  Cong.,  1  Sess., 
or  House  Doc.  2,  same  pagination. 

This  exploration  occupied  the  summer  of  1856  and  Bryan's 
diary  is  printed.  Map  not  published.  Appendix  L,  p.  525,  con- 
sists of  a  letter  from  Capt.  John  H.  Dickerson,  who  located  a 
road  from  Omaha  to  new  Ft.  Kearney.  241 

CHANDLESS,  WILLIAM 

A   Visit   To   Salt   Lake ;   Being   A   Journey   Across   The 


136  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Plains  And  A  Residence  In  The  Mormon  Settlements  At 
Utah.     By  William  Chandless. 

London :    Smith,  Elder  &  Co.,  .  .  .  1857. 

12°  XII,  346  pp.    Map. 

Map: 

Map  Showing  The  Author's  Route.  Standidge  &  Co., 
Lith.,  London. 

Left  Atchison  as  wagon  driver  in  July,  1855,  via  Ft.  Bridger 
and  arrived  at  Salt  Lake  about  Nov.  1st.  First  133  pp.  devoted  to 
the  trip.  Part  II  gives  an  account  of  Salt  Lake  and  the  Mormons. 
Jan.,  1856,  started  for  California  via  Fillmore,  Cedar  City,  Las 
Vegas,  San  Bernardino  and  Los  Angeles,  arriving  in  San  Fran- 
cisco by  water  Feb.  8th. 

A  very  entertaining  book.  242 

COOKE,  P.  ST.  G. 

Scenes  And  Adventures  In  The  Army:  Or,  Romance  Of 
Military  Life.  By  P.  St.  G.  Cooke,  Colonel  Second 
Dragoons,  U.  S.  A. 

Philadelphia:     Lindsay  &  Blakiston.     1857. 

12°  XII,  13-432  pp. 

Cooke  started  his  prairie  life  in  1829  as  lieutenant  in  the  expe- 
dition to  the  boundary  to  escort  the  Santa  Fe  traders.  In  1831 
he  made  a  trip  overland  to  the  Platte  and  to  the  Missouri  at 
Cabanne's  a  few  miles  below  old  Ft.  Atkinson  at  Council  Bluffs. 
Gives  a  long  account  of  Hugh  Glass's  adventures. 

In  1843  was  on  a  western  trip  to  escort  the  caravan  to  Santa  Fe. 

In  1845  (May  23rd),  started  from  Ft.  Leavenworth  to  escort  the 
Oregon  emigrants.  Arrived  at  Ft.  Laramie  June  14th,  Colonel 
Kearny  in  command.  Crossed  the  South  Pass  and  on  July  1st 
started  to  return,  Fitzpatrick  as  guide.  July  8th  met  Walker  on 
his  way  to  California.  Says  he  was  married  to  a  squaw  or  squaws, 
but  of  much  natural  ability.  July  29th  arrived  at  Bent's  Fort  and 
Aug.  24th  at  Ft.  Leavenworth.  The  book  ends  with  his  arrival 
there.  242A 

DAVIS,  W.  W.  H. 

El  Gringo;  Or,  New  Mexico  And  Her  People.  By  W.  W. 
H.  Davis,  Late  United  States  Attorney. 

New  York:     Harper  &  Brothers,  .  .  .  1857. 

12°  XII,  13-432  pp.  Front.';  12  other  plates  included  in 
the  pagination.  Plates  by  Col.  Eaton  &  F.  A.  Percy  of  El 
Paso. 

Davis  left  Independence  Nov.  1st,  1853,  by  the  Santa  Fe  trail. 
He  also  made  an  excursion  into  the  Navajo  country  in  the  sum- 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  137 

mer  of  1855.  Besides  a  sketch  of  the  history  of  New  Mexico  and 
the  first  written  by  one  who  had  access  to  the  archives,  it  con- 
tains practically  a  diary  of  Davis'  stay.  243 

EMORY,  WILLIAM  H. 

United  States  And  Mexican  Boundary  Survey.  Report 
Of  William  H.  Emory  Major  First  Cavalry  And  U.  S.  Com- 
missioner Volume  I. 

Washington :  Cornelius  Wendell,  Printer.  1857.  (34th 
Cong.,  1st  Sess.  House  Ex.  Doc.  135). 

4°  XVI,  258  pp.,  2  maps,  meteorological  chart,  profile 
and  geological  section. 

Part  II — Geological  Reports  of  Doctor  C.  C.  Parry  and 
Asst.  Arthur  Schott.  Notes  By  W.  H.  Emory.  Palaeon- 
tology and  Geology  of  the  Boundary,  By  James  Hall  of 
Albany,  New  York.  Description  of  Cretaceous  And  Ter- 
tiary Fossils,  By  T.  A.  Conrad,  Esq. 

VIII,  174  pp.,  21  plates,  eng.  by  J.  E.  Gavit  &  Dougal, 
map. 

Maps  to  Part  I: 

Map  showing  magnetic  observations. 

Map  Of  The  U.  S.  And  Their  Territories  Between  the 
Mississippi  and  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  Part  of  Mexico. 
Compiled  from  Surveys  made  under  the  order  of  W.  H. 
Emory,  etc.  By  Thomas  Jekyll,  1857-8. 

Plates  to  Part  I : 

12  colored  lithographs  by  Sarony,  Major  &  Knapp ;  9 
steel  engravings,  from  scenes  by  Arthur  Schott,  Weyss  and 
Vaudricourt,  engraved  by  James  D.  Smillie  (contains  an 
engraved  view  of  Monument  Mt.,  page  96,  not  given  in  list 
of  plates) ;  66  outline  sketches  on  33  plates. 

Map  to  Part  II : 

Map  illustrating  General  Geological  Features  .  .  .  West 
of  the  Mississippi  River.  .  .  .  By  James  Hall,  etc. 

Vol.  II,  in  2  parts,  was  published  in  Washington,  1859.  Part  I 
contains  the  Botany  in  270  pp.  with  61  plates,  and  the  Cactacea  in 
78  pp.  and  75  plates.  An  introductory,  "View  along  the  Gila, — 
Cereus  Giganteus,"  not  numbered  nor  included  in  the  description. 
Part  II  contains:  Mammals,  in  62  pp.  with  27  plates;  Birds  in  32, 
(1)  pp.  with  25  colored  plates;  Reptiles,  in  35  pp.  with  41  plates; 
Ichthyology,  in  85,  II  pp.  with  41  plates. 

The  reports  of  Lieut.  N.  Michler  and  Dr.  C.  C.  Parry  embrace 
most  of  the  journal  contained  in  this  report  as  Emory  does  not 
give  his  own  but  confines  himself  to  observations  on  the  business 
of  the  Commission,  the  state  of  the  country,  Indians,  etc.  244 


138  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

FR6BEL,  JULIUS 

Aus  Amerika.  Erfahrungen,  Reisen  und  Studien  von 
Julius  Frobel,  Erster  Band. 

Leipzig  Verlagsbuchhandlung  von  J.  J.  Weber.     1857. 

8°  XVI,  550;  (1858)  XVI,  615  (1)  pp. 

Translated  into  English  as :  Seven  Years'  Travel  In 
Central  America,  Northern  Mexico,  And  The  Far  West  Of 
The  United  States.  By  Julius  Froebel.  With  Numerous 
Illustrations. 

London :  Richard  Bentley,  Publisher  in  Ordinary  to  Her 
Majesty.  M.  DCCC.  LIX. 

8°  XIV  (2),  587  pp.,  8  plates. 

This  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  books  of  travel  through 
the  southwest.  Froebel  went  out  first  to  Chihuahua  in  1852  by 
the  Santa  Fe  trail.  In  1853  he  returned  East  but  in  August  again 
went  to  Chihuahua.  After  another  trip  East  in  June  of  1854,  he 
went  to  California  by  way  of  Santa  Cruz,  Tucson,  and  down  the 
Gila,  arriving  at  Los  Angeles  September  6th.  While  in  San  Fran- 
cisco Froebel  started  a  journal  but  it  probably  had  a  short  life  as 
Froebel  returned  to  Germany  before  printing  his  book  in  1857. 

245 

MOWRY,  SYLVESTER 

Memoir  Of  The  Proposed  Territory  Of  Arizona.  By 
Sylvester  Mowry,  U.  S.  A.,  Delegate  Elect. 

Washington :     Henry  Polkinhorn,  Printer.     1857. 

8°  30  pp.     Map? 

P.  P.  W.  with  the  same  title. 

This  memoir  is  sometimes  catalogued  with  a  map,  but  I  see  no 
evidence  in  it  that  any  map  was  issued  with  it  and  conclude  that 
where  one  occurs,  it  is  inserted  probably  from  one  of  the  Sonora 
Exploring  Co.'s  pamphlets.  This  is  the  most  important  work 
dealing  with,  the  conditions  in  Arizona  after  the  Gadsden  Treaty 
and  before  the  Civil  War. 

Pages  29-30  embody  a  petition  from  residents  to  Congress  pray- 
ing for  the  erection  of  the  Gadsden  purchase  into  a  territory. 

A  very  valuable  memoir  by  Mowry  on  the  Indian  tribes  of 
Arizona,  dated  Sept.  22,  1857,  will  be  found  on  pp.  582-93  of  the 
Report  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  35  Cong.,  1  Sess.  Sen.  Ex. 
Doc.  II.  246 


STRATTON,  R.  B. 

Captivity  of  The  Oatman  Girls  Being  An  Interesting 
Narrative  of  Life  Among  Apache  and  Mohave  Indians : 
Containing  Also  An  interesting  account  of  the  Massacre  of 
the  Oatman  Family,  by  the  Apache  Indians,  in  1851 ;  the 
narrow  escape  of  Lorenzo  D.  Oatman ;  the  Capture  of  Olive 
A.  and  Mary  A.  Oatman ;  the  Death  by  Starvation,  of  the 


LIFE  AMONG  THE  INDIANS 


1XTKHKSTIXG  NARRATIVE 


<£aptiiritjj  of  %  Caiman 


AMONG   TUB 


APACHE  AND  MOHAVE  INDIANS. 


l-OXTAIMXi;    Al..«0 


intoroxtinn  account  of  the  Mnmacro  of  tlio  Ontmmi  Family,  by  tlio  Apache 
IiiilliiiK,  lii  IxM;  tin'  narrow  i'«rapi-  of  I.nr<-ii7.o  1).  Oatnmn:  tho  Capture 


hittrr: 


and  .Man 

A.  Oat  n 

.11 

:    tin   llratli  liy  Starvation,  u( 

till       I'|\C 

V.  ars  Si 

n 

i-lnu  ami  Ciipthlty  of  Olive  A. 

man:    alx 

.,  II.T  M 

1C 

ilar  riraptiirt>  in   INKS;    MS 

rh  i'n  li.v 

l.urcn/o 

\> 

and  Olive  A.  Out  man, 

II  

ily  siirvi 

il 

c    niPinlirr*  nl'  tin' 

liimlly, 

') 

the  author, 

S  A  X    K  11  A  N  C  I  S  C  0  : 

WI1ITTOX,  TOWM:  ,v  C<rs  r.XCKl.Slon  STKAM  P(nVKK  TIU'.SSKS, 

151  Clay  Stivi't,  :inl  iloor  hrlow  Munt^nuTy. 

1857, 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 139 

latter;  the  Five  Years  Suffering  and  Captivity  of  Olive  A. 
Oatman ;  also,  her  singular  recapture  in  1856 ;  as  given  by 
Lorenzo  D.  and  Olive  A.  Oatman,  the  only  surviving  mem- 
bers of  the  family,  to  the  author,  R.  B.  Stratton. 

San  Francisco :    Whitton,  Towne  &  Co.,  .  .  .  1857. 

Cover  title,  regular  title  as  follows: 

Life  Among  The  Indians  :  Being  An  Interesting  Narrative 
Of  The  Captivity  of  the  Oatman  Girls,  Among  The  Apache 
And  Mohave  Indians.  Containing  [then  to  the  end  the 
same  as  cover  title]. 

12°  Title,  leaf  of  preface,  5-183  pp.  Illustrations  includ- 
ing portrait  of  Olive  in  the  text. 

The  Oatman  family  formed  part  of  a  party  organized  in  1849 
in  Illinois  to  make  a  settlement  near  the  junction  of  the  Gila  and 
Colorado  rivers.  The  expedition  left  Independence  early  in  Aug- 
ust, 1850,  and  traveled  by  the  Santa  Fe  trail  but  did  not  go  to 
Santa  Fe;  instead  they  followed  the  Rio  Grande  to  Socorro  and 
started  over  the  Cooke  and  Kearny  route.  Passed  Tubac  and 
Tucson  and  arrived  at  the  Pima  Village  February  16,  1851.  The 
massacre  occurred  about  midway  between  here  and  Ft.  Yuma. 

This  is  the  genuine  original  edition,  only  a  few  of  which  are  in 
existence  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  in  the  preface  to  the  second 
edition  Stratton  says  5,000  copies  were  sold.  The  second  edition 
was  published  a  few  months  later  in  12°  231  pp.  Port.  Olive  and 
small  map  occupy  two  leaves  after  the  title  (both  included  in  the 
pagination).  Issued  both  in  cloth  and  paper  covers. 

Since  writing  the  above  I  have  come  into  the  possession  of  a 
little  periodical  entitled  "The  Olive  Branch,"  published  usually  at 
Kirtland,  Ohio,  from  August,  1848  to  January,  1851,  at  least  this 
is  the  last  number  of  the  set  which  I  have.  From  this  it  seems 
that  Oatman  was  one  of  the  "Brewsterites"  of  whom  "The  Olive 
Branch,"  was  the  organ.  A  young  man  named  J.  C.  Brewster  was 
the  prophet  of  this  off-shoot  from  the  regular  Mormons,  and  he 
also  had  a  revelation  that  Zion  was  to  be  in  California,  but  by 
this  he  meant  on  the  Colorado  River  somewhere  below  the  junc- 
tion with  the  Gila.  Several  small  parties  were  organized  and 
went  out  to  New  Mexico  and  ultimately  Brewster  founded  a  small 
colony  in  the  valley  of  the  Rio  Grande  seven  miles  southeast  of 
what  Brewster  called  Socorro  Mountain.  Brewster  called  the 
place  Colonia,  but  owing  to  dissentions  which  mostly  developed 
during  the  journey  out,  many  of  the  "Brewsterites"  did  not  stop 
here,  but  went  on  to  California.  In  Number  two  of  Volume  IV, 
September,  1851,  there  is  a  letter  from  Mrs.  Wilder  from  Ft. 
Yuma  which  contains  a  story  of  the  difficulties  of  the  Oatman 
party  and  of  the  massacre  of  the  family.  247 

BARTLESON,  JOHN 

Diary  of  a  trip  'from  Fort  Bridger,  Utah  Territory,  via 
Bridger's  Pass  and  Laramie  Plains  to  Fort  Laramie,  Ne- 
braska Territory,  by  Mr.  John  Bartleson. 


140  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Pages  52-6  of  The  Report  of  the  Secretary  of  War  of 
Dec.  6,  1858.  35  Cong.,  2  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  No.  1. 

The  expedition  took  place  in     December,  1857.  248 

BEALE,  E.  F. 

Wagon  Road  From  Fort  Defiance  To  The  Colorado 
River.  Letter  From  The  Secretary  of  War  Transmitting 
The  report  of  the  superintendent,  .  .  .  May  12,  1858,  or- 
dered printed. 

[Washington:  1858.]  35th  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  House  Ex. 
Doc.  124. 

8°  87  pp.    Map. 

Map: 

Preliminary  Map  of  the  Western  Portion  of  the  Recon- 
naisance  and  Survey  .  .  .  made  by  Capt.  A.  W.  Whipple 
in  1853-4.  With  additions,  ...  By  E.  F.  Beale,  Supt. 
1857-8. 

This  is  Beale's  Report  with  Journal.  Report  dated  Wash., 
April  26,  1858.  Left  San  Antonio,  Texas,  June  25th,  1857,  and  went 
through  to  Los  Angeles,  and  returned  during  the  winter  to  a 
point  near  Ft.  Defiance.  Beale  had  the  famous  camels  with  him 
on  this  trip.  The  route  was  by  Ft.  Clarke,  Ft.  Lancaster,  Ft. 
Davis,  El  Paso,  up  the  Rio  Grande  to  Albuquerque,  thence  over 
a  new  road  by  Zuni  to  the  mouth  of  the  Mohave  River  and  Ft. 
Tejon.  249 

[CONWAY,  CORNELIUS] 

The  Utah  Expedition ;  Containing  A  General  Account  Of 
The  Mormon  Campaign,  With  Incidents  of  Travel  on  the 
Plains ;  Account  of  Indian  Tribes,  Eetc.,  From  its  Com- 
mencement to  the  Present  Time.  By  A  Wagon-Master  Of 
The  Expedition. 

Cincinnati :     "Safety  Fund  Reporter,"  Office  Print.     1858. 

8°  48  pp.  P.  P.  W.  with  the  same  title  with  some  differ- 
ences in  punctuation  and  containing  a  Vignette  of  a  view  of 
Fort  Bridger. 

The  copy  in  the  Library  of  Congress  contains  in  manuscript  on 
the  title  page  C.  Conway  as  author.  250 

CRAKES,  SYLVESTER,  JUN 

Five  Years  A  Captive  Among  The  Black-Feet  Indians : 
Or,  A  Thrilling  Narrative  Of  The  Adventures,  Perils  And 
Suffering  Endured  By  John  Dixon  And  His  Companions, 


Price, -    -    25  Cents. 


'HI   UTAH  EXPEDI  ION, 


(ontainini  a  (Stiunil  ^ttount 


r 


FORT    RHI1XIBR. 


\VITII  IMIHKMs  UFTUUKL  ON  THE  PLAINS:  ACTOIKT  OP 
IMUVN  TR1RKS,  &.(., 

From  its  Comincncement  to  the  Present  Time. 


Bl   \  \V  \fiO\-MASTER  OF  THE  UPEIITIW, 
^CINCINNATI: 

FTNI)    REPORTER"    OFFICE    1'RINT 
1858. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  141 


Among  The  Savages  Of  The  Northwest  Territory  Of  North 
America.  Never  Before  Published.  By  Sylvester  Crakes, 
Jun.  .  .  . 

Columbus :    Osgood  &  Pearce,  Printers.     1858. 

12°  Front.  VI,  7-224  pp.,  4  other  plates. 

This  is  a  romance,  possibly  based  on  some  real  captivity  at  a 
much  later  date  than  the  one  fixed  by  Crakes,  which  begins  about 
1806. 

See  Dunn's  "Oregon  Territory,"  page  156,  for  a  strange  story 
of  one  Bird.  251 


MARCY,  R.  B. 

[Account  of  R.  B.  Marcy's  March  from  Camp  Scott  to 
New  Mexico  and  return]. 

In  Report  of  the  Sec'y  of  War,  pp.  187-201  of  Sen.  Ex. 
Doc.  1,  35  Cong.,  2  Sess. 

This  is  a  report  of  Marcy's,  dated  June  12,  1858,  of  the  very  in- 
teresting expedition  during  the  winter  of  1857-8  to  New  Mexico 
to  procure  animals.  He  crossed  over  to  the  Green  River,  taking 
the  southern  route.  On  his  return  he  passed  up  the  east  side  of 
the  Rockies,  by  Fountain  and  Cherry  creeks,  and  thence  over  to 
the  North  Platte  on  the  Laramie  Plains.  252 

MINNESOTA.     LEGISLATURE.     HOUSE. 

Report  From  A  Select  Committee  Of  The  House  of  Rep- 
resentatives, On  The  Overland  Emigration  Route  From 
Minnesota  To  British  Oregon.  With  An  Appendix.  500 
Copies  Ordered  Printed.  .  .  . 

Saint  Paul :     Earle  S.  Goodrich.  .  .  .  1858. 

8°  100  pp. 

The  report  embraces  pp.  3-6,  the  rest  being  appendices  consist- 
ing of  various  documents,  including  extracts  from  Simpson's 
"Voyage  Around  The  World,  1847."  The  object  was  to  open  a 
route  to  the  Frazer  River  mines. 

Appendix  Xo.  II:  Particulars  of  the  gold  discovery  on  Frazer 
and  Thompson  rivers,  and  of  emigration  thither. 

Appendix  No.  VII:  Memoir  of  the  Selkirk  Settlement,  by  J.  A. 
Wheelock.  253 


M6LLHAUSEN,  BALDUIN 

Tagebuch  Einer  Reise  Vom  Mississippi  Nach  Den  Kus- 
ten  Der  Siidsee.  Von  Balduin  Mollhausen. 

Eingefuhrt  Von  Alexander  Von  Humboldt.  (Vignette — 
Colorado  River)  Mit  13  Illustrationen.  .  .  . 

Leipzig:     Hermann  Mendelssohn.     1858. 

Large  4°  Half  title,  title,  leaf  ded.  to  the  King,  3  leaves 


142  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


list  subscribers,  XIV  of  introduction,  preface  and  contents; 
new  half  title,  494  pp,  2  pp.  explanation  of  map,  13  colored 
plates,  map,  inscription  on  rock  between  268-9,  numerous 
other  illustrations  in  text. 

Map: 

Karte  zu  Balduin  Mollhausen's  Reise  .  .  .  im  Jahre  1853- 
1854  .  .  .  Von  Dr.  Henry  Lange. 

A  very  beautiful  book,  translated  into  English  by  Mrs.  Percy 
Sinnett  as: 

Diary  Of  A  Journey  From  The  Mississippi  To  The 
Coasts  Of  The  Pacific  With  A  United  States  Government 
Expedition.  By  Baldwin  Mollhausen,  Topographical 
Draughtsman  And  Naturalist  To  The  Expedition.  With 
An  Introduction  By  Alexander  Von  Humboldt  And  Illus- 
trations In  Chromo-Lithography.  Translated  By  Mrs. 
Percy  Sinnett.  In  Two  Volumes. 

London  Longman,  Brown,  Green,  .  .  .  1858. 

8°  XXX  (incl.  title  and  half  title),  (2)  map,  352  pp.,  6 
colored  plates;  X  (incl.  title  and  half  title),  (2),  397  pp.,  5 
colored  plates  and  8  full  page  woodcuts. 

Map: 

Map  Illustrating  Baldwin  Mollhausen's  Travels  From 
The  Mississippi  To  The  Coast  Of  The  Pacific  In  the  Years 
1853-54.  Eng.  by  Weller. 

The  colored  plates  of  the  original  are  reproduced  reduced;  two 
tree  plates  appearing,  however,  as  woodcuts. 

This  is  a  very  interesting  account  of  the  Whipple  expedition, 
much  more  so  than  the  official  journal  printed  in  the  Govt. 
quarto  edition.  254 

PETERS,   DEWITT   C. 

The  Life  And  Adventures  Of  Kit  Carson,  The  Nestor  Of 
The  Rocky  Mountains,  From  Facts  Narrated  By  Himself. 
By  DeWitt  C.  Peters,  M.  D.,  Late  Assistant  Surgeon  U. 
S.  A.  With  Original  Illustrations,  Drawn  By  Lumley,  En- 
graved By  N.  Orr  &  Co. 

New  York:     W.  R.  C.  Clark  &  Co.  ...  MDCCCLVIII. 

8°  Title,  leaf  ded.  to  Col.  St.  Vrain,  leaf  letter  endorse- 
ment by  St.  Vrain  &  Beaubien,  III-XII,  13-534  pp.  Port. 
Carson  and  nine  other  plates. 

Peters  was  stationed  for  some  time  at  Fort  Massachusetts  in 
the  San  Luis  Valley  and  there  became  very  well  acquainted  with 
Carson,  from  whom  he  learned  many  of  the  facts  regarding  his 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  143 


career,   the   rest   being   obtained   from   printed   documents,   largely 
Fremont's  reports. 

Dr.  Peters'  son,  Clinton  Peters,  the  well  known  portrait  painter, 
tells  me  that  Carson  dictated  his  story  to  the  Doctor's  wife  and 
then  signed  it.  255 

REID,  JOHN  C. 

Reid's  Tramp;  Or,  A  Journal  Of  The  Incidents  Of  Ten 
Months  Travel  Through  Texas,  New  Mexico,  Arizona,  So- 
nora,  And  California.  Including  Topography,  Climate,  Soil, 
Minerals,  Metals,  And  Inhabitants;  With  A  Notice  Of  The 
Great  Inter  Oceanic  Railroad.  By  John  C.  Reid. 

Selma,  Alabama.    John  Hardy  &  Co.     1858. 

12°  Title,  leaf  copy,  and  ded.,  2  leaves  of  int.,  9-237  pp. 

Left  Marion,  Alabama,  Sept.  1,  1857,  with  a  party  known  as  the 
Mesilla  Valley  Company,  for  the  purpose  of  exploring  the  Gads- 
den  purchase.  Arrived  at  Ft.  Bliss  Nov.  15.  At  Ft.  Thome  joined 
forces  with  Major  Lane.  Feb.  8  arrived  at  Rancho  De  las  Cala- 
basas,  a  military  outpost,  apparently  their  destination.  Charles  D. 
Poston  had  just  arrived  as  agent  for  a  Cincinnati  company.  In 
March,  1857,  Crabb  arrived  and  Reid  gives  an  account  of  the 
origin  and  results  of  the  expedition.  Reid  himself,  and  the 
party  enlisted.  Went  to  Tucson,  April  22,  and  left  for  California 
April  24.  Visited  San  Diego.  Spent  a  short  time  only  in  S.  F. 
and  returned  via  Panama.  256 

SMET,  P.  J.  De 

Cinquante  Nouvelles  Lettres  De  R.  P.  De  Smet,  De  La 
Compagnie  De  Jesus  Et  Missionnaire  En  Amerique,  Pub- 
liees  Par  fid.  Terwecoren,  De  La  Meme  Compagnie. 

Paris  Tournai  H.  Casterman  Editeur.     1858. 

12°  IX  (1)  incl.  title  and  half  title,  502  pp.  and  leaf 
errata. 

The  preface  contains  a  short  bibliography  of  De  Smet's  works. 

Contains  an  account  of  his  visit  to  the  Sioux  Indians  and  the 
Bad  Lands  in  September  and  October,  1848.  Leaving  St.  Louis 
June  7,  1851,  he  went  to  Ft.  Union  by  steamer.  From  there  to  Ft. 
Laramie  overland,  where  he  attended  the  Grand  Council  of  the 
Indians  in  September,  of  which  he  gives  a  long  account.  On  Sept. 
25  he  left  on  his  return,  overland,  via  Ft.  Kearny  with  Major 
Fitzpatrick  and  arrived  at  St.  Louis  Oct.  22  via  Westport. 

Pages  42-108  contain:    Voyage  au  Grand  Desert  En  1851. 

The  rest  of  the  letters  are  largely  biographical  sketches  of 
various  Jesuits  of  the  West. 

This  was  translated  as:  Western  Missions  and  Missionaries.  A 
Series  of  Letters  by  Rev.  P.  J.  de  Smet,  .  .  .  New  York:  James 
B.  Kirker,  late  Edward  Dunnigan  and  Brothers.  1863.  12°  (4) 
7-532  pp. 

Most  of  these  letters  had  previously  appeared  either  in  the 
Annales  de  la  Propagation  de  la  Foi  or  in  The  Precis  Historiques. 

257 


144  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


SPALDING,  C.  C. 

Annals  Of  The  City  of  Kansas :  Embracing  Full  Details 
Of  The  Trade  And  Commerce  Of  The  Great  Western 
Plains,  Together  With  Statistics  Of  The  Agricultural,  Min- 
eral And  Commercial  Resources  Of  The  Country  West, 
South  And  South-West,  Embracing  Western  Missouri, 
Kansas,  The  Indian  Country,  And  New  Mexico.  By  C.  C. 
Spalding. 

Kansas  City:  Van  Horn  &  Abeel's  Printing  House. 
1858. 

8°  Title,  leaf  ded.,  leaf  preface,  leaf  contents,  pp.  9-111. 
7  plates. 

This  book,  a  great  rarity,  of  which  only  a  few  copies  are 
known,  contains  some  short  descriptions  of  the  Santa  Fe  trade. 
It  is  in  cloth  with  "Annals  Of  The  City  Of  Kansas  And  The 
Great  Western  Plains,"  on  the  side.  It  is  sometimes  stated  to  be 
the  first  book  bound  in  Kansas  City.  258 


STEVENS,  ISAAC  I. 

Address  On  The  Northwest,  Before  The  American 
Geographical  and  Statistical  Society,  Delivered  At  New 
York,  December  2,  1858,  By  Isaac  I.  Stevens. 

Washington :     G.  S.  Gideon,  Printer.     1858. 

8°  56  pp. 

This  contains  the  conclusions  of  Stevens  drawn  from  his  ex- 
plorations in  the  Northwest  with  comparison  of  distances  by  va- 
rious routes.  259 

STEVENS,  ISAAC  I. 

A  Circular  Letter  To  Emigrants  Desirous  Of  Locating  In 
Washington  Territory.  By  Isaac  I.  Stevens,  Delegate  in 
Congress. 

Washington :     George  S.  Gideon,  Printer.     1858. 

8°  21  pp. 

Stevens'  advice  is  limited  to  the  choice  of  routes  across  the 
country  from  the  Missouri  River,  the  advantages  of  Washington 
being  set  forth  in  a  letter  of  Governor  McMullin,  dated  Olympia, 
Nov.  17,  1857,  which  occupies  most  of  the  pamphlet.  260 

WADSWORTH,  W. 

The  National  Wagon  Road  Guide. 

(Vignette  of  a  buffalo  with  some  verses  under  it). 


ANNALS 


CITY  OF  KANSAS: 


EMBBACINO    Fl'LL    DKTAILN    UK   Tlit 


TOCKTHtr.    W  ITU 


STATISTICS    OF    THE 
GRIC1LTI  RAL,  MINERAL  AX!)  fO.WNKRUAL  RKSOIRCES 


OK  TIII:  <  ot  \ 


f.  SOUTH  AID  SOUTH-WEST, 


EMDBACINQ 


WBTTERX  MISMOIJU.  KANSAS.  Till:  1NHIAX  COUNTRY,  AND  St\V  MKXH.V 


BY  C.  C.  SPALDING. 


KANSAS  (UTY: 
VAK    HORN    A   ABKKI/S    PRINTING    flOUSH. 

1858. 


NATIONAL, 

WAGON  ROAD  GUIDE, 

TROJf 

ST.  JOSEPH  AND  COUNCIL  BLUFFS, 

OS    THE   MISSOURI    RIVER, 

Via  South  Pass  of  the  Rocky  Mountains, 

TO   CALIFORNilL. 


Containing   a   minute    description    of  the  entire  route,  with  all  its 

branches  anil  cut-off1":  distances  from  place  to  ]>l»ce;  hikes,  springs, 

creek.-,  rivers,  terries  and  lording  places;  mountains,  canons, 

dc-«-rt<.  alkali  lagoon-,  meadows,  cniiipiii^  antl  recruiting 

]iluces;    l.inK   animals,   insects  and   reptiles;   natural 

phenomena  and   remarkable  ccenery  ;    with  ft 

Map  of  the  Route,  including  the  Salt  Lake  Country, 


AX   AIM'KMMX. 


By    W.    W  A  D  SW  Oil  Til. 


SAX    FRANCISCO: 
W1IITTO.N,   TO\VXK  &  <(>.,   TKIMKIIS    AM) 

>;<>.  1M  Clay  Street,  coiner  ul'  Sanwrine. 
1858. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  145 

San  Francisco :  Published  By  Whitton,  Towne  &  Co. 
.  .  .  1858. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  as  follows): 

The  National  Wagon  Road  Guide,  From  St.  Joseph  And 
Council  Bluffs,  On  The  Missouri  River,  Via  South  Pass 
of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  To  California.  Containing  a 
minute  description  of  the  entire  route,  with  all  its  branches 
and  cut-offs ;  distances  from  place  to  place ;  lakes,  springs, 
creeks,  rivers,  ferries  and  fording  places ;  mountains,  canons, 
deserts,  alkali  lagoons,  meadows,  camping  and  recruiting 
places ;  birds,  animals,  insects  and  reptiles ;  natural  phe- 
nomena and  remarkable  scenery ;  with  a  Map  of  the  Route, 
including  the  Salt  Lake  Country,  With  An  Appendix.  By 
W.  Wadsworth. 

San  Francisco :  Whitton,  Towne  &  Co.,  Printers  And 
Publishers,  No.  125  Clay  Street,  corner  of  Sansome.  1858. 

12°  Front.,  title,  leaf  table  of  contents,  leaf  of  "Introduc- 
tory," 9-160  pp.,  map. 

I  think  there  is  no  doubt  but  that  a  map  was  published  with 
this  guide,  but  the  copy  in  the  Bancroft  Library  lacks  it  as  well 
as  my  own.  There  are  some  illustrations  in  the  text  evidently 
done  by  Charles  Nahl. 

In  the  "Introductory"  he  explains,  "In  addition  to  our  own 
careful  personal  observation  of  the  entire  overland  route,  we  are 
enabled  to  give  the  line  of  location  of  the  western  section  of  the 
national  wagon  road,  as  located  this  year,  1857,  by  John  Kirk, 
Esq.,  U.  S.  Commissioner,  to  whom  and  to  Mr.  F.  A.  Bishop,  En- 
gineer of  the  Commission,  we  are  under  great  obligation  for  this 
and  other  valuable  information,  relative  to  the  country  to  the 
east  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains  including  the  valleys  of 
Honey  Lake,  the  Truckee,  Washoe,  and  the  Carson;  thus  giving 
to  the  work  a  character  of  reliability  possessed  by  no  other  over- 
land guide."  261 

WARREN,  G.  K. 

Preliminary  report  of  Lieut.  G.  K.  Warren,  Topograph- 
ical Engineer,  to  Captain  A.  A.  Humphreys,  Topographical 
Engineer,  in  charge  of  Exploration  and  Surveys,  War  De- 
partment. Dated  Wash.,  Nov.  24,  1858. 

Report  of  Sec'y.  of  War,  35  Cong.,  2nd  Sess.  Sen.  Ex. 
Doc.  1. 

8°  Pp.  620-747.  262 

WOOD,  J.  C. 

Report  To  Hon.  A.  V.  Brown,  Postmaster  General,  On 
The  Opening  And  Present  Condition  Of  The  United  States 


146  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Overland   Mail  Route   Between   San  Antonio,   Texas,   And 
San  Diego,  California,  By  J.  C.  Wood,  Superintendent. 
8°  43  pp. 

With  above  caption  title  and  no  date  nor  place  of  imprint  but 
probably  printed  in  Washington  in  1858.  This  is  not  a  govern- 
ment report,  but  a  vindication  of  Wood  as  agent  for  James  E. 
Birch,  the  original  contractor  for  a  semi-monthly  mail  between 
San  Antonio  and  San  Diego. 

Wood  organized  the  outfit  and  opened  the  route  in  person, 
the  principal  part  of  the  document  consisting  of  Wood's  diary 
from  June  12,  1857  to  January  7,  1858.  He  left  San  Antonio 
July  29th  and  went  through  to  California  and  back  to  San  An- 
tonio reaching  there  January  17.  In  the  meantime  Birch  had 
died,  had  failed  to  provide  the  necessary  funds  and  Birch's  widow 
had  sold  the  contract  to  O.  H.  Kelton,  and  Kelton  had  sent  out 
an  agent,  one  Abner  Barrows,  to  replace  Wood.  Wood's  report 
was  dated  Washington,  March,  1858.  Pages  39-43  consist  of  a 
table  of  distances  and  Wood's  itinerary.  262A 

BLAKISTON,  CAPTAIN  THOMAS 

Report  on  the  Exploration  of  the  Kootanie  and  Boundary 
Passes  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  1858.  By  Captain  Blak- 
iston,  Royal  Artillery. 

Occupies  pp.  237-254  with  map,  of  "Occasional  Papers 
of  the  Royal  Artillery  Institution  No.  12,  May,  1859." 

Printed  at  the  Royal  Artillery  Institution,  Woolwich. 

Blakiston  left  Bow  Fort  Aug.  22,  1858.  He  was  connected  with 
the  Palliser  party.  263 

BYERS,  WILLIAM  N.,  AND  KELLOM,  JOHN  H. 

A  Hand  Book  To  The  Gold  Fields  Of  Nebraska  And 
Kansas :  Being  A  Complete  Guide  To  The  Gold  Regions  Of 
The  North  And  South  Platte,  And  Cherry  Creek,  Embrac- 
ing A  Reliable  Description  Of  The  Country,  Climate, 
Streams,  Scenery,  Etc. ;  Different  Routes  From  The  Missis- 
sippi River  To  The  Mines,  The  Best  Camping  Places  On 
Each  Route,  And  A  Reliable  Map  Of  The  Same;  And 
Valuable  Information  As  Regards  A  Complete  Outfit  For 
The  Journey :  Containing  Narratives  of  Trips  to  and  from 
the  Gold  Region  in  the  Years  1858-59.  By  William  N. 
Byers,  Late  Government  Surveyor,  And  Jno.  H.  Kellom, 
Supt.  of  Pub.  Instruction  of  Nebraska.  .  .  . 

Chicago:    Published  By  D.  B.  Cooke  &  Co.  ...  1859. 

12°  Map,  leaf  contents,  title,  leaf  "To  the  Reader,"  pp. 
5-113,  15  advt. 

Issued  with  printed  covers,  which  I  have  not  seen,  either  in 
January  or  February,  1859.  As  my  copy  lacks  covers,  there  may 


A 

IL.VXD     BOOK 


GOLD     FIELDS 


NEBRASKA   AM)   KANSAS: 


COMPLETE  ('.TIDE  TO  THE  GOLD  RKC.IONS  OF  THE  NORTH 
AND  SOUTH  1'LATTE,  AND  CTIEKKY  CHEEK, 

Z  M  B  B  A  C  1  N  '  ; 

A  RELIAHI.I.  I'l.scinrrrox  or  TIII:  on  NTUY,  CI.IM  vn:,  -  i  in.  XM.S,  SCENERY. 

n\'.  :    :>n  n  1:1  M  1:01  i  i;s  i  KUM  TIII:  Mi-*is*irn  uivru  TO  Tin: 

MIM>,  mi:  1:1.  -i  i  \Mrix<;  ri..vn  s  ,>\  i  \cii  i;oi  TK,  AND 

A  in.  i.i  AKI.I:  M  \r  or  TIII-;  s.uu;  ;   AND  v  \i.r  u:u: 

I.M.IKM  \TION  \<  i;r.<;Ai:i)s  \COMI-I.ETE 

orii  ir  )  ou  [in; 


Conta'miii*  Narratives  of  Trips  to  and  from  the  CulJ  Koirion  in  the  Years  1858-59. 


BY  WM.  N.  B^  '/or, 

A  .N  D 

Jxo.  II.  KI:I,I.OM,  Sup't  of  Pub.  Lutrvction  of  N 


him  from  the  blandilhlBMltl  of  Immp, 

Moiintaius  to  climl'.  ;tii'l  di-tant  .-v;is  to  num." 


CHICAGO: 

PUBLISHKD     i:  V     It.      i:.     (.'uOKK     &     CO. 
NEW   YOKK ; 

D  E  R  1!  Y      AND      -I  A  C  K  S  O  X  . 

1859. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  147 


have  been  more  than  15  pages  of  advertisements  at  end.  The 
Guide  is  by  Byers  who  was  afterward  for  many  years  owner  of 
the  Rocky  Mountain  News  of  Denver. 

There  is  a  long  letter  from  M.  D.  Downs  describing  his  trip  to 
the  mines  in  Sept.  and  Oct.,  1858.  On  page  43,  Byers  refers  to 
Pike's  Peak  pamphlets  recently  issued  at  Lawrence,  Kansas,  and 
Pacific  City,  Iowa;  also  refers  to  Judge  F.  Street's  California 
guide,  published  some  years  before  [Cine.  1851]. 

The  map  is  a  single  page  affair  entitled,  Map  of  the  Gold 
Regions,  With  the  Routes  Thereto.  264 


CAMPBELL,  ALBERT  H. 

Pacific  Wagon  Roads.  Letter  From  The  Secretary  Of 
The  Interior,  Transmitting  A  report  upon  the  several 
wagon  roads  constructed  under  the  direction  of  the  Interior 
Department.  Report  by  Albert  H.  Campbell,  dated  Feb. 
19,  1859. 

[Washington:  1859.]  35th  Cong.,  2nd  Sess.  House  Ex. 
Doc.  108. 

8°  125  pp.    6  maps. 

Maps: 

Map  of  the  Fort  Ridgeley  &  South  Pass  Road. 

Preliminary  Map  of  the  Central  Section  of  the  Ft. 
Kearny,  South  Pass  &  Honey  Lake  Road,  by  F.  W.  Lander. 

Map  of  the  Western  Division  of  the  same,  by  F.  A. 
Bishop. 

Map  No.  I  of  the  El  Paso-Ft.  Yuma  Road,  by  N.  A. 
Hutton. 

Map  No.  II  of  the  El  Paso-Ft.  Yuma  Road,  by  N.  A. 
Hutton. 

Map  of  the  Wagon  Road  from  Platte  River  to  Running 
Water  River,  by  Sites. 

Contains    following   reports    from    Supts.    in    the    field: 

W.  H.  Nobles,  Ft.  Ridgeley  &  South  Pass  Road,  including  Re- 
port of  Sam  A.  Medary,  Engineer. 

F.   W.    Lander,    Ft.    Kearney,   South    Pass,    Honey   Lake    Road. 

John  Kirk,  Western  Div.  Kearny,  South  Pass,  Honey  Lake 
Road. 

Francis  A.  Bishop,   Eng.  West.  Div.  Ft.  Kearny,  S.  Pass  Road. 

James  B.  Leach,  Supt.  El  Paso  &  Ft.  Yuma  Road. 

N.  H.  Hutton,  Eng.  El  Paso  &  Ft.  Yuma  Road. 

George  L.  Sites,  Supt.  Platte  River,  Dakota  and  1'Eau  qui 
Court  Road.  265 

GOLD  MINES  IN  KANSAS 

A   Complete   Guide   to   the   Gold    Mines   in    Kansas   and 


148  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Nebraska,  with  a  Description  of  the  Shortest  and  only  All 
Railroad  Route  to  Kansas,  .  .  . 

Boston:     George  C.  Rand  and  Avery.     [1859]. 

4°  11  pp. 

Not  seen.  From  Sabin  15054  who  locates  a  copy  in  Harvard 
Library.  266 

DAWSON,  S.  J. 

Report  On  The  Exploration  Of  The  Country  Between 
Lake  Superior  and  the  Red  River  Settlement,  And  Between 
The  Latter  Place  And  The  Assiniboine  And  Saskatchewan. 
By  S.  J.  Dawson,  Esquire,  C.  E. 

Printed  by  Order  of  the  Legislative  Assembly. 

Toronto:     John  Lovell,  Printer.  .  .  .  1859. 

4°  Title,  44  pp.  (no  pagination),  3  maps. 

Maps: 

Map  Showing  the  Route  by  Road  &  Navigation  for 
connecting  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Oceans. 

Profile  of  Route  by  Grand  Portage,  from  Lake  Superior 
to  Rainy  Lake. 

Plan  showing  the  Region  explored  by  Dawson  and  his 
Party  between  the  Lake  and  the  Great  Saskatchewan,  Aug., 
1857  to  Nov.  1,  1858. 

Dawson's  letter  of  Feb.  22,  1859,  says  he  is  submitting  six  maps 
but  evidently  only  three  were  published.  267 

DUNIWAY,  MRS.  ABIGAIL  J. 

Captain  Gray's  Company ;  Or,  Crossing  The  Plains  And 
Living  In  Oregon.  By  Mrs.  Abigail  J.  Duniway. 

Portland,  Oregon :  '  Printed  And  Published  By  S.  J. 
McCormick,  1859. 

12°  IV  (2),  7-342  pp. 

A  noted  romance  with  true  picture  of  crossing  the  plains  in  the 
50's,  probably  Mrs.  Duniway's  own  experience.  She  crossed  the 
plains  in  1852.  Written  in  the  form  of  extracts  from  a  journal. 

268 

GOLD  REGIONS  OF  KANSAS 

Guide  to  the  New  Gold  Region  of  Western  Kansas  and 
Nebraska,  With  .  .  .  Map. 
New-York.    1859. 
18°  32  pp. 

From   Sabin  29210  who  locates  a  copy  in  N.  Y.  State  Library. 

269 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  149 


GUNN,  O.  B. 

New  Map  and  Hand-Book  of  Kansas  &  the  Gold  Mines. 
Containing  Descriptions  ...  of  the  Indian  Tribes  .  .  . 
Soil  .  .  .  with  Descriptions  of  all  the  Routes  to  the  New 
Gold  Mines.  ...  By  O.  B.  Gunn.  .  .  . 

Pittsburgh :     Printed  by  W.  S.  Haven.     1859. 

12°  71  pp. 
Map: 

Gunn's  new  map  of  Kansas  and  the  Gold  Mines,  embrac- 
ing all  the  Public  Surveys  up  to  the  6th  Principal  Meridian. 
Compiled  from  the  original  field  notes  by  O.  B.  Gunn. 
Wyandotte,  K.  T.,  1859.  Lith.  by  Wm.  Schuchman,  Pitts- 
burg. 

Sabin  29282  who  locates  a  copy  in  Astor  and  Boston  Public 
Libraries.  I  formerly  had  a  copy  of  the  map.  270 

HIND,  HENRY  YOULE 

North-West  Territory.  Reports  Of  Progress ;  Together 
With  A  Preliminary  And  General  Report  On  The  Assini- 
boine  And  Saskatchewan  Exploring  Expedition,  Made 
Under  Instructions  From  The  Provincial  Secretary,  Canada. 
By  Henry  Youle  Hind,  M.  A.  .  .  . 

Printed  by  Order  of  the  Legislative  Assembly. 

Toronto:    John  Lovell.  .  .  .  1859. 

4°   210  pp.   (no  pagination);  2  plates  with  leaf  each  of 
explanation. 
Maps: 

Cross  Sections. 

Survey  of  the  Saskatchewan  between  Cedar  Lake  and 
Lake  Winnipeg. 

Survey  of  the  Qu'  Appele  Valley. 

Exposure  on  Deer  Island  (Woodcut). 

Geological  map  of  a  Portion  of  Rupert's  Land. 

Geological  sections,  3  on  1  sheet. 

Map  of  Portion  of  Rupert's  Land,  (in  four  sections). 

Map  of  Saskatchewan  and  Winnipeg  Lake. 

271 

Papers  Relative  To  The  Exploration  Of  The  Country 
Between  Lake  Superior  And  The  Red  River  Settlement. 

Presented  .  .  .  June  1859. 

London :    Printed  By  George  Edward  Eyre.  .  .  .  1859. 

Folio,  163  pp.,  leaf  marked  Appendix,  4  maps. 
Maps: 

Plan  showing  the  proposed  route  from  Lake  Superior  to 


150  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Red  River  Settlement  compiled  from  the  maps  of  Messrs. 
Dawson  and  Napier,  with  inset  of  Plan  of  the  Country 
between  Red  River  Settlement  and  the  Lake  of  the  Woods, 
with  Profile  of  Canoe  route  at  bottom. 

Map  of  part  of  the  Valley  of  Red  River  north  of  the  49th 
parallel  .  .  .  with  a  number  of  insets. 

Copy  of  sketch  showing  the  region  explored  by  S.  J. 
Dawson  and  his  party  between  Red  River  and  the  Great 
Saskatchewan;  July  1st,  1858. 

Copy  of  Thompson's  Map  showing  the  different  tracks  of 
the  Saskatchewan  and  Assiniboine  Exploring  Expedition. 
In  charge  of  Professor  H.  Y.  Hind,  July  14th,  to  Sept. 
4th,  1858. 

This  differs  entirely  from  Dawson's  report  printed  in  Toronto 
in  1859,  even  the  maps  engraved  by  John  Arrowsmith  are  new, 
in  fact  it  was  probably  prepared  by  Hind,  at  least  it  contains 
many  extracts  from  his  journal. 

Reports  from  George  Gladman,  A.  M.  Wells,  W.  H.  E.  Napier, 
and  some  from  Dawson,  are  also  inserted,  but  in  the  main  the 
report  is  devoted  to  a  description  of  the  country,  its  climate,  in- 
habitants, trade,  etc.  271A 

HORNER,  W.  B. 

Horner's  Kansas  And  Nebraska  Gold  Regions,  And  New 
Rail  Road  And  Route  Map,  To  The  Gold  Mines.  Published 
By  W.  B.  Horner,  No.  75  Dearborn  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

Chicago :    Wm.  H.  Tobey  &  Co.,  Printers,  .  .  .  1859. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  as  follows): 

The  Gold  Regions  Of  Kansas  And  Nebraska.  Being  A 
Complete  History  Of  The  First  Year's  Mining  Operations. 
Also,  Geographical,  Climatological,  And  Statistical  Descrip- 
tion Of  The  Great  Northwest,  Showing  An  Unoccupied 
Territory  Of  Over  One  Million  Square  Miles  Of  Rich 
Country.  Being  A  Complete  Guide  To  The  Gold  Mines. 
By  W.  B.  Horner. 

Chicago :    W.  H.  Tobey  &  Co.,  .  .  .  1859. 

8°  67  pp.,  inc.  title,  7  pp.  ads,  one  long  sheet,  map. 

Map: 

W.  B.  Horner's  Railway  &  Route  Map  To  The  Gold 
Regions  In  Nebraska  and  Kansas.  Copy,  by  Horner ; 
[Engraved  by  Mr.  Gemmell.] 

Preface  dated  Chicago,  Jan'y  29,  1859.  The  information  was 
derived  chiefly  from  T.  C.  Dickson,  one  of  the  Lawrence  Company 


THE  GOLD  REGIONS,-.;: 

OP 

KANSAS'  AND  NEBRASKA. 

a   \ 

'I'l.KTK    111-,  I 

not 

I'll  1ST  YKAU'8  MINING  OPERATIONS. 


uKoi.UAl  lllt'AL,  C1.LM  AToUHilCAL,  AND 
STATISTICAL    I'KSiJIMl'T 
HI: 

(JUEA'P   NORTHWEST, 

SHOWING    AH    US"i  (  MTIKP    TI.KIUToUV    OF    OVER 

OHK    MIl.LUiIf    Syl'AKK    MILES   OF 

Kl(  H    ruUMTKY. 

!\U  - 

A    COMIM.KTK   tini),K  TO  TIIK 

Gr     O     I*     X*  3VE     I     3XT     3E5     S    . 


BY  W.   B.    HORNER. 


Til  10  AGO  : 
AV.  ir.Toitr\ 

I  s  5  9  . 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  151 


of  1858.  Also  quotes  from  Luke  Tierney's  account  and  an  ac- 
count in  the  N.  Y.  Tribune,  by  W.  W.  Remmius. 

The  Smith  of  Oaks  &  Smith's  Guide  was  Stephen  W.  Smith,  a 
plainsman  attached  to  Col.  Sumner's  expedition,  who,  together 
with  N.  Sargent,  helped  compile  Horner's  map  and  vouched  for 
its  accuracy. 

Pages  23-30  consist  of  extracts  from  newspapers  from  various 
miners  of  1858;  pp.  42-61,  the  routes,  the  descriptions,  equipment, 
tables  of  distances,  etc. 

Copy  in  N.  Y.  Hist.  Soc.  272 

KANE,  PAUL 

Wanderings  Of  An  Artist  Among  The  Indians  Of  North 
America  From  Canada  To  Vancouver's  Island  And  Oregon 
Through  The  Hudson's  Bay  Company's  Territory  And 
Back  Again.  By  Paul  Kane. 

London :    Longman,  .  .  .  1859. 

8°  XVII,  incl.  title  and  half  title,  (1),  455,  (8),  pp.,  map 
and  8  colored  plates. 

Map: 

Map  to  illustrate  Mr.  Kane's  Travels  In  The  Territory 
of  The  Hudson's  Bay  Company.  Engraved  by  Edward 

Weller. 

From  a  diary  with  little  variation. 

Left  Toronto  June  17,  1845,  went  by  Sault  St.  Marie  and  after 
visiting  Green  Bay  returned  via  Buffalo  to  Toronto.  Again  left 
Toronto  May  9,  1846,  with  Sir  George  Simpson,  but  he  going 
ahead,  Kane  got  to  Ft.  William  the  day  after  the  Brigade  left,  but 
caught  them  35  miles  farther  on.  Then  to  Ft.  Alexander,  Red 
River  Settlement,  to  Norway  House,  up  the  Saskatchewan,  past 
Ft.  Carlton,  thence  via  the  trail  to  Edmonton.  Oct.  10,  was  at 
Ft.  Assiniboine,  thence  to  Jasper  House  Nov.  3,  Boat  Encampment 
Nov.  16,  and  then  fifteen  days  down  the  Columbia  to  Ft.  Van- 
couver, but  with  several  stops;  arrived  at  Vancouver  Dec.  8. 

After  a  trip  to  Oregon  City,  Nasqually,  and  Ft.  Victoria,  he 
started  for  Walla  Walla  from  Vancouver  July  2.  Visited  Dr. 
Whitman.  Went  to  the  Grand  Coulee  and  Ft.  Colville  and  ar- 
rived at  Boat  Encampment  Oct.  10,  1847.  Returned  to  Sault  St. 
Marie  Oct.  5,  1848. 

Kane  gives  an  account  of  the  murder  of  Whitman  which  oc- 
curred while  he  was  at  Ft.  Colville.  273 

LEE,  NELSON 

Three  Years  Among  The  Camanches. 
[Portrait  with  facsimile  signature — Nelson  Lee]. 
The  Narrative  Of  Nelson  Lee,  The  Texan  Ranger. 
Albany :     Baker  Taylor,  .  .  .  1859. 

Second  Title:  Three  Years  Among  The  Camanches  The 
Narrative  Of  Nelson  Lee,  The  Texan  Ranger,  Containing  A 


152  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Detailed  Account  Of  His  Captivity  Among  The  Indians, 
His  Singular  Escape  Through  the  Instrumentality  of  his 
Watch,  And  Fully  Illustrating  Indian  Life  As  It  Is  On 
The  War  Path  And  In  The  Camp. 

Albany :     Baker  Taylor,  .  .  .  1859. 

12°  First  title,  XII,  inc.  2nd  title,  13-224  pp. 

Appeared  in  cloth  with  "Three  Years  Among  the  Camanches" 
on  front  cover.  May  also  have  been  issued  in  paper  wrappers  as 
the  first  title  is  on  heavy  paper  and  may  have  been  a  wrapper. 

274 

MARCY,  RANDOLPH  B. 

The  Prairie  Traveller.  A  Hand-Book  For  Overland  Ex- 
peditions. With  Maps,  Illustrations,  And  Itineraries  Of 
The  Principal  Routes  Between  The  Mississippi  And  The 
Pacific.  By  Randolph  B.  Marcy,  Captain  U.  S.  Army. 
Published  By  Authority  Of  The  War  Department. 

New  York:    Harper  &  Brothers,  .  .  .  1859. 

16°  Front.,  title,  V-XIII,  15-340  pp.  map  and  10  cuts  on 
separate  leaves,  but  included  in  the  pagination. 

Map: 

Sketch  of  the  Different  Roads  Embraced  in  the  Itin- 
eraries. 


On  page  296  is  a  small  map  of  the  Pike's  Peak  Gold  Region. 
Marcy  was  through  this  country  in  May,  1853. 

Very  few  had  a  better  knowledge  of  the  Western  plains  and 
mountains  than  Captain  Marcy  and  his  experience  is  here  reduced 
to  a  compendium  of  prairie  life.  The  routes  of  overland  travel 
were  well  established  by  1859  and  the  various  itineraries  are  set 
out  in  this  volume,  even  the  one  to  Pike's  Peak  Gold  Region,  only 
recently  discovered.  In  1863  Capt.  Richard  F.  Burton,  who  had 
just  made  a  trip  to  Salt  Lake,  published  in  London  a  new  edition 
of  this  with  his  notes. 

The  itineraries,  pages  255-334  include  besides  the  well  known 
ones:  Major  Kendrick's  published  table  of  distances  between  the 
Arkansas  Crossing  and  Santa  Fe;  from  Fort  Bridger  to  City  of 
Rocks,  from  Capt.  Handcock's  journal;  from  Camp  Floyd,  Utah, 
to  Fort  Union,  N.  M.,  by  Col.  W.  W.  Loring;  Guaymas,  Mexico, 
to  Tubac,  Ariz.,  from  Captain  Stone's  journal. 

Marcy's  Thirty  Years  of  Army  Life,  New  York,  1866,  and  his 
Border  Reminiscences,  N.  Y.,  1871,  give  details  concerning  his 
prairie  and  mountain  life.  275 


MOWRY,  SYLVESTER 

The   Geography  And   Resources   Of  Arizona   &   Sonora : 
An  Address  before   the  American   Geographical   &   Statis- 


153 


tical  Society,  By  Hon.  Sylvester  Mowry,  Of  Arizona.    New- 
York,  February  3,  1859.     Published  By  The  Society. 

Washington :     Henry  Polkinhorn,  .  .  .  1859. 

8°  48  pp.  276 

PALLISER,  CAPTAIN  JOHN 

Exploration — British  North  America.  Papers  Relative  To 
The  Exploration  By  Captain  Palliser  Of  That  Portion  Of 
British  North  America  Which  Lies  Between  The  Northern 
Branch  Of  The  River  Saskatchewan  And  The  Frontier  Of 
The  United  States;  And  Between  The  Red  River  And 
Rocky  Mountains  Presented  to  both  Houses  of  Parliament 
by  Command  of  Her  Majesty.  June,  1859. 

London :     Printed  By  George  Edward  Eyre  .  .  .  1859. 

Folio  64  pp.,  12  maps. 

Maps: 

Country  between  the  Red  River  Settlement  and  the 
Rocky  Mountains;  Showing  the  Various  Routes  of  the 
Expedition,  under  the  Command  of  Captain  John  Palliser. 
1857-58. 

Sketch  of  the  Lower  portion  of  White  Fish  River. 

Map  without  title  but  continuation  of  the  above  probably. 

Eight  colored  maps,  geological  sections  and  sketches  by 
J.  Hector,  1858,  on  four  sheets. 

Section — Saskatchewan  River  North  Branch.  .  .  .  J.  Hec- 
tor, 1858. 

Exploration — British  North  America.  Further  Papers 
Relative  To  The  Exploration  By  The  Expedition  Under 
Captain  Palliser  Of  That  Portion  Of  British  North  America 
Which  Lies  Between  The  Northern  Branch  Of  The  River 
Saskatchewan  And  The  Frontier  Of  The  United  States ; 
And  Between  The  Red  River  And  The  Rocky  Mountains, 
And  Thence  To  The  Pacific  Ocean.  Presented  to  both 
Houses  of  Parliament  by  Command  of  Her  Majesty.  1860. 

London :     Printed  By  George  Edward  Eyre.  .  .  .  1860. 

Folio  75  pp.,  3  maps. 

Maps: 

Routes  of  the  British  North  American  Exploring  Expedi- 
tion, Under  the  Command  of  Captain  John  Palliser,  1858-59. 
James  Hector,  1860. 

Sketch  Map  showing  the  Routes  of  Captain  Palliser  & 
Mr.  Sullivan  during  1859.  J.  W.  Sullivan. 


154 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

The  Kootanie  And  Boundary  Passes  Of  The  Rocky 
Mountains.  Explored  in  1858  by  Lieutenant  (now  Captain) 
Blakiston,  Royal  Artillery. 

Exploration — British  North  America.  The  Journals,  De- 
tailed Reports,  and  Observations  Relative  To  The  Explora- 
tion, By  Captain  Palliser,  Of  That  Portion  Of  British 
North  America,  Which,  In  Latitude,  Lies  Between  The 
British  Boundary  Line  And  The  Height  Of  Land  Or 
Watershed  Of  The  Northern  Or  Frozen  Ocean  Respective- 
ly, And  In  Longitude,  Between  The  Western  Shore  of  Lake 
Superior  And  The  Pacific  Ocean  During  the  Years  1857, 
1858,  1859  and  1860.  Presented  to  both  Houses  of  Parlia- 
ment by  Command  of  Her  Majesty,  19th  May,  1863. 

London :    Printed  By  George  Edward  Eyre.  .  .  .  1863. 

Folio  325  pp.,  Index  To  Captain  Palliser's  Reports.  .  .  . 
3  pp.,  5  maps. 

Maps: 

A  General  Map  of  the  Routes  in  British  North  America 
explored  by  the  Expedition  under  Captain  Palliser,  during 
the  years  1857,  1858,  1859,  1860.  Compiled  from  the 
Observations  and  Reports  of  Captain  Palliser  and  his 
Officers,  including  the  Maps  constructed  by  Dr.  Hector  and 
other  authentic  documents. 

Geological  Sketch  Map  of  the  South-east  of  Vancouver 
Island.  .  .  . 

Geological  Sketch  Map  of  Nanaimo  in  Vancouver 
Island.  .  .  . 

Plan  of  Nanaimo  showing  the  Coal  Mines. 

General  Section.  Vancouver  Island  to  York  Factory, 
Hudson  Bay,  1150  miles. 

The  index  and  the  maps  to  the  "Journals"  appeared  as  a  sepa- 
rate publication  in  1865.  The  Maps,  almost  all  of  which  were 
engraved  by  John  Arrowsmith,  are  very  fine  examples. 

The  main  object  of  the  expedition  was  to  find  a  practicable 
railroad  route  across  the  continent  and  especially  across  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  and  the  journals  published  of  different  members  of  the 
expedition  are  fully  as  interesting  and  instructive  as  those  pub- 
lished by  the  United  States  government  of  the  explorations  for  a 
practicable  railroad  route  to  the  Pacific  within  the  United  States. 
To  the  extent  that  the  British  government  did  not  print  any 
plates  of  scenery  or  natural  history  in  it  the  report  is  inferior 
to  the  official  one  published  in  Washington.  I  mean  the  quarto 
of  Pacific  Railroad  surveys.  The  limits  of  this  book  do  not  per- 
mit a  detailed  examination  of  these  explorations.  277 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 155 

PARKER  &  HUYETT 

The  Illustrated  Miners'  Hand  Book  and  Guide  to  Pike's 
Peak,  with  a  new  and  reliable  map,  showing  all  the  routes, 
and  the  gold  regions  of  Western  Kansas  and  Nebraska. 
Illustrated  with  appropriate  engravings.  By  Parker  & 
Huyett.  .  .  . 

St.  Louis :    1859. 

8°  75  pp.  and  37  pp.  adv.,  map,  6  engravings. 

Not  seen.     Description  from  Bradford.  278 

PARSONS,  WM.  B. 

The  New  Gold  Mines  Of  Western  Kansas:  Being  A 
Complete  Description  of  the  newly  Discovered  Gold  Mines, 
The  Different  Routes,  Camping  Places,  Tools  And  Outfit, 
And  Containing  Everything  Important  For  The  Emigrant 
And  Miner  To  Know.  By  Wm.  B.  Parsons,  Who  passed 
the  Summer  of  1858  on  the  Plains  and  in  the  Mines. 

Cincinnati,  Ohio :     Geo.  S.  Blanchard  .  .  .  1859. 

12°  Tit.,  leaf  preface,  5-63  pp. 

At  head   of  title:     New  And   Enlarged   Edition. 

The  only  copy  I  have  seen  is  my  own,  which  is  imperfect,  con- 
taining 62  pp.  only,  but  Sabin  gives  it  with  63  pp.  In  the  preface 
which  is  dated  Cincinnati,  Feb.,  1859,  Parsons  says  the  first  edi- 
tion was  published  in  Dec.,  1858,  according  to  Sabin,  in  Lawrence, 
Kansas.  Byers,  pp.  43  of  his  guide,  also  refers  to  a  Pike's  Peak 
pamphlet  issued  in  Lawrence,  Kansas.  279 

PRATT  &  HUNT 

A  Guide  to  the  Gold  Mines  of  Kansas :  Containing  an 
Accurate  and  Reliable  Map  of  the  most  direct  .  .  .  Routes 
from  the  Atlantic  Cities  ...  to  the  Gold  Mines.  .  .  .  By 
Pratt  &  Hunt. 

Chicago :    C.  Scott  &  Co.  ...  1859. 

8°  70  pp.,  map. 

Not  seen.  Collation  from  Sabin,  No.  64985,  who  locates  a  copy 
in  Boston  Public  Library.  280 

REDPATH,  JAMES  AND  HINTON,  RICHARD  J. 

Hand-Book  To  Kansas  Territory  And  The  Rocky  Moun- 
tain Gold  Region ;  Accompanied  By  Reliable  Maps  And  A 
Preliminary  Treatise  On  The  Pre-emption  Laws  Of  The 


156  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

United  States.     By  James  Redpath  And  Richard  J.  Hinton, 
Of  Kansas. 

New  York:    J.  H.  Colton,  Publisher  .  .  .  1859. 

18°  VI,  (7)-177,  (1)  pp.,  4  leaves  adv.,  2  maps. 

Maps: 

Nebraska  &  Kansas  Showing  Pike's  Peak  and  The  Gold 
Region.  J.  H.  Colton,  1859. 

Military  Map  of  Parts  of  Kansas,  Nebraska  and  Dakota. 
By  Lt.  G.  K.  Warren,  .  .  .  J.  H.  Colton. 

This  book  was  issued  early  in  1859,  having  news  from  the  gold 
regions  only  up  to  the  middle  of  November,  1858.  281 

SCHIEL,  J. 

Reise  durch  die  Felsengebirge  und  die  Humboldtgebirge 
nach  dem  stillen  Ocean.  Eine  Skizze  von  Dr.  J.  Schiel. 

Schaffhausen.  Druck  und  Verlag  der  Brodman'schen 
Buchhandlung.  1859. 

12°  Title,  leaf  errata,  1-139  pp.    P.  P.  W.  with  same  title. 

An  account,  with  a  diary,  of  Gunnison's  and  Beckwith's  expedi- 
tions of  1853  and  1854  by  the  geologist.  Never  translated  into 
English  so  far  as  I  know.  282 

SIMPSON,  J.  H. 

Report  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Communicating  .  .  . 
Captain  Simpson's  report  and  map  of  wagon  road  routes 
in  Utah  Territory.  Feb.  22,  1859. 

[Washington:    1859.]     35  Cong.,  2  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  40. 

8°  84  pp.  and  map. 

Map: 

Preliminary  Map  of  Routes  reconnoitered  and  opened  in 
the  territory  of  Utah  by  Captain  J.  H.  Simpson,  in  the  fall 
of  1858. 

Simpson's  report  dated  Camp  Floyd,  Dec.  28,  1858.  This  was  an' 
expedition  to  open  a  new  road  between  Camp  Floyd  and  Ft. 
Bridger.  Besides  an  account  of  the  expedition  it  contains  a  Utah 
and  Shoshone  vocabulary,  and,  in  Appendix  A,  H.  Englemann's 
preliminary  report  on  the  geology  of  the  country  traversed.  283 

TIERNEY,  LUKE 

History  Of  The  Gold  Discoveries  On  The  South  Platte 
River.  By  Luke  Tierney.  To  Which  Is  Appended  a  Guide 
Of  The  Route,  By  Smith  &  Oaks. 

Published  By  The  Authors. 


HISTORY    ACO-3SION  NO.  ;     '  " 


< )  i  • 


( i  \     T 1 1  E 


SOt  Til    .I'LATTl-l 


nv 


.isi  i  n>   nv    ri  1 1:  ATTI  101  s 


r ACirtC  CITY.  IOWA. 

it  r  i;  •  IOMSOX,    PB1XTER. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 157 

Pacific  City,  Iowa.  Herald  Office :  A.  Thomson,  Printer. 
1859. 

8°  Title  with  the  copyright  on  the  verso — Entered  .  .  . 
in  the  year  1859,  by  D.  C.  Oakes,  &  S.  W.  Smith  .  .  .; 
leaf  of  introduction  signed  Luke  Tierney,  South  Platte, 
NOV.,  1858;  pp.  [5]-18 — History  of  the  Gold  Discoveries  on 
the  South  Platte  by  Tierney;  pp.  19-27  Smith  &  Oaks 
Guide ;  5  unnumbered  pages  of  adv. 

P.  P.  W.  with  advertisements  on  the  back  wrapper  and 
verso  of  the  front  wrapper. 

Issued  about  January,  1859.  Tierney  came  from  near  Leav- 
enworth,  leaving  May  13,  1858.  Went  by  Bent's  Fort  up  Fountain 
Creek  and  camped  at  head  of  Cherry  Creek.  Accompanied  Russell 
to  Rallston  Creek.  Went  north  along  the  foothills  and  south  to 
the  Arkansas. 

Bancroft  Hist.  Colo.,  page  373,  refers  to  this  guide  evidently  as 
Pike's  Peak  Guide  &  Journal  and  says  it  contains  W.  Green  Rus- 
sell's journal,  which  is  a  mistake.  Copy  in  Colo.  Hist.  Soc.  284 

VAN  TRAMP,  JOHN  C. 

Prairie  And  Rocky  Mountain  Adventures  Or  Life  In  The 
West.  To  Which  Will  Be  Added  A  View  Of  The  States 
And  Territorial  Regions  Of  Our  Western  Empire :  Em- 
bracing History,  Statistics  And  Geography,  And  Descrip- 
tion Of  The  Chief  Cities  Of  The  West.  By  John  C.  Van 
Tramp. 

St.  Louis :  Published  And  Sold  Exclusively  By  Sub- 
scription By  J.  &  H.  Miller.  1859. 

8°  Front.  (Steel  engraving  by  C.  A.  Jewell  &  Co.,  Cinn., 
after  a  painting  by  Geo.  Winter),  title,  III-VI,  7-640  pp. 
16  leaves  with  cuts  not  included  in  the  pagination,  making 
a  total  of  672  pp.  instead  of  670,  as  stated  in  a  note  at 
bottom  of  page  640. 

A  book  made  up  with  scissors  and  containing  amongst  other 
articles  extracts  from  Brewerton's  Ride  with  Kit  Carson,  Fre- 
mont's 1st  and  2nd  expeditions,  Spalding's  account  of  overland 
journey  (from  the  Missionary  Herald),  Army  &  Navy  Chronicle, 
Schoolcraft  Article,  Wells'  Wild  Life  in  Oregon. 

The  latest  date  in  the  book  is  1855  which  would  indicate  that 
it  was  prepared  in  1856,  but  I  have  never  seen  an  .edition  before 
this  one  of  1859. 

Republished  several  times,  usually  from  the  same  sheets  except 
with  changes  at  the  end,  including  the  newer  territories  and  drop- 
ping Tennessee  and  Kentucky.  The  place  of  publication  was 
changed  in  the  60's  to  Columbus,  Ohio. 

E.  L.  Sabin,  in  his  notes  to  Kit  Carson  Days,  places  the  first 
edition  of  this  in  Columbus  in  1857.  285 


158 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

WALLEN,  H.  D. 

Report  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Communicating,  In 
compliance  with  a  resolution  of  the  Senate,  the  report  of 
Capt.  H.  D.  Wallen,  of  his  expedition,  in  1859,  from  Dalles 
City  to  Great  Salt  Lake  and  back.  April  12,  referred.  .  .  . 

[Washington :    I860.]   36  Cong.,  1  Sess.  Sen.,  Ex.  Doc.  34. 

8°  51  pp.,  map. 

Map: 

Map  of  a  Reconnaisance  for  a  Military  Road  from  the 
"Dalles"  of  the  Columbia  River  to  Great  Salt  Lake,  under 
the  Command  of  Capt.  H.  D.  Wallen,  4th  Inf.  By  Lieut. 
Joseph  Dixon,  T.  Engrs.  1859. 

Wallen's  report  is  dated  Ft.  Vancouver,  Nov.  25,  1859.  286 

ADAMS,  J.  C. 

Life  Of  J.  C.  Adams,  Known  As  Old  Adams,  Old  Grizzly 
Adams,  Containing  A  Truthful  Account  Of  His  Bear  Hunts, 
Fights  With  Grizzly  Bears,  Hairbreadth  Escapes,  In  the 
Rocky  and  Nevada  Mountains,  and  the  Wilds  Of  The 
Pacific  Coast. 

New  York,  1860.     Price,  Ten  Cents. 

16°  53  pp.,  besides  covers. 

Above  cover  title  with  vignette  of  Adams  and  a  grizzly  bear. 
Back  wrapper  contains  an  advertisement  of  Barnum's  American 
Museum.  Page  1  contains  a  caption  title  underneath  the  copyright 
which  is  at  extreme  top:  Entered  .  .  .  1860  by  J.  C.  Adams  .  .  . 
At  the  bottom  of  page  53  occurs  the  printers'  names:  Wynkoop, 
Hallenbeck  &  Thomas,  113  Fulton  St.,  New  York. 

This  little  book  has  no  connection  whatever  with  the  life  of 
Adams,  published  by  Hittell  the  same  year.  It  was  undoubtedly 
issued  during  the  summer  of  1860  as  a  part  of  the  side  show 
which  Adams  was  exhibiting  with  Barnum  in  New  York.  I  un- 
derstand one  other  copy  of  this  is  known,  but  without  the 
pictorial  covers. 

See  P.  T.  Barnum's  "Struggles  and  Triumphs,  or  Forty  Years' 
Recollections"  for  a  most  interesting  account  of  Adams  at  the 
American  Museum  and  his  last  days.  This  was  used  by  Hittell  in 
the  introduction  to  his  last  edition  of  Adams'  life.  287 

ADAMS,  JAMES  CAPEN 

The  Adventures  Of  James  Capen  Adams,  Mountaineer 
And  Grizzly  Bear  Hunter,  Of  California.  By  Theodore  H. 
Hittell.  Illustrated. 

San  Francisco :    Towne  And  Bacon.  .  .  .  1860. 

12°  VI  (incl.  half  title  and -title),  (2),  9-378  pp.,  12  plates. 


r 

i  • 

X 


I,  I 


-  ~r 

i 


J.  C.  ADAMS, 


KNOWN 


\ 


OI,I>     A  1>. VMS, 

OLD  GRIZZLY  ADAMS, 

ru.NTAIMM.     A     M'l    HUM.     \ccoi.Nr    HI     \\\* 

BEAR    HUNTS,    FIGHTS  WITH   GRIZZLY  BEARS, 
HAIRBREADTH    ESCAPES, 

In   tin-   K«rkv   ami    N>'\iulit   Mountains,   ami    tin- 


NEW      YORK,      1860. 


PRICE, 


-    TEN    CENTS  , 

I 


'  I 

~  — +. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  159 


In  1854  Adams  made  a  hunting  excursion  to  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains, by  way  of  Walker's  River  and  the  Humboldt  Mountains  to 
Salt  Lake.  After  a  short  stay  there  he  proceeded  past  Ft.  Bridger 
to" Ham's  Fork  and  Smith's  Fork,  returning  to  California  in  Aug- 
ust. 

An  edition  was  published  in  Boston  in  1860  identical  except  for 
the  imprint  and  being  printed  on  somewhat  larger  paper.  This 
was  stereotyped  and  printed  by  Houghton  &  Co.,  Riverside  Press, 
Cambridge,  and  published  by  Crosby,  Nichols,  Lee  &  Co.  and  may 
therefore  be  the  first  issue,  the  plates  being  sent  to  S.  F. 

The  plates  are  after  sketches  by  Nahl,  the  celebrated  S.  F.  ar- 
tist and  they  bear  the  inscription  in  addition,  of  Eastman  & 
Loomis,  S.  F.  288 

BEALE,  E.  F. 

Wagon  Road — Fort  Smith  To  Colorado  River.  Letter  Of 
The  Secretary  Of  War,  Transmitting  The  Report  of  Mr. 
Beale  relating  to  the  construction  of  a  wagon  road  from 
Fort  Smith  to  the  Colorado  River.  March  9,  1860. 
Ordered  printed. 

[Washington:  1860.1  36  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  House,  Ex. 
Doc.  42. 

8°  91  pp.    Map. 

Map: 

Map  Showing  The  Route  Of  E.  F.  Beale  From  Fort 
Smith,  Ark.,  To  Albuquerque,  N.  M.  1858-9.  Lith.  J.  Bien, 
N.  Y. 

Contains  Beale's  diary  Ft.  Smith  to  Albuquerque  and  thence  to 
the  Colorado  and  back  to  Albuquerque;  J.  R.  Crump's  letter,  with 
a  sketch  of  a  journey  from  Albuquerque  to  North  Fork  Town  on 
the  Canadian;  F.  E.  Engle's  diary  of  the  march  back  from  the 
Colorado  to  Albuquerque.  Pages  76-91  consist  of  a  detailed  itine- 
rary from  Ft.  Smith  to  the  Colorado  River.  Beale's  Report 
dated  Chester,  Pa.,  Dec.  15,  1859.  289 

BRAYTON,  MATHEW 

The  Indian  Captive.  A  narrative  of  the  Adventures 
and  Sufferings  of  Mathew  Brayton,  in  his  thirty-four  years 
of  Captivity  among  the  Indians  of  North-western  America. 

Cleveland,  O.     1860. 

12°  68  pp. 

From  the  sale  catalogue  of  the   Field  Library. 
I  have  not  been  able  to  locate  a  copy  and  therefore  only  con- 
jecture that  it  belongs  in  this  list.  290 

DIXON,  JOSEPH 

Topographical    Memoir    of    the    Command    against    the 


160 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Snake  Indians,  under  Major  E.  Steen,  United  States  Dra- 
goons, in  the  Summer  of  1860.  By  Brevet  Second  Lieut. 
Joseph  Dixon,  United  States  Topographical  Engineer. 

In  the  Report  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  pages  528  et  seq., 
37  Cong.,  2  Sess.  Sen.  Doc.  1,  Vol.  2. 

Map: 

Map  Showing  the  Routes  traveled  by  the  Command  of 
Maj.  E.  Steen,  U.  S.  Dragoons,  Against  the  Snake  Indians 
in  1860,  by  Lieut.  Joseph  Dixon,  drawn  under  direction  of 
Capt.  G.  Thorn. 

291 

GILPIN,  WILLIAM 

The  Central  Gold  Region.  The  Grain,  Pastoral,  And 
Gold  Regions  Of  North  America.  With  Some  New  Views 
Of  Its  Physical  Geography ;  And  Observations  On  The 
Pacific  Railroad.  By  William  Gilpin,  Late  Of  The  United 
States  Army.  Illustrated  by  Maps. 

Philadelphia :    Sower,  Barnes  &  Co.  .  .  .  1860. 

8°  Title,  V-XII,  13-194  pp.,  6  maps. 

Maps: 

Gilpin's  Hydrographic  Map  of  N.  A. 

Hydrographic  Map  of  the  Mountain  Formation  of  N.  A. 

Map  of  the  World  Exhibiting  the  Isothermal  Zodiac,  etc. 

Map  of  Gold  and  Silver  Region  of  Pike's  Peak,  Sierra 
San  Juan  and  La  Plata. 

Map  of  the  South  Pass  of  N.  A.  Proposed  Great  Conti- 
nental R.  R. 

Map  of  the  Basin  of  the  Mississippi. 

Gilpin  first  crossed  the  plains  in  1843  to  Oregon,  returning  in 
Oct.,  1844.  (See  Niles  Reg.  Nov.  16,  1844,  for  account  of  return 
trip). 

One  of  his  characteristic  speeches  delivered  in  Independence, 
Mo.,  in  1849,  is  on  the  Pacific  Railway,  in  which  he  advocated 
building  via  South  Pass  and  Snake  River  to  the  mouth  of  the 
Columbia.  He  Says  that  15  years  before  (1845)  he  had  published 
his  Hydrographic  map. 

This  work  of  Gilpin's,  reprinted  in  1874  as  Mission  of  the 
North  American  People,  rearranged  and  with  some  additions,  is  a 
unique  feature  in  American  literature.  In  the  appendix  to  the 
1874  edition,  he  reprints  a  pamphlet  he  says  he  published  in  1856: 
"Geographical  Memoranda  on  the  Pacific  Railroad." 

In  1860  Gilpin  was  living  in  Independence,  Mo.  He  was  after- 
wards Governor  of  Colorado  Territory.  He  says  he  spent  the  4th 
of  July,  1843,  with  Fremont  on  the  site  of  Denver.  292 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 161 

GREELEY,  HORACE 

An   Overland  Journey,   From   New  York  To  San   Fran- 
cisco, In  The  Summer  Of  1859.     By  Horace  Greeley. 
New  York:    C.  M.  Saxton,  Barker  &  Co.  ...  1860. 
12°  386  pp. 

Republished  from  letters  in  the  Tribune. 

Greeley  went  up  the  Solomon  Fork  and  Republican  to  Cherry 
Creek,  thence  from  Denver  to  the  Gold  Diggings,  to  Ft.  Laramie 
and  Salt  Lake,  thence  by  Pleasant  Valley  and  Carson  River  to 
California.  Left  Leavenworth  May  24th  after  a  short  visit  in 
Kansas  and  arrived  at  Sacramento  early  in  August.  At  the  end 
argues  earnestly  for  Government  aid  for  a  transcontinental  rail- 
road. 293 

HIND,  HENRY  YOULE 

British  North  America. 

Reports  Of  Progress,  Together  With  A  Preliminary  And 
General  Report,  On  The  Assiniboine  And  Saskatchewan 
Exploring  Expedition ;  Made  Under  Instructions  From  The 
Provincial  Secretary,  Canada.  By  Henry  Youle  Hind,  M. 
A.,  ...  In  Charge  Of  The  Expedition. 

Presented  to  both  Houses  of  Parliament  by  Command  of 
Her  Majesty,  August  1860. 

London :    Printed  By  George  Edward  Eyre.  .  .  .  1860. 

Folio,  219  pp.    6  maps. 

Maps: 

Map  of  the  Boundary  Line  between  British  America  & 
the  United  States. 

Map  of  the  Country  between  Red  River  &  Lake  Winni- 
peg on  the  east  and  the  Elbow  of  the  South  Saskatchewan 
on  the  west. 

Geological  Map  of  a  portion  of  Rupert's  Land. 

Track  Survey  of  the  Qu'  Appelle  or  Calling  River  and 
Valley,  with  Section  at  the  top. 

Track  Survey  of  the  Saskatchewan  between  Cedar  Lake 
&  Lake  Winnipeg. 

Track  Survey  of  the  Qu'  Appelle  Valley  from  Sand  Hill 
Lake  westward.  (Above  two  on  one  sheet). 

Map  of  the  Country  from  Lake  Superior  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean  etc. 

This  is  an  entirely  different  document  from  the  one  with  the 
same  title  printed  in  Toronto  in  1859  by  John  Lovell,  and  con- 
tains nearly  entirely  new  material.  The  maps  engraved  by  Ar- 
rowsmith  are  very  fine  and  different  from  the  1859  ones.  The 


162  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


plates,  however,  are  reproduced  with  the  explanations  at  the  end 
pp.  216-219. 

The   itineraries   occupy  pp.    149-177. 

John  Fleming's  Narrative  pp.  81-94,  J.  A.  Dickinson's  pp. 
67-70.  The  rest  of  the  narrative,  general  remarks,  etc.,  are  by 
Hind  himself.  293A 


HIND,  HENRY  YOULE 

Narrative  Of  The  Canadian  Red  River  Exploring  Expe- 
dition Of  1857  And  Of  The  Assiniboine  And  Saskatchewan 
Exploring  Expedition  Of  1858.  By  Henry  Youle  Hind,  M. 
A.  F.  R.  G.  S.  .  .  .  In  Two  Volumes. 

London  Longman,  Green,  .  .  .  1860 

8°  XX,  494  pp.,  14  plates,  map  and  4  plans;  XVI,  472 
pp.,  6  plates,  2  maps  and  profile. 

Maps: 

Map  To  Illustrate  A  Narrative  of  the  Canadian  Red  River 
Exploring  Expedition  of  1857  and  of  the  Assiniboine  and 
Saskatchewan  Exploring  Expedition  of  1858.  By  Henry 
Youle  Hind. 

Map  of  the  Country  from  Lake  Superior  to  the  Pacific 
Ocean.  .  .  .  Also  The  Fertile  Belt. 

Geological  Map  of  part  of  Rupert's  Land. 

The  plates  were  executed  by  Spottiswoode  &  Co.,  London, 
after  sketches  made  by  Fleming,  or  photographs  taken  by  H.  L. 
Hime.  294 

PIKE'S  PEAK 

Hints  and  information  for  the  use  of  Emigrants  to  Pike's 
Peak,  embracing  a  Concise  and  Comprehensive  Sketch  of 
the  Gold  Region,  the  best  Routes,  Points  of  Outfit,  .  .  . 

Leavenworth,  Kansas.     1860. 

8°    15  pp. 

Not  seen.  Description  from  Sabin  62842.  Probably  by  George 
W.  Larimer.  295 

CHERRY  CREEK  SETTLEMENTS 

History  Of  The  Settlements  on  Cherry  Creek. 

[n.  p.,  n.  d.l 

12°  Pp.  5-18,  with  a  "Map  of  Denver,  Auraria  And  High- 
land." Theodore  Schrader,  Lithographer,  No.  7  Chestnut 
St.,  St.  Louis.  .  .  . 

The  history  is  dated  Denver  and  Auraria,  Jan.  1,  1860,  and  con- 


THE   PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  163 


tains  a  well  written  account  of  the  early  arrivals,  with  some  per- 
sonal   reminiscences    of    Wm.    Larimer. 

From  a  reference  to  the  map  on  page  13,  it  seems  that  it  must 
have  formed  part  of  a  directory,  printed  early  in  1860,  but  prob- 
ably not  in  Denver.  Perhaps  it  formed  part  of  the  Kansas  Ga- 
zeteer,  advertised  to  be  issued  in  1860  by  Sutherland  &  McEvoy 
of  St.  Louis  296 

MOLLHAUSEN,  BALDUIN 

Reisen  in  die  Felsengebirge  Nord-Amerikas  bis  zum 
Hoch-Plateau  von  Neu-Mexico,  unternommen  als  Mitglied 
der  im  Auftrage  der  Regierung  der  Vereinigten  Staaten  aus- 
gesandten  Colorado-Expedition.  Von  Balduin  Mollhausen. 
Mit  12  vom  Berfasser  nach  der  Natur  aufgenommenen 
Landschaften  und  Abbildungen  von  Indianer-Stammen, 
Thier-und  Pflanzen-Bildern  in  Farbendruck,  nebst  1  Karte. 
Eingefiihrt  durch  zwei  Briefe  Alexander  von  Humboldt's  in 
facsimile.  Erster  Band. 

Leipzig:  Otto  Burfurst  [n.  d.,  I860?]  (Usually  has  the 
imprint  Leipzig  or  Jena:  Gostenoble  1861). 

8°  XVI  (inc.  half  title  and  title),  455  pp.,  6  plates,  fac- 
simile; IX  (inc.  half  title  and  title),  406  pp.,  6  plates,  map. 

Karte  der  Volkerwanderung  im  Colorado — Gebiete  nebst 
Angabe  der  Route  der  Colorado — Expedition  Zu  M611- 
hausen's  "Reisen  .  .  .  " 

The  12  plates  are  printed  in  colors.  The  preface  is  dated  Pots- 
dam, May,  1860,  and  the  above  undated  edition  probably  appeared 
in  that  year.  The  book  contains  an  account  of  the  Ives-New- 
berry  expedition  of  1857  and  1858  and  has  never  been  translated 
into  English  so  far  as  I  know.  297 

REMY,  JULES 

Voyage  Au  Pays  Des  Mormons  Relation — Geographic 
Histoire  Naturelle — Histoire — Theologie — Moeurs  Et  Cou- 
tumes  Par  Jules  Remy  Tome  Premier  Ouvrage  orne  de  10 
gravures  sur  acier  et  d'une  Carte. 

Paris  E.  Dentu,  Libraire — Editeur  Palais-Royal,  13, 
Galerie  D'Orleans  1860  Tous  droits  reserves. 

8°  LXXXVIII  (incl.  half  title  and  title),  432  pp.,  5  plates 
and   map;   VI    (1),    (incl.   half  title  and  title),   544  pp.,   5 
plates. 
Map: 

Carte  dressee  pour  1'intelligence  du  voyage  au  Pays  des 
Mormons  de  M.  Jules  Remy,  Lemaitre  Sculp. 
Plates : 

The  Plates  include  one  of  portraits  of  Joseph  and  Hyrum 


164 THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

Smith,  a  View  of  Fillmore,  A  View  of  the  Salt  Lake 
Temple,  and  Portrait  of  Brigham  Young. 

Translated  into  English  as : 

A  Journey  To  Great-Salt-Lake  City,  By  Jules  Remy,  And 
Julius  Brenchley,  M.  A.;  With  A  Sketch  Of  The  History, 
Religion,  And  Customs  Of  The  Mormons,  And  An  Intro- 
duction On  The  Religious  Movement  In  The  United  States. 
By  Jules  Remy.  In  Two  Volumes.  Vol.  I.  With  Ten 
Steel  Engravings  and  a  Map. 

London:  W.  Jeffs,  15,  Burlington  Arcade,  foreign  Book- 
seller to  the  Royal  Family.  MDCCCLXI. 

8°  CXXXI  (incl.  half  title  and  title),  508  pp.,  5  plates, 
map;  VII  (incl.  half  title  and  title),  605  pp.,  5  plates. 

The  plates  and  map  are  the  original  French  plates  with  an 
English  translation  added  under  the  titles. 

Remy  and  Brenchley  started  from  San  Francisco  July  18,  1855, 
and  proceeded  to  Salt  Lake  via  Carson  Valley.  They  remained 
in  Salt  Lake  only  31  days  and  then  left,  Oct.  26  for  Los  Angeles 
via  Las  Vegas  and  arrived  Nov.  29.  After  a  short  stay  they  pro- 
ceeded to  San  Francisco.  Vol.  II  pp.  499-512  consist  of  extracts 
from  Brenchley's  Journal  of  a  journey  from  the  Missouri  River 
to  Oregon  in  the  summer  of  1853,  leaving  in  June.  The  notes, 
pp.  512-16,  also  contain  a  "Word  of  Truth  about  California,"  pp. 
516-21,  account  of  the  Big  Trees,  and  pp.  561-9  a  Mormon  bibliog- 
raphy. 298 

VILLARD,  HENRY 

The  Past  And  Present  Of  The  Pike's  Peak  Gold  Regions, 
With  Maps  And  Illustrations  By  Henry  Villard  Special 
Correspondent  of  the  Cincinnati  Daily  Commercial. 

Sutherland  &  McEroy,  Publishers,  St.  Louis,  Mo.     1860. 

8°  Frontispiece,  112  pp.,  4  leaves  of  adv.,  2  maps.  P.  P. 
W.  with  the  same  title  except  that  Villard's  name  does  not 
appear  and  a  note  under  the  imprint  states  "Sold  by  Book- 
Sellers  and  News  Agents  throughout  the  United  States." 

The  book  proper  ends  at  page  101,  and  is  there  dated  St. 
Louis,  April  1st,  1860.  Pp.  102-112  are  given  over  to  an 
Appendix — A  Guide  To  Emigrants  to  the  Pike's  Peak  Gold 
Region.  The  Frontispiece  is  a  view  of  Denver  City  and 
Auraria. 

Maps: 

Map  of  Pike's  Peak  Gold  Regions — A.  McLean,  lith.  3rd 
&  Pine  St.,  St.  Louis. 

Routes  to  the  Pike's  Peak  Gold  Regions. 

Collation  from  Edw.  Eberstadt  who  recently  had  a  copy.  Vil- 
lard, who  was  a  German,  afterwards  became  very  prominent  as 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  165 


president  of  the  Northern  Pacific  Railroad.  At  this  time  he  was 
an  impecunious  newspaper  correspondent,  and  as  such  visited  Pike's 
Peak  Gold  Regions  in  the  summer  of  1859.  In  his  Memoirs,  pub- 
lished in  1904,  Villard  gives  an  extremely  interesting  account  of 
his  journey  from  Fort  Leavenworth  by  the  first  stage  of  the 
"Leavenworth  and  Pike's  Peak  Express  Company."  On  page  121, 
he  quotes  Gregory's  account  of  his  discovery  of  gold  in  Greg- 
ory Gulch.  Villard  accompanied  Mr.  Greeley  to  the  gold  diggings. 
•Villard  returned  to  the  settlements  in  November  and  began  writ- 
ing his  book.  He  says  that  he  secured  subscriptions  for  about 
ten  thousand  copies,  on  the  agreement  that  he  would  deliver  the 
book  by  May  fiirst.  By  reason  of  difficulties  of  the  printers  the 
book  was  not  ready  until  the  end  of  June  and  the  subscribers  re- 
fused to  receive  it.  The  result  was  that  he  says  that  barely 
enough  copies  were  sold  to  cover  the  cost  of  the  first  edition 
of  twenty-five  hundred.  299 

BERKELEY,  GRANTLEY  F. 

The  English  Sportsman  In  The  Western  Prairies  By  The 
Hon.  Grantley  F.  Berkeley,  Author  Of  "Life  In  the  Forests 
Of  France"  Etc.,  Etc. 

London:     Hurst  And  Blackett.     1861. 

Royal  8°  XI,  leaf  list  of  ill.  431  pp.     10  plates. 

300 

BURT,  S.  W.  AND  BERTHOUD,  E.  L. 

The  Rocky  Mountain  Gold  Regions,  Containing  Sketches 
Of  Its  History,  Geography,  Botany,  Geology,  Mineralogy 
And  Gold  Mines  .  .  .  Illustrated  By  Two  Maps.  By  S. 
W.  Burt  And  E.  L.  Berthoud. 

Denver  City,  J.  T. :  Published  by  the  Rocky  Mountain 
News  Printing  Co.,  1861. 

8°  55  (1),  57-132  Guide  to  the  Mines,  miscellaneous  in- 
formation and  adv.,  supplementary  leaf  headed  Colorado 
Territory. 

This  should  have  two  maps.  Both  are  lacking  in  the  Bancroft 
Library  copy.  From  the  text  I  judge  one  was  entitled  Map  of  the 
Quartz  Mining  Region  and  the  other  a  Map  Showing  the  Routes 
to  and  The  Locality  of  Colorado  City,  1860.  Published  by  I.  N. 
Tappan. 

The  preface,  dated  Golden  City,  J.  T.,  January,  1861,  refers  to  a 
map  published  the  year  before  from  the  drawings  and  observations 
of  A.  D.  Richardson  and  widely  circulated.  The  supplementary 
leaf  begins:  "Since  the  publication  of  our  first  edition  of  this 
book,  a  bill  has  passed  the  House  of  Representatives,  .  .  .  Feb., 
1861,  .  .  .  organizing  Colorado  Territory.  301 

BURTON,  RICHARD  FRANCIS 

The  City  Of  The  Saints  And  Across  The  Rocky  Moun- 


166  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 

tains  To  California  By  Richard  F.  Burton  Author  Of  "A 
Pilgrimage  To  El  Medinah  And  Meccah." 

London  Longman,  Green,  Longman,  And  Roberts  1861 

8°  X  (2),  (incl.  title  and  half  title),  707  pp.,  3  maps  on 
one  sheet,  plan,  8  plates. 
Maps: 

The  Wahsatch  Mountains  &  Great  Salt  Lake  (from 
Capt.  Stansbury). 

Route  from  the  Missouri  River  to  the  Pacific  (route  of 
Capt.  Burton). 

North  America. 

The  Captain  started  on  this  excursion  from  St.  Joe  on  the 
7th  of  August,  1860,  and  arrived  at  Salt  Lake  August  25th.  He 
only  remained  in  Utah  about  a  month  but  time  enough  to  write 
some  300  pp.  about  the  Mormons  having  a  rather  sympathetic 
leaning  toward  them.  After  stopping  at  Carson  and  Virginia  City 
a  fe.w  days  he  went  on  to  California.  The  appendix  contains  a 
lot  of  Mormon  documents  and  a  Mormon  chronology.  The 
foot  notes  pp.  250-263  contain  for  the  period  rather  an  exten- 
sive Mormon  bibliography.  302 

CLARK,  C.  M. 

A  Trip  To  Pike's  Peak  And  Notes  By  The  Way,  With 
Numerous  Illustrations :  Being  Descriptive  Of  Incidents 
And  Accidents  That  Attended  The  Pilgrimage;  Of  The 
Country  Through  Kansas  And  Nebraska ;  Rocky  Moun- 
tains ;  Mining  Regions ;  Mining  Operations,  Etc.,  Etc.  By 
C.  M.  Clark,  M.  D.  .  .  . 

Chicago:  S.  P.  Rounds'  Steam  Book  And  Job  Printing 
House,  .  .  .  1861. 

8°  Front.,  title,  leaf  preface,  leaf  contents,  leaf  list  of 
illustrations,  woodcut,  1-134  pp.,  leaf  errata,  16  other  wood- 
cuts. 

One  of  the  very  few  books  giving  a  contemporary  account  of 
the  Pike's  Peak  gold  rush.  Clark  went  out  in  the  spring  of  1860 
from  St.  Joe,  via  Fort  Kearney.  303 

GEARY,  E.  R. 

Depredations   And   Massacre    By   The    Snake   River    In- 
dians.    Letter  of  the  Acting  Secretary  of  the  Interior.  .  .  . 
Jan.  28,  1861.     Referred.  .  .  . 
[Washington:  1861.]     36  Cong.,  2  Sess.  House,  Ex.  Doc.  46. 

8°  16  pp. 

Contains  communications  from  E.  R.  Geary,  H.  D.  Wallen,  G. 
W.  Abbott,  etc.,  relating  to  this  affair,  Sept.  9,  1860.  304 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  167 


IVES,  JOSEPH  C. 

Report  Upon  The  Colorado  River  Of  The  West,  Ex- 
plored Iri  1857  And  1858  By  Lieutenant  Joseph  C.  Ives, 
Corps  Of  Topographical  Engineers,  Under  The  Direction 
Of  The  Office  Of  Explorations  And  Surveys,  A.  A.  Hum- 
phreys, Captain  Topographical  Engineers,  In  Charge.  By 
Order  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War. 

Washington:  Government  Print.  Office.  1861.  (36 
Cong.,  1  Sess.  House  Ex.  Doc.  90). 

4°  Part  I,  131  pp.,  7  colored  plates  of  Indians,  9  plain  and 
one  colored  plates  of  scenery,  8  panoramic  views  in  rough 
outline,  by  Egloffstein,  2  maps  and  a  profile.  List  of  all, 
pp.  17-18. 

Part  II,  Hydrographic  Report,  14  pp. 

Part  III,  Geological  Report  by  J.  S.  Newberry,  154  pp.,  3 
plain  plates  of  scenery,  3  plates  of  fossils,  with  leaf  of 
explanation  to  each. 

Part  IV,  Botany,  by  Profs.  Gray,  Torrey,  etc.,  30  pp. 

Part  V,  Zoology,  by  S.  F.  Baird,  6  pp. 

Appendices,  31   (1)  pp. 

The    plates    of    portraits    and    scenery    were    lithographed    by 
•     Sarony,  Major  &  Knapp,  N.  Y.,  after  sketches  of  H.  B.  Mollhausen 
and   F.  W.  Egloffstein  who  both  accompanied  the   expedition. 

305 

LANDER,  F.  W. 

Maps  And  Reports  Of  The  Fort  Kearney,  South  Pass, 
And  Honey  Lake  Wagon  Road.  Letter  From  The  Acting 
Secretary  Of  The  Interior,  .  .  .  Feb.  11,  1861.  Laid  on 
the  table. 

[Washington:  1861.]  36  Cong.,  2  Sess.  House,  Ex.  Doc. 
64. 

8°  39  pp. 

Lander's  report  dated  Wash.,  March  1,  1860,  is  largely  devoted 
to  a  defense  of  Lander's  Cutoff. 

Lander  says  that  A.  Bierstadt  of  Boston,  and  S.  F.  Frost  of 
N.  Y.,  accompanied  the  expedition  with  a  full  corps  of  artists  at 
their  own  expense.  They  have  taken  sketches  of  the  most  re- 
markable of  the  views  along  the  route  and  a  set  of  stereopticon 
views  of  emigrant  trains,  Indians,  camp  scenes,  etc.,  which  are 
highly  valuable.  A  map  of  the  western  division,  by  John  R.  Rey, 
was  appended  to  the  report,  but  not  published. 

The  principal  part  is  devoted  to  a  report  of  W.  H.  Wagner, 
engineer  in  charge.  250  copies  printed.  306 

MACOMB,  CAPT.  J.  N. 

Annual  Report  Chief  Topographical  Engineer,  1860  and 


168  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


1861.  His  Expedition  from  Santa  Fe  to  the  portion  of  the 
Grand  and  Green  Basin  of  the  Colorado  of  the  West,  In 
1859. 

4°  152  pp.  Map.  13  colored  plates,  3  uncolored,  and  8 
plates  of  fossils. 

Reprinted  with  J.  S.  Newberry's  Geological  Report.  Washing- 
ton, 1876.  307 

BURDETT,  CHARLES 

Life  Of  Kit  Carson :  The  Great  Western  Hunter  And 
Guide.  Comprising  Wild  And  Romantic  Exploits  As  A 
Hunter  And  Trapper  In  The  Rocky  Mountains ;  Thrilling 
Adventures  And  Hair-Breadth  Escapes  Among  The  In- 
dians And  Mexicans ;  His  Daring  And  Invaluable  Services 
As  A  Guide  To  Scouting  And  Other  Parties,  Etc.,  Etc. 
With  An  Account  Of  Various  Government  Expeditions  To 
The  Far  West.  By  Charles  Burdett.  Illustrated. 

Philadelphia :    J.  Edwin  Potter,  .  .  .  1862. 

12°  374  pp.    Portrait  of  Carson,  and  5  other  plates. 

The  original  edition  of  this  work.  Later  editions  bring  the 
story  to  Carson's  death,  May  23,  1868,  at  Ft.  Lyon,  Colorado. 

308 

FOX,  JESSE  W. 

General  Courses  And  Distance  From  G.  S.  L.  City  To 
Fort  Limhi  And  Gold  Diggings  On  Salmon  River.  By 
Jesse  W.  Fox,  Territorial  Surveyor-General. 

Great  Salt  Lake  City :  Deseret  News  Print.  1862.  (Price 
Fifty  Cents). 

16°  8  pp.,  on  brown  paper.  Adv.  on  verso  of  title,  and 
on  page  8. 

309 

CRAWFORD,  MEDOREM 

Journal  Of  The  Expedition  Organized  For  The  Protec- 
tion Of  Emigrants  To  Oregon,  Etc.,  Under  The  Command 
Of  Medorem  Crawford,  Captain,  Assistant  Quartermaster 
United  States  Army. 

Letter  of  the  Secretary  of  War,  Jan.  8,  1863. 

37th  Cong.,  3rd  Sess.  Sen.  Ex.  Doc.  17. 

8°  14  pp. 

Party  left  Camp  Lincoln,  near  Omaha,  June  5,  1862,  for  Fort 
Stanton,  four  miles  from  Omaha,  and  finally  left  there  June  16, 
1862.  Route  via  Ft.  Kearney,  Ft.  Laramie,  Horse  Creek,  the 


t 


/ •'  .'  • 
-    • 

I- 

COURSES 


AKD 


DISTANCE  FEOM  G.  S.  L.  CITI 


TO 


FORT  LIMHI 


AKP 


GOLD  DIGGINGS  ON  SALMON  RIVER. 


BY  JESSE  W.  FOX, 

TZUHTOKIAL     SrRV£TO»-CI5I»AL. 


GBBAT   SALT   LAKE   CITY: 

DESERET    NEWS   PRINT. 
1862. 

(PRICE   FIFTY 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  169 


Sweetwater,  the  Portneuf,  and  down  the  Owyhee  River,  the  Grand 
Ronde,  and  Walla  Walla,  arriving  there  October  14. 

Most  of  the  emigrants  were  for  the  Salmon  River  mines.  A 
guide  had  been  published  which  represented  these  mines  to  be  180 
miles  from  Ft.  Hall  and  hence  the  wagons  of  the  emigrants  were 
loaded  too  heavily.  From  South  Pass  they  traveled  by  Lander's 
Road. 

Crawford  had  charge  of  the  expeditions  of  emigrants  across  the 
plains  in  1861,  '62  and  '63,  but  this  is  the  only  printed  record  I 
have  seen  of  them.  Crawford  crossed  the  plains  first  in  1842  and 
his  journal  has  been  printed  in  1897  as  volume  one,  number  one, 
of  the  "Sources  of  the  History  of  Oregon,"  Eugene,  Oregon.  310 


FERGUSSON,  D. 

Letter  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Communicating,  .  .  . 
A  Copy  of  the  report  of  Major  D.  Fergusson.  on  the  Coun- 
try, its  resources,  and  the  route  between  Tucson  and  Lobos 
Bay.  March  14,  1863.  Read  .  .  . 

[Washington :  1863.]  37  Cong.,  Spec.  Sess.  Sen.,  Ex. 
Doc.  1. 

8°  22  pp.,  3  maps. 

Maps: 

[A  copy  of  a  Mexican  Map  made  about  1861.  Shows  the 
Ensenada  de  Lobos  with  Sitio  de  la  Villa!. 

Sketch  of  Lobos  Bay  drawn  under  the  direction  of  Major 
D.  Fergusson. 

(Map  of  routes  from  the  Rio  Grande  to  the  Pacific.  No 
title). 

311 

FISK,  J  [AMES]  L. 

Expedition  From  Fort  Abercrombie  To  Fort  Benton. 
Letter  From  The  Secretary  of  War,  In  Answer  To  Resolu- 
tion of  House  of  19th  instant,  transmitting  report  of  Captain 
J.  L.  Fisk,  of  the  expedition  to  escort  emigrants  from  Fort 
Abercrombie  to  Fort  Benton,  .  .  .  March  2,  1863.  Ordered 
printed. 

[Washington :  1863.]  37th  Cong.,  3rd  Sess.  H.  Rep., 
Ex.  Doc.  80. 

8°  36  pp. 

Contains  a  condensed  diary,  by  Samuel  R.  Bond,  who  accom- 
panied Fisk  as  Clerk  and  Journalist.  Actually  this  expedition  did 
not  stop  at  Fort  Benton  but  continued  on  over  Mullan's  road.  The 
emigrants  were  left  on  the  Prickly  Pear,  and  Sept.  23,  Fisk  and 
his  party  continued  on  via  Deer  Lodge  Valley  and  the  Coeur 
d'Alenes  to  Walla  Walla  and  Portland.  Bond's  diary  is  dated 
Washington,  Feb.  10,  1863.  An  itinerary  occupies  pp.  30-36.  N. 
P.  Langford  accompanied  this  expedition.  312 


170  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


FISK,  JAMES  L. 

Idaho :   her   Gold    Fields,   and   the    Routes   to   them.     A 
Hand  Book  for  Emigrants.    By  Capt.  Jas.  L.  Fisk,  A.  Q.  M. 
New  York:    John  A.  Gray.  .  .  .  1863. 
18°  99  pp.,  map. 

313 

GOODE,  WILLIAM  H. 

Outposts  Of  Zion,  With  Limnings  Of  Mission  Life.  By 
Rev.  William  H.  Goode,  Ten  Years  A  Member  Of  Frontier 
Conferences. 

Cincinnati :     Published  By  Poe  &  Hitchcock,  .  .      1863. 

12°  Port.  Goode,  464  pp. 

Early  scenes  in  Kansas  and  Nebraska,  1854-59;  exploring  tour 
to  the  Rocky  Mountains  (Colorado)  1859.  Contains  a  very  inter- 
esting account  of  a  trip  across  the  plains  in  the  spring  of  1859  and 
travels  in  the  new  gold  region,  with  residence  later  in  Denver. 

314 


HEWITT,  R.  H. 

Notes  By  The  Way.  Memoranda  Of  A  Journey  Across 
The  Plains,  From  Dundee,  111.,  To  Olympia,  W.  T.  May  7, 
to  November  3,  1862.  By  R.  H.  Hewitt. 

Olympia :  Printed  At  The  Office  Of  The  Washington 
Standard.  1863. 

12°  Title,  (2)  preface,  5-58  pp.     P.  P.  W.  with  same  title. 

Traveled  from  St.  Joe  to  Omaha,  then  via  Ft.  Kearney,  Ft. 
Laramie  and  the  Lander  Cut  Off;  then  north  through  Deer  Lodge 
and  Bitter  Root  Valleys  over  the  Mullan  Military  Road. 

Only    copy   located    is    in    Bancroft    Collection. 

This  journal  was  expanded  into  a  book  of  521  pp.  as:  "Across 
the  Plains  And  Over  The  Divide  A  Mule  Train  Journey  From 
East  To  West  in  1862,  And  Incidents  Connected  Therewith  With 
Map  And  Illustrations  By  Randall  H.  Hewitt  New  York: 
Broadway  Pub.  Co.,  (1906).  Title,  (2),  III,  521  pp.,  map,  56  illus., 
and  port. 

The  preface,  signed  Randall  H.  Hewitt,  is  dated  Los  Angeles, 
Calif.,  1906.  He  does  not  mention  in  this  preface  the  previous 
Olympia  edition.  Capt.  Hewitt  was  the  son  of  Judge  Hewitt, 
afterwards  Chief  Justice  of  Washington  Territory.  315 

HOLLISTER,  O.  J. 

History  Of  The  First  Regiment  Of  Colorado  Volunteers. 
By  Ovando  J.  Hollister. 

Denver.     C.  T.     Thos.  Gibson  &  Co.,  Publishers.     1863. 
12°  178  pp.    P.  P.  W.  with  same  title. 


MEMORANDA 


OF   A 


JOURNEY  ACROSS  THE  PLAINS, 


FROM 


DUNDEE,  ELL,,   TO   OLYMPIA,   W.   T, 


May    7,   to    November   3,    1*62. 


Bv  R.  H.  HEWITT. 


OLYMPIA : 

PRINTED  AT  THE  OFFICE  OF  THE  WASHINGTON  STANDARD. 

1863, 


,    •  I .  '     «  • , 


1 1  i  s  rr  o 


THE  FIRST  REGIMENT 


COLORADO  VOLUNTEERS. 


IfiY  OV^XDO  .J 


DENVER.  C.  T. 

TIIOS.  OIB.^ON  ,t  CO.,  Publishers. 
1BO3. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  171 


The  only  copy  of  this  very  rare  book  which  I  have  seen  is  in 
the  Bancroft  Library.  A  large  portion  of  the  book  is  devoted 
to  an  account  of  the  service  of  the  regiment  against  the  prairie 
Indians.  316 


MOWRY,  SYLVESTER 

The  Geography  And  Resources  Of  Arizona  And  Sonora: 
An  Address  Before  The  American  Geographical  And  Sta- 
tistical Society,  By  Sylvester  Mowry,  Of  Arizona,  Graduate 
Of  The  U.  S.  Military  Academy  At  West  Point,  Late 
Lieutenant  Third  Artillery,  U.  S.  A.,  Corresponding  Mem- 
ber Of  The  American  Institute,  Late  U.  S.  Boundary 
Commissioner,  Etc.,  Etc. 

New  York,  February  3,  1859.  A  New  Edition,  With  An 
Appendix. 

San  Francisco  And  New  York :  A.  Roman  &  Co.  1863. 
[Issued  and  printed  in  S.  F.]. 

8°  Title,  map,  (4)  pp.  preface,  3-124  pp. 

Map: 

Outline  map  of  Sonora  and  Arizona,  Including  the  "Sierra 
Madre,"  Compiled  from  Authentic  Sources  and  personal 
Observation  for  the  Geography  and  Resources  of  "Arizona 
and  Sonora."  By  Sylvester  Mowry  of  Arizona.  1863.  J. 
B.  Mills.  Lith.  by  Fishbourne,  S.  F. 

317 

MULLAN,  JOHN 

Letter  Of  The  Secretary  Of  War,  Transmitting,  In 
answer  to  a  resolution  of  the  Senate  of  the  6th  instant,  the 
report  and  maps  of  Captain  John  Mullan,  United  States 
army,  of  his  operations  while  engaged  in  the  construction 
of  a  military  road  from  Fort  Walla-Walla,  on  the  Columbia 
River,  to  Fort  Benton,  on  the  Missouri  River.  Feb.  19, 
1863,  (Ordered  Printed). 

[Washington :  1863.]  37th  Cong.,  3rd  Sess.  Senate,  Ex. 
Doc.  43. 

Also  printed  at  Washington,  Govt.  Printing  Office,  1863, 
with  following  title : 

Report  On  The  Construction  Of  A  Military  Road  From 
Fort  Walla-Walla  To  Fort  Benton.  By  Capt.  John  Mullan, 
U.  S.  A. 

8°  Title,  363  pp.  plus  1  leaf  errata,  4  maps,  10  plates  (9 
colored),  by  G.  Sohon. 

Maps: 

Map  of  Military  Road  From  Walla-Walla  to  Fort  Benton 


172  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


on  the  Missouri — made  under  the  direction  of  Capt.  John 
Mullan. 

Map  Military  Reconnaisance  from  Fort  Dalles,  Oregon, 
via  ...  to  Fort  Taylor,  made  under  direction  of  Capt.  John 
Humphreys. 

Map  Military  Reconnaisance  From  Fort  Taylor  To  The 
Coeur  d'Alene  Mission — by  Capt.  John  Mullan. 

Map,  Mountain  Section  of  the  Ft.  Walla-Walla  and  Ft. 
Benton,  .  .  .  From  Coeur  d'Alene  Mission  to  the  Dearborn 
River.  By  John  Mullan,  drawn  by  Theo.  Kolecki.  1859-1863. 

Pages  1-84,  Mullan's  report,  proper,  with  itinerary,  pp.  37-40; 
pp.  85-127,  Reports  of  Engineers,  etc.;  pp.  128-133,  Tables  of 
heights;  pp.  133-183,  other  reports  and  meteorological  and  astron- 
omical data;  pp.  185-363,  Tables.  Maps  by  J.  Bien,  N.  Y.  Plates 
by  Bowen  &  Co.,  Phila.  Letter  of  Mullan  transmitting  report, 
Feb.  18,  1863,  calls  for  only  8  plates. 

Comprises  the  period  from  March,  1858,  to  Sept.,  1862.  318 

A  PILGRIMAGE  OVER  THE  PRAIRIES  In  Two  Vol- 
umes. By  The  Author  Of  "The  Fortunes  Of  A  Colonist." 

London :    T.  Cautley  Newby,  .  .  .  1863. 

12°  Title,  298  pp.;  title,  313  pp.  (Wrongly  numbered 
261).  6  plates. 

A  romance  of  the  prairies  and  the  Blackfoot  Indians.  319 


SMET,  P.  J.  De 

New    Indian    Sketches.      By    Rev.    P.   J.    De  Smet,    S.   J. 
New  York :     D.  &  J.  Sadler,  .  .  .  1863. 
18°  Title,  (5)-175  pp. ;  2  plates. 

Contains  some  interesting  letters  between  Gen.  Harney  and  De 
Smet  in  1859. 

An  account  of  De  Smet's  journey,  leaving  St.  Louis  May  20, 
1858,  as  Chaplain,  with  the  army  against  the  Mormons  and  In- 
dians. Left  Leavenworth  June  1  with  the  7th  Regiment,  under 
Col.  Morrison.  Traveled  via  Ft.  Kearney  to  the  crossing  of  the 
south  branch  of  the  Platte,  where  the  expedition  dissolved,  De 
Smet  returning  with  Harney  to  Leavenworth.  Went  to  N.  Y.  and 
left  Sept.  20  with  Gen.  Harney  and  his  staff  via  Panama,  Oct.  29. 
Left  Vancouver  for  a  trip  to  the  mountains,  Coeur  d'Alenes,  St. 
Ignatius,  St.  Mary's.  Returned  to  Vancouver  April  16,  1859,  and 
on  June  15  left  again  for  the  mountains  with  the  chiefs  he  had 
brought  to  Vancouver.  July  22,  left  St.  Ignatius  overland  for  Ft. 
Benton,  which  he  reached  on  the  29th,  and  arrived  at  St.  Louis 
by  steamer  Sept.  23.  In  one  of  his  letters  he  quotes  Father 
Hoecken  as  saying  the  missions  had  been  ruined  by  the  mines. 

320 


THOMPSON'S 


JOMPLETE  GUIDE 


NEW    GOLD    REGIONS 

OK 

UPPER  MISSOURI,  DEER  LODGE,  BEAVER  HEAD 

NEZ  PEKOES,  SALMON  RIVER, 

BOISE  RIVER,  POWDER  RIVER,  JOHN  DAY,  CARIBOO, 

Ktc.,     PUo.,     lOto. 

CONTAINING    TAIH.KS    OK    DISTANCKS,    CAMPINO    I'l.Af'F.S,    MANY    WOKDH 

OK     TIIK     HI.ACKKOOT     AND     KI.AT     IIKAI)     I.  ANGfAOKH, 
i      <  ANU'THK    COMI'LKTK    CHINOOK    JAItOON. 


1JY 

S    M.    THOMPSON, 

lj»(r    Krcftmrj    of   the    Exploring    !'»r*j    uf    the    Aiu'-rictn    Kij-torin^    ami    Mineral    ('' 


8T.   I.OtMS: 

ruHLisuri>  nv  H.  iv  hTriM.rv  AMI  n>., 
K..K  II.   M.  THOMPSON, 

t:«r.l.rj  of  AraeriMB  £»ploriD»  »nil  MlB«r»l  i:oinp»nr,  M.  Louli.  Mo 

1803. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  173 


THOMPSON,  FRANCIS  M. 

The  New  Gold  Regions  Of  The  North-West.  Price  One 
Dollar.  For  Sale  By  H.  M.  Thompson,  ...  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

(Cover  title;  regular  title  as  follows): 

Thompson's  Complete  Guide  To  The  New  Gold  Regions 
Of  Upper  Missouri,  Deer  Lodge,  Beaver  Head  Nez  Perces, 
Salmon  River,  Boise  River,  Powder  River,  John  Day, 
Cariboo,  Etc.,  Etc.,  Etc.  Containing  Tables  Of  Distances, 
Camping  Places,  Many  Words  Of  The  Blackfoot  And  Flat 
Head  Languages,  And  The  Complete  Chinook  Jargon.  By 
Francis  M.  Thompson,  Late  Secretary  of  the  Exploring 
Party  of  the  American  Exploring  and  Mineral  Company. 

St.  Louis;  Published  By  R.  P.  Studley  &  Co.,  For  H. 
M.  Thompson,  .  .  .  1863. 

16°  Title;  pp.  3-4  of  preface;  pp.  5-11,  Guide;  p.  12, 
Table  of  Distances ;  pp.  13-16,  Indian  Vocabularies. 

This  party  explored  the  Deer  Lodge,  located  the  town  of  Deer 
Lodge,  and  discovered  gold  on  the  Beaverhead  in  1862.  321 

BLISS,  EDWARD 

A  Brief  History  Of  The  New  Gold  Regions  Of  Colorado 
Territory ;  Together  With  Hints  And  Suggestions  To  In- 
tending Emigrants.  By  Edward  Bliss,  (.Late  Editor  of  the 
Rocky  Mountain  News)  Agent  of  Colorado  Emigration 
Office,  No.  5  Bowling  Green. 

New- York:  John  W.  Amerman,  .  .  .  1864.  P.  P.  W. 
with  same  title. 

8°  30  pp.  and  map. 

Map: 

A  Map  of  the  Route  from  the  Missouri  River  to  Denver, 
Colorado.  Distance  650  miles.  Eng.  Cox  &  Holloway,  N. 
Y.  A  single  page  affair  at  the  end. 

Copies  in  the  Colorado  Historical  Society  and  Huntington 
Library.  322 

BROWNE,  J.  ROSS 

A  Tour  Through  Arizona.  (In  Harper's  New  Monthly 
Magazine.  Oct.,  Nov.,  Dec.,  1864.  Jan'y.,  Feb.  and  March, 
1865.  Written  by  J.  Ross  Browne). 

Very  well  written  articles  giving  an  account  of  his  trip  with 
Poston,  with  numerous  interesting  illustrations.  The  number  for 
February  contains  a  portrait  of  Sylvester  Mowry,  with  a  sketch 
of  his  career  in  Arizona.  The  same  number  contains  a  long  ac- 


174  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


count  of  the  adventures  in  Arizona  of  S.  F.  Butterworth.  The 
November  number  is  largely  filled  with  the  Oatman  family  ad- 
ventures, derived  from  Stratton's  book  and  information  obtained 
from  Henry  Grinnell  of  Ft.  Yuma,  who  was  instrumental  in  ob- 
taining the  release  of  Olive  Oatman. 

Reprinted    in    Browne's    "Adventures    in    the    Apache    Country," 
1869  323 


CAMPBELL,  J.  L. 

Idaho :  Six  Months  In  The  New  Gold  Diggings.  The 
Emigrant's  Guide  Overland.  Itinerary  Of  The  Routes, 
Features  Of  The  Country,  Journal  Of  Residence,  Etc.,  Etc. 
By  J.  L.  Campbell. 

Chicago:     Published  by  John  R.  Walsh.     1864. 

8°  Map;  52  pp.  plus  53-62  (2)  pp.  adv.  Wrappers  with 
pictorial  title — Idaho.  Six  Months  In  The  New  Gold 
Regions.  The  Emigrant's  Guide.  N.  Y.  Sinclair  Tousey, 
1864. 

Left  Omaha  April  28,  1863,  by  the  South  Pass  and  Lander  Cut 
Off  to  Bannock  City. 

This  edition  sometimes  appears  with  the  imprint,  New  York: 
Published  By  J.  L.  Campbell.  1864.  The  map  is  a  small,  single 
page  crude  map  before  the  title  without  any  inscription,  showing 
the  routes  from  St.  Paul  and  Mo.  River  points  to  the  Pacific. 

324 

COLORADO:      Its    Mineral    And    Agricultural    Resources, 
[n.  p.,  n.  d.  but  New  York.     1864]. 

8°  20  pp.,  enclosed  in  colored  paper  wrappers  with  above 
title.  At  end,  signed  Wm.  S.  Rockwell,  Chairman.  N.  Y. 
Feb.  25,  1864. 

This  is  a  statement  of  the  discovery  and  development  of  gold 
mining  in  Colorado,  prepared  by  a  committee  of  Coloradoans 
then  in  New  York  City.  325 

FISK,  JAMES  L. 

Expedition  Of  Captain  Fisk  To  The  Rocky  Mountains. 
Letter  From  The  Secretary  Of  War  In  Answer  To  A  reso- 
lution of  the  House  of  Feb.  26,  transmitting  report  of 
Captain  Fisk  of  his  late  expedition  to  the  Rocky  mountains 
and  Idaho.  [Report  dated  St.  Paul,  Jan.  28,  1864]. 

38th  Cong.,  1st  Sess.  Senate,  Ex.  Doc. — [no  number]. 

8°  38  pp. 

Also  printed  as  House  Doc.  45,  in  39  pp. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  175 


Left  St.  Cloud  June  15,  1863,  as  escort  to  an  emigrant  party  to 
Idaho.  Traveled  overland  south  of  Ft.  Union  and  Ft.  Benton,  but 
went  there  and  then  followed  Mullan's  road  to  Sun  River  and 
over  the  divide  to  Deer  Lodge  River  at  Bannock  City.  Met  N.  P. 
Langford  there,  his  assistant  on  the  1862  trip.  Also  visited  Vir- 
ginia. Returned  from  there  via  Salt  Lake. 

Says  he  met  Sir  George  Gore  in  1858,  returning  from  his  fa- 
mous buffalo  slaughtering  expedition.  Apparently  Fisk  made  an- 
other expedition  in  1864,  as  he  published  the  following  in  1866: 
Capt.  Fisk's  Fourth  Expedition  from  Saint  Cloud,  Minnesota,  to 
the  Great  Gold  Fields  of  Montana  .  .  .  3rd  Edition.  St.  Paul: 
Press  Printing  Co.  1866.  12°  12  pp.  (Not  seen.  Noted  in  Bibl. 
of  Minn,  in  Minn.  Hist.  Coll.,  Vol.  Ill,  1870). 

Fisk  was  mistaken  about  meeting  Gore  in  1858,  as  he  had  al- 
ready left  the  country.  '  The  only  account  I  have  seen  of  this 
famous  hunting  expedition  from  1854-56  was  written  by  F.  Geo. 
Hildt  from  information  derived  from  Henry  Bostwick,  one  of 
the  party,'  and  printed  in  the  Contributions  to  the  Historical  So- 
ciety of  Montana,  Vol.  2.  326 

HALL,  EDWARD  H. 

The  Great  West.  Emigrants',  Settlers',  &  Travellers' 
Guide  and  Hand-Book  To  The  States  Of  California  And 
Oregon,  And  The  Territories  Of  Nebraska,  Utah,  Colorado, 
Idaho,  Montana,  Nevada,  Washington,  And  Arizona.  With 
A  Full  And  Accurate  Account  Of  Their  Climate,  Soil,  Re- 
sources, And  Products.  Accompanied  by  a  Map  Showing 
The  Several  Routes  To  The  Gold  Fields ;  And  A  Complete 
Table  Of  Distances.  By  Edward  H.  Hall,  Author  Of  "Ho 
For  The  West." 

New  York:  Published  And  For  Sale  At  The  Tribune 
Office.  1864. 

12°  89  pp.     Map.     Cover  title,  regular  title  same,  except 
"and  Arizona"  omitted. 
Map: 

[Map  showing  railroads  and  routes  to  the  Pacific  from 
Lat.  38°  N.]. 

The  articles  originally  appeared  in  the  Tribune.  Mentions  a 
yearly  publication  from  1855  to  1860  by  him  and  called  "Ho  for 
the  West."  This  book  seems  to  have  been  compiled  with  the  scis- 
sors. 327 

MORGAN,  MRS.  MARTHA  M. 

A  Trip  Across  The  Plains  In  The  Year  1849.  With 
notes  of  a  voyage  to  California,  by  way  of  Panama.  By 
Mrs.  Martha  M.  Morgan. 

San  Francisco :     1864. 

12°  Title,  31  pp. 


176  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


The  above  title  is  prefixed  in  manusciprt  to  the  31  pages  of 
text  in  the  copy  in  the  California  State  Library,  the  only  copy 
located. 

The  party  left  St.  Joe  May  24,  1849,  and  by  the  usual  Ft. 
Laramie  route  reached  Salt  Lake  Oct.  12,  where  they  spent  the 
winter.  They  left  there  April  22,  1850,  and  arrived  at  Pleasant 
Valley  July  4. 

Pages  22  to  the  end  comprise  the  account  of  the  Panama 
voyage.  328 

MORRIS,  MAURICE  O'CONNOR 

Rambles  In  The  Rocky  Mountains:  With  A  Visit  To 
The  Gold  Fields  Of  Colorado.  •  By  Maurice  O'Connor 
Morris,  Late  Deputy  Postmaster  General  Of  Jamaica. 

London :     Smith,  Elder  &  Co.,  .  .  .  1864. 

8°  VIII  (incl.  half  title  and  title),  264  pp. 

A  most  entertaining  journal  of  a  trip  from  St.  Louis  to  Denver, 
leaving  May  19,  1863.  Started  via  the  river  for  Ft.  Benton  and 
the  Montana  gold  fields,  but  the  steamer  gave-  out  at  St.  Joe,  so 
he  went  to  Denver.  Spent  the  summer  and  fall  in  Denver  and 
Central  City,  and  hunting  in  Middle  Park.  Returned  to  the  east 
in  the  winter.  329 

NICAISE,  AUGUSTE 

Une  Annee  Au  Desert  Scenes  et  Recits  du  Far-West 
Americain. 

Chalons,  Imprimerie  De  T.  Martin,  Place  Du  Marche- 
Au-Ble.  1864. 

8°  Title,  half  title,  115  pp.  (unpaged).  P.  P.  W.  same 
title. 

Nicaise  left  Jefferson  City  May  4,  1858,  traveled  via  Indepen- 
dence, Ft.  Kearney,  Ft.  Laramie,  Salt  Lake,  Ft.  Hall,  and  arrived 
at  Ft.  Walla  Walla  Aug.  15.  Went  by  land  to  Portland  and  San 
.  Francisco.  Remained  in  S.  F.  during  the  winter  of  1858-9.  In 
the  spring  visited  Sonora  and  the  northern  mines  and  later  visited 
Frazer  River.  330 

MERRILL,  D.  D. 

The  Northern  Route  To  Idaho:    And  The  Pacific  Ocean. 
Published  By  D.  D.  Merrill,  Saint  Paul,  Minn.     [n.  d.  but 
probably  1864]. 
16°  8  pp.    Map. 

Map: 

Minnesota  Route,  the  shortest  and  best  to  the  Idaho 
Gold  Mines.  Compiled  by  C.  A.  F.  Morris.  Lith.  by 
Louis  Buechner,  St.  Paul. 

331 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  177 


WRAXALL,  SIR  C.  F.  LASCELLES 

The  Backwoodsman  Or  Life  on  the  Indian  Frontier. 
Edited  By  Sir  C.  F.  Lascelles  Wraxall,  Bart. 

London     John   Maxwell  &  Co.  ...  MDCCCLXIV. 
12°  IV,  428  pp.,  11  plates  and  pictorial  title. 

Adventures  mostly  in  Texas,  but  includes  visit  to  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  South  Park,  and  Middle  Park.  In  Middle  Park  he  met 
Lord  Stewart  (on  the  famous  1843  expedition),  whom  he  says  he 
knew.  Crossed  over  the  Medicine  range  on  to  the  north  branch 
of  the  Platte  and  arrived  at  Ft.  St.  Vrain.  Probably  this  story  is 
based  on  some  real  adventures  of  Wraxall. 

Eames  had  a  copy  in  paper  wrappers  dated  1864.  332 

ANGELO,  C.  AUBREY 

Idaho:  A  Descriptive  Tour  And  Review  Of  Its  Re- 
sources And  Route.  By  C.  Aubrey  Angelo.  (Chaos). 

San  Francisco :    H.  H.  Bancroft  &  Co.     1865. 

12°  52  pp.  Blue  slip  of  errata  and  notice,  2  leaves  adv. 
No  map,  although  Angelo  states  one  by  William  H.  Knight 
will  shortly  be  published. 

Copy  in  California  State  Library. 

Revised  and  made  more  elaborate  and  issued  in  1866  as: 

Sketches  of  Travel  in  Oregon  and  Idaho,  With  Map  of 
South  Boise.  By  C.  Aubrey  Angelo  (Chaos.)  Author  of 
"Idaho"  and  "Eastern  Asia."" 

New  York :     L.  D.  Robertson,  .  .  .  1866. 

8°  181  pp.,  7  leaves  adv.,  map. 

Map: 

Map  of  the  South  Boise  Gold  Mines.  Lith.  by  Henry 
Seibert  &  Bros. 

Preface  dated  N.  Y.,  May  31,  1866.  333 

CAMPBELL,  J.  L. 

Idaho  And  Montana  Gold  Region :  The  Emigrant's 
Guide  Overland.  Itinerary  Of  The  Routes,  Features  Of 
The  Country,  Journal  Of  Residence  .  .  .  New  Discoveries 
and  Developments  of  the  Country  in  1864.  By  J.  L.  Camp- 
bell. [Copyright  notice  1865  at  bottom]. 

8°  Title  with  map  on  verso,  leaf  adv.,  leaf  preface,  5-52, 
16  pp. 

The  first  52  pages  are  the  same  as  the  1864  edition,  but  the 
last  16  pages  have  a  caption  title:  Organization  of  Montana,  Dis- 
coveries and  Developments  of  1864.  The  map  is  only  a  very  small 


178 


one  of  the  U.  S.,  showing  the  railroads  then  built.  First  edition 
was  published  in  1864.  In  1866  it  appeared  rewritten  except  the 
journal  and  with  matter  on  Iowa  and  Nebraska  as:  The  Great 
Agricultural  And  Mineral  West.  A  Hand-book  and  Guide  .  .  . 
Journal  of  Residence  in  Idaho  and  Montana  .  .  .  By  J.  L.  Camp- 
bell. Chicago:  Church  .  .  .  1866.  8°  11  leaves  adv.,  title,  leaf 
preface,  15-77,  (1)  pp.,  11  leaves  adv.,  map.  P.  P.  W.  with  title; 
Campbell's  Western  Guide.  Chicago,  111.  Published  by  John  R. 
Walsh.  Price  25  cents.  The  map,  printed  on  a  folded  sheet,  is 
entitled  Campbell's  Western  Map.  334 


CHIVINGTON,  COL.  J.  M. 

To  The  People  Of  Colorado.  Synopsis  of  the  Sand  Creek 
Investigation.  [By  Col.  J.  M.  Chivington]. 

Denver,  Colorado,  June  1865. 

8°  8  pp.  of  "To  The  Public"  Signed  J.  M.  Chivington, 
late  Col.  1st  Cavalry  of  Colorado,  etc.,  pp.  9-17  of  docu- 
ments (17  pp.  in  all). 

Chivington's  defense  of  his  actions  when  in  command  of  the 
Colorado  troops  at  the  battle,  or  rather  massacre,  at  Sand  Creek 
in  1864.  335 


EVANS,  JOHN 

Reply  Of  Governor  Evans,  Of  The  Territory  Of  Colorado. 
To  That  Part  Referring  To  Him,  Of  The  Report  Of  "The 
Committee  On  The  Conduct  Of  The  War,"  Headed  "Mas- 
sacre Of  Cheyenne  Indians."  Executive  Department,  And 
Superintendent  Of  Indian  Affairs,  C.  T.  Denver,  Aug.  6th, 
1865. 

8°  16,  4  pp.,  1  p.  appendix. 

The  16  pages  are  Evans'  reply,  then  4  pages  of  "Report  of 
Council  with  Cheyenne  And  Arapahoe  Chiefs  Brought  to  Denver 
By  Major  Wynkoop;  Taken  Down  By  U.  S.  Indian  Agent  Simeon 
Whiteley  as  It  Progressed."  Dated  Camp  Weld,  Sept.  28,  1864. 

The  appendix  of  1  page  is  the  statement  of  Mrs.  Ewbanks, 
dated  Julesburg,  C.  T.,  June  22,  1865,  giving  an  account  of  her 
captivity  among  the  Indians.  She  was  taken  by  the  Cheyennes. 

336 

FRY,  F. 

Fry's  Traveler's  Guide,  And  Descriptive  Journal  Of  The 
Great  North-Western  Territories  Of  The  United  States  Of 
America ;  Comprising  The  Territories  Of  Idaho,  Washing- 
ton, Montana,  And  The  State  Of  Oregon,  With  Sketches 
Of  Colorado,  Utah,  Nebraska,  And  British  America.  The 
Grain,  Pastural,  And  Gold  Regions  Denned,  With  Some 
New  Views  Of  Their  Future  Greatness.  By  F.  Fry. 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  179 


Cincinnati :  Published  For  The  Author  By  Applegate 
&  Co.  1856. 

16°  VI,  7-264  pp.,  12  leaves  of  adv. 

The  author  set  out  from  Council  Bluffs  May  15,  1862,  to  South 
Pass,  Early  Ft.  Hall  and  Ft.  Boise.  He  gives  an  account  of  the 
Boise  Placers.  In  Sept.  he  was  at  the  Dalles  and  went  from 
there  to  Olympia.  In  1864  he  was  traveling  through  Montana  and 
descended  Clark's  Fork.  Fry  spent  some  time  in  Alder  Gulch. 

337 

HALL,  EDWARD  H. 

Hall's  Guide  to  the  Great  West. 

New  York :     D.  Appleton  &  Co.     1865. 

(Cover  title,  regular  title  as  follows)  : 

The  Great  West :  Travelers',  Miners,'  And  Emigrants' 
Guide  And  Hand-Book  To  The  Western,  North-Western 
And  Pacific  States  And  Territories.  With  a  Map  Of  The 
Best  Routes  to  the  Gold  and  Silver  Mines,  And  Complete 
Tables  Of  Distances :  Also  The  United  States  Homestead 
Law,  Mining  Laws  Of  The  Respective  States,  Etc.,  Etc. 
By  Edward  H.  Hall,  Author  Of  "Ho!  For  The  West," 
"Western  Gazeteer,"  Etc. 

New  York :     D.  Appleton  And  Company  .  .  .  1865. 

12°  198  pp.,  map,  2  leaves  of  adv.  before  title  and  5  after 
p.  198. 

Map: 

Map  Of  The  Great  West. 

An  entirely  different  book  from  the  "Great  West"  of  1864. 
Across  the  Plains,  with  tables  of  distances,  pp.  150-170. 

Hall's  "Ho!  For  the  West"  seems  to  have  disappeared.  338 

MULLAN,  JOHN 

Miners  And  Travelers'  Guide  To  Oregon,  Washington, 
Idaho,  Montana,  Wyoming,  And  Colorado.  Via  The  Mis- 
souri And  Columbia  Rivers.  Accompanied  By  A  General 
Map  Of  The  Mineral  Region  Of  The  Northern  Sections  Of 
The  Rocky  Mountains.  Prepared  By  Captain  John  Mullan, 
Late  Superintendent  Of  The  Northern  Overland  Wagon 
Road,  And  Commissioner  Of  Northern  Pacific  Railroad. 

New  York:  Published  By  Wm.  M.  Franklin,  (For  The 
Author)  .  .  .  1865. 

12°  153  pp.     Folding  map. 

Map: 

General  Map  of  the  North  Pacific  States  and  Territories 


180  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


belonging  to  the  United  States  and  British  Columbia  Ex- 
tending From  Lake  Superior  To  The  Pacific  Ocean,  .  .  . 
Prepared  By  Capt.  John  Mullan.  Lith.  by  J.  Bien,  N.  Y. 

The  book  contains  an  excellent  account  of  the  mountain  region 
of  the  Northwest  with  particulars  of  the  first  discoveries  of.  gold 
in  Idaho  and  Montana.  339 


McCORMICK,  RICHARD  C. 

Arizona :  Its  Resources  And  Prospects.  A  Letter  To 
The  Editor  Of  The  New  York  Tribune.  (Reprinted  from 
that  Journal  of  June  26,  1865).  By  The  Hon.  Richard  C. 
McCormick,  Secretary  Of  The  Territory. 

New  York :     D.  Van  Nostrand,  .  .  .  1865. 

8°  22  pp.    Map.    Cover  title  same. 
Map: 

General  Outline  Map  of  Arizona.    Brown  &  Co.,  N.  Y. 

340 

MILTON,  VISCOUNT,  AND  CHEADLE,  W.  B. 

The  North-West  Passage  By  Land.  Being  the  Narrative 
of  an  Expedition  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific,  under- 
taken with  the  View  of  Exploring  a  Route  across  the  Con- 
tinent to  British  Columbia  through  British  Territory,  by 
one  of  the  Northern  Passes  In  the  Rocky  Mountains.  By 
Viscount  Milton,  .  .  .  and  W.  B.  Cheadle. 

London:     Cassell,  Petter  &  Caplin,  .  .  .   [18651. 

8°  XVIII,  397  pp.    2  maps  and  22  engravings. 

Maps: 

The  Western  Portion  of  British  North  America,  Showing 
the  Route  followed  by  Lord  Milton  and  Dr.  Cheadle,  from 
the  Saskatchewan  to  British  Columbia,  1863-4. 

General  Map  of  British  North  America,  Showing  the 
Route  of  Lord  Milton  and  Dr.  Cheadle  in  1862-3. 

The  authors  also  published  a  preliminary  report  of  37  pp.  in 
1865,  which  I  have  not  seen.  341 

OWEN,  RICHARD  E. 

Report  On  The  Mines  Of  New  Mexico,  By  Prof.  Richard 
E.  Owen,  Geologist,  And  E.  T.  Cox,  Geologist  And  Chemist. 
Published  By  John  S.  Watts. 

Washington :    Gibson  &  Pearson,  .  .  .  1865. 

8°  Cover  title  only,  59  pp. 

Contains  results  of  a  four  months'  trip  through  New  Mexico 
by  Owen.  342 


V'GOflllAL  DESCRIPTION  OF  ITS  RESOURCES, 

;     .,';  '  V't      BOTH  MINERAL  AM)  AMIUTLTURAL, 

1N(  I.UHINi;    A 

COMPLETE  DESCRIPTION  OF  THE  FACE  OF  THE 
COUNTRY,  ITS  CLIMATE,  ETC., 

IM.rSTHATKD  WITH   A 

M^LF  OF  THK  TERRITORY, 

DRAWN  BY  CAPT.    W.   W.  DE  LACY, 

SHOWING  TITI-:  DIFFERENT  ROADS  AND  THE  LOCATION  OF 
THE  DIFFERENT  MINING   DI.STllHTri. 

TO   WHICH  IS  AI'l'ENDKI), 

A    COMPLETE   DICTIONARY 

OF 

THE  SNAKE  LANG-UAG-E, 

AND  ALSO  OF  TIIK 

FAMOUS    CHINNOOK    JARGON, 


NUMEROUS  CRITICAL  AND  EXPLANATORY  NOTES, 

CONCERNING  THE  HABITS,   SUPERSTITIONS,   ETC.,   OF 
THESE  INDIANS, 

WITH 

ITINERAWES  OF  ALL  THE  HOUTES  ACROSS  THE  PLAINS. 


BY  GRANVILLE  STUART. 


JTorh: 
C.    S.    WESTCOTT    &    CO.,    PRINTERS, 


No.    79    JOHN    STREET. 
1865. 


THE   PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES  181 


PALMER,  H.  E. 

The  Powder  River  Expedition. 

Omaha:    1865. 

Nebraska  State  His.  Soc.,  Trans.,  Vol.  2.     Lincoln,  1887. 

Pages  197-229. 

This  may  have  been  printed  in  Omaha  in  1865,  but  it  seems 
unlikely.  343 

ROLLINS,  JOHN  R. 

Notes  on  Colorado  Territory.     By  John  R.  Rollins, 
[n.  p.,  1865?]     19  pp. 

Not  seen,  but   I  think  it  was  printed  in  London.  344 

STUART,  GRANVILLE 

Montana  As  It  Is ;  Being  A  General  Description  Of  Its 
Resources,  Both  Mineral  And  Agricultural,  Including  A 
Complete  Description  Of  The  Face  Of  The  Country,  Its 
Climate,  Etc.,  Illustrated  With  A  Map  Of  The  Territory, 
Drawn  By  Capt.  W.  W.  De  Lacy,  Showing  The  Different 
Roads  And  The  Location  Of  The  Different  Mining  Dis- 
tricts. To  Which  Is  Appended,  A  Complete  Dictionary  Of 
The  Snake  Language,  And  Also  Of  The  Famous  Chinnook 
Jargon,  With  Numerous  Critical  And  Explanatory  Notes, 
Concerning  The  Habits,  Superstitions,  Etc.,  Of  Those  In- 
dians, With  Itineraries  Of  All  The  Routes  Across  The 
Plains.  By  Granville  Stuart. 

New  York:     C.  S.  Westcott  &  Co.,   Printers,  .  .  .  1865. 

8°  175  pp.,  map.    Printed  tinted  wrappers  with  same  title. 

Map: 

Map  Of  The  Territory  Of  Montana  With  Portion  Of  The 
Adjoining  Territories  Showing  The  Gulch  or  Placer  Dig- 
gings and  District  where  Quartz  .  .  .  Lodes  have  been 
discovered  to  January  1,  1865.  Drawn  by  W.  W.  de  Lacy 
for  the  use  of  the  First  Legislature  of  Montana.  [At 
bottom,  small  inset  map  showing  the  route  from  the  Mis- 
souri River  to  Fort  Laramie].  Lith.  by  Rae  Smith,  New 
York.  Copyrighted  by  S.  T.  Hauser.  New  York,  1865. 

The  itineraries  occupy  pp.  130-175.  The  notes  contain  a  vast 
amount  of  both  useful  and  entertaining  information  regarding 
place  names,  Indians,  gold,  legends,  old  trappers,  etc.  Stuart,  who, 
by  the  way,  still  lives  in  Montana,  (Sept.  1918),  went  to  California 
overland  in  1852.  On  his  return  in  1859,  while  on  Malade  Creek, 
he  met  some  men  who  said  they  had  found  gold  prospects  in  1856 


182  THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


on  what  is  now  Gold  Creek,  a  branch  of  Hellgate.  So  Stuart,  his 
brother  James,  and  some  others  wintered  on  Big  Hole  and  went 
to  Deer  Lodge  River  in  the  Spring  of  1858.  Not  finding  encour- 
aging prospects,  they  returned  to  the  Emigrant  Road  and  re- 
mained there  until  the  fall  of  1860,  when  they  returned  to  Gold 
Creek.  In  1861  they  found  some  good  prospects  and  through 
letters  to  Thomas  Stuart,  then  in  Colorado,  they  started  the  exodus 
from  there  to  Montana  in  1862. 

Mr.  Stuart  has  written  a  letter  to  Mr.  C.  N.  Kessler  of  Helena, 
giving  an  account  of  what  became  of  this  book,  from  which  it 
appears  only  some  300  copies  out  of  1500  had  maps.  A  parcel 
sent  to  Montana  by  river  and  bull  team  got  wet  and  spoiled  and 
all  but  a  few  of  the  remainder  were  burned  in  the  big  fire  in  New 
York  in  July,  1865,  which  destroyed  Barnum's  American  Museum. 
A  few  copies  were  saved  which  finally  passed  into  the  hands  of 
D.  Van  Nostrand. 

There  is  some  question  as  to  just  which  De  Lacy  map  was  is- 
sued with  this  pamphlet.  Four  varieties  of  this  map,  practically 
all  alike,  have  been  discovered;  the  one  above  described,  another 
the  same  without  the  copyright  notice,  another  lithographed  by 
Friedenwald,  and  another  engraved  by  J.  Hutawa  in  St.  Louis. 
None  of  them  bear  any  date,  but  it  is  reasonably  supposed  that 
the  one  with  the  copyright  notice  was  the  first  issued.  De  Lacy 
was  paid  $625  by  the  first  territorial  legislature  of  Montana  for 
preparing  the  map,  and  probably  Hauser,  a  prominent  Montana 
pioneer,  took  the  map  to  New  York  to  have  it  published.  I  think 
it  quite  possible  that  he  also  took  the  manuscript  of  Stuart's 
book.  I  think  it  probable  that  Stuart  succeeded  in  getting  three 
hundred  copies  of  this  map  for  issue  with  his  book.  A  copy  of 
this  map  also  exists  in  cloth  covers.  No  copy  of  the  book  is 
known  to  me  or  Mr.  C.  N.  Kessler,  the  well  known  Montana  Col- 
lector, in  the  original  paper  wrappers  as  issued  with  the  map  sewn 
in,  and  until  one  is  found  there  will  always  be  a  question  as  to 
whether  the  map  with  the  copyright  notice  on  it  was  issued  with 
it  or  another  impression  without  the  notice.  I  purchased  the  copy 
above  described  from  Van  Nostrand  in  1892.  It  is  in  its  original 
wrappers  in  a  half  Morocco  binding,  and  has  a  pocket  in  the 
back  cover  in  which  the  map  is  inserted.  As  Van  Nostrand  held 
all  the  unsold  copies  of  the  book,  I  always  presumed  that  he 
had  inserted  the  proper  map.  Mr.  Kessler  thinks  that  the  Hutawa 
map,  which  I  have  not  seen,  was  engraved  from  the  original  Rae 
Smith  map  and  I  have  some  reason  to  believe  that  it  was  also 
issued  in  1865,  probably  in  a  cloth  cover,  like  most  of  Hutawa's 
maps.  345 


[STEVENS,  W.  H.] 

Field  Notes,  Crossing  the  Prairies  and  Plains  from  Atchi- 
son,  Kans.,  to  Denver,  through  the  Mineral  Region  of  Colo- 
rado Territory.  [By  W.  H.  Stevens]. 

8°  21  pp.    P.  P.  W. 

A  short  description  of  his  trip  across  the  plains  with  more 
extended  notice  of  the  South  Park  mining  districts.  .  346 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 183 

TRAVELS    AND    ADVENTURES    ON    THE    PLAINS, 

from   the   Missouri  to  the   Rocky   Mountains.     True   Inci- 
dents of  a  Real  Journey  across  the  Plains. 

London,  1865. 

12°  121  pp.,  plate. 

Title  taken  from  a  Hudson  Book  Company  catalogue.  347 

TUFTS,  JAMES 

A  Tract  Descriptive  Of  Montana  Territory ;  With  A 
Sketch  Of  Its  Mineral  And  Agricultural  Resources. 

New  York:     Robert  Craighead,  Printer,  .  .  .  1865. 

8°  15  pp.  Signed  James  Tufts,  Virginia  City,  Montana 
Territory,  1865. 

My  copy  contains  on  verso  of  title:  "Twenty-four  copies  on 
Fine  Paper,  with  a  map."  No  map  is  contained,  but  it  probably 
had  or  was  intended  to  have  De  Lacy's  map,  same  as  in  Gran- 
ville  Stuart's  book.  Contains  a  short  description  of  the  mineral 
"resources,  largely  quoted  from  Stuart.  348 

WRIGHT 

Chivington's  Massacre  Of  The  Cheyenne  Indians. 
[Denver:     1864  or  1865?]. 
8°  8  pp. 

Not  seen. 

See  Colorado  Council  Journals  of  1865  for  an  account  of  the 
affair;  Indian  Affairs  Report,  1865,  app.  pp.  515,  517;  Indian  Affairs 
Report,  1867.  349 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


185 


INDEX 

Reference  is  to  numbers. 


Abbatt,    W —  177 

Abbey,     James 153 

Abbott,  G.  W 304 

Abernathy,    G 141 

Abert,  J.  W 107  124,  127,  131 

Accolti,  F 126 

Account  and  Hist,  of  the  Or. 

Terr 106 

Adam,    George 154 

Adams,  J.  C 287,  288 

Aldrich,    Lorenzo   D 168 

Allen,  A.  J 128 

Allen,    Paul 12 

Allis,    Samuel 45 

Altowan   112 

American  Enterprise,  10,  11,     13 

Analectic    Magazine 17 

Angelo,  C.  Aubrey 333 

Antisell,  Thomas 223 

Applegate,   Jesse 150 

Aricara   Campaign 19,     23 

Arizonian,  Newspaper  at 

Tubac    237 

Armijo,   Antonio 43 

Ashley,  W.  H 

19,  23  ,26,  29,  30,  35,  112,  201, 

227 

Ashworth  70 

Association    de    la    Propagation 

de  la  Foi — Lyons 77,     89 

Association    de    la    Propagation 

de  la  Foi — Quebec 

....69  114,   141,  144,  169,  189 

Astor,  J.  J 30,  52,  116,  225 

Atkinson,  H 26 

Aubry,  F.  X 188,  197 

Audubon,  J.    J 70,     81 

Audubon,  J.    W 152,  177 


B 


Back,  Capt.  Richard....20,  28,     53 

Bailey,  J.   W 131 

Baird,    James 14 

Baird,  Joseph 8 

Baird,  S.  F 

187,  220,  222,  305 

Baker,  of  Bartlett's  Party....  198 
Baker,  L.  S 219 


Ball,   John 44,  150 

Bancroft,  H.  H. — History  of 

California 29,  36,  227,  237 

Banks    72 

Barnum,  James  H 113 

Barnum,  P.  T 287 

Barrows,    Abner 262-A 

Bartleson's  Party  (John) 

76,    78,     92 

Bartleson,  John 248 

Bartlett.  John  Russell 

181,    198,  211 

Baylies,    Francis 25 

Beale,   E.    F 

131,  158,  199,  249,  289 

Beale,  Thos.  J 59 

Bean,  J.   L 39 

Beaubien,  Charles 255 

Becknell,  William 108 

Beckwith,  E.  G 219,  220,  282 

Beckworth,  James  P 158,  227 

Beechey,  Capt.  W 29 

Belisle,   D.   W 200 

Bell,    Mr 81 

Bell,  John  R ^. 22 

Benjamin,   Marcus 78 

Bennett,    Emerson 139,  140 

Benton,  T.  H 

8,  23,  24,  30,  128,  190,  201,  239 

Berkeley,  Grantley  F 300 

Berthoud,  E.  L 301 

Beschke,    Wm 154 

Bibaud,   Michel 15 

Biddle,    Nicholas 12 

1/Bidwell,  John 78 

Bierstadt,  A 306 

Bigelow,   J.   M 198,  221 

Bigelow,   John 95,  239 

Birch,  J.  E 262-A 

Bishop,    Francis  A 261,  265 

Bissonet,   Joseph 14 

Bissonette    146 

Black,    Samuel 61 

Blake,  W.  P 221,  222 

Blakiston,    (Captain)    Thomas.... 

263,  277 

Blanchet,  F.   N 

69,  72,  87,  89,  114,  141,  169 

Bliss,   Edward 322 

Bocanegra,  J.  M.  de 90 

Bodmer,   Chas 67 

Boggs,  L.  W 76,  150 


186 


THE   PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Bolduc,  J.  B.  Z 114 

Bolton,  H.  E 8 

Bond,  Samuel  R 312 

Bonner,  T.  D 227 

Bonneville,  B.  L.  E 

52,  59,  70,  206 

Bostwick,    Henry 326 

Boynton,  C.   B 209 

Brackenridge,    H.    M 11,     13 

Bradbury,   John 11,     13 

Bradley,  James  H...108,  133,  157 

Brayton,    Mathew 290 

Brenchley,  Julius 298 

Brewerton,  George  D 188,  285 

Brewster,  J.  C 247 

Bridger,     Tames 27,  59,  182 

Brier,  J.  W 199 

Brotherton,    Mr 227 

Brouillet,  J.  B.  A 141 

Brown,  Maj.  Gen'l.  Jacob 26 

Browne,  J.   Ross 323 

Brunckow,    Frederick 232,  237 

Bryon,  F.  T 159,  198,  241 

Bryant,  Edwin 129 

Burdett,    Charles 308 

Burke,  Dr 128 

Burnett,  Peter  H 106 

Burt,  S.  W 301 

Burton,  Richard  F 275,  302 

Butler,  Jas.  D 12 

Butterworth,   S.  F 323 

Byers,  William  N 264,  279 

Byrne,  J.  H 222 


Calhoun,  J.  C 19,     23 

California    Crusoe 205 

Cambreling,  C.  C 30 

Campbell,   Albert  H 

221,   223,  265 

Campbell,  J.  L 324,  334 

Campbell,    Robert 59,  206 

Cardinell,  Charles 173 

Carleton,  James  Henry.. 155,  210 

Carrington,   Albert 187 

Carson,  Kit,  i.  e.  Christopher 

131,  158,  180,  188,  190,  255,  285 

308 

Carvalho,  S.  N 203,  228 

Carver,   Jonathan 7,     61 

Catlin,    George 51,     74 

Chambers,   Wm 14 

Champlain   Society 6 

Chandless,    William 242 

Cheadle,  W.  B 341 

Cherry  Creek  Settlements....  296 


Child,  Andrew 178,  183 

Chittenden's  &  Richardson's 

Life,  etc.  of  De  Smet 89 

Chittenden's  Fur  Trade....82,     95 

Chivington.  Col.  J.  M 335 

Chouteau,  Auguste  P.,  14,  48,  101 

Glamorgan,   J 3,       8 

Clark,  C.  M 303 

Clark,  J.    H 198 

Clark,    William 

4,  5,  7,  8,  12,  14,  29,    37 

Clarke,   A.    B 179 

Clayton,  W 130,  183 

Coke,   Henry  J 180 

Colorado;   its  mineral  and  agri- 
cultural resources 325 

Colter,   John 13 

Conquest   of   Santa   Fe 115 

Conrad,  T.  A 223,  244 

Conway,   Cornelius 250 

Cooke,  P.   St.   G 

90,  104,  110,  131,  142,  143,  242-A 

Coombs,    Franklin 80 

Cooper,   Braxton 24 

Cooper,  J.   G 218 

Cortambert,  Louis 56 

Coues,  Dr.  Elliott 

4,  6,  7,  8,  12,  33,  108 

Cox,  E.  T 342 

Cox,  Ross 15,     34 

Coyner,  David  H 116 

Crabb  Filibustering  Exp...... 

237,   256 

Craig,  William 59 

Crakes,    Sylvester 251 

Crawford,    Medorem 128,  310 

Cremony,  J.  C 198 

Creutzfeldt,   F 219,  220 

Creuzbaur,    Robert 143 

Crooks,    Ramsay 10,   13.     52 

Cross,    Osborne 156 

Crowinshield,  Jacob 8 

Crump,  J.  R 289 

Culbertson,  Thaddeus,  A 157 

Gushing,    Caleb 52,     61 

Custer,    Henry 223 

Cutler,   Jervase 9 

Cutts,  James  Madison 117 

D 

Dale,  H.  C 29 

Davis,    J 230 

Davis,   Jefferson 217 

Davis,  W.  W.  H 243 

Dawson,    S.    J 267,  271-A 

Dease,  P.  W 88 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


187 


DeLacy,  W.  W.  Map 345,  348 

Delano,  A 202 

Denier  s,    Modeste 

67,  72,  87,  114,  144 

DeMun,    Jules 14 

DeSmet,  See  Smet,  P.  J.  de 

Dickerson,  John  H 241 

Dickinson,  J.  A 293-A 

Dickson,  T.  C 272 

Diffendorfer,   W.   S 222 

Discovery  Yellowstone  Park     27 

Dixon,    John 251 

Dixon,    Joseph : 291 

Dixon,  W 86 

Dodge,   Granville  M 27 

Dodge,  Henry 40,  51,  54,     74 

Doniphan    Exp 

115,  117,  118,  120,  122,  134,  138 

Donner   Party 150 

Donoho,    Wm 100 

Dorion,   Baptiste 86 

Dougherty,  John 37,  46,     60 

Douglas,    David 31,     50 

Douglas,  Walter  B 11,  73,  108 

Downs,  M.   D 264 

Dragoon    Campaigns 51 

Dragoon    Expedition 64 

Drips,  Andrew 63 

Drumm,  Stella  M 

29,  82,  91,  133,  185 

Drummond,    Thomas 28,     31 

Drummond,  W.  W 219 

Dunbar,  John 45 

Dunbar,    William 4,       8 

Duniway,   Mrs.   Abigail  J 268 

Dunn,    John 93,  251 

Dyer,  Alexander  B 155 

E 

Eaton,  Amos 44 

Eaton,  J.  H 18,  32,     35 

Edwards,  Frank  S 118 

Edward's  "Great  West" 19 

Edwards,   P.   L 41 

Egloffstein,    F.   W 

219,   220,    228,  305 

Ehrenberg,    Herman 232,  237 

Elfort,  Eb.  C 62 

Elliott's  Hist,  of  Arizona 237 

Ellsworth,  H.  L 39,  46,  47,     48 

Emigrant  Aid  Company  Organ- 
ization,  Objects,  etc 208 

Emigrants  Guide  to  California 

135 

Emory,  W.  H 

117,  131,  142,  143,  198,  223,  244 


Engle,  F.  E 289 

Engleman,  Dr.  George 221 

Englemann,    H 241,  283 

Evans,   Elwood 218 

Evans,   John 8 

Evans,    John 336 

Everett,   H 39 

Ewbanks,    Mrs 336 

Ewbank,    Thos 221 

Expedition  up  the  Missouri     26 

F 

Falconer,   Thomas 79 

Farnham,  Thomas  J 

73,  75,  76,    94 

Fergusson,   D 311 

Ferris,  Mrs.  B.  G 231 

Ferris,  W.  A 82 

Field,  Dr.  Jos.  E 179 

Field,  M.   C 91 

Fink,   Mike 51 

Finlayson,  Duncan 196 

Finley's  Map  of  1826 217 

Fisk,  James  L 312,  313,  326 

Fitzpatrick,  Thomas 

61,  103,  104,  107,  110,  119,  128, 

227,  242-A 

Fleming,  John 293-A 

Flint,    Timothy 36 

Floyd's-  Journal 12 

Folsom,  Charles  J 80 

Fontenelle,   Lucien 61,  206 

Ford,  Henry  L 78 

Ford,   (Capt.)   L 54 

Ford,  John  S 143 

Forsyth,    Thomas 37 

Fowler,  Jacob 108 

Fox,  Jesse  W 309 

Franchere,   Gabriel 15 

Franklin,  John 20,  28,     31 

Franklin,   (Lt.)  W.  B 104 

Franksen  &  Wosselhof 135 

Fraser,  Simon 6,     16 

Freeman  &  Custis  Expedition     8 
Fremont,  J.  C 

83,  86,  102,  107,   110,   132,   143, 

185,  190,  201,  203,  228,  239,  285, 

292 

Fremont,  Mrs.  J.  C 239 

French,  Parker  H 173 

French,  S.  G 159 

Froebel,  Julius 245 

Frost,  J.  H 98 

Frost,  S.  F 306 

Fry,    F 337 


188 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


G 

Gaines,  Gen'l.  E.  P 19,     90 

Gale,  L.  D 187 

Gallatin,  Albert,   Map 

29,    61,  131 

Gant,  John   &   Blackwell 66 

Garner,  W.  R 75 

Garrard,  K 222 

Garrard,  Lewis  H 124,  158 

Gass,    Patrick 5,        7 

Geary,  E.  R 304 

Gibbs,    George 218 

Gilliam,    (Col.)    Wm 141 

Gilpin,    William 292 

Girard,    Charles 220 

Gladman,  George 271-A 

Glass,  Hugh 242-A 

Gold  Mines  in  Kansas 266 

Gold  Regions  in  Kansas 269 

Goode,  William  H 314 

Gordon,    William 19,     37 

Gore,    (Sir)    George 326 

Graham,  J.  D 181,  198 

Graham,   R 23 

Gray,  Asa 220,  222,  305 

Gray,  A.  B 211,  212,  232,  237 

Gray,  (Capt.)  Robert 25 

Gray,  W.  H 57 

Greeley,  Horace 293,  299 

Greene,  J.  E 95 

Greene,    Max 233 

Gregg,  Josiah 85,  95,  97,  107 

Griffin,  Rev.  J.  S 75 

Grinnell,  Henry 323 

Grist,  F.  C 187 

Guide  to  the  new  gold  region  of 
Western  Kansas  and  Nebras- 
ka    269 

Guinn,  J.  M : 29 

Gunn,   O.   B 270 

Gunnison,  J.   W 

182,  187,  219,  282 

H 

Hall,  Edward  H 327,  338 

Hall,   James 187,  244 

Hallowell,    Edw 223 

Hamilton,  W.  T 239 

Handcock,    (Capt.) 275 

Harmon,  Daniel  Williams....     16 

Harney,  (Gen.)  W.  S 240,  320 

Harris,  Caroline 62 

Harris,   Edward 81 

Harris,    Moses 227 

Harris,  N.  Sayre 96 


Harrison,    Benj 227 

Hastings,  L.  W 103,  128,  139 

Hayden's  Train 119 

Head,   Mark 59,  149 

Heap,  Gwinn  Harris. 199 

Hector,   Dr.  J 277 

Heermann,  A.  L 223 

Heintzelman,    S.    P 232 

Henry,  Alexander 6 

Henry,   Alexander,   Jr 6,     33 

Henry,   Major  Andrew 201 

Hewitt,  R.  H 315 

Hildreth,   James 51 

Hildt,  F.  George 326 

Hillyard,   R 198 

Hind,  Henry  Youle 

271,  271-A,  293-A,  294 

Hinton,  Richard  J 281 

Hints   and    Information   for   the 

Use    of    Emigrants    to    Pike's 

Peak    : 295 

History   of   the    Settlements    on 

Cherry   Creek 296 

Hitchcock,   Edw 191 

Hittell's  Life  of  Adams,  287,  288 
Hodder,  F.  H.  Ed.  Audubon 

Journal   177 

Hoecken,  Father 320 

Holliday,   R.  T 23 

Hollister,   O.   J 316 

Holmes,    Reuben 133 

Holton,    Amos 8 

Homans,    Sheppart 219 

Hood,  (Lieut.)  Map 20 

Hooker,  W.  J 50 

Horn,    Mrs 65 

Horn,  Hosea  B 183 

Homer,  W.  B 272 

Houck,    Lewis 3 

House,    E 1 65 

Hughes,  Andrew  S 37,     39 

Hughes,  John  T 120 

Humboldt,  Alexander  von....  254 

Humphreys,  A.  A 217 

Hunt,  Wilson  Price 

11,  13,  34,  52,  98,  148 

Hunt  (i.  e.  Pratt  and  Hunt)  280 

Hunter,  John  Dunn 21 

Huntington,    J.    V.    (Ed.    Fran- 

chere's    Narrative)    15 

Hutton,   N.  H 265 

Huyett    278 


Immel,  Michael  &  Jones,  Robt. 
19,   23,     37 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


189 


Information   Concerning  Lou- 
isiana         8 

Ingalls,  E.  S 184 

Ingalls,   Rufus 213 

Inman,    Henry 95 

Irving,  John  T.,  Jr 46,     58 

Irving,   Washington 

15.  47,  48,  52,     59 

Ives-Newberry    Expedition..  297 
Ives,  J.  C 221,  297,  305 


Jackson.  David  E 29,  35 

Jacob,  J.  G 5 

Tames,  Edwin 22,  33 

James,  Thomas 108 

Jessup,  Thomas  S 23,  217 

Johnson,  Overton 109,  139 

Johnston,  A.  R 117,  131 

Johnstone,  J.  E 159,  166 

Joset,  Father 126 

Journal  of  a  Tour  in  the  Indian 

Territory  96 

Journey  from  New  Orleans  to 

California    .  .  214 


Kane,  Paul 273 

Kane,  Thomas 160 

Kearny,  S.  W 

51.   54,   64,   104,    107,    109,    117, 

129,  131,  135-A,  242-A 

Keemle,    Charles 91 

Keith,    George 6 

Keller,  George 170 

Kelley,  Hall  J 150 

Kelly,  William 171 

Kellom,  Tohn  H 264 

Kelton,  6.  H 262-A 

Kendall,    E.    N 28,  174 

Kendall,  G.  W ....80,  85,     97 

Kendrick,  H.  L 194,  275 

Kennerly,  C.  B.  R 221 

Kern,    Dr 239 

Kern,   E.   M 159,   166,  186 

Kern,  R.  H 159,  186,  194,  219 

Kessler,   C.   N 345 

King,  Nicholas 4,  5,  8,     12 

King,    Richard 53 

Kingsbury,  Lieut.  G 54 

Kipp,    James 192 

Kirby,   Rev.   Wm 31 

Kirk,   John 261,  265 

Kohl,  Dr.  J.   G 218 


Lafleche,  Richer 189 

LaHontan's  Map 187 

Lambert,  John 241 

Lander,  F.  W...218,  224,  265,  306 

Lane,  (Major)  256 

Lang,  H 139 

Lang,  John  D 84 

Langford,  N.  P 312,  326 

Langworthy,  Franklin 215 

Lappan  of  Bartlett's  Party..  198 

Larimer,  George  W 295 

Larimer,  Wm 296 

Larocque,  F.  A 6 

Latrobe,  Charles  Joseph. .47,  48 

Leach,  James  B 265 

Learmont,  J.  B.  (Cat.) 15 

Leavenworth,  (Gen.)  Henry 

19,  51,  74 

LeBlanc  72 

Leconte,  J.  L 218,  220 

Lea,  Lt.  A 54 

Lee,  Daniel 98 

Lee,  Jason 70 

Lee,  Jason  and  Daniel 41 

Lee,  Nelson 274 

Leonard,  Zenas 59,  66,  149 

LeRaye,  Charles... 9 

Leroux,  Antoine 

190,  194,  201,  219,  221 

Lewis,  Aaron  B ...  42 

Lewis  And  Clark  Expedition 

4,  5,  7,  8,  12 

Lewis,  Meriwether,  4,  5,  7,  8,  12 

Linforth,  James 216 

Lisa,  Manuel 11 

Long,  Stephen  H 22 

Loring,  W.  W 275 

Love,  (Capt.)  119 

Lovejoy,  A.  L 103 

Lyinan,  Dr.  John  H.  or  L 

76,      94 

M 

McCall,  (Col.)  Geo.  A 172 

McCarver,   M.   M 106 

McClellan,  George  B 

191,   217,  218 

McClure,  (Lieut.)  Geo.  W...     51 

McCormick,   Richard  C 340 

McCoy,    Isaac 39,     71 

Macrery,  Jos 8 

McDonald,   John 6 

McGehee,    Micajah 239 


190 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


Mackay,  Aeneas 155 

Mackay,  Jacques  (James)  3,  8 
Mackenzie,  Alexander....!,  2,  7 

Mackenzie,  Charles 6 

McKenzie,  James 6 

McKenzie,  Roderick 1,  6 

McKnight,  Robert 14 

McLaughlin,  Dr.  John 16,  50 

Maclauries,  Mr 2 

M'Lean,  John 145 

McLellan,  Robert 10,  13,  52 

Maclure,  Wm.  Map 221 

McMullin,  Fayette 260 

McNeil,  Samuel 161 

Macomb,  (Gen.)  Alexander..  32 

Macomb,  J.  N 307 

McTavish,  J.  G 16 

Marcou,  Jules 221,  222 

Marcy,  R.  B 

159,  166,  191,  234,  236,  252,  275 

Marmaduke,  M.  M 108 

Marryat,  Frederick 85,  97 

Marsh,  James  B 66 

Marshall,  L.  H 222 

Marshall,  Win.  I.  (Acquisition 

of  Oregon)  57 

Mason,  R.  B 54,  103 

Mason,  T.  B 209 

Masson,  R 6 

Maximilian,  Prinz  zu  Wied..  67 

May,  William  P 39 

Medary,  S.  A 265 

Medical  Repository 8 

Meek,  Joseph  L 59,  75,  103 

Meek,  Stephen  H.  L 59 

Meeker,  Jotham 71 

Menard,  Pierre 3 

Merrill,  D.  D 331 

Mesilla  Valley  Company 256 

Messages  of  Pres 35,  37 

Michler,  N.  H 159 

Michler,  N 244 

Miles,  Wesley 173 

Miles,  William 173 

Millenial  Star 147 

Miller,  A.  J 112 

Milton,  (Viscount) 341 

Miner,  W.  H.  Bibl.  Catlin....  74 

Minnesota  Legislature 253 

Missouri  Fur  Co 11,  23,  30 

Mitchell,  Dr.  S.  L 8 

Moffette,  Joseph  F 235 

Mollhausen,  R.  B 

190,  221,  254,  297,  305 

Montaignes,  Francois  des 

(pseud.)  185 

Morgan,  Mrs.  Martha  M 328 


Morice,  Father  A.  G 196 

Morris,  Maurice  O'Connor....329 

Morris,  R.  M 219 

Morrison,  (Col.) 320 

Morse,  Jedidiah 22 

Moses,  John 219 

Moss,  Sidney  W 139 

Mowry,  Sylvester 

218,  246,  276,  317,  323 

Mullan,  John 218,  318,  339 

Munger,  A 75 

Murray,  Charles  Augustus 

68,      99 

N 

Nahl,  Charles 202,  261 

Napier,  W.  H.  E 271-A 

Narrative  of  the  Captivity  of 

Mrs.  Horn 65 

Navigator,  The 7 

Neale,  J 21 

Neighbors,  R.  S 119,  143,  234 

Newberry,  J.  S 297,  305,  307 

Nicaise,  Auguste 330 

Nicollet,  I.  N 86 

Nidever,  George 59 

Nobles,  W.  H 204,  265 

Norgate,  E 21 

Notes  on  the  Missouri  River  17 
Notice  sur  la  Riviere  Rouge  87 
Nuttall,  Thomas 

13,   17-A,   41,  70,    98 

o 

Oakes,  D.   C 272,  284 

Oakley,    Obadiah 73,     75 

Oatman    Family 247,  323 

O'Fallon,  Benj 19,     26 

Ogden,  Peter  Skeene..30,  34,  196 

Olive    Branch 247 

Owen,  Richard  E ..  342 


Pacific   Railroad   Explorations. ... 

217-224 

Palliser,    John 192,  277 

Palmer,   H.    E 343 

Palmer,  Joel 121 

Pardo— A   Trader "  9 

Park,  George  S 208 

Parke,  John  G 194,  223 

Parker,  Cynthia  Ann 100 

Parker,   James    W 100 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


191 


Parker,    Samuel 55,     61 

Parker,   W.    B 236 

Parker   and    Huyett 278 

Parkman,  Francis 146 

Parry,  C.  C 198,  244 

Parry,   W.   E 20 

Parsons,   Wm.    B 279 

V   Pattie,  James    Ohio 36 

Paul  Wilhelm,  Herzog  Von 

Wurtemburg    35,     49 

Peale,   T.    R 22 

Peck,  Lieut.  W.  G...107,  127,  131 

Peebles,   Mr 152 

Pelzer,    Louis '. 51 

Perrin  du  Lac,  M 3 

Perry,   J.    A 193 

Peters,   DeWitt    C 255 

Phazma,  pseud.  Field,  M.  C.     91 

Philebert,    Joseph 14 

Piercy,    Frederick 216 

Pike,    Albert 42,     97 

Pike,  Clara  H 8 

Pike,  Z.  M 8 

Pilcher,    Joshua 

19,  23,  35,  37,  227 

Pilgrimage  over  the  Prairies    319 

Pintard,  J 8 

Plummer,    Clarissa 62 

Plummer,    Rachel 100 

Pond,    Peter 1 

Poole,  Charles  H 223 

Pope,    John 222 

Poston,  C.  D.,  232,  237,  256,  323 

Pourtales,  Count 48 

Prairie  and  Mountain  Life....     91 

Pratt,  Henry  C 198 

Pratt,    Orson 147 

Pratt  and  Hunt 280 

Preuss,  Charles,  83,  102,  132,  187 

Price,    Sterling 120 

Prince,  L.  Bradford 95 

Provot,    Etienne 14,     86 

R 

Rae,  Dr.  John 162,  174 

Ramirez,    Alexander 14 

Rector   &  Roberdeau's  Map  217 

Redpath,  James 281 

Reid,    John    C 256 

Remmius,  W.  W 272 

Remy,    Jules 298 

Review  of  Estimate  of  Commer- 
cial   Advantage 8 

Rey,  John   R 306 

Rich,  O.  B 196 

Richards,    R 205 


Richardson,   A.    D 301 

Richardson,  John,  20,  28,  31,  174 

Richardson,   Paul 73,     75 

Richardson,  William  H 122 

Riley,   B 32,     37 

Robb,  John  S 119,  123 

Robinson,    Doane 19 

Robinson,  Jacob  S 134 

Robinson,  Dr.  John  H 8 

Robinson,  J.  H 163 

Robinson,    William    Davis....     18 

Rogers,     Cornelius 63 

Rollins,  John   R 344 

Rosati,   Bishop 77 

Rose,    Edward 133 

Rose,  Isaac  P 66,  112 

Ross,    Alexander 148,  225 

Ross.  (Capt.)  John 20 

Robideau,   Antoine 110 

Rowland,  John  R 65,     94 

Royce,  C.  C 78 

Ruddock,  Samuel  Adams 25 

Russell,   Osborne 66 

Russell,  Robert  E 131 

Russell,   (Col.)   Wm.  A 

129,    150,  171 

Russell,   W.   Green 284 

Ruxton,  Geo.  F.,  59,  124,  149,  158 
Ryerson,   John 226 


Sabin,  E.  L 285 

Sage,  Rufus  B 90,  110 

St.  John,  Percy  B 105 

St.  Vrain,  Ceran,  14.  90,  158,  255 

Salazar  Ylarregui,  Jose 164 

Sand  Creek  Massacre 

335,  336,  349 

Sanders,  James 219 

Sanford.  (Hon.)  Thomas 8 

Santa  Fe  and  the  Far  West 

76,  80 

Santa  Fe  Prisoners 14 

Sargent,  N 272 

Satterlee.  Dr.  Benedict 45 

Sawyer,  Lorenzo 165 

Saxton,  Charles 128 

Say,  Thomas 22 

Scenes  in  the  Rocky  Mts 110 

Schemerhorn,  J.  T 39 

Schiel,  J ....219,  220,  282 

Schmolder,  Captain  B 135 

Schoolcraft,  H.  R 

37,  38,  119,  285 

Schott,  Arthur 198,  244 

Schuchard,  Chas 232 


192 


Scouler,  Dr.  John 50 

Seymour,    S 22 

Sharpless,  S.  P 38 

Shaw,    Quincy   A 146 

Shepard,  C.  U 191 

Shively,   J.    M Ill 

Shumard,   B.   F 191 

Shumard,  G.  G 191,  236 

Sibley,  Geo.  C 11 

Sibley,    John 4,       8 

Simpson,    Alexander 88 

Simpson,  Sir  George 

125,  253,  273 

Simpson,  James   H 

159,  166,  186,  283 

Simpson,  Thomas 88 

Sinnett,  Mrs.  Percy 254 

Sites,   George   L 265 

Sitgreaves,    L 194 

Sketches  of  the  Great  West  104 

Slater,    N 175 

Smet,  Pierre  Jean  de 

76,  77,  89,  92,  126,  195,  257,  320 

Smith,  J.  Calvin  Map 156 

Smith,  Dr.  G.  B 81 

//Smith,  Jedediah  S 

27,  29,  35,  61,  196 

Smith,    (Hon.)'  John..... '8 

Smith,  Stephen  W ....272,  284 

Smith,  W.   F 159 

Snively,  Jacob : 90,  110 

Snyder,  J.  A 219,  220 

Sohon,   Gustavus 218,  318 

Solitaire    pseud.    Robb.   John    S. 

119 

Sonora    Exploring    and    Mining 

Co 232,  237,  246 

Soulard,   Anthony 8 

Spalding,  C.  C 95,  258 

Spalding,  H.  H 57,  125,  285 

Spalding,  Mrs.  H.  H 57 

Sparks,    (Lieut.) 8 

Spencer,    Samuel 116 

Speyer,— Santa  Fe  Trader....  138 

Sprague,   Mr 81 

Stambaugh,   S.   C 51 

Stanley,    D.    S 221 

Stanley,  J.  M.,  127,  131,  218,  219 

Stanley,    Mr 107 

Stansbury,    Howard 187 

Steele,  John 205-A 

Steen,    E 291 

Steptoe,  E.  J 213 

Stevens,    Hazard 218 

Stevens,  Isaac  1 218,  259,  260 

Stevens,  W.  H 346 

Stewart,  William  Drummond 

63,  70,  81,  91,  112,  206,  227,  332 


Stockton,  Com.  R.  F 131 

Stoddard,  Amos 11 

Stokes,    Mr 39 

Stone,    (Capt.) 275 

Stoneman,    George 223 

Storrs,  Augustus 24 

Stratton,  R.  B 247 

Street,    Franklin 176,  264 

Strobel,    Max 218 

Stuart,   Granville 345 

Stuart,   John 16 

Stuart,  Robert 10,  -13,  52,  148 

Stuart,   Thomas 345 

Sublette,  S.  P 151 

Sublette,   W.    L 35,  38,  44,     91 

Suckley,    George 218 

Sullivan,  J.  W 277 

Sullivant,  W.  S 221 

Sumner,   E.  V 104 

Sutter,  John  A 135 

Suydam,  J.  R 191 

Swainson,   Wm 31 

Swords,  Thos 117,  135-A 


Tache,    Alex 87 

Talbot,   Theodore 131 

Tanner,   John 33 

Taplin,  C.  S 222 

Tasse,   Joseph 190,  197 

Taylor,  Samuel,  Jr 84 

Taylor,   (Gen'l.)   Z 90 

Teggart,  F.  J 3 

Texas  Western  R.  R 212,  232 

Thompson,  David 6,  271-A 

Thompson,  Francis  M.... 321 

Thornton,  J.   Quinn 150 

Thrilling    Narrative    Mrs.    Jane 

Adeline     Wilson 196-A 

Thurber,   George 198 

Thurston,    Samuel    R 167 

Thwaites,   R.   G 12,  121 

Tibbits,  Calvin 1ST 

Tidbale,  J.  C 221 

Tierney,    Luke 272,  284 

Tixier,  Victor 101 

Topographical     Description     of 

the  State  of  Ohio 9 

Torrey,    John 

83,  102.  131,  187,  191,  220,  221, 

222,  223,  305 

Townsend,  John  K.,  41,  61,  70,  98 
Traits   of  American-Indian   Life 

and    Character 196 

Travel    and    Adventures    on    the. 

Plains   ..  ..  347 


THE  PLAINS  AND  THE  ROCKIES 


193 


Trudeau,  J.  B.  T 108 

Tufts,   James 348 

Turner,    (Lt.)    104 

Turner,  Prof.  W.  W 191,  221 

Tyler,    Daniel 142 

Tyrrell,  J.  B 1,       6 

u 

Udell,    John 238 

Upham,  Charles  Wentworth  239 
Utah   Expedition 250 

V 

Vancouver,    (Capt.)    George 

25,    61 

Van    Dusen 110 

Van   Quickenborne,   Father..     77 

Van  Tramp,  John   C 188,  285 

Van    Zandt 90 

Vavassour,    Lieut 114,  136 

Verhaegen,   Father 77 

Victor,  Mrs.  F.  F 59 

Villard,  Henry 299 

Viscarra,  (Col.)   32 

W 

Waclsworth,    W 261 

Wagner,  W.  F 66 

Wagner,  W.  H 306 

Waldie   Circulating  Lib 70 

^Walker,  Joseph  R 

59,  66,  73,  75,  149,  242-A 

Wallace,  Mr.  &  Mrs 72 

Wallen,  H.  D 286,  304 

Walter,    George 207 

Walters,    Harry 112 

Ware,  Joseph  E 151,  170,  183 

Warfield 90,  110 

Warre,    H 114,  136 

Warren,  Edward 206 

Warren,   Eliza   Spalding 57 

Warren,  G.  K 59,  217,  240,  262 

Washington,   John    M 159,  186 

Webb,  J.  Watson 97,  112 

Webb,  T.  H ..  198 

Webb,  T.  W ...; 208 

Webb,    Col 152,  177 

Webber,  Charles  W 137,  152 

Wells,  A.   M 271-A 

Wells'  Wild  Life  in  Oregon  285 

Wentzcl,  W.  F 6 

Wetmore,  Alphonso,  27,  37,     60 


Wharton,  Capt.  Clifton 51 

Wheeler,   O.   D 82 

Wheelock,   J.   A 253 

Wheelock,  T.   B 40 

Whipple,  A.  W 

181,    198,   221,  254 

White,   Elijah 128 

White,  James.... 185 

Whiteley,  Simeon 336 

Whiting,  W.  H.  C 159 

Whitman,  Dr.  Marcus 

57,  61,  141,  206,  273 

Wied,  Maximilian,  Prinz  zu     67 

Wiggins,   Win 169 

Wilder,  Mrs 247 

Wilkes,    George 106 

Willard,    Dr 36 

Willey,  Dr.  S.  H .'...     78 

Williams,    Bill 42,    188,  239 

Williams,    Ezekiel 116 

Williams,   Joseph 78,     92 

Wilson,  Mrs.  Jane  Adeline, 

Captivity 196-A 

Winter,  Wm.  H 109 

Wislizenus,  F.  A 73,  138 

Wood,  J.  C 262-A 

Wood,  J.  H 36 

Woodhouse,  S.  W 194 

Workman  &  Rowland — Taos 

Traders  65 

Workman,  W.  W.  or  James 

94,  116 

Wraxall,  Sir  C.  F.  Lascelles  332 

Wright   349 

Wurtemburg,  Paul  Wilhelm, 
Herzog  von,  see  Paul  Wil- 
helm, Herzog  von  Wurtem- 
burg   35,  49 

Wyeth,   John    B....  38 

Wyeth,  N.  J 38,  41,  70,      98 

Wynkoop,     (Major) 336 

Y 

Yellowstone  Park  Discovery     27 
Ylarregui,  Jose  Salazar,  see 

Salazar  Ylarregui,  Jose 164 

York,  L.  A 66 

Young,    Brigham 126,  138-A 

uYoung,  .Ewing 41,     94 


Zabriskie    .  ..  198 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


I 


